This is a modern-English version of Anabasis, originally written by Xenophon.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
ANABASIS
By Xenophon
Translation by H. G. Dakyns
Dedicated To Rev. B. Jowett, M.A. Master of Balliol College Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Oxford
Dedicated To Rev. B. Jowett, M.A. Master of Balliol College Regius Professor of Greek at the University of Oxford
Xenophon the Athenian was born 431 B.C. He was a pupil of Socrates. He marched with the Spartans, and was exiled from Athens. Sparta gave him land and property in Scillus, where he lived for many years before having to move once more, to settle in Corinth. He died in 354 B.C. The Anabasis is his story of the march to Persia to aid Cyrus, who enlisted Greek help to try and take the throne from Artaxerxes, and the ensuing return of the Greeks, in which Xenophon played a leading role. This occurred between 401 B.C. and March 399 B.C.
Xenophon the Athenian was born in 431 B.C. He was a student of Socrates. He marched with the Spartans and was exiled from Athens. Sparta gave him land and property in Scillus, where he lived for many years before having to move again, this time to settle in Corinth. He died in 354 B.C. The Anabasis is his account of the march to Persia to support Cyrus, who recruited Greek fighters to help him try to take the throne from Artaxerxes, and the subsequent return of the Greeks, in which Xenophon played a key role. This took place between 401 B.C. and March 399 B.C.
PREPARER'S NOTE
This was typed from Dakyns' series, "The Works of Xenophon," a four-volume set. The complete list of Xenophon's works (though there is doubt about some of these) is:
This was typed from Dakyns' series, "The Works of Xenophon," a four-volume set. The complete list of Xenophon's works (though there is uncertainty about some of these) is:
Work Number of books The Anabasis 7 The Hellenica 7 The Cyropaedia 8 The Memorabilia 4 The Symposium 1 The Economist 1 On Horsemanship 1 The Sportsman 1 The Cavalry General 1 The Apology 1 On Revenues 1 The Hiero 1 The Agesilaus 1 The Polity of the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians 2
Work Number of books The Anabasis 7 The Hellenica 7 The Cyropaedia 8 The Memorabilia 4 The Symposium 1 The Economist 1 On Horsemanship 1 The Sportsman 1 The Cavalry General 1 The Apology 1 On Revenues 1 The Hiero 1 The Agesilaus 1 The Polity of the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians 2
Text in brackets "{}" is my transliteration of Greek text into English using an Oxford English Dictionary alphabet table. The diacritical marks have been lost.
Text in brackets "{}" is my transliteration of Greek text into English using an Oxford English Dictionary alphabet table. The special marks have been lost.
ANABASIS
I.
Darius and Parysatis had two sons: the elder was named Artaxerxes, and the younger Cyrus. Now, as Darius lay sick and felt that the end of life drew near, he wished both his sons to be with him. The elder, as it chanced, was already there, but Cyrus he must needs send for from the province over which he had made him satrap, having appointed him general moreover of all the forces that muster in the plain of the Castolus. Thus Cyrus went up, taking with him Tissaphernes as his friend, and accompanied also by a body of Hellenes, three hundred heavy armed men, under the command of Xenias the Parrhasian (1).
Darius and Parysatis had two sons: the older one was named Artaxerxes, and the younger was Cyrus. As Darius lay sick and felt that he was nearing the end of his life, he wanted both of his sons to be with him. The older son happened to be there already, but he had to send for Cyrus from the province where he had made him satrap, having also appointed him general of all the forces that assembled in the plain of Castolus. So Cyrus set out, bringing along Tissaphernes as his friend, and was also joined by a group of Greeks, three hundred heavily armed men, led by Xenias the Parrhasian (1).
(1) Parrhasia, a district and town in the south-west of Arcadia.
(1) Parrhasia, a region and town in the southwest of Arcadia.
Now when Darius was dead, and Artaxerxes was established in the kingdom, Tissaphernes brought slanderous accusations against Cyrus before his brother, the king, of harbouring designs against him. And Artaxerxes, listening to the words of Tissaphernes, laid hands upon Cyrus, desiring to put him to death; but his mother made intercession for him, and sent him back again in safety to his province. He then, having so escaped through peril and dishonour, fell to considering, not only how he might avoid ever again being in his brother's power, but how, if possible, he might become king in his stead. Parysatis, his mother, was his first resource; for she had more love for Cyrus than for Artaxerxes upon his throne. Moreover Cyrus's behaviour towards all who came to him from the king's court was such that, when he sent them away again, they were better friends to himself than to the king his brother. Nor did he neglect the barbarians in his own service; but trained them, at once to be capable as warriors and devoted adherents of himself. Lastly, he began collecting his Hellenic armament, but with the utmost secrecy, so that he might take the king as far as might be at unawares.
Now that Darius was dead and Artaxerxes was in power, Tissaphernes made false accusations against Cyrus to his brother, the king, claiming that Cyrus was plotting against him. Artaxerxes, believing Tissaphernes, tried to have Cyrus killed, but their mother intervened and ensured Cyrus was sent back safely to his province. After escaping danger and disgrace, Cyrus started thinking about how to avoid being under his brother's control again, and how he might take the throne for himself. His first ally was Parysatis, his mother, who favored Cyrus over Artaxerxes. Furthermore, Cyrus treated everyone from the king’s court so well that when they left, they were more loyal to him than to his brother, the king. He also paid attention to the non-Greeks in his service, training them to be both capable warriors and devoted supporters. Lastly, he began secretly assembling his Greek forces, planning to catch the king off guard.
The manner in which he contrived the levying of the troops was as follows: First, he sent orders to the commandants of garrisons in the cities (so held by him), bidding them to get together as large a body of picked Peloponnesian troops as they severally were able, on the plea that Tissaphernes was plotting against their cities; and truly these cities of Ionia had originally belonged to Tissaphernes, being given to him by the king; but at this time, with the exception of Miletus, they had all revolted to Cyrus. In Miletus, Tissaphernes, having become aware of similar designs, had forestalled the conspirators by putting some to death and banishing the remainder. Cyrus, on his side, welcomed these fugitives, and having collected an army, laid siege to Miletus by sea and land, endeavouring to reinstate the exiles; and this gave him another pretext for collecting an armament. At the same time he sent to the king, and claimed, as being the king's brother, that these cities should be given to himself rather than that Tissaphernes should continue to govern them; and in furtherance of this end, the queen, his mother, co-operated with him, so that the king not only failed to see the design against himself, but concluded that Cyrus was spending his money on armaments in order to make war on Tissaphernes. Nor did it pain him greatly to see the two at war together, and the less so because Cyrus was careful to remit the tribute due to the king from the cities which belonged to Tissaphernes.
The way he organized the recruitment of troops went like this: First, he sent orders to the commanders of garrisons in the cities he controlled, telling them to gather together as many top Peloponnesian soldiers as they could, claiming that Tissaphernes was plotting against their cities. In truth, these Ionian cities originally belonged to Tissaphernes, given to him by the king; but at this time, except for Miletus, they had all rebelled and joined Cyrus. In Miletus, Tissaphernes, having discovered similar plans, got ahead of the conspirators by executing some and exiling the rest. Cyrus, on his end, took in these exiles and gathered an army to besiege Miletus by land and sea, trying to restore the exiles, which also gave him another reason to build up his forces. At the same time, he sent a message to the king, asserting, as the king’s brother, that these cities should be handed over to him instead of letting Tissaphernes continue to rule them. To help with this, his mother, the queen, supported him, so the king not only failed to see the threat to himself, but also assumed Cyrus was spending his money on troops to fight against Tissaphernes. It didn't bother him much to see the two at odds, even less so because Cyrus was careful to stop paying the tribute due to the king from the cities ruled by Tissaphernes.
A third army was being collected for him in the Chersonese, over against Abydos, the origin of which was as follows: There was a Lacedaemonian exile, named Clearchus, with whom Cyrus had become associated. Cyrus admired the man, and made him a present of ten thousand darics (2). Clearchus took the gold, and with the money raised an army, and using the Chersonese as his base of operations, set to work to fight the Thracians north of the Hellespont, in the interests of the Hellenes, and with such happy result that the Hellespontine cities, of their own accord, were eager to contribute funds for the support of his troops. In this way, again, an armament was being secretly maintained for Cyrus.
A third army was being assembled for him in the Chersonese, across from Abydos, and here's how it came about: There was a Spartan exile named Clearchus, who had become associated with Cyrus. Cyrus admired him and gifted him ten thousand darics (2). Clearchus took the gold and used it to raise an army, operating from the Chersonese as his base. He aimed to fight the Thracians to the north of the Hellespont for the benefit of the Greeks, and he was so successful that the cities along the Hellespont willingly offered funds to support his troops. This way, another force was discreetly being kept ready for Cyrus.
(2) A Persian gold coin = 125.55 grains of gold.
(2) A Persian gold coin equals 125.55 grains of gold.
Then there was the Thessalian Aristippus, Cyrus's friend (3), who, under pressure of the rival political party at home, had come to Cyrus and asked him for pay for two thousand mercenaries, to be continued for three months, which would enable him, he said, to gain the upper hand of his antagonists. Cyrus replied by presenting him with six months' pay for four thousand mercenaries—only stipulating that Aristippus should not come to terms with his antagonists without final consultation with himself. In this way he secured to himself the secret maintenance of a fourth armament.
Then there was Aristippus from Thessaly, a friend of Cyrus (3), who, facing pressure from the competing political party back home, came to Cyrus and asked him for funding for two thousand mercenaries for three months. He claimed it would help him overcome his opponents. Cyrus responded by offering him six months' pay for four thousand mercenaries, but stated that Aristippus shouldn’t make any agreements with his opponents without discussing it with him first. This way, he ensured he secretly supported a fourth group of troops.
(3) Lit. "guest-friend." Aristippus was, as we learn from the "Meno" of Plato, a native of Larisa, of the family of the Aleuadae, and a pupil of Gorgias. He was also a lover of Menon, whom he appears to have sent on this expedition instead of himself.
(3) Lit. "guest-friend." Aristippus was, as we learn from the "Meno" of Plato, a native of Larisa, part of the Aleuadae family, and a student of Gorgias. He was also in love with Menon, whom he seems to have sent on this expedition in his place.
Further, he bade Proxenus, a Boeotian, who was another friend, get together as many men as possible, and join him in an expedition which he meditated against the Pisidians (4), who were causing annoyance to his territory. Similarly two other friends, Sophaenetus the Stymphalian (5), and Socrates the Achaean, had orders to get together as many men as possible and come to him, since he was on the point of opening a campaign, along with Milesian exiles, against Tissaphernes. These orders were duly carried out by the officers in question.
Further, he told Proxenus, a friend from Boeotia, to gather as many people as he could and join him on an expedition he was planning against the Pisidians, who were causing trouble for his territory. Similarly, he instructed two other friends, Sophaenetus from Stymphalos and Socrates from Achaea, to gather as many men as possible and come to him since he was about to start a campaign, alongside exiles from Miletus, against Tissaphernes. The officers followed these orders as expected.
(4) Lit. "into the country of the Pisidians." (5) Of Stymphalus in Arcadia.
(4) Lit. "into the land of the Pisidians." (5) Of Stymphalus in Arcadia.
II
But when the right moment seemed to him to have come, at which he should begin his march into the interior, the pretext which he put forward was his desire to expel the Pisidians utterly out of the country; and he began collecting both his Asiatic and his Hellenic armaments, avowedly against that people. From Sardis in each direction his orders sped: to Clearchus, to join him there with the whole of his army; to Aristippus, to come to terms with those at home, and to despatch to him the troops in his employ; to Xenias the Arcadian, who was acting as general-in-chief of the foreign troops in the cities, to present himself with all the men available, excepting only those who were actually needed to garrison the citadels. He next summoned the troops at present engaged in the siege of Miletus, and called upon the exiles to follow him on his intended expedition, promising them that if he were successful in his object, he would not pause until he had reinstated them in their native city. To this invitation they hearkened gladly; they believed in him; and with their arms they presented themselves at Sardis. So, too, Xenias arrived at Sardis with the contingent from the cities, four thousand hoplites; Proxenus, also, with fifteen hundred hoplites and five hundred light-armed troops; Sophaenetus the Stymphalian, with one thousand hoplites; Socrates the Achaean, with five hundred hoplites; while the Megarion Pasion came with three hundred hoplites and three hundred peltasts (1). This latter officer, as well as Socrates, belonged to the force engaged against Miletus. These all joined him at Sardis.
But when the right moment seemed to have arrived for him to start his march into the interior, he used the excuse of wanting to completely drive the Pisidians out of the country. He began gathering both his Asian and Greek troops, openly claiming it was against that group. Orders went out from Sardis in every direction: to Clearchus, to join him there with his entire army; to Aristippus, to negotiate terms with those back home and send him the troops he had; to Xenias the Arcadian, who was in charge of the foreign soldiers in the cities, to come with all available men, except those essential for garrison duty. He also called for the troops currently besieging Miletus and invited the exiles to join him on his planned campaign, promising that if he succeeded, he would not stop until he had restored them to their hometown. They eagerly accepted his invitation; they believed in him, and they showed up at Sardis armed and ready. Likewise, Xenias arrived at Sardis with a group from the cities, consisting of four thousand hoplites; Proxenus also came with fifteen hundred hoplites and five hundred light-armed troops; Sophaenetus the Stymphalian brought one thousand hoplites; Socrates the Achaean arrived with five hundred hoplites; and Pasion from Megara came with three hundred hoplites and three hundred peltasts. This last officer, along with Socrates, was part of the force engaged against Miletus. All of them joined him at Sardis.
(1) "Targeteers" armed with a light shield instead of the larger one of the hoplite, or heavy infantry soldier. Iphicrates made great use of this arm at a later date.
(1) "Targeteers" equipped with a light shield instead of the bigger one used by the hoplite, or heavy infantry soldier. Iphicrates made extensive use of this weapon later on.
But Tissaphernes did not fail to note these proceedings. An equipment so large pointed to something more than an invasion of Pisidia: so he argued; and with what speed he might, he set off to the king, attended by about five hundred horse. The king, on his side, had no sooner heard from Tissaphernes of Cyrus's great armament, than he began to make counter-preparations.
But Tissaphernes didn't overlook these developments. Such a large amount of equipment suggested something beyond just an invasion of Pisidia; that's how he interpreted it. So, as quickly as he could, he headed to the king, accompanied by about five hundred cavalry. As soon as the king heard from Tissaphernes about Cyrus's massive forces, he started making his own preparations in response.
Thus Cyrus, with the troops which I have named, set out from Sardis, and marched on and on through Lydia three stages, making two-and-twenty parasangs (2), to the river Maeander. That river is two hundred feet (3) broad, and was spanned by a bridge consisting of seven boats. Crossing it, he marched through Phrygia a single stage, of eight parasangs, to Colossae, an inhabited city (4), prosperous and large. Here he remained seven days, and was joined by Menon the Thessalian, who arrived with one thousand hoplites and five hundred peltasts, Dolopes, Aenianes, and Olynthians. From this place he marched three stages, twenty parasangs in all, to Celaenae, a populous city of Phrygia, large and prosperous. Here Cyrus owned a palace and a large park (5) full of wild beasts, which he used to hunt on horseback, whenever he wished to give himself or his horses exercise. Through the midst of the park flows the river Maeander, the sources of which are within the palace buildings, and it flows through the city of Celaenae. The great king also has a palace in Celaenae, a strong place, on the sources of another river, the Marsyas, at the foot of the acropolis. This river also flows through the city, discharging itself into the Maeander, and is five-and-twenty feet broad. Here is the place where Apollo is said to have flayed Marsyas, when he had conquered him in the contest of skill. He hung up the skin of the conquered man, in the cavern where the spring wells forth, and hence the name of the river, Marsyas. It was on this site that Xerxes, as tradition tells, built this very palace, as well as the citadel of Celaenae itself, on his retreat from Hellas, after he had lost the famous battle. Here Cyrus remained for thirty days, during which Clearchus the Lacedaemonian arrived with one thousand hoplites and eight hundred Thracian peltasts and two hundred Cretan archers. At the same time, also, came Sosis the Syracusian with three thousand hoplites, and Sophaenetus the Arcadian (6) with one thousand hoplites; and here Cyrus held a review, and numbered his Hellenes in the park, and found that they amounted in all to eleven thousand hoplites and about two thousand peltasts.
So Cyrus, with the troops I mentioned, departed from Sardis and marched through Lydia for three stages, covering twenty-two parasangs (2), until he reached the Maeander River. That river is two hundred feet (3) wide and was crossed by a bridge made of seven boats. After crossing it, he marched through Phrygia for one stage, which is eight parasangs, to Colossae, a thriving, large city (4). He stayed there for seven days and was joined by Menon the Thessalian, who arrived with one thousand hoplites and five hundred peltasts, including Dolopes, Aenianes, and Olynthians. From there, he marched three stages, totaling twenty parasangs, to Celaenae, a populous and prosperous city in Phrygia. Cyrus had a palace here, along with a large park (5) filled with wild animals that he would hunt on horseback whenever he wanted to exercise himself or his horses. The river Maeander flows through the middle of the park, with its sources located within the palace grounds, and it passes through the city of Celaenae. The great king also has a palace in Celaenae, a stronghold located at the sources of another river, the Marsyas, at the foot of the acropolis. This river also flows through the city, emptying into the Maeander and is twenty-five feet wide. It is said that this is where Apollo flayed Marsyas after defeating him in a skill contest. He hung up the skin of the defeated, in the cave where the spring emerges, giving the river its name, Marsyas. Tradition holds that Xerxes built this very palace, as well as the citadel of Celaenae, on his retreat from Hellas after losing the famous battle. Cyrus stayed here for thirty days, during which time Clearchus the Lacedaemonian arrived with one thousand hoplites, eight hundred Thracian peltasts, and two hundred Cretan archers. At the same time, Sosis the Syracusian came with three thousand hoplites, and Sophaenetus the Arcadian (6) arrived with one thousand hoplites; here, Cyrus held a review, counted his Hellenes in the park, and found that they totaled eleven thousand hoplites and about two thousand peltasts.
(2) The Persian "farsang" = 30 stades, nearly 1 league, 3 1/2 statute miles, though not of uniform value in all parts of Asia. (3) "Two plethra": the plethron = about 101 English feet. (4) Lit. "inhabited," many of the cities of Asia being then as now deserted, but the suggestion is clearly at times "thickly inhabited," "populous." (5) Lit. "paradise," an oriental word = park or pleasure ground. (6) Perhaps this should be Agias the Arcadian, as Mr. Macmichael suggests. Sophaenetus has already been named above.
(2) The Persian "farsang" = 30 stades, nearly 1 league, 3.5 statute miles, though it doesn't have the same value everywhere in Asia. (3) "Two plethra": the plethron = about 101 English feet. (4) Literally "inhabited," many cities in Asia were, as they are now, deserted, but it often implies "densely populated," "crowded." (5) Literally "paradise," an eastern term meaning park or recreational area. (6) Maybe this refers to Agias the Arcadian, as suggested by Mr. Macmichael. Sophaenetus has already been mentioned above.
From this place he continued his march two stages—ten parasangs—to the populous city of Peltae, where he remained three days; while Xenias, the Arcadian, celebrated the Lycaea (7) with sacrifice, and instituted games. The prizes were headbands of gold; and Cyrus himself was a spectator of the contest. From this place the march was continued two stages—twelve parasangs—to Ceramon-agora, a populous city, the last on the confines of Mysia. Thence a march of three stages—thirty parasangs—brought him to Caystru-pedion (8), a populous city. Here Cyrus halted five days; and the soldiers, whose pay was now more than three months in arrear, came several times to the palace gates demanding their dues; while Cyrus put them off with fine words and expectations, but could not conceal his vexation, for it was not his fashion to stint payment, when he had the means. At this point Epyaxa, the wife of Syennesis, the king of the Cilicians, arrived on a visit to Cyrus; and it was said that Cyrus received a large gift of money from the queen. At this date, at any rate, Cyrus gave the army four months' pay. The queen was accompanied by a bodyguard of Cilicians and Aspendians; and, if report speaks truly, Cyrus had intimate relations with the queen.
From this place, he continued his journey for two stages—about ten parasangs—to the bustling city of Peltae, where he stayed for three days. During this time, Xenias, the Arcadian, celebrated the Lycaea (7) with sacrifices and organized games. The prizes were gold headbands, and Cyrus himself watched the competition. From there, the march continued for two stages—twelve parasangs—to Ceramon-agora, another busy city, the last on the borders of Mysia. A further three-stage march—thirty parasangs—brought him to Caystru-pedion (8), a lively city. Here, Cyrus paused for five days, and the soldiers, who hadn't been paid for over three months, came to the palace gates multiple times asking for their wages. Cyrus reassured them with nice words and promises but couldn't hide his frustration, as he usually didn't withhold payment when he had the means. At this point, Epyaxa, the wife of Syennesis, the king of the Cilicians, visited Cyrus, and it was said that Cyrus received a substantial monetary gift from the queen. At the very least, Cyrus provided the army with four months' pay at this time. The queen was accompanied by a guard of Cilicians and Aspendians, and if the rumors are true, Cyrus had a close relationship with the queen.
(7) The Lycaea, an Arcadian festival in honour of Zeus {Arcaios}, akin to the Roman Lupercalia, which was originally a shepherd festival, the introduction of which the Romans ascribe to the Arcadian Evander. (8) Lit. "plain of the Cayster," like Ceramon-agora, "the market of the Ceramians" above, the name of a town.
(7) The Lycaea was an Arcadian festival celebrating Zeus {Arcaios}, similar to the Roman Lupercalia, which initially started as a shepherd festival. The Romans credit the introduction of this festival to the Arcadian Evander. (8) Literally "plain of the Cayster," like Ceramon-agora, "the market of the Ceramians" mentioned above, which is the name of a town.
From this place he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to Thymbrium, a populous city. Here, by the side of the road, is the spring of Midas, the king of Phrygia, as it is called, where Midas, as the story goes, caught the satyr by drugging the spring with wine. From this place he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to Tyriaeum, a populous city. Here he halted three days; and the Cilician queen, according to the popular account, begged Cyrus to exhibit his armament for her amusement. The latter being only too glad to make such an exhibition, held a review of the Hellenes and barbarians in the plain. He ordered the Hellenes to draw up their lines and post themselves in their customary battle order, each general marshalling his own battalion. Accordingly they drew up four-deep. The right was held by Menon and those with him; the left by Clearchus and his men; the centre by the remaining generals with theirs. Cyrus first inspected the barbarians, who marched past in troops of horses and companies of infantry. He then inspected the Hellenes; driving past them in his chariot, with the queen in her carriage. And they all had brass helmets and purple tunics, and greaves, and their shields uncovered (9).
From this place, he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to Thymbrium, a bustling city. Here, beside the road, is the spring of Midas, the king of Phrygia, where, according to the story, Midas caught the satyr by drugging the spring with wine. From this place, he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to Tyriaeum, another busy city. He stayed here for three days; and the Cilician queen, as the story goes, asked Cyrus to show off his army for her entertainment. Cyrus, eager to make such a display, held a review of the Greeks and the barbarians in the plain. He ordered the Greeks to arrange their lines and position themselves in their standard battle formation, with each general leading their own battalion. They formed up four-deep. Menon and his group were on the right; Clearchus and his men were on the left; and the center was held by the other generals with their troops. Cyrus first checked the barbarians, who marched by in groups of cavalry and companies of infantry. Then he inspected the Greeks, driving past them in his chariot, with the queen in her carriage. They all wore brass helmets and purple tunics, along with greaves, and their shields were uncovered (9).
(9) I.e. ready for action, c.f. "bayonets fixed".
(9) I.e. ready for action, see "bayonets fixed".
After he had driven past the whole body, he drew up his chariot in front of the centre of the battle-line, and sent his interpreter Pigres to the generals of the Hellenes, with orders to present arms and to advance along the whole line. This order was repeated by the generals to their men; and at the sound of the bugle, with shields forward and spears in rest, they advanced to meet the enemy. The pace quickened, and with a shout the soldiers spontaneously fell into a run, making in the direction of the camp. Great was the panic of the barbarians. The Cilician queen in her carriage turned and fled; the sutlers in the marketing place left their wares and took to their heels; and the Hellenes meanwhile came into camp with a roar of laughter. What astounded the queen was the brilliancy and order of the armament; but Cyrus was pleased to see the terror inspired by the Hellenes in the hearts of the Asiatics.
After driving past the entire army, he stopped his chariot in front of the center of the battle line and sent his interpreter Pigres to the Greek generals, instructing them to get ready and advance along the whole line. The generals relayed this order to their troops, and at the sound of the bugle, with shields up and spears ready, they moved forward to confront the enemy. The pace quickened, and with a shout, the soldiers broke into a run toward the camp. The barbarians were thrown into a panic. The Cilician queen in her carriage turned and fled; the merchants in the marketplace abandoned their goods and ran for their lives, while the Greeks returned to camp roaring with laughter. What amazed the queen was the brilliance and organization of the army; but Cyrus was satisfied to see the fear the Greeks instilled in the hearts of the Asiatics.
From this place he marched on three stages—twenty parasangs—to Iconium, the last city of Phrygia, where he remained three days. Thence he marched through Lycaonia five stages—thirty parasangs. This was hostile country, and he gave it over to the Hellenes to pillage. At this point Cyrus sent back the Cilician queen to her own country by the quickest route; and to escort her he sent the soldiers of Menon, and Menon himself. With the rest of the troops he continued his march through Cappadocia four stages—twenty-five parasangs—to Dana, a populous city, large and flourishing. Here they halted three days, within which interval Cyrus put to death, on a charge of conspiracy, a Persian nobleman named Megaphernes, a wearer of the royal purple; and along with him another high dignitary among his subordinate commanders.
From this location, he marched over three sections—twenty parasangs—to Iconium, the last city of Phrygia, where he stayed for three days. From there, he moved through Lycaonia for five sections—thirty parasangs. This area was hostile, and he allowed the Hellenes to loot it. At this point, Cyrus sent the Cilician queen back to her homeland via the quickest route, sending Menon and his soldiers to escort her. With the remaining troops, he continued his journey through Cappadocia for four sections—twenty-five parasangs—to Dana, a large and thriving city. They paused here for three days, during which time Cyrus executed a Persian noble named Megaphernes, who wore the royal purple, on charges of conspiracy, along with another high-ranking officer among his subordinate commanders.
From this place they endeavoured to force a passage into Cilicia. Now the entrance was by an exceedingly steep cart-road, impracticable for an army in face of a resisting force; and report said that Syennesis was on the summit of the pass guarding the approach. Accordingly they halted a day in the plain; but next day came a messenger informing them that Syenesis had left the pass; doubtless, after perceiving that Menon's army was already in Cilicia on his own side of the mountains; and he had further been informed that ships of war, belonging to the Lacedaemonians and to Cyrus himself, with Tamos on board as admiral, were sailing round from Ionia to Cilicia. Whatever the reason might be, Cyrus made his way up into the hills without let or hindrance, and came in sight of the tents where the Cilicians were on guard. From that point he descended gradually into a large and beautiful plain country, well watered, and thickly covered with trees of all sorts and vines. This plain produces sesame plentifully, as also panic and millet and barley and wheat; and it is shut in on all sides by a steep and lofty wall of mountains from sea to sea. Descending through this plain country, he advanced four stages—twenty-five parasangs—to Tarsus, a large and prosperous city of Cilicia. Here stood the palace of Syennesis, the king of the country; and through the middle of the city flows a river called the Cydnus, two hundred feet broad. They found that the city had been deserted by its inhabitants, who had betaken themselves, with Syennesis, to a strong place on the hills. All had gone, except the tavern-keepers. The sea-board inhabitants of Soli and Issi also remained. Now Epyaxa, Syennesis's queen, had reached Tarsus five days in advance of Cyrus. During their passage over the mountains into the plain, two companies of Menon's army were lost. Some said they had been cut down by the Cilicians, while engaged on some pillaging affair; another account was that they had been left behind, and being unable to overtake the main body, or discover the route, had gone astray and perished. However it was, they numbered one hundred hoplites; and when the rest arrived, being in a fury at the destruction of their fellow soldiers, they vented their spleen by pillaging the city of Tarsus and the palace to boot. Now when Cyrus had marched into the city, he sent for Syennesis to come to him; but the latter replied that he had never yet put himself into the hands of any one who was his superior, nor was he willing to accede to the proposal of Cyrus now; until, in the end, his wife persuaded him, and he accepted pledges of good faith. After this they met, and Syennesis gave Cyrus large sums in aid of his army; while Cyrus presented him with the customary royal gifts—to wit, a horse with a gold bit, a necklace of gold, a gold bracelet, and a gold scimitar, a Persian dress, and lastly, the exemption of his territory from further pillage, with the privilege of taking back the slaves that had been seized, wherever they might chance to come upon them.
From this place, they tried to find a way into Cilicia. The entrance was an extremely steep cart-road, impossible for an army facing resistance. Reports indicated that Syennesis was at the top of the pass guarding the approach. So, they stayed a day in the plain; but the next day, a messenger arrived saying that Syennesis had left the pass, likely after realizing that Menon's army was already in Cilicia on his side of the mountains. He was also informed that warships belonging to the Lacedaemonians and Cyrus himself, with Tamos as the admiral, were sailing from Ionia to Cilicia. For whatever reason, Cyrus made his way into the hills without obstruction and soon spotted the tents where the Cilicians were stationed. From there, he slowly descended into a large, beautiful plain, well-watered and densely populated with various trees and vines. This plain produced plenty of sesame, panic, millet, barley, and wheat, and it was enclosed on all sides by a steep and high mountain range stretching from sea to sea. As he moved through this plain, he advanced four stages—twenty-five parasangs—to Tarsus, a large and thriving city in Cilicia. Here stood the palace of Syennesis, the king of the region; flowing through the city was a river called the Cydnus, which was two hundred feet wide. They found that the city had been abandoned by its residents, who had retreated, along with Syennesis, to a fortified location in the hills. The only ones left were the tavern-keepers, while the coastal inhabitants of Soli and Issi also remained. Epyaxa, Syennesis's queen, had arrived in Tarsus five days ahead of Cyrus. During their crossing over the mountains into the plain, two companies of Menon's army were lost. Some said they had been killed by the Cilicians while attempting to plunder; others claimed they had been left behind, unable to catch up with the main group or find the right path, and had perished. Regardless, they numbered one hundred hoplites, and when the rest arrived, furious over the loss of their comrades, they took out their anger by plundering the city of Tarsus and the palace as well. When Cyrus entered the city, he sent for Syennesis to meet him; however, Syennesis replied that he had never submitted to anyone superior and was unwilling to agree to Cyrus's request. Eventually, his wife convinced him, and he accepted promises of good faith. After that, they met, and Syennesis provided Cyrus with significant financial support for his army, while Cyrus presented him with customary royal gifts—namely, a horse with a gold bit, a gold necklace, a gold bracelet, a gold scimitar, a Persian outfit, and finally, an assurance that his territory would not be further plundered, along with the right to reclaim any seized slaves wherever they may find them.
III
At Tarsus Cyrus and his army halted for twenty days; the soldiers refusing to advance further, since the suspicion ripened in their minds, that the expedition was in reality directed against the king; and as they insisted, they had not engaged their services for that object. Clearchus set the example of trying to force his men to continue their march; but he had no sooner started at the head of his troops than they began to pelt him and his baggage train, and Clearchus had a narrow escape of being stoned to death there and then. Later on, when he perceived that force was useless, he summoned an assembly of his own men; and for a long while he stood and wept, while the men gazed in silent astonishment. At last he spoke as follows: "Fellow soldiers, do not marvel that I am sorely distressed on account of the present troubles. Cyrus has been no ordinary friend to me. When I was in banishment he honoured me in various ways, and made me also a present of ten thousand darics. These I accepted, but not to lay them up for myself for private use; not to squander them in pleasure, but to expend them on yourselves. And, first of all, I went to war with the Thracians, and with you to aid, I wreaked vengeance on them in behalf of Hellas; driving them out of the Chersonese, when they wanted to deprive its Hellenic inhabitants of their lands. But as soon as Cyrus summoned me, I took you with me and set out, so that, if my benefactor had any need of me, I might requite him for the good treatment I myself had received at his hands.... But since you are not minded to continue the march with me, one of two things is left to me to do; either I must renounce you for the sake of my friendship with Cyrus, or I must go with you at the cost of deceiving him. Whether I am about to do right or not, I cannot say, but I choose yourselves; and, whatever betide, I mean to share your fate. Never shall it be said of me by any one that, having led Greek troops against the barbarians (1), I betrayed the Hellenes, and chose the friendship of the barbarian. No! since you do not choose to obey and follow me, I will follow after you. Whatever betide, I will share your fate. I look upon you as my country, my friends, my allies; with you I think I shall be honoured, wherever I be; without you I do not see how I can help a friend or hurt a foe. My decision is taken. Wherever you go, I go also."
At Tarsus, Cyrus and his army stopped for twenty days; the soldiers refused to move forward, as they began to suspect that the mission was actually aimed at the king, and they insisted they had not signed up for that purpose. Clearchus was the first to try to force his men to keep marching; but as soon as he led his troops, they started throwing things at him and his supplies, and Clearchus barely escaped being stoned to death right then and there. Later, when he realized that using force was pointless, he called a meeting with his men; and for a long time, he stood there crying, while the men looked on in stunned silence. Finally, he spoke: "Fellow soldiers, don’t be surprised that I am deeply troubled about our current situation. Cyrus has been an exceptional friend to me. When I was exiled, he honored me in many ways, and also gave me a gift of ten thousand darics. I accepted these not to hoard them for myself, nor to waste them on pleasure, but to spend them on you. First, I went to war against the Thracians, with your help, and I took revenge on them for Greece, driving them out of the Chersonese when they tried to take land from its Greek inhabitants. But as soon as Cyrus called for me, I brought you along, so that if my benefactor needed me, I could repay him for the kindness he had shown me.... But since you are not willing to continue the march with me, I have two choices: either I abandon you for the sake of my friendship with Cyrus, or I follow you and betray him. I can't say if what I'm about to do is right or wrong, but I choose you; and whatever happens, I intend to share your fate. It will never be said of me that, having led Greek troops against the barbarians, I betrayed the Greeks and chose the friendship of the barbarian. No! Since you don’t want to follow me, I will follow you. Whatever happens, I will share your fate. I consider you my homeland, my friends, my allies; with you I believe I will be honored, wherever I am; without you, I don’t see how I can help a friend or harm an enemy. My mind is made up. Wherever you go, I will go too."
(1) Lit. "into the country of the barbarian."
(1) Lit. "into the land of the barbarian."
Such were his words. But the soldiers, not only his own, but the rest also, when they heard what he said, and how he had scouted the idea of going up to the great king's palace (2), expressed their approval; and more than two thousand men deserted Xenias and Pasion, and took their arms and baggage-train, and came and encamped with Clearchus. But Cyrus, in despair and vexation at this turn of affairs, sent for Clearchus. He refused to come; but, without the knowledge of the soldiers, sent a message to Cyrus, bidding him keep a good heart, for that all would arrange itself in the right way; and bade him keep on sending for him, whilst he himself refused to go. After that he got together his own men, with those who had joined him, and of the rest any who chose to come, and spoke as follows: "Fellow soldiers, it is clear that the relations of Cyrus to us are identical with ours to him. We are no longer his soldiers, since we have ceased to follow him; and he, on his side, is no longer our paymaster. He, however, no doubt considers himself wronged by us; and though he goes on sending for me, I cannot bring myself to go to him: for two reasons, chiefly from a sense of shame, for I am forced to admit to myself that I have altogether deceived him; but partly, too, because I am afraid of his seizing me and inflicting a penalty on the wrongs which he conceives that I have done him. In my opinion, then, this is no time for us to go to sleep and forget all about ourselves, rather it is high time to deliberate on our next move; and as long as we do remain here, we had better bethink us how we are to abide in security; or, if we are resolved to turn our backs at once, what will be the safest means of retreat; and, further, how we are to procure supplies, for without supplies there is no profit whatsoever in the general or the private soldier. The man with whom we have to deal is an excellent friend to his friends, but a very dangerous enemy to his foes. And he is backed by a force of infantry and cavalry and ships such as we all alike very well see and know, since we can hardly be said to have posted ourselves at any great distance from him. If, then, any one has a suggestion to make, now is the time to speak." With these words he ceased.
Such were his words. But the soldiers, not just his own but others as well, when they heard what he said and how he dismissed the idea of going to the great king's palace (2), voiced their support; and more than two thousand men abandoned Xenias and Pasion, took their weapons and supplies, and camped with Clearchus. However, Cyrus, feeling hopeless and frustrated by this situation, summoned Clearchus. Clearchus refused to go; instead, without the soldiers’ knowledge, he sent a message to Cyrus, encouraging him to stay optimistic, assuring him everything would work out, and advised him to keep calling for him while he himself held back. He then gathered his own men, along with those who had joined him and any others who wanted to come, and said: “Fellow soldiers, it’s clear that our relationship with Cyrus is now the same as his relationship with us. We’re no longer his soldiers since we’ve stopped following him, and he, in turn, is no longer our paymaster. He probably feels betrayed by us; and even though he keeps sending for me, I can’t bring myself to go to him: mainly out of shame, since I have to admit I’ve completely deceived him; but also because I fear he might capture me and punish me for the wrongs he thinks I’ve committed. I believe this isn’t the time for us to fall asleep and forget about ourselves; rather, it’s crucial that we think about our next steps. As long as we stay here, we need to consider how to protect ourselves; or if we decide to leave immediately, what’s the safest way to retreat; and also how we’ll obtain supplies, because without supplies, there’s no benefit for either the general or the private soldier. The person we’re dealing with is a great ally to his friends but a very dangerous enemy to his foes. And he has a strong force of infantry, cavalry, and ships that we all see and know well, since we aren’t far from him. So if anyone has any suggestions, now is the time to share.” With that, he stopped speaking.
(2) Or "how he insisted that he was not going up."
(2) Or "how he kept saying that he wasn’t going up."
Then various speakers stood up; some of their own motion to propound their views; others inspired by Clearchus to dilate on the hopeless difficulty of either staying, or going back without the goodwill of Cyrus. One of these, in particular, with a make-believe of anxiety to commence the homeward march without further pause, called upon them instantly to choose other generals, if Clearchus were not himself prepared to lead them back: "Let them at once purchase supplies" (the market being in the heart of the Asiatic camp), "let them pack up their baggage: let them," he added, "go to Cyrus and ask for some ships in order to return by sea: if he refused to give them ships, let them demand of him a guide to lead them back through a friendly district; and if he would not so much as give them a guide, they could but put themselves, without more ado, in marching order, and send on a detachment to occupy the pass—before Cyrus and the Cilicians, whose property," the speaker added, "we have so plentifully pillaged, can anticipate us." Such were the remarks of that speaker; he was followed by Clearchus, who merely said: "As to my acting personally as general at this season, pray do not propose it: I can see numerous obstacles to my doing so. Obedience, in the fullest, I can render to the man of your choice, that is another matter: and you shall see and know that I can play my part, under command, with the best of you."
Then various speakers stood up; some wanted to share their opinions on their own, while others were prompted by Clearchus to talk about the hopeless situation of either staying put or going back without Cyrus's support. One speaker, pretending to be anxious about starting the journey home right away, urged them to immediately choose other leaders if Clearchus wasn’t ready to take them back: “Let’s buy supplies right away” (since the market was in the middle of the Asiatic camp), “let’s pack up our bags; let’s,” he continued, “go to Cyrus and ask for some ships to return by sea. If he refuses to give us ships, let’s ask him for a guide to lead us back through friendly territory; and if he won’t even provide a guide, we can just get ready to march and send a group ahead to secure the pass—before Cyrus and the Cilicians, whose belongings,” the speaker added, “we have plundered so thoroughly, can catch up to us.” These were the comments of that speaker; Clearchus then responded, saying: “As for me acting as general right now, please don’t suggest it: I see many obstacles to doing so. I can fully obey the man you choose, and that’s a different matter: and you’ll see and know that I can do my part under command, just like the rest of you.”
After Clearchus another spokesman stood up, and proceeded to point out the simplicity of the speaker, who proposed to ask for vessels, just as if Cyrus were minded to renounce the expedition and sail back again. "And let me further point out," he said, "what a simple-minded notion it is to beg a guide of the very man whose designs we are marring. If we can trust any guide whom Cyrus may vouchsafe to us, why not order Cyrus at once to occupy the pass on our behoof? For my part, I should think twice before I set foot on any ships that he might give us, for fear lest he should sink them with his men-of-war; and I should equally hesitate to follow any guide of his: he might lead us into some place out of which we should find it impossible to escape. I should much prefer, if I am to return home against the will of Cyrus at all, to give him the slip, and so begone: which indeed is impossible. But these schemes are simply nonsensical. My proposal is that a deputation of fit persons, with Clearchus, should go to Cyrus: let them go to Cyrus and ask him: what use he proposes to make of us? and if the business is at all similar to that on which he once before employed a body of foreigners—let us by all means follow: let us show that we are the equals of those who accompanied him on his march up formerly. But if the design should turn out to be of larger import than the former one—involving more toil and more danger—we should ask him, either to give us good reasons for following his lead, or else consent to send us away into a friendly country. In this way, whether we follow him, we shall do so as friends, and with heart and soul, or whether we go back, we shall do so in security. The answer to this shall be reported to us here, and when we have heard it, we will advise as to our best course."
After Clearchus, another spokesperson stood up and pointed out the naivety of the speaker who suggested asking for ships, as if Cyrus were planning to abandon the mission and sail back. "Let me emphasize," he said, "how foolish it is to request a guide from the very person whose plans we are disrupting. If we can trust any guide Cyrus might give us, why not just instruct Cyrus to secure the pass for us? Personally, I'd think twice before stepping onto any ships he provides, worried he might sink them with his warships; I'd also hesitate to follow any of his guides, as they might lead us somewhere we couldn't escape. I would much rather, if I have to head home against Cyrus's wishes, find a way to slip away undetected—which, of course, is impossible. But these ideas are truly absurd. My suggestion is that a group of suitable individuals, led by Clearchus, should approach Cyrus. They should ask him what he plans to do with us, and if his intentions are similar to those of a previous mission involving foreigners—then by all means, let’s follow along and prove we are just as capable as those who went with him before. However, if his plans are of much greater significance, requiring more effort and risk, we should demand either convincing reasons to follow him or else request to be sent to a friendly territory. This way, if we choose to follow, we do so willingly and wholeheartedly, and if we decide to go back, we do so safely. The response to this will be reported back to us here, and once we hear it, we’ll decide on our best course of action."
This resolution was carried, and they chose and sent a deputation with Clearchus, who put to Cyrus the questions which had been agreed upon by the army. Cyrus replied as follows: That he had received news that Abrocomas, an enemy of his, was posted on the Euphrates, twelve stages off; his object was to march against this aforesaid Abrocomas: and if he were still there, he wished to inflict punishment on him, "or if he be fled" (so the reply concluded), "we will there deliberate on the best course." The deputation received the answer and reported it to the soldiers. The suspicion that he was leading them against the king was not dispelled; but it seemed best to follow him. They only demanded an increase of pay, and Cyrus promised to give them half as much again as they had hitherto received—that is to say, a daric and a half a month to each man, instead of a daric. Was he really leading them to attack the king? Not even at this moment was any one apprised of the fact, at any rate in any open and public manner.
This resolution was passed, and they chose a delegation led by Clearchus, who asked Cyrus the questions the army had agreed on. Cyrus replied that he had received word that Abrocomas, an enemy of his, was stationed on the Euphrates, twelve stages away; his goal was to march against this Abrocomas. If he was still there, he wanted to punish him, “or if he has fled” (the reply concluded), “we will decide on the best course of action there.” The delegation took the answer back and reported it to the soldiers. The suspicion that he was leading them against the king didn't go away, but it seemed best to follow him. They only asked for a pay raise, and Cyrus promised to give them half again as much as they were receiving—specifically, a daric and a half a month for each man, instead of just a daric. Was he really leading them to attack the king? At this moment, no one was aware of that fact, at least not in any obvious way.
IV
From this point he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to the river Psarus, which is two hundred feet broad, and from the Psarus he marched a single stage—five parasangs—to Issi, the last city in Cilicia. It lies on the seaboard—a prosperous, large and flourishing town. Here they halted three days, and here Cyrus was joined by his fleet. There were thirty-five ships from Peloponnesus, with the Lacedaemonian admiral Pythagoras on board. These had been piloted from Ephesus by Tamos the Egyptian, who himself had another fleet of twenty-five ships belonging to Cyrus. These had formed Tamos's blockading squadron at Miletus, when that city sided with Tissaphernes; he had also used them in other military services rendered to Cyrus in his operations against that satrap. There was a third officer on board the fleet, the Lacedaemonian Cheirisophus, who had been sent for by Cyrus, and had brought with him seven hundred hoplites, over whom he was to act as general in the service of Cyrus. The fleet lay at anchor opposite Cyrus's tent. Here too another reinforcement presented itself. This was a body of four hundred hoplites, Hellenic mercenaries in the service of Abrocomas, who deserted him for Cyrus, and joined in the campaign against the king.
From this point, he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to the river Psarus, which is two hundred feet wide, and from the Psarus, he marched a single stage—five parasangs—to Issi, the last city in Cilicia. It’s located on the coast and is a large, prosperous, and thriving town. They stayed here for three days, and Cyrus was joined by his fleet. There were thirty-five ships from the Peloponnesus, with the Lacedaemonian admiral Pythagoras on board. These ships had been navigated from Ephesus by Tamos the Egyptian, who had another fleet of twenty-five ships belonging to Cyrus. These had formed Tamos's blockading squadron at Miletus when that city allied with Tissaphernes; he had also used them for other military operations in support of Cyrus against that satrap. A third officer on board the fleet was the Lacedaemonian Cheirisophus, who had been summoned by Cyrus and brought with him seven hundred hoplites, of whom he was to be the general in Cyrus’s service. The fleet was anchored opposite Cyrus's tent. Additionally, another reinforcement arrived—four hundred hoplites, Greek mercenaries who had been serving Abrocomas, but who deserted him to join Cyrus in the campaign against the king.
From Issi, he marched a single stage—five parasangs—to the gates of Cilicia and Syria. This was a double fortress: the inner and nearer one, which protects Cilicia, was held by Syennesis and a garrison of Cilicians; the outer and further one, protecting Syria, was reported to be garrisoned by a body of the king's troops. Through the gap between the two fortresses flows a river named the Carsus, which is a hundred feet broad, and the whole space between was scarcely more than six hundred yards. To force a passage here would be impossible, so narrow was the pass itself, with the fortification walls stretching down to the sea, and precipitous rocks above; while both fortresses were furnished with gates. It was the existence of this pass which had induced Cyrus to send for the fleet, so as to enable him to lead a body of hoplites inside and outside the gates; and so to force a passage through the enemy, if he were guarding the Syrian gate, as he fully expected to find Abrocomas doing with a large army. This, however, Abrocomas had not done; but as soon as he learnt that Cyrus was in Cilicia, he had turned round and made his exit from Phoenicia, to join the king with an army amounting, as report said, to three hundred thousand men.
From Issi, he marched a single stage—about five parasangs—to the gates of Cilicia and Syria. This was a double fortress: the inner one, which protects Cilicia, was held by Syennesis and a garrison of Cilicians; the outer one, protecting Syria, was said to be garrisoned by some of the king's troops. Between the two fortresses flows a river called the Carsus, which is a hundred feet wide, and the entire area between them was barely six hundred yards. It would be impossible to force a passage here, as the pass was very narrow, with the fortification walls running down to the sea and steep rocks above; both fortresses also had gates. The existence of this pass had led Cyrus to call for the fleet, intending to bring a group of hoplites inside and outside the gates to break through the enemy, assuming that Abrocomas was guarding the Syrian gate with a large army, as he fully expected. However, Abrocomas did not do this; as soon as he learned that Cyrus was in Cilicia, he turned around and left Phoenicia to join the king with an army reportedly numbering three hundred thousand men.
From this point Cyrus pursued his march, through Syria a single stage—five parasangs—to Myriandus, a city inhabited by Phoenicians, on the sea-coast. This was a commercial port, and numerous merchant vessels were riding at anchor in the harbour. Here they halted seven days, and here Xenias the Arcadian general, and Pasion the Megarian got on board a trader, and having stowed away their most valuable effects, set sail for home; most people explained the act as the outcome of a fit of jealousy, because Cyrus had allowed Clearchus to retain their men, who had deserted to him, in hopes of returning to Hellas instead of marching against the king; when the two had so vanished, a rumour spread that Cyrus was after them with some ships of war, and some hoped the cowards might be caught, others pitied them, if that should be their fate.
From this point, Cyrus continued his march through Syria for a single stage—five parasangs—to Myriandus, a city along the coast inhabited by Phoenicians. This was a bustling commercial port, with numerous merchant vessels anchored in the harbor. They stayed here for seven days, and during this time, Xenias the Arcadian general and Pasion the Megarian boarded a trading ship, packed away their most valuable belongings, and set sail for home. Many interpreted this decision as stemming from jealousy because Cyrus had allowed Clearchus to keep their men, who had deserted to him, in hopes of returning to Greece instead of marching against the king. Once the two had disappeared, rumors spread that Cyrus was pursuing them with some warships. Some hoped the cowards might be caught, while others felt sorry for them if that were to be their fate.
But Cyrus summoned the generals and addressed them: "Xenias and Pasion," he said, "have taken leave of us; but they need not flatter themselves that in so doing they have stolen into hiding. I know where they are gone; nor will they owe their escape to speed; I have men-of-war to capture their craft, if I like. But heaven help me! if I mean to pursue them: never shall it be said of me, that I turn people to account as long as they stay with me, but as soon as they are minded to be off, I seize and maltreat them, and strip them of their wealth. Not so! let them go with the consciousness that our behaviour to them is better than theirs to us. And yet I have their children and wives safe under lock and key in Tralles; but they shall not be deprived even of these. They shall receive them back in return for their former goodness to me." So he spoke, and the Hellenes, even those who had been out of heart at the thought of marching up the country, when they heard of the nobleness of Cyrus, were happier and more eager to follow him on his path.
But Cyrus called the generals together and said, "Xenias and Pasion have left us, but they shouldn't think they've gone unnoticed. I know where they've gone; their escape isn't due to speed. I have ships that can catch up with them if I choose to. But for heaven's sake, I won't pursue them! It should never be said that I take advantage of people while they're with me, then mistreat them and take their wealth just because they want to leave. No! Let them go knowing that we've treated them better than they've treated us. And still, I have their children and wives safely locked up in Tralles; but I won't take that from them either. They'll get them back as a reward for how they've treated me." After he spoke, the Greeks, even those who had lost heart about marching inland, felt uplifted and more eager to follow him on his journey.
After this Cyrus marched onwards four stages—twenty parasangs—to the river Chalus. That river is a hundred feet broad, and is stocked with tame fish which the Syrians regard as gods, and will not suffer to be injured—and so too the pigeons of the place. The villages in which they encamped belonged to Parysatis, as part of her girdle money (1). From this point he marched on five stages—thirty parasangs—to the sources of the river Dardas, which is a hundred feet broad. Here stood the palace of Belesys, the ruler of Syria, with its park—which was a very large and beautiful one, and full of the products of all the seasons in their course. But Cyrus cut down the park and burnt the palace. Thence he marched on three stages—fifteen parasangs—to the river Euphrates, which is nearly half a mile broad. A large and flourishing city, named Thapsacus, stands on its banks. Here they halted five days, and here Cyrus sent for the generals of the Hellenes, and told them that the advance was now to be upon Babylon, against the great king; he bade them communicate this information to the soldiers and persuade them to follow. The generals called an assembly, and announced the news to the soldiers. The latter were indignant and angry with the generals, accusing them of having kept secret what they had long known; and refused to go, unless such a bribe of money were given them as had been given to their predecessors, when they went up with Cyrus to the court of his father, not as now to fight a battle, but on a peaceful errand—the visit of a son to his father by invitation. The demand was reported to Cyrus by the generals, and he undertook to give each man five silver minae as soon as Babylon was reached, and their pay in full, until he had safely conveyed them back to Ionia again. In this manner the Hellenic force were persuaded—that is to say, the majority of them. Menon, indeed, before it was clear what the rest of the soldiers would do—whether, in fact they would follow Cyrus or not—collected his own troops apart and made them the following speech; "Men," he said, "if you will listen to me, there is a method by which, without risk or toil, you may win the special favour of Cyrus beyond the rest of the soldiers. You ask what it is I would have you to do? I will tell you. Cyrus at this instant is begging the Hellenes to follow him to attack the king. I say then: Cross the Euphrates at once, before it is clear what answer the rest will make; if they vote in favour of following, you will get the credit of having set the example, and Cyrus will be grateful to you. He will look upon you as being the heartiest in his cause; he will repay, as of all others he best knows how; while, if the rest vote against crossing, we shall go back again; but as the sole adherents, whose fidelity he can altogether trust, it is you whom Cyrus will turn to account, as commandants of garrisons or captains of companies. You need only ask him for whatever you want, and you will get it from him, as being the friends of Cyrus."
After this, Cyrus continued on for four stages—twenty parasangs—to the river Chalus. That river is a hundred feet wide and has tame fish that the Syrians worship as gods and won't allow to be harmed—and the same goes for the local pigeons. The villages where they camped belonged to Parysatis, as part of her dowry (1). From there, he marched on five stages—thirty parasangs—to the source of the river Dardas, which is also a hundred feet wide. Here stood the palace of Belesys, the ruler of Syria, surrounded by a large and beautiful park filled with seasonal produce. But Cyrus destroyed the park and burned the palace. From there, he marched on three stages—fifteen parasangs—to the river Euphrates, which is nearly half a mile wide. A large and thriving city named Thapsacus is located on its banks. Here they rested for five days, and Cyrus called for the Greek generals, telling them that they were now to advance on Babylon against the great king; he instructed them to share this information with the soldiers and encourage them to follow. The generals held an assembly and announced the news to the soldiers. The soldiers were outraged and angry with the generals, accusing them of having kept this information secret for too long; they refused to go unless they were offered a bribe of money equivalent to what had been given to their predecessors when they accompanied Cyrus to his father's court—not to fight, but for a peaceful visit as a son by invitation. The generals reported this demand to Cyrus, who promised to give each man five silver minae as soon as they reached Babylon and to pay them in full until he safely returned them to Ionia. This way, the majority of the Greek forces were convinced. Menon, however, before it was clear what the rest of the soldiers would decide—whether they would follow Cyrus or not—gathered his own troops separately and made the following speech: "Men," he said, "if you will listen to me, there's a way that you can gain Cyrus's special favor above the rest of the soldiers without any risk or effort. You might ask what I want you to do? I'll tell you. Right now, Cyrus is asking the Greeks to follow him to attack the king. So, I say: Cross the Euphrates immediately, before it's clear what the others will decide; if they vote to follow, you will be credited with setting an example, and Cyrus will be grateful to you. He will see you as the most supportive of his cause; he will reward you in the way he knows best; whereas, if the others vote against crossing, we can return again; but as the only loyal supporters he can truly trust, it’s you whom Cyrus will rely on as commanders of garrisons or leaders of companies. Just ask him for whatever you want, and you'll get it from him, as his friends."
(1) Cf. Plat. "Alcib." i. 123 B. "Why, I have been informed by a credible person, who went up to the king (at Susa), that he passed through a large tract of excellent land, extending for nearly a day's journey, which the people of the country called the queen's girdle, and another which they called her veil," etc. Olympiodorus and the Scholiast both think that Plato here refers to Xenophon and this passage of the "Anabasis." Grote thinks it very probable that Plato had in his mind Xenophon (either his "Anabasis" or personal communications with him).
(1) Cf. Plat. "Alcib." i. 123 B. "I've been told by a reliable source who went to the king (at Susa) that he traveled through a vast area of amazing land, stretching for almost a day's journey, which the locals referred to as the queen's girdle, and another area they called her veil," etc. Both Olympiodorus and the Scholiast believe that Plato is referencing Xenophon and this part of the "Anabasis." Grote thinks it’s very likely that Plato was thinking of Xenophon (either his "Anabasis" or personal conversations with him).
The men heard and obeyed, and before the rest had given their answer, they were already across. But when Cyrus perceived that Menon's troops had crossed, he was well pleased, and he sent Glus to the division in question, with this message: "Soldiers, accept my thanks at present; eventually you shall thank me. I will see to that, or my name is not Cyrus." The soldiers therefore could not but pray heartily for his success; so high their hopes ran. But to Menon, it was said, he sent gifts with lordly liberality. This done, Cyrus proceeded to cross; and in his wake followed the rest of the armament to a man. As they forded, never a man was wetted above the chest: nor ever until this moment, said the men of Thapascus, had the river been so crossed on foot, boats had always been required; but these, at the present time, Abrocomas, in his desire to hinder Cyrus from crossing, had been at pains to burn. Thus the passage was looked upon as a thing miraculous; the river had manifestly retired before the face of Cyrus, like a courtier bowing to his future king. From this place he continued his march through Syria nine stages—fifty parasangs—and they reached the river Araxes. Here were several villages full of corn and wine; in which they halted three days, and provisioned the army.
The men heard and followed orders, and before the others responded, they were already across. When Cyrus saw that Menon's troops had crossed, he was pleased and sent Glus to that division with this message: "Soldiers, thank you for now; later, you will thank me. I promise you that, or my name isn't Cyrus." The soldiers couldn't help but fervently wish for his success; their hopes were sky-high. To Menon, it’s said, he sent gifts with generous magnificence. After that, Cyrus moved to cross, and the entire army followed him. As they waded through, not a single soldier got wet above the chest; the men from Thapascus claimed that no one had ever crossed the river on foot before, as boats were always needed. However, Abrocomas, wanting to stop Cyrus from crossing, had burned the boats. Therefore, the passage was seen as miraculous; the river had visibly receded before Cyrus, like a courtier bowing to a future king. From there, he continued his march through Syria for nine stages—fifty parasangs—and they reached the river Araxes. There were several villages filled with corn and wine, where they paused for three days to supply the army.
V
Thence he marched on through Arabia, keeping the Euphrates on the right, five desert stages—thirty-five parasangs. In this region the ground was one long level plain, stretching far and wide like the sea, full of absinth; whilst all the other vegetation, whether wood or reed, was sweet scented like spice or sweet herb; there were no trees; but there was wild game of all kinds—wild asses in greatest abundance, with plenty of ostriches; besides these, there were bustards and antelopes. These creatures were occasionally chased by the cavalry. The asses, when pursued, would run forward a space, and then stand still—their pace being much swifter than that of horses; and as soon as the horses came close, they went through the same performance. The only way to catch them was for the riders to post themselves at intervals, and to hunt them in relays, as it were. The flesh of those they captured was not unlike venison, only more tender. No one was lucky enough to capture an ostrich. Some of the troopers did give chase, but it had soon to be abandoned; for the bird, in its effort to escape, speedily put a long interval between itself and its pursuers; plying its legs at full speed, and using its wings the while like a sail. The bustards were not so hard to catch when started suddenly; for they only take short flights, like partridges, and are soon tired. Their flesh is delicious.
Then he marched on through Arabia, keeping the Euphrates on the right, five desert stages—thirty-five parasangs. In this area, the land was one long, flat plain stretching far and wide like the sea, filled with wormwood; while all the other plants, whether trees or reeds, had a sweet scent like spices or herbs; there were no trees, but there was an abundance of wild game—mostly wild donkeys, along with lots of ostriches; in addition, there were bustards and antelopes. The cavalry occasionally chased these animals. The donkeys, when pursued, would run a short distance and then stop—running much faster than the horses; and as soon as the horses got close, they would do the same thing again. The only way to catch them was for the riders to position themselves at intervals and hunt them in relays, so to speak. The meat of those they caught was similar to venison, but more tender. No one was lucky enough to catch an ostrich. Some of the soldiers tried to chase them, but they had to give up quickly; the bird, in its attempt to escape, quickly created a large gap between itself and its pursuers, running at full speed and using its wings like sails. The bustards were easier to catch when startled suddenly; they only fly short distances, like partridges, and get tired quickly. Their meat is delicious.
As the army wended its way through this region, they reached the river Mascas, which is one hundred feet in breadth. Here stood a big deserted city called Corsote, almost literally environed by the stream, which flows round it in a circle. Here they halted three days and provisioned themselves. Thence they continued their march thirteen desert stages—ninety parasangs—with the Euphrates still on their right, until they reached the Gates. On these marches several of the baggage animals perished of hunger, for there was neither grass nor green herb, or tree of any sort; but the country throughout was barren. The inhabitants make their living by quarrying millstones on the river banks, which they work up and take to Babylon and sell, purchasing corn in exchange for their goods. Corn failed the army, and was not to be got for money, except in the Lydian market open in Cyrus's Asiatic army; where a kapithe of wheat or barley cost four shekels; the shekel being equal to seven and a half Attic obols, whilst the kapithe is the equivalent of two Attic choeneces (1), dry measure, so that the soldiers subsisted on meat alone for the whole period. Some of the stages were very long, whenever they had to push on to find water or fodder; and once they found themselves involved in a narrow way, where the deep clay presented an obstacle to the progress of the wagons. Cyrus, with the nobles about him, halted to superintend the operation, and ordered Glus and Pigres to take a body of barbarians and to help in extricating the wagons. As they seemed to be slow about the business, he turned round angrily to the Persian nobles and bade them lend a hand to force the wagons out. Then, if ever, what goes to constitute one branch of good discipline, was to be witnessed. Each of those addressed, just where he chanced to be standing, threw off his purple cloak, and flung himself into the work with as much eagerness as if it had been a charge for victory. Down a steep hill side they flew, with their costly tunics and embroidered trousers—some with the circlets round their necks, and bracelets on their arms—in an instant, they had sprung into the miry clay, and in less time than one could have conceived, they had landed the wagons safe on terra firma.
As the army made its way through this area, they came to the Mascas River, which is a hundred feet wide. Here stood a large abandoned city called Corsote, almost completely surrounded by the stream, which flows around it in a circle. They stopped here for three days to restock their supplies. After that, they continued their journey for thirteen desert stages—ninety parasangs—with the Euphrates still on their right, until they reached the Gates. During these marches, several pack animals died of hunger, as there was no grass, green plants, or trees to be found; the land was barren. The locals made a living by quarrying millstones from the riverbanks, which they processed and sold in Babylon in exchange for grain. The army ran out of grain and could only find it in the Lydian market, where Cyrus's Asian army was, with a kapithe of wheat or barley costing four shekels; the shekel was equal to seven and a half Attic obols, while the kapithe was roughly equivalent to two Attic choeneces (1) in dry measure, meaning the soldiers had to survive on meat alone for the entire duration. Some stages of the journey were quite long whenever they had to push on to find water or fodder; at one point, they found themselves on a narrow path where deep clay obstructed the wagons' progress. Cyrus, surrounded by nobles, paused to oversee the operation and ordered Glus and Pigres to take a group of locals to help free the wagons. When they seemed slow to act, he turned angrily to the Persian nobles and urged them to lend a hand in pulling the wagons out. At that moment, a clear example of good discipline was on display. Each noble, right where they stood, threw off their purple cloak and jumped into the effort with as much enthusiasm as if they were charging into battle. They rushed down the steep hillside, their expensive tunics and embroidered trousers billowing—some with circlets around their necks and bracelets on their arms—and in no time at all, they had safely pulled the wagons onto dry land.
(1) The choenix = about 1 quart (or, according to others, 1 1/2 pint). It was the minimum allowance of corn for a man, say a slave, per diem. The Spartan was allowed at the public table 2 choenices a day.
(1) The choenix = about 1 quart (or, according to some, 1 1/2 pints). It was the minimum daily allowance of corn for a person, like a slave. A Spartan was allowed 2 choenices at the public table each day.
Altogether it was plain that Cyrus was bent on pressing on the march, and averse to stoppages, except where he halted for the sake of provisioning or some other necessary object; being convinced that the more rapidly he advanced, the less prepared for battle would he find the king; while the slower his own progress, the larger would be the hostile army which he would find collected. Indeed, the attentive observer could see, at a glance, that if the king's empire was strong in its extent of territory and the number of inhabitants, that strength is compensated by an inherent weakness, dependent upon the length of roads and the inevitable dispersion of defensive forces, where an invader insists upon pressing home the war by forced marches.
It was clear that Cyrus was determined to keep moving forward and wanted to avoid any delays, except for stops to refuel or for other essential reasons. He believed that the faster he moved, the less prepared the king would be for battle, while the slower he went, the larger the enemy army would gather. In fact, a careful observer could quickly see that although the king's empire was vast in territory and population, that strength was offset by an inherent weakness tied to long distances and the unavoidable scattering of defensive forces whenever an invader pushed hard with forced marches.
On the opposite side of the Euphrates to the point reached on one of these desert stages, was a large and flourishing city named Charmande. From this town the soldiers made purchases of provisions, crossing the river on rafts, in the following fashion: They took the skins which they used as tent coverings, and filled them with light grass; they then compressed and stitched them tightly together by the ends, so that the water might not touch the hay. On these they crossed and got provisions: wine made from the date-nut, and millet or panic-corn, the common staple of the country. Some dispute or other here occurred between the soldiers of Menon and Clearchus, in which Clearchus sentenced one of Menon's men, as the delinquent, and had him flogged. The man went back to his own division and told them. Hearing what had been done to their comrade, his fellows fretted and fumed, and were highly incensed against Clearchus. The same day Clearchus visited the passage of the river, and after inspecting the market there, was returning with a few followers, on horseback, to his tent, and had to pass through Menon's quarters. Cyrus had not yet come up, but was riding up in the same direction. One of Menon's men, who was splitting wood, caught sight of Clearchus as he rode past, and aimed a blow at him with his axe. The aim took no effect; when another hurled a stone at him, and a third, and then several, with shouts and hisses. Clearchus made a rapid retreat to his own troops, and at once ordered them to get under arms. He bade his hoplites remain in position with their shields resting against their knees, while he, at the head of his Thracians and horsemen, of which he had more than forty in his army—Thracians for the most part—advanced against Menon's soldiers, so that the latter, with Menon himself, were panic-stricken, and ran to seize their arms; some even stood riveted to the spot, in perplexity at the occurrence. Just then Proxenus came up from behind, as chance would have it, with his division of hoplites, and without a moment's hesitation marched into the open space between the rival parties, and grounded arms; then he fell to begging Clearchus to desist. The latter was not too well pleased to hear his trouble mildly spoken of, when he had barely escaped being stoned to death; and he bade Proxenus retire and leave the intervening space open. At this juncture Cyrus arrived and inquired what was happening. There was no time for hesitation. With his javelins firmly grasped in his hands he galloped up—escorted by some of his faithful bodyguard, who were present—and was soon in the midst, exclaiming: "Clearchus, Proxenus, and you other Hellenes yonder, you know not what you do. As surely as you come to blows with one another, our fate is sealed—this very day I shall be cut to pieces, and so will you: your turn will follow close on mine. Let our fortunes once take an evil turn, and these barbarians whom you see around will be worse foes to us than those who are at present serving the king." At these words Clearchus came to his senses. Both parties paused from battle, and retired to their quarters: order reigned.
On the other side of the Euphrates from where one of the desert stops was a big, thriving city called Charmande. From this town, the soldiers bought supplies, crossing the river on rafts made like this: They took the skins they used for tent covers, filled them with light grass, and then tightly stitched them together on the ends to keep the hay dry. They used these rafts to cross and get provisions: wine made from date nuts, and millet or panic corn, the staple food in the area. A disagreement broke out between Menon's soldiers and Clearchus's men, where Clearchus punished one of Menon's soldiers as the offender and had him flogged. The man returned to his group and told them what happened. Hearing about their comrade’s punishment, his fellow soldiers got angry and were furious with Clearchus. That same day, Clearchus went to the river crossing, inspected the market there, and was on his way back to his tent on horseback with a few followers, passing through Menon's camp. Cyrus hadn't arrived yet but was riding in that direction. One of Menon's soldiers, who was chopping wood, saw Clearchus riding by and swung his axe at him. The blow missed, but then another soldier threw a stone at him, followed by more stones, along with shouts and hisses. Clearchus quickly retreated to his own troops and immediately ordered them to prepare for battle. He instructed his hoplites to kneel with their shields resting against their knees while he led his Thracians and horsemen—more than forty in total, mostly Thracians—against Menon's soldiers, who, along with Menon, were thrown into a panic and rushed to grab their weapons. Some even stood frozen in confusion at what was happening. Just then, Proxenus arrived from behind with his hoplite division and without hesitation marched into the open space between the two groups, grounding his arms; he then urged Clearchus to hold off. Clearchus was not happy to hear his troubles downplayed when he had just narrowly avoided being stoned to death, and he told Proxenus to back off and leave the space clear. At that moment, Cyrus showed up and asked what was going on. There was no time to waste. With javelins firmly in hand, he rode up—accompanied by some of his loyal bodyguard—and soon found himself in the midst of the situation, exclaiming: "Clearchus, Proxenus, and you other Greeks over there, you don’t realize what you’re doing. If you start fighting each other, our fate is sealed—today I’ll be cut down, and so will you: your doom will come right after mine. If our fortunes take a bad turn, these barbarians around us will be greater enemies than those serving the king." At these words, Clearchus regained his composure. Both sides pulled back from fighting and returned to their quarters; calm was restored.
VI
As they advanced from this point (opposite Charmande), they came upon the hoof-prints and dung of horses at frequent intervals. It looked like the trail of some two thousand horses. Keeping ahead of the army, these fellows burnt up the grass and everything else that was good for use. Now there was a Persian, named Orontas; he was closely related to the king by birth: and in matters pertaining to war reckoned among the best of Persian warriors. Having formerly been at war with Cyrus, and afterwards reconciled to him, he now made a conspiracy to destroy him. he made a proposal to Cyrus: if Cyrus would furnish him with a thousand horsemen, he would deal with these troopers, who were burning down everything in front of them; he would lay an ambuscade and cut them down, or he would capture a host of them alive; in any case, he would put a stop to their aggressiveness and burnings; he would see to it that they did not ever get a chance of setting eyes on Cyrus's army and reporting its advent to the king. The proposal seemed plausible to Cyrus, who accordingly authorised Orontas to take a detachment from each of the generals, and be gone. He, thinking that he had got his horsemen ready to his hand, wrote a letter to the king, announcing that he would ere long join him with as many troopers as he could bring; he bade him, at the same time, instruct the royal cavalry to welcome him as a friend. The letter further contained certain reminders of his former friendship and fidelity. This despatch he delivered into the hands of one who was a trusty messenger, as he thought; but the bearer took and gave it to Cyrus. Cyrus read it. Orontas was arrested. Then Cyrus summoned to his tent seven of the noblest Persians among his personal attendants, and sent orders to the Hellenic generals to bring up a body of hoplites. These troops were to take up a position round his tent. This the generals did; bringing up about three thousand hoplites. Clearchus was also invited inside, to assist at the court-martial; a compliment due to the position he held among the other generals, in the opinion not only of Cyrus, but also of the rest of the court. When he came out, he reported the circumstances of the trial (as to which, indeed, there was no mystery) to his friends. He said that Cyrus opened the inquiry with these words: "I have invited you hither, my friends, that I may take advice with you, and carry out whatever, in the sight of God and man, it is right for me to do, as concerning the man before you, Orontas. The prisoner was, in the first instance, given to me by my father, to be my faithful subject. In the next place, acting, to use his own words, under the orders of my brother, and having hold of the acropolis of Sardis, he went to war with me. I met war with war, and forced him to think it more prudent to desist from war with me: whereupon we shook hands, exchanging solemn pledges. After that," and at this point Cyrus turned to Orontas, and addressed him personally—"after that, did I do you any wrong?" Answer, "Never." Again another question: "Then later on, having received, as you admit, no injury from me, did you revolt to the Mysians and injure my territory, as far as in you lay?"—"I did," was the reply. "Then, once more having discovered the limits of your power, did you flee to the altar of Artemis, crying out that you repented? and did you thus work upon my feelings, that we a second time shook hands and made interchange of solemn pledges? Are these things so?" Orontas again assented. "Then what injury have you received from me," Cyrus asked, "that now for the third time, you have been detected in a treasonous plot against me?"—"I must needs do so," he answered. Then Cyrus put one more question: "But the day may come, may it not, when you will once again be hostile to my brother, and a faithful friend to myself?" The other answered: "Even if I were, you could never be brought to believe it, Cyrus."
As they moved away from this point (across from Charmande), they frequently encountered the hoof-prints and droppings of horses. It looked like the trail of about two thousand horses. Ahead of the army, these guys destroyed the grass and anything else useful. There was a Persian named Orontas; he was closely related to the king and was considered one of the best warriors in Persia. After having been at war with Cyrus and later reconciling with him, he now conspired to kill him. He proposed to Cyrus that if Cyrus would give him a thousand horsemen, he would handle those troops burning everything in their path; he would set up an ambush and either kill them or capture many of them alive. In any case, he would stop their attacks and destruction; he would ensure they never got a chance to see Cyrus's army and report its approach to the king. The proposal seemed reasonable to Cyrus, who authorized Orontas to take a group from each of the generals and get going. Believing that he had his horsemen ready, he wrote a letter to the king, stating that he would soon join him with as many troops as he could gather; he also asked the king to have the royal cavalry greet him as a friend. The letter included reminders of their past friendship and loyalty. He gave the letter to someone he thought was a trustworthy messenger; however, the messenger took it and delivered it to Cyrus. Cyrus read it. Orontas was arrested. Cyrus then called seven of the noblest Persians from his personal attendants to his tent and ordered the Greek generals to assemble a group of hoplites. These troops were to position themselves around his tent. The generals complied, bringing about three thousand hoplites. Clearchus was also invited inside to participate in the court-martial; this was a compliment due to his rank among the other generals, recognized by both Cyrus and the rest of the court. When he emerged, he shared the details of the trial (which were quite clear) with his friends. He stated that Cyrus began the inquiry with these words: "I have called you here, my friends, to seek your advice and to do what is right in the sight of God and man regarding the man before you, Orontas. This prisoner was, first of all, given to me by my father as a loyal subject. Secondly, acting on the orders of my brother and taking control of the acropolis of Sardis, he waged war against me. I responded to war with war, forcing him to realize it would be wiser to stop fighting me. After that, we shook hands and exchanged solemn pledges. Then," at this moment Cyrus turned to Orontas and addressed him directly, "after that, did I ever wrong you?" Orontas replied, "Never." Cyrus asked again, "Then later, after admitting you had no injury from me, did you rebel against the Mysians and damage my territory as much as you could?"—"I did," Orontas answered. "Then, after realizing your limits, did you flee to the altar of Artemis, shouting that you regretted your actions? Did you appeal to my emotions so we shook hands again and exchanged solemn pledges? Is that correct?" Orontas agreed again. "Then what harm have you suffered from me," Cyrus asked, "that for the third time you have been caught plotting against me?"—"I had no choice," he replied. Cyrus asked one last question: "But is there not a chance that, in the future, you might once again oppose my brother and be a loyal friend to me?" Orontas replied, "Even if I were, you would never believe it, Cyrus."
At this point Cyrus turned to those who were present and said: "Such has been the conduct of the prisoner in the past: such is his language now. I now call upon you, and you first, Clearchus, to declare your opinion—what think you?" And Clearchus answered: "My advice to you is to put this man out of the way as soon as may be, so that we may be saved the necessity of watching him, and have more leisure, as far as he is concerned, to requite the services of those whose friendship is sincere."—"To this opinion," he told us, "the rest of the court adhered." After that, at the bidding of Cyrus, each of those present, in turn, including the kinsmen of Orontas, took him by the girdle; which is as much as to say, "Let him die the death," and then those appointed led him out; and they who in old days were wont to do obeisance to him, could not refrain, even at that moment, from bowing down before him, albeit they knew he was being led forth to death.
At this point, Cyrus turned to everyone in the room and said, "This has been the prisoner's behavior in the past, and this is what he's saying now. I'm going to ask you, starting with you, Clearchus, to share your thoughts—what do you think?" Clearchus replied, "My suggestion is to get rid of this guy as soon as possible so we won't have to keep an eye on him, and we can focus more on rewarding those whose loyalty is genuine."—"The rest of the court agreed with this view," he told us. After that, at Cyrus's command, everyone took turns, including Orontas's relatives, holding him by the waist, which meant, "Let him die," and then the guards took him away; those who used to show him respect couldn't help but bow before him, even though they knew he was being taken to his death.
After they had conducted him to the tent of Artapates, the trustiest of Cyrus's wand-bearers, none set eyes upon him ever again, alive or dead. No one, of his own knowledge, could declare the manner of his death; though some conjectured one thing and some another. No tomb to mark his resting-place, either then or since, was ever seen.
After they took him to Artapates's tent, the most trusted of Cyrus's attendants, no one ever saw him again, alive or dead. No one really knew how he died; some guessed one thing, while others speculated differently. There was never a tomb to indicate where he was buried, either then or later.
VII
From this place Cyrus marched through Babylonia three stages—twelve parasangs. Now, on the third stage, about midnight, Cyrus held a review of the Hellenes and Asiatics in the plain, expecting that the king would arrive the following day with his army to offer battle. He gave orders to Clearchus to take command of the right wing, and to Menon the Thessalian of the left, while he himself undertook to the disposition of his own forces in person. After the review, with the first approach of day, deserters from the great king arrived, bringing Cyrus information about the royal army. Then Cyrus summoned the generals and captains of the Hellenes, and held a council of war to arrange the plan of battle. He took this opportunity also to address the following words of compliment and encouragement to the meeting: "Men of Hellas," he said, "it is certainly not from dearth of barbarians to fight my battles that I put myself at your head as my allies; but because I hold you to be better and stronger than many barbarians. That is why I took you. See then that you prove yourselves to be men worthy of the liberty which you possess, and which I envy you. Liberty—it is a thing which, be well assured, I would choose in preference to all my other possessions, multiplied many times. But I would like you to know into what sort of struggle you are going: learn its nature from one who knows. Their numbers are great, and they come on with much noise; but if you can hold out against these two things, I confess I am ashamed to think, what a sorry set of folk you will find the inhabitants of this land to be. But you are men, and brave you must be, being men: it is agreed; then if you wish to return home, any of you, I undertake to send you back, in such sort that your friends at home shall envy you; but I flatter myself I shall persuade many of you to accept what I will offer you here, in lieu of what you left at home."
From this place, Cyrus marched through Babylonia for three stages—twelve parasangs. Now, on the third stage, around midnight, Cyrus reviewed the Hellenes and Asiatics in the plain, anticipating that the king would arrive the next day with his army to fight. He instructed Clearchus to lead the right wing and Menon the Thessalian to take the left, while he personally organized his own forces. After the review, as day broke, deserters from the great king came, bringing Cyrus news about the royal army. Cyrus then called the generals and captains of the Hellenes together for a war council to plan the battle. He seized this opportunity to offer words of praise and encouragement: "Men of Hellas," he said, "I’m not choosing you as allies because I’m short on barbarians to fight my battles. I believe you are better and stronger than many of them. That’s why I chose you. Make sure you prove yourselves worthy of the freedom you have, which I envy. Freedom—believe me, I would choose it over all my other possessions, multiplied many times. But I want you to understand the kind of struggle you're entering: learn from someone who knows. Their numbers are huge, and they come with a lot of noise; but if you can withstand these two things, I’m ashamed to think how disappointing the people of this land will seem to you. But you are men, and you must be brave. It’s decided; if any of you wish to go home, I promise to send you back in a way that will make your friends at home envy you. However, I hope to persuade many of you to accept what I will offer you here instead of what you left behind."
Here Gaulites, a Samian exile, and a trusty friend of Cyrus, being present, exclaimed: "Ay, Cyrus, but some say you can afford to make large promises now, because you are in the crisis of impending danger; but let matters go well with you, will you recollect? They shake their heads. Indeed, some add that, even if you did recollect, and were ever so willing, you would not be able to make good all your promises, and repay." When Cyrus heard that, he answered: "You forget, sirs, my father's empire stretches southwards to a region where men cannot dwell by reason of the heat, and northwards to a region uninhabitable through cold; but all the intervening space is mapped out in satrapies belonging to my brother's friends: so that if the victory be ours, it will be ours also to put our friends in possession in their room. On the whole my fear is, not that I may not have enough to give to each of my friends, but lest I may not have friends enough on whom to bestow what I have to give, and to each of you Hellenes I will give a crown of gold."
Here Gaulites, a Samian exile and a loyal friend of Cyrus, spoke up: "Sure, Cyrus, some say you can make big promises now because you’re facing a serious crisis; but when things go well for you, will you remember? They shake their heads. In fact, some say that even if you do remember and really want to, you won’t be able to fulfill all your promises and repay what you owe." When Cyrus heard that, he replied: "You forget, gentlemen, that my father's empire extends south to a place where people can't live due to the heat, and north to a place that is unlivable because of the cold; but all the land in between is divided into satrapies controlled by my brother's allies. So if we win, it will also be our opportunity to place our friends in those positions. Honestly, my worry isn't that I won't have enough to give to each of my friends, but rather that I won't have enough friends to whom I can give what I have. And to each of you Hellenes, I will give a crown of gold."
So they, when they heard these words, were once more elated than ever themselves, and spread the good news among the rest outside. And there came into his presence both the generals and some of the other Hellenes also, claiming to know what they should have in the event of victory; and Cyrus satisfied the expectations of each and all, and so dismissed them. Now the advice and admonition of all who came into conversation with him was, not to enter the battle himself, but to post himself in rear of themselves; and at this season Clearchus put a question to him: "But do you think that your brother will give battle to you, Cyrus?" and Cyrus answered: "Not without a battle, be assured, shall the prize be won; if he be the son of Darius and Parysatis, and a brother of mine."
So when they heard these words, they felt more excited than ever and spread the good news to everyone outside. Generals and some other Greeks came to him, saying they knew what they should get if they won, and Cyrus met their expectations and then sent them away. The advice from everyone who talked to him was not to fight himself but to stay behind them. At that time, Clearchus asked him, "Do you really think your brother will fight you, Cyrus?" Cyrus replied, "Rest assured, the prize won’t be claimed without a battle; he is the son of Darius and Parysatis, and my brother."
In the final arming for battle at this juncture, the numbers were as follows: Of Hellenes there were ten thousand four hundred heavy infantry with two thousand five hundred targeteers, while the barbarians with Cyrus reached a total of one hundred thousand. He had too about twenty scythe-chariots. The enemy's forces were reported to number one million two hundred thousand, with two hundred scythe-chariots, besides which he had six thousand cavalry under Artagerses. These formed the immediate vanguard of the king himself. The royal army was marshalled by four generals or field-marshals, each in command of three hundred thousand men. Their names were Abrocomas, Tissaphernes, Gobryas, and Arbaces. (But of this total not more than nine hundred thousand were engaged in the battle, with one hundred and fifty scythe-chariots; since Abrocomas, on his march from Phoenicia, arrived five days too late for the battle.) Such was the information brought to Cyrus by deserters who came in from the king's army before the battle, and it was corroborated after the battle by those of the enemy who were taken prisoners.
At this point in the preparation for battle, the forces were as follows: There were ten thousand four hundred heavy infantry and two thousand five hundred skirmishers from the Greeks, while the barbarians allied with Cyrus totaled one hundred thousand. He also had about twenty scythe-chariots. The enemy's forces were reported to be one million two hundred thousand strong, with two hundred scythe-chariots, in addition to six thousand cavalry led by Artagerses, who formed the immediate front line for the king himself. The royal army was organized under four generals or field marshals, each leading three hundred thousand men. Their names were Abrocomas, Tissaphernes, Gobryas, and Arbaces. (However, out of this total, no more than nine hundred thousand were actually engaged in battle, with one hundred fifty scythe-chariots, since Abrocomas arrived five days too late from Phoenicia for the fight.) This information was reported to Cyrus by deserting soldiers from the king's army before the battle and was confirmed afterward by prisoners taken from the enemy.
From this place Cyrus advanced one stage—three parasangs—with the whole body of his troops, Hellenic and barbarian alike in order of battle. He expected the king to give battle the same day, for in the middle of this day's march a deep sunk trench was reached, thirty feet broad, and eighteen feet deep. The trench was carried inland through the plain, twelve parasang's distance, to the wall of Media (1). (Here are canals, flowing from the river Tigris; they are four in number, each a hundred feet broad, and very deep, with corn ships plying upon them; they empty themselves into the Euphrates, and are at intervals of one parasang apart, and are spanned by bridges.)
From this location, Cyrus moved forward one stage—three parasangs—with his entire army, both Greek and non-Greek, ready for battle. He anticipated that the king would engage him on the same day, as during the march they encountered a deep trench, thirty feet wide and eighteen feet deep. This trench extended inland across the plain for twelve parasangs, reaching the wall of Media (1). (Here, there are canals fed by the Tigris River; there are four in total, each a hundred feet wide and very deep, with grain ships traveling on them; they flow into the Euphrates and are spaced one parasang apart, crossed by bridges.)
(1) For "the wall of Media" see Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 87 and foll. note 1 (1st ed.), and various authorities there quoted or referred to. The next passage enclosed in () may possibly be a commentator's or editor's note, but, on the whole, I have thought it best to keep the words in the text instead of relegating them, as heretofore, to a note. Perhaps some future traveller may clear up all difficulties.
(1) For "the wall of Media" see Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 87 and following, note 1 (1st ed.), and various sources mentioned or referenced there. The next passage in parentheses may possibly be a note from a commentator or editor, but overall, I thought it would be better to keep the words in the text instead of moving them to a note like I have done in the past. Maybe some future traveler will clarify all the uncertainties.
Between the Euphrates and the trench was a narrow passage, twenty feet only in breadth. The trench itself had been constructed by the great king upon hearing of Cyrus's approach, to serve as a line of defence. Through this narrow passage then Cyrus and his army passed, and found themselves safe inside the trench. So there was no battle to be fought with the king that day; only there were numerous unmistakable traces of horse and infantry in retreat. Here Cyrus summoned Silanus, his Ambraciot soothsayer, and presented him with three thousand darics; because eleven days back, when sacrificing, he had told him that the king would not fight within ten days, and Cyrus had answered: "Well, then, if he does not fight within that time, he will not fight at all; and if your prophecy comes true, I promise you ten talents." So now, that the ten days were passed, he presented him with the above sum.
Between the Euphrates and the trench was a narrow passage, only twenty feet wide. The trench itself had been built by the great king when he learned of Cyrus's approach, to act as a line of defense. Through this narrow passage, Cyrus and his army made their way, finding safety inside the trench. So, there was no battle with the king that day; instead, there were clear signs of horses and infantry in retreat. Here, Cyrus called for Silanus, his Ambraciot soothsayer, and gave him three thousand darics because eleven days earlier, during a sacrifice, Silanus had told him that the king wouldn’t fight within ten days. Cyrus had replied, "Well, if he doesn’t fight within that time, he won't fight at all; and if your prophecy comes true, I promise you ten talents." So now that the ten days were over, he handed him the promised amount.
But as the king had failed to hinder the passage of Cyrus's army at the trench, Cyrus himself and the rest concluded that he must have abandoned the idea of offering battle, so that next day Cyrus advanced with less than his former caution. On the third day he was conducting the march, seated in his carriage, with only a small body of troops drawn up in front of him. The mass of the army was moving on in no kind of order: the soldiers having consigned their heavy arms to be carried in the wagons or on the backs of beasts.
But since the king couldn't stop Cyrus's army at the trench, Cyrus and the others figured he must have given up on the idea of fighting. So, the next day, Cyrus moved forward with less caution than before. On the third day, he was leading the march, sitting in his carriage, with only a small group of troops lined up in front of him. The rest of the army was moving without any order, as the soldiers had left their heavy weapons to be carried in the wagons or on the backs of animals.
VIII
It was already about full market time (1) and the halting-place at which the army was to take up quarters was nearly reached, when Pategyas, a Persian, a trusty member of Cyrus's personal staff, came galloping up at full speed on his horse, which was bathed in sweat, and to every one he met he shouted in Greek and Persian, as fast as he could ejaculate the words: "The king is advancing with a large army ready for battle." Then ensued a scene of wild confusion. The Hellenes and all alike were expecting to be attacked on the instant, and before they could form their lines. Cyrus sprang from his carriage and donned his corselet; then leaping on to his charger's back, with the javelins firmly clutched, he passed the order to the rest, to arm themselves and fall into their several ranks.
It was almost full market time (1) and the army was close to reaching the place where they were going to set up camp when Pategyas, a Persian and a trusted member of Cyrus's personal staff, came riding up at full speed on his horse, which was drenched in sweat. He shouted to everyone in Greek and Persian as quickly as he could, "The king is coming with a large army ready for battle." This caused a scene of chaos. The Hellenes and everyone else were expecting an immediate attack, and they couldn't get into formation. Cyrus jumped out of his carriage and put on his armor; then, leaping onto his horse with his javelins tightly in hand, he ordered the others to arm themselves and line up in their ranks.
(1) I.e. between 9 and 10 A.M.
(1) That is, between 9 and 10 A.M.
The orders were carried out with alacrity; the ranks shaped themselves. Clearchus held the right wing resting on the Euphrates, Proxenus was next, and after him the rest, while Menon with his troops held the Hellenic left. Of the Asiatics, a body of Paphlagonian cavalry, one thousand strong, were posted beside Clearchus on the right, and with them stood the Hellenic peltasts. On the left was Ariaeus, Cyrus's second in command, and the rest of the barbarian host. Cyrus was with his bodyguard of cavalry about six hundred strong, all armed with corselets like Cyrus, and cuirasses and helmets; but not so Cyrus: he went into battle with head unhelmeted (2). So too all the horses with Cyrus wore forehead-pieces and breast-pieces, and the troopers carried short Hellenic swords.
The commands were executed quickly, and the formations were adjusted. Clearchus was in charge of the right wing, which was positioned along the Euphrates, followed by Proxenus and then the rest, while Menon and his troops held the Hellenic left. On the right side, next to Clearchus, there was a unit of one thousand Paphlagonian cavalry, along with Hellenic light infantry. Ariaeus, Cyrus's second-in-command, led the rest of the non-Greek troops on the left. Cyrus was with his bodyguard of about six hundred cavalry, all equipped with corselets similar to his, plus cuirasses and helmets; however, Cyrus himself went into battle without a helmet. Similarly, all of Cyrus's horses had forehead straps and breastplates, and the soldiers carried short Hellenic swords.
(2) The MSS. add, "to expose oneself to the risks of war bareheaded is, it is said, a practice common to the Persians," which I regard as a commentator's note, if not an original marginal note of some early editor, possibly of the author himself. The "Cyropaedeia" is full of such comments, "pieces justificatives" inserted into the text.
(2) The manuscripts add, "to face the dangers of war without a helmet is said to be a common practice among the Persians," which I see as a note from a commentator, if not an original side note from an early editor, possibly even the author. The "Cyropaedeia" is full of such comments, "justifying pieces" added into the text.
It was now mid-day, and the enemy was not yet in sight; but with the approach of afternoon was seen dust like a white cloud, and after a considerable interval a black pall as it were spread far and high above the plain. As they came nearer, very soon was seen here and there a glint of bronze and spear-points; and the ranks could plainly be distinguished. On the left were troopers wearing white cuirasses. That is Tissaphernes in command, they said, and next to these a body of men bearing wicker-shields, and next again heavy-armed infantry, with long wooden shields reaching to the feet. These were the Egyptians, they said, and then other cavalry, other bowmen; all were in national divisions, each nation marching in densely-crowded squares. And all along their front was a line of chariots at considerable intervals from one another—the famous scythe-chariots, as they were named—having their scythes fitted to the axle-trees and stretching out slantwise, while others protruded under the chariot-seats, facing the ground, so as to cut through all they encountered. The design was to let them dash full speed into the ranks of the Hellenes and cut them through.
It was now noon, and the enemy was still not in sight; however, as afternoon approached, dust appeared like a white cloud, and after a noticeable gap, a dark mass spread far and wide above the plain. As they got closer, glints of bronze and spear points became visible here and there, and the formations could clearly be seen. On the left were soldiers in white armor. That’s Tissaphernes in charge, they said, followed by a group of men with wicker shields, and then heavily armed infantry with long wooden shields that reached their feet. These were the Egyptians, they said, along with other cavalry and archers; all were organized by nation, each nation marching in tightly packed squares. Along their front was a line of chariots spaced apart—the famous scythe-chariots, as they were called—equipped with scythes attached to the axles that angled outward, while others jutted out below the chariot seats, facing the ground to cut through everything in their path. The plan was to charge at full speed into the ranks of the Greeks and slice right through them.
Curiously enough the anticipation of Cyrus, when at the council of war he admonished the Hellenes not to mind the shouting of the Asiatics, was not justified. Instead of shouting, they came on in deep silence, softly and slowly, with even tread. At this instant, Cyrus, riding past in person, accompanied by Pigres, his interpreter, and three or four others, called aloud to Clearchus to advance against the enemy's centre, for there the king was to be found: "And if we strike home at this point," he added, "our work is finished." Clearchus, though he could see the compact body at the centre, and had been told by Cyrus that the king lay outside the Hellenic left (for, owing to numerical superiority, the king, while holding his own centre, could well overlap Cyrus's extreme left), still hesitated to draw off his right wing from the river, for fear of being turned on both flanks; and he simply replied, assuring Cyrus that he would take care all went well.
Curiously, Cyrus’s expectation during the war council, when he warned the Greeks not to pay attention to the shouting of the Asiatics, was off the mark. Instead of shouting, the enemy approached silently, moving softly and steadily. At that moment, Cyrus, riding past with Pigres, his interpreter, and a few others, shouted to Clearchus to move against the enemy's center, where the king was located: “And if we hit hard here,” he added, “we’ll finish the job.” Clearchus, although he could see the compact group in the center and had been informed by Cyrus that the king was positioned outside the Greek left (as the king, with his numerical advantage, could securely overlap Cyrus’s far left while holding his own center), still hesitated to pull his right wing away from the river, fearing he would be attacked on both sides. He simply replied, assuring Cyrus that he would make sure everything went smoothly.
At this time the barbarian army was evenly advancing, and the Hellenic division was still riveted to the spot, completing its formation as the various contingents came up. Cyrus, riding past at some distance from the lines, glanced his eye first in one direction and then in the other, so as to take a complete survey of friends and foes; when Xenophon the Athenian, seeing him, rode up from the Hellenic quarter to meet him, asking him whether he had any orders to give. Cyrus, pulling up his horse, begged him to make the announcement generally known that the omens from the victims, internal and external alike, were good (3). While he was still speaking, he heard a confused murmur passing through the ranks, and asked what it meant. The other replied that it was the watchword being passed down for the second time. Cyrus wondered who had given the order, and asked what the watchword was. On being told it was "Zeus our Saviour and Victory," he replied, "I accept it; so let it be," and with that remark rode away to his own position. And now the two battle lines were no more than three or four furlongs apart, when the Hellenes began chanting the paean, and at the same time advanced against the enemy.
At this moment, the barbarian army was moving forward steadily, while the Hellenic troops were still positioned in formation as different groups arrived. Cyrus, riding a bit away from the lines, looked around to get a full view of both allies and enemies. When Xenophon from Athens saw him, he rode over from the Hellenic side to ask if Cyrus had any orders. Cyrus halted his horse and requested that it be announced to everyone that the omens from the sacrifices, both internal and external, were favorable (3). While he was still speaking, he noticed a murmur spreading through the ranks and asked what was going on. Someone replied that it was the watchword being passed around for the second time. Curious about who had given the order, Cyrus asked what the watchword was. When he learned it was "Zeus our Saviour and Victory," he said, "I accept it; let it be so," and then rode back to his position. At this point, the two battle lines were only about three or four furlongs apart when the Hellenes began chanting the paean and simultaneously moved toward the enemy.
(3) I.e. the omens from inspecting the innards of the victims, and the omens from the acts and movements of the victims.
(3) I.e. the signs from examining the victims' insides, and the signs from the victims' actions and movements.
But with the forward movement a certain portion of the line curved onwards in advance, with wave-like sinuosity, and the portion left behind quickened to a run; and simultaneously a thrilling cry burst from all lips, like that in honour of the war-god—eleleu! eleleu! and the running became general. Some say they clashed their shields and spears, thereby causing terror to the horses (4); and before they had got within arrowshot the barbarians swerved and took to flight. And now the Hellenes gave chase with might and main, checked only by shouts to one another not to race, but to keep their ranks. The enemy's chariots, reft of their charioteers, swept onwards, some through the enemy themselves, others past the Hellenes. They, as they saw them coming, opened a gap and let them pass. One fellow, like some dumbfoundered mortal on a racecourse, was caught by the heels, but even he, they said, received no hurt, nor indeed, with the single exception of some one on the left wing who was said to have been wounded by an arrow, did any Hellene in this battle suffer a single hurt.
But as they moved forward, a part of the line curved ahead with a wave-like motion, while the rest quickened into a run. At the same time, a thrilling shout erupted from everyone, like a salute to the war-god—eleleu! eleleu!—and soon everyone was running. Some say they clashed their shields and spears, which scared the horses (4); and before they were within arrow range, the enemy swerved and fled. The Hellenes pursued vigorously, only pausing to call out to each other to maintain their formation instead of racing ahead. The enemy's chariots, without their drivers, raced on—some through their own troops, others past the Hellenes. As they saw the chariots coming, the Hellenes opened a gap to let them through. One guy, like a stunned runner on a racetrack, was tripped up, but even he, they said, wasn’t hurt; and aside from one person on the left flank who reportedly got hit by an arrow, no Hellene sustained any injuries in this battle.
(4) Some critics regard this sentence as an editor's or commentator's note.
(4) Some critics see this sentence as a note from an editor or commentator.
Cyrus, seeing the Hellene's conquering, as far as they at any rate were concerned, and in hot pursuit, was well content; but in spite of his joy and the salutations offered him at that moment by those about him, as though he were already king, he was not led away to join in the pursuit, but keeping his squadron of six hundred horsemen in close order, waited and watched to see what the king himself would do. The king, he knew, held the centre of the Persian army. Indeed it is the fashion for the Asiatic monarch to occupy that position during action, for this twofold reason: he holds the safest place, with his troops on either side of him, while, if he has occasion to despatch any necessary rider along the lines, his troops will receive the message in half the time. The king accordingly on this occasion held the centre of his army, but for all that, he was outside Cyrus's left wing; and seeing that no one offered him battle in front, nor yet the troops in front of him, he wheeled as if to encircle the enemy. It was then that Cyrus, in apprehension lest the king might get round to the rear and cut to pieces the Hellenic body, charged to meet him. Attacking with his six hundred, he mastered the line of troops in front of the king, and put to flight the six thousand, cutting down, as is said, with his own hand their general, Artagerses.
Cyrus, seeing the Greeks winning and in hot pursuit, was quite pleased; but despite his happiness and the greetings from those around him as if he were already king, he didn’t rush to join the chase. Instead, he kept his squadron of six hundred cavalry in formation, waiting and watching to see what the king would do. He knew the king was at the center of the Persian army. It’s common for an Asian monarch to take this position during battle for two main reasons: it’s the safest spot, with troops on both sides, and if he needs to send a message, his troops will get it faster. So, on this occasion, the king held the center of his army, but he was still outside Cyrus's left wing. Noticing that no one attacked him directly, and that the troops in front didn’t engage either, he turned as if to encircle the enemy. At that moment, Cyrus, worried that the king might flank and attack the Greeks from behind, charged to meet him. With his six hundred men, he broke through the line of troops in front of the king and put the six thousand to flight, reportedly killing their general, Artagerses, with his own hand.
But as soon as the rout commenced, Cyrus's own six hundred themselves, in the ardour of pursuit, were scattered, with the exception of a handful who were left with Cyrus himself—chiefly his table companions, so-called. Left alone with these, he caught sight of the king, and the close throng about him. Unable longer to contain himself, with a cry, "I see the man," he rushed at him and dealt a blow at his chest, wounding him through the corselet. This, according to the statement of Ctesias the surgeon (5), who further states that he himself healed the wound. As Cyrus delivered the blow, some one struck him with a javelin under the eye severely; and in the struggle which then ensued between the king and Cyrus and those about them to protect one or other, we have the statement of Ctesias as to the number slain on the king's side, for he was by his side. On the other, Cyrus himself fell, and eight of his bravest companions lay on the top of him. The story says that Artapes, the trustiest among his wand-wearers, when he saw that Cyrus had fallen to the ground, leapt from his horse and threw his arms about him. Then, as one account says, the king bade one slay him as a worthy victim to his brother: others say that Artapates drew his scimitar and slew himself by his own hand. A golden scimitar it is true, he had; he wore also a collar and bracelets and the other ornaments such as the noblest Persians wear; for his kindliness and fidelity had won him honours at the hands of Cyrus.
But as soon as the chaos started, Cyrus's own six hundred scattered in the heat of pursuit, except for a few who stayed with Cyrus—mainly his close companions. Alone with them, he spotted the king and the crowd around him. Unable to hold back any longer, he shouted, "I see the man," and charged at him, striking his chest and wounding him through the armor. This is according to Ctesias the surgeon (5), who also said he treated the wound. As Cyrus delivered the blow, someone hit him with a javelin under the eye, causing a fierce struggle between the king and Cyrus, along with those supporting either side. Ctesias noted the number of casualties on the king’s side, as he was right beside him. On the other side, Cyrus fell, with eight of his bravest companions on top of him. The story goes that Artapes, the most trusted of his followers, jumped off his horse and embraced Cyrus when he saw him go down. One account claims that the king ordered someone to kill him as a worthy sacrifice to his brother; others suggest that Artapates drew his scimitar and took his own life. It’s true he had a golden scimitar; he also wore a collar, bracelets, and other ornaments typical of the highest-ranking Persians, as his kindness and loyalty had earned him honors from Cyrus.
(5) "Ctesias, the son of Ctesiochus, was a physician of Cnidos. Seventeen years of his life were passed at the court of Persia, fourteen in the service of Darios, three in that of Artaxerxes; he returned to Greece in 398 B.C.," and "was employed by Artaxerxes in diplomatic services." See Mure; also Ch. Muller, for his life and works. He wrote (1) a history on Persian affairs in three parts—Assyrian, Median, Persian—with a chapter "On Tributes;" (2) a history of Indian affairs (written in the vein of Sir John Maundeville, Kt.); (3) a Periplus; (4) a treatise on Mountains; (5) a treatise on Rivers.
(5) "Ctesias, the son of Ctesiochus, was a doctor from Cnidos. He spent seventeen years of his life at the Persian court, fourteen serving Darius and three serving Artaxerxes; he returned to Greece in 398 B.C.," and "was involved in diplomatic work for Artaxerxes." See Mure; also Ch. Muller, for details about his life and works. He wrote (1) a history of Persian affairs in three parts—Assyrian, Median, Persian—with a chapter "On Tributes;" (2) a history of Indian affairs (written in the style of Sir John Maundeville, Kt.); (3) a Periplus; (4) a treatise on Mountains; (5) a treatise on Rivers.
IX
So died Cyrus; a man the kingliest (1) and most worthy to rule of all the Persians who have lived since the elder Cyrus: according to the concurrent testimony of all who are reputed to have known him intimately. To begin from the beginning, when still a boy, and whilst being brought up with his brother and the other lads, his unrivalled excellence was recognised. For the sons of the noblest Persians, it must be known, are brought up, one and all, at the king's portals. Here lessons of sobriety and self-control may largely be laid to heart, while there is nothing base or ugly for eye or ear to feed upon. There is the daily spectacle ever before the boys of some receiving honour from the king, and again of others receiving dishonour; and the tale of all this is in their ears, so that from earliest boyhood they learn how to rule and to be ruled.
So Cyrus died; a man who was the most kingly and worthy to rule of all the Persians since the original Cyrus, according to everyone who is known to have been close to him. To start from the beginning, even as a boy, his exceptional qualities were recognized while he was growing up with his brother and other boys. It's important to note that the sons of the most noble Persians are all raised at the king's palace. Here, lessons of discipline and self-restraint can be deeply absorbed, while there is nothing shameful or ugly for the eyes or ears to witness. The boys have a daily view of some being honored by the king, while others face dishonor; this narrative shapes their understanding, teaching them how to lead and how to follow from a young age.
(1) The character now to be drawn is afterwards elaborated into the Cyrus of the Cyropaedeia.
(1) The character we're about to describe is later developed into the Cyrus of the Cyropaedeia.
In this courtly training Cyrus earned a double reputation; first he was held to be a paragon of modesty among his fellows, rendering an obedience to his elders which exceeded that of many of his own inferiors; and next he bore away the palm for skill in horsemanship and for love of the animal itself. Nor less in matters of war, in the use of the bow and the javelin, was he held by men in general to be at once the aptest of learners and the most eager practiser. As soon as his age permitted, the same pre-eminence showed itself in his fondness for the chase, not without a certain appetite for perilous adventure in facing the wild beasts themselves. Once a bear made a furious rush at him (2), and without wincing he grappled with her, and was pulled from his horse, receiving wounds the scars of which were visible through life; but in the end he slew the creature, nor did he forget him who first came to his aid, but made him enviable in the eyes of many.
In his courtly training, Cyrus earned a dual reputation; first, he was seen as a model of humility among his peers, showing obedience to his elders that surpassed many of those below him. Second, he excelled in horsemanship and showed a genuine love for horses. In terms of warfare, he was regarded by everyone as both a quick learner and an enthusiastic practitioner with the bow and javelin. As soon as he was old enough, his exceptional skills also became apparent in his passion for hunting, which included a thirst for risky adventures against wild animals. At one point, a bear charged at him, and without flinching, he fought it, getting pulled off his horse and suffering wounds that left lifelong scars. In the end, he killed the bear and remembered the person who first came to his rescue, making him admired by many.
(2) The elder Cyrus, when a boy, kills not a bear but a boar.
(2) Young Cyrus, instead of killing a bear, takes down a boar.
After he had been sent down by his father to be satrap of Lydia and Great Phrygia and Cappadocia, and had been appointed general of the forces, whose business it is to muster in the plain of the Castolus, nothing was more noticeable in his conduct than the importance which he attached to the faithful fulfilment of every treaty or compact or undertaking entered into with others. He would tell no lies to any one. Thus doubtless it was that he won the confidence alike of individuals and of the communities entrusted to his care; or in case of hostility, a treaty made with Cyrus was a guarantee sufficient to the combatant that he would suffer nothing contrary to its terms. Therefore, in the war with Tissaphernes, all the states of their own accord chose Cyrus in lieu of Tissaphernes, except only the men of Miletus, and these were only alienated through fear of him, because he refused to abandon their exiled citizens; and his deeds and words bore emphatic witness to his principle: even if they were weakened in number or in fortune, he would never abandon those who had once become his friends.
After his father sent him to be the governor of Lydia, Great Phrygia, and Cappadocia, and appointed him as the general of the forces tasked with gathering in the plain of the Castolus, the most notable aspect of his behavior was the emphasis he placed on the honest fulfillment of every treaty, agreement, or commitment made with others. He didn't lie to anyone. This, no doubt, earned him the trust of both individuals and the communities under his care; and in case of conflict, a treaty made with Cyrus was a reliable assurance to the combatants that they would not face anything against its terms. Therefore, during the war with Tissaphernes, all the states willingly chose Cyrus over Tissaphernes, except for the people of Miletus, who were only alienated out of fear because he refused to abandon their exiled citizens; his actions and words strongly demonstrated his principle: even if they were outnumbered or in a tough situation, he would never abandon those who had once become his friends.
He made no secret of his endeavour to outdo his friends and his foes alike in reciprocity of conduct. The prayer has been attributed to him, "God grant I may live along enough to recompense my friends and requite my foes with a strong arm." However this may be, no one, at least in our days, ever drew together so ardent a following of friends, eager to lay at his feet their money, their cities, their own lives and persons; nor is it to be inferred from this that he suffered the malefactor and the wrongdoer to laugh him to scorn; on the contrary, these he punished most unflinchingly. It was no rare sight to see on the well-trodden highways, men who had forfeited hand or foot or eye; the result being that throughout the satrapy of Cyrus any one, Hellene or barbarian, provided he were innocent, might fearlessly travel wherever he pleased, and take with him whatever he felt disposed. However, as all allowed, it was for the brave in war that he reserved especial honour. To take the first instance to hand, he had a war with the Pisidians and Mysians. Being himself at the head of an expedition into those territories, he could observe those who voluntarily encountered risks; these he made rulers of the territory which he subjected, and afterwards honoured them with other gifts. So that, if the good and brave were set on a pinnacle of fortune, cowards were recognised as their natural slaves; and so it befell that Cyrus never had lack of volunteers in any service of danger, whenever it was expected that his eye would be upon them.
He wasn't shy about his effort to outdo both his friends and enemies in how he treated them. There's a saying attributed to him: "God grant I may live long enough to repay my friends and pay back my foes with strength." Regardless of that, no one in our time has ever gathered such a passionate group of supporters who were eager to offer him their money, their cities, and even their lives; yet, this doesn't mean he let criminals and wrongdoers mock him. On the contrary, he dealt with them harshly. It wasn't uncommon to see people missing a hand, foot, or eye on the well-used roads. Because of this, throughout Cyrus's region, anyone who was innocent—whether Greek or barbarian—could travel wherever they wanted without fear and take whatever they pleased. However, as everyone agreed, he reserved special honors for those who were brave in battle. For instance, he fought against the Pisidians and Mysians. Leading an expedition into those areas himself, he noticed those who willingly faced danger. He made them rulers of the territories he conquered and later rewarded them in other ways. So, while the good and brave were raised to high fortune, cowards were recognized as their natural servants; thus, Cyrus always had plenty of volunteers for any risky service when he was watching.
So again, wherever he might discover any one ready to distinguish himself in the service of uprightness, his delight was to make this man richer than those who seek for gain by unfair means. On the same principle, his own administration was in all respects uprightly conducted, and, in particular, he secured the services of an army worthy of the name. Generals, and subalterns alike, came to him from across the seas, not merely to make money, but because they saw that loyalty to Cyrus was a more profitable investment than so many pounds a month. Let any man whatsoever render him willing service, such enthusiasm was sure to win its reward. And so Cyrus could always command the service of the best assistants, it was said, whatever the work might be.
So again, whenever he found someone eager to stand out in the pursuit of integrity, he took pleasure in making that person wealthier than those who sought profit through dishonest means. In the same way, his own leadership was characterized by honesty in every aspect, and specifically, he ensured that he had an army that truly deserved the title. Generals and lower-ranking officers alike came to him from distant lands, not just to earn money, but because they recognized that loyalty to Cyrus was a more rewarding investment than a monthly paycheck. Any man who willingly served him was guaranteed to be recognized for their enthusiasm. As a result, it was said that Cyrus could always secure the best helpers, no matter what the task was.
Or if he saw any skilful and just steward who furnished well the country over which he ruled, and created revenues, so far from robbing him at any time, to him who had, he delighted to give more. So that toil was a pleasure, and gains were amassed with confidence, and least of all from Cyrus would a man conceal the amount of his possessions, seeing that he showed no jealousy of wealth openly avowed, but his endeavour was rather to turn to account the riches of those who kept them secret. Towards the friends he had made, whose kindliness he knew, or whose fitness as fellow-workers with himself, in aught which he might wish to carry out, he had tested, he showed himself in turn an adept in the arts of courtesy. Just in proportion as he felt the need of this friend or that to help him, so he tried to help each of them in return in whatever seemed to be their heart's desire.
Or if he saw any skilled and fair manager who took good care of the land he governed and generated income, he would delight in giving more to those who had, rather than robbing them. Therefore, work was enjoyable, and profits were built up with confidence. No one would hide their wealth from Cyrus, as he showed no jealousy towards openly acknowledged riches; instead, he aimed to benefit from the fortunes of those who kept theirs a secret. To his friends, whose kindness he appreciated or whose ability to work alongside him he had tested, he was a master of politeness. He helped each of them in return according to how much he needed their assistance, trying to support them in whatever they truly desired.
Many were the gifts bestowed on him, for many and diverse reasons; no one man, perhaps, ever received more; no one, certainly, was ever more ready to bestow them upon others, with an eye ever to the taste of each, so as to gratify what he saw to be the individual requirement. Many of these presents were sent to him to serve as personal adornments of the body or for battle; and as touching these he would say, "How am I to deck myself out in all these? to my mind a man's chief ornament is the adornment of nobly-adorned friends." Indeed, that he should triumph over his friends in the great matters of welldoing is not surprising, seeing that he was much more powerful than they, but that he should go beyond them in minute attentions, and in an eager desire to give pleasure, seems to me, I must confess, more admirable. Frequently when he had tasted some specially excellent wine, he would send the half remaining flagon to some friend with a message to say: "Cyrus says, this is the best wine he has tasted for a long time, that is his excuse for sending it to you. He hopes you will drink it up to-day with a choice party of friends." Or, perhaps, he would send the remainder of a dish of geese, half loaves of bread, and so forth, the bearer being instructed to say: "This is Cyrus's favourite dish, he hopes you will taste it yourself." Or, perhaps, there was a great dearth of provender, when, through the number of his servants and his own careful forethought, he was enabled to get supplies for himself; at such times he would send to his friends in different parts, bidding them feed their horses on his hay, since it would not do for the horses that carried his friends to go starving. Then, on any long march or expedition, where the crowd of lookers-on would be large, he would call his friends to him and entertain them with serious talk, as much as to say, "These I delight to honour."
He received many gifts for a variety of reasons; perhaps no one man ever got more, and certainly no one was ever more willing to share them with others, always considering each person’s taste to meet their individual needs. Many of these gifts were meant for personal use or for battle; regarding these, he would say, "How can I wear all this? To me, a man's greatest decoration is having well-decorated friends." It’s not surprising that he excelled over his friends in significant acts of kindness, since he was much more powerful than they were, but the way he outshined them in small gestures and his eagerness to bring joy is, I must admit, even more impressive. Frequently, after enjoying particularly good wine, he would send the half-empty bottle to a friend with a note saying: "Cyrus says this is the best wine he’s had in a long time, which is why he’s sending it to you. He hopes you’ll enjoy it today with some good friends." Or he might send leftovers from a dish of geese, half loaves of bread, and so on, instructing the messenger to say: "This is Cyrus's favorite dish; he hopes you’ll have a taste." And if there was a shortage of supplies, he, thanks to the number of his servants and his own careful planning, would have enough for himself; during such times, he would send messages to friends in different locations, inviting them to feed their horses with his hay, as it wouldn’t be right for the horses that carried his friends to go hungry. Then, on any long journey or expedition, when there was a large crowd watching, he would gather his friends around him and engage them in serious conversation, as if to say, "These are the ones I cherish."
So that, for myself, and from all that I can hear, I should be disposed to say that no one, Greek or barbarian, was ever so beloved. In proof of this, I may cite the fact that, though Cyrus was the king's vassal and slave, no one ever forsook him to join his master, if I may except the attempt of Orontas, which was abortive. That man, indeed, had to learn that Cyrus was closer to the heart of him on whose fidelity he relied than he himself was. On the other hand, many a man revolted from the king to Cyrus, after they went to war with one another; nor were these nobodies, but rather persons high in the king's affection; yet for all that, they believed that their virtues would obtain a reward more adequate from Cyrus than from the king. Another great proof at once of his own worth and of his capacity rightly to discern all loyal, loving and firm friendship is afforded by an incident which belongs to the last moment of his life. He was slain, but fighting for his life beside him fell also every one of his faithful bodyguard of friends and table-companions, with the sole exception of Ariaeus, who was in command of the cavalry on the left, and he no sooner perceived the fall of Cyrus than he betook himself to flight, with the whole body of troops under his lead.
So, from everything I can hear and understand, I would say that no one, whether Greek or non-Greek, was ever more beloved. To prove this point, I can mention that even though Cyrus was the king’s vassal and servant, no one ever abandoned him to go back to his master, except for Orontas, whose attempt failed. That man had to realize that Cyrus was closer to the heart of the person whose loyalty he depended on than he himself was. On the other hand, many men defected from the king to Cyrus after they went to war with each other; and these were not just anyone, but rather individuals who were highly favored by the king. Nevertheless, they believed that their virtues would earn them a more fitting reward from Cyrus than from the king. Another significant example of his worth and ability to recognize true loyalty and affection is shown by an event that occurred at the very end of his life. He was killed, but alongside him fought every one of his loyal bodyguards and friends, except for Ariaeus, who was in charge of the cavalry on the left. As soon as he saw Cyrus fall, he fled with the entire troop under his command.
X
Then the head of Cyrus and his right hand were severed from the body. But the king and those about him pursued and fell upon the Cyreian camp, and the troops of Ariaeus no longer stood their ground, but fled through their own camp back to the halting-place of the night before—a distance of four parasangs, it was said. So the king and those with him fell to ravaging right and left, and amongst other spoil he captured the Phocaean woman, who was a concubine of Cyrus, witty and beautiful, if fame speaks correctly. The Milesian, who was the younger, was also seized by some of the king's men; but, letting go her outer garment, she made good her escape to the Hellenes, who had been left among the camp followers on guard. These fell at once into line and put to the sword many of the pillagers, though they lost some men themselves; they stuck to the place and succeeded in saving not only that lady, but all else, whether chattels or human beings, which lay within their reach.
Then the head of Cyrus and his right hand were cut off. But the king and his men chased after the Cyreian camp, and the troops of Ariaeus couldn’t hold their ground any longer and fled through their own camp back to where they had stayed the night before—a distance of four parasangs, it was said. So the king and his group began looting in all directions, and among the spoils, he captured the Phocaean woman, who was a concubine of Cyrus, clever and beautiful, if what people say is true. The younger Milesian was also taken by some of the king's men; but, managing to slip out of her outer garment, she escaped to the Hellenes, who had been left behind among the camp attendants on guard. They quickly formed ranks and killed many of the looters, although they lost some men themselves; they stayed at their post and managed to save not only that woman but everything else, whether belongings or people, that was within their reach.
At this point the king and the Hellenes were something like three miles apart; the one set were pursuing their opponents just as if their conquest had been general; the others were pillaging as merrily as if their victory were already universal. But when the Hellenes learnt that the king and his troops were in the baggage camp; and the king, on his side, was informed by Tissaphernes that the Hellenes were victorious in their quarter of the field, and had gone forward in pursuit, the effect was instantaneous. The king massed his troops and formed into line. Clearchus summoned Proxenus, who was next him, and debated whether to send a detachment or to go in a body to the camp to save it.
At this point, the king and the Greeks were about three miles apart; one group was chasing their enemies as if they had achieved a total victory, while the other was looting joyfully as if their triumph was already complete. But when the Greeks found out that the king and his troops were in the supply camp, and the king learned from Tissaphernes that the Greeks were winning their part of the battlefield and had moved forward in pursuit, the reaction was immediate. The king gathered his troops and organized them into formation. Clearchus called over Proxenus, who was next to him, and they discussed whether to send a small team or go as a group to the camp to save it.
Meanwhile the king was seen again advancing, as it seemed, from the rear; and the Hellenes, turning right about, prepared to receive his attack then and there. But instead of advancing upon them at that point, he drew off, following the line by which he had passed earlier in the day, outside the left wing of his opponent, and so picked up in his passage those who had deserted to the Hellenes during the battle, as also Tissaphernes and his division. The latter had not fled in the first shock of the encounter; he had charged parallel to the line of the Euphrates into the Greek peltasts, and through them. But charge as he might, he did not lay low a single man. On the contrary, the Hellenes made a gap to let them through, hacking them with their swords and hurling their javelins as they passed. Episthenes of Amphipolis was in command of the peltasts, and he showed himself a sensible man, it was said. Thus it was that Tissaphernes, having got through haphazard, with rather the worst of it, failed to wheel round and return the way he came, but reaching the camp of the Hellenes, there fell in with the king; and falling into order again, the two divisions advanced side by side.
Meanwhile, the king was seen advancing again, seemingly from the back; and the Greeks, turning around, got ready to face his attack right then and there. But instead of charging at them from that spot, he pulled back, following the route he had taken earlier in the day, moving outside the left flank of his enemy, and picked up those who had deserted to the Greeks during the battle, along with Tissaphernes and his troops. The latter hadn't fled at the first rush of the fight; he had charged straight into the Greek peltasts, moving parallel to the line of the Euphrates. But no matter how hard he charged, he didn’t take down a single person. On the contrary, the Greeks opened a gap to let them through, cutting at them with their swords and throwing their javelins as they passed. Episthenes from Amphipolis was in charge of the peltasts, and he proved to be quite sensible, so they said. Thus, Tissaphernes, having stumbled through with more than a little trouble, failed to turn around and go back the way he came, but instead reached the Greeks' camp, where he ran into the king; and regaining their formation, the two groups advanced side by side.
When they were parallel with the (original) left wing of the Hellenes, fear seized the latter lest they might take them in flank and enfold them on both sides and cut them down. In this apprehension they determined to extend their line and place the river on their rear. But while they deliberated, the king passed by and ranged his troops in line to meet them, in exactly the same position in which he had advanced to offer battle at the commencement of the engagement. The Hellenes, now seeing them in close proximity and in battle order, once again raised the paean and began the attack with still greater enthusiasm than before: and once again the barbarians did not wait to receive them, but took to flight, even at a greater distance than before. The Hellenes pressed the pursuit until they reached a certain village, where they halted, for above the village rose a mound, on which the king and his party rallied and reformed; they had no infantry any longer, but the crest was crowded with cavalry, so that it was impossible to discover what was happening. They did see, they said, the royal standard, a kind of golden eagle, with wings extended, perched on a bar of wood and raised upon a lance.
When they were aligned with the left wing of the Greeks, fear gripped them, worried they might be attacked from the side and surrounded on both sides and slaughtered. In their panic, they decided to extend their line and position the river behind them. But while they were debating, the king moved past and organized his troops in line to face them, just like he had at the start of the battle. The Greeks, now seeing the enemy close by and in battle formation, once again raised their battle hymn and charged with even more enthusiasm than before. Again, the barbarians didn’t wait to confront them but fled, even faster than before. The Greeks pursued them until they reached a village, where they stopped, as a mound loomed above the village, on which the king and his followers regrouped. They had no infantry left, but the top was filled with cavalry, making it impossible to see what was happening. They did, however, spot the royal standard, a kind of golden eagle with wings spread, perched on a wooden bar raised on a lance.
But as soon as the Hellenes again moved onwards, the hostile cavalry at once left the hillock—not in a body any longer, but in fragments—some streaming from one side, some from another; and the crest was gradually stripped of its occupants, till at last the company was gone. Accordingly, Clearchus did not ascend the crest, but posting his army at its base, he sent Lycius of Syracuse and another to the summit, with orders to inspect the condition of things on the other side, and to report results. Lycius galloped up and investigated, bringing back news that they were fleeing might and main. Almost at that instant the sun sank beneath the horizon. There the Hellenes halted; they grounded arms and rested, marvelling the while that Cyrus was not anywhere to be seen, and that no messenger had come from him. For they were in complete ignorance of his death, and conjectured that either he had gone off in pursuit, or had pushed forward to occupy some point. Left to themselves, they now deliberated, whether they should stay where they were and have the baggage train brought up, or should return to camp. They resolved to return, and about supper time reached the tents. Such was the conclusion of this day.
But as soon as the Greeks moved forward again, the enemy cavalry quickly left the hill—not as a group anymore, but in bits and pieces—some fleeing from one side, some from another; and the top gradually emptied of its defenders until finally everyone was gone. So, Clearchus didn’t go up to the top, but instead positioned his army at the base and sent Lycius from Syracuse and another soldier to the summit with orders to check out what was happening on the other side and to report back. Lycius rode up and checked things out, coming back with news that they were fleeing in a hurry. Almost at that moment, the sun set below the horizon. The Greeks stopped there; they put down their weapons and rested, wondering why Cyrus was nowhere to be seen and why no messenger had come from him. They were completely unaware of his death and guessed that he had either gone in pursuit or moved forward to take up a position. Left to figure things out on their own, they debated whether to stay where they were and have the baggage train brought up or to return to camp. They decided to head back and reached the tents around dinner time. That was how the day ended.
They found the larger portion of their property pillaged, eatables and drinkables alike, not excepting the wagons laden with corn and wine, which Cyrus had prepared in case of some extreme need overtaking the expedition, to divide among the Hellenes. There were four hundred of these wagons, it was said, and these had now been ransacked by the king and his men; so that the greater number of the Hellenes went supperless, having already gone without their breakfasts, since the king had appeared before the usual halt for breakfast. Accordingly, in no better plight than this they passed the night.
They discovered that most of their property had been looted, including food and drinks, as well as the wagons full of corn and wine that Cyrus had set aside for an emergency to share among the Greeks. There were supposedly four hundred of these wagons, and they had been raided by the king and his troops. As a result, many of the Greeks went to bed hungry, having already missed breakfast since the king had arrived before their usual break for it. So they spent the night in no better situation.
BOOK II
(In the previous book will be found a full account of the method by which Cyrus collected a body of Greeks when meditating an expedition against his brother Artaxerxes; as also of various occurrences on the march up; of the battle itself, and of the death of Cyrus; and lastly, a description of the arrival of the Hellenes in camp after the battle, and as to how they betook themselves to rest, none suspecting but what they were altogether victorious and that Cyrus lived.)
(In the previous book, you'll find a complete account of how Cyrus gathered a group of Greeks when planning an expedition against his brother Artaxerxes; as well as various events during the march, the battle itself, and Cyrus's death; and finally, a description of the Hellenes' arrival in camp after the battle, including how they settled down to rest, all believing they were completely victorious and that Cyrus was still alive.)
I
With the break of day the generals met, and were surprised that Cyrus should not have appeared himself, or at any rate have sent some one to tell them what to do. Accordingly, they resolved to put what they had together, to get under arms, and to push forward until they effected junction with Cyrus. Just as they were on the point of starting, with the rising sun came Procles the ruler of Teuthrania. He was a descendant of Damaratus (1) the Laconian, and with him also came Glus the son of Tamos. These two told them, first, that Cyrus was dead; next, that Ariaeus had retreated with the rest of the barbarians to the halting-place whence they had started at dawn on the previous day; and wished to inform them that, if they were minded to come, he would wait for this one day, but on the morrow he should return home again to Ionia, whence he came.
At dawn, the generals gathered and were surprised that Cyrus hadn't shown up himself or sent someone to instruct them on what to do. So, they decided to get their gear together, arm themselves, and move forward until they met up with Cyrus. Just as they were about to set off, Procles, the leader of Teuthrania, arrived with the rising sun. He was a descendant of Damaratus, the Laconian, and Glus, the son of Tamos, was with him. The two of them informed the generals that Cyrus was dead and that Ariaeus had retreated with the other barbarians back to the spot where they had started the previous day at dawn. They also relayed that if the generals wanted to come, Ariaeus would wait for just that day, but the next day he would head back home to Ionia, where he originated from.
(1) The Spartan king who was deposed in B.C. 491, whereupon he fled to King Darius, and settled in south-western Mysia. See Herod. vi. 50, 61-70. We shall hear more of his descendant, Procles, the ruler of Teuthrania, in the last chapter of this work.
(1) The Spartan king who was overthrown in 491 B.C. then escaped to King Darius and made his home in south-western Mysia. See Herod. vi. 50, 61-70. We will learn more about his descendant, Procles, the leader of Teuthrania, in the last chapter of this work.
When they heard these tidings, the generals were sorely distressed; so too were the rest of the Hellenes when they were informed of it. Then Clearchus spoke as follows: "Would that Cyrus were yet alive! But since he is dead, take back this answer to Ariaeus, that we, at any rate, have conquered the king; and, as you yourselves may see, there is not a man left in the field to meet us. Indeed, had you not arrived, we should ere this have begun our march upon the king. Now, we can promise to Ariaeus that, if he will join us here, we will place him on the king's throne. Surely to those who conquer empire pertains." With these words he sent back the messengers and with them he sent Cheirisophus the Laconian, and Menon the Thessalian. That was what Menon himself wished, being, as he was, a friend and intimate of Ariaeus, and bound by mutual ties of hospitality. So these set off, and Clearchus waited for them.
When they heard this news, the generals were very upset; the rest of the Greeks felt the same way when they learned about it. Then Clearchus said: "I wish Cyrus were still alive! But since he’s dead, take this message back to Ariaeus: we have defeated the king; and, as you can see, there's no one left in the field to challenge us. In fact, if you hadn't shown up, we would have already started our march against the king. Now, we can assure Ariaeus that if he joins us here, we will put him on the king's throne. Surely, those who conquer deserve the empire." With these words, he sent the messengers back along with Cheirisophus the Laconian and Menon the Thessalian. Menon wanted this, as he was a close friend of Ariaeus and bound by mutual hospitality. So they set off, and Clearchus waited for them.
The soldiers furnished themselves with food (and drink) as best they might—falling back on the baggage animals, and cutting up oxen and asses. There was no lack of firewood; they need only step forward a few paces from the line where the battle was fought, and they would find arrows to hand in abundance, which the Hellenes had forced the deserters from the king to throw away. There were arrows and wicker shields also, and the huge wooden shields of the Egyptians. There were many targets also, and empty wagons left to be carried off. Here was a store which they were not slow to make use of to cook their meat and serve their meals that day.
The soldiers gathered food and drinks as best they could—relying on the baggage animals and butchering oxen and donkeys. There was no shortage of firewood; they only had to step a few paces away from the battlefield to find plenty of arrows that the Hellenes had forced the deserters from the king to discard. They found arrows, wicker shields, and the large wooden shields of the Egyptians. There were also many targets and empty wagons left behind. They quickly took advantage of this supply to cook their meat and serve their meals that day.
It was now about full market hour (2) when heralds from the king and Tissaphernes arrived. These were barbarians with one exception. This was a certain Phalinus, a Hellene who lived at the court of Tissaphernes, and was held in high esteem. He gave himself out to be a connoisseur of tactics and the art of fighting with heavy arms. These were the men who now came up, and having summoned the generals of the Hellenes, they delivered themselves of the following message: "The great king having won the victory and slain Cyrus, bids the Hellenes to surrender their arms; to betake themselves to the gates of the king's palace, and there obtain for themselves what terms they can." That was what the heralds said, and the Hellenes listened with heavy hearts; but Clearchus spoke, and his words were few; "Conquerors do not, as a rule, give up their arms"; then turning to the others he added, "I leave it to you, my fellow-generals, to make the best and noblest answer, that ye may, to these gentlemen. I will rejoin you presently." At the moment an official had summoned him to come and look at the entrails which had been taken out, for, as it chanced, he was engaged in sacrificing. As soon as he was gone, Cleanor the Arcadian, by right of seniority, answered: "They would sooner die than give up their arms." Then Proxenus the Theban said: "For my part, I marvel if the king demands our arms as our master, or for the sake of friendship merely, as presents. If as our master, why need he ask for them rather than come and take them? But if he would fain wheedle us out of them by fine speeches, he should tell us what the soldiers will receive in turn for such kindness." In answer to him Phalinus said: "The king claims to have conquered, because he has put Cyrus to death; and who is there now to claim the kingdom as against himself? He further flatters himself that you also are in his power, since he holds you in the heart of his country, hemmed in by impassable rivers; and he can at any moment bring against you a multitude so vast that even if leave were given to rise and slay you could not kill them." After him Theopompus (3) the Athenian spoke. "Phalinus," he said, "at this instant, as you yourself can see, we have nothing left but our arms and our valour. If we keep the former we imagine we can make use of the latter; but if we deliver up our arms we shall presently be robbed of our lives. Do not suppose then that we are going to give up to you the only good things which we possess. We prefer to keep them; and by their help we will do battle with you for the good things which are yours." Phalinus laughed when he heard those words, and said: "Spoken like a philosopher, my fine young man, and very pretty reasoning too; yet, let me tell you, your wits are somewhat scattered if you imagine that your valour will get the better of the king's power." There were one or two others, it was said, who with a touch of weakness in their tone or argument, made answer: "They had proved good and trusty friends to Cyrus, and the king might find them no less valuable. If he liked to be friends with them, he might turn them to any use that pleased his fancy, say for a campaign against Egypt. Their arms were at his service; they would help to lay that country at his feet."
It was around peak market hour (2) when messages from the king and Tissaphernes arrived. These were barbarians, with one exception. That exception was Phalinus, a Greek who lived at Tissaphernes's court and was highly regarded. He claimed to be an expert in tactics and the art of fighting with heavy weapons. These were the men who approached and called for the Greek generals, delivering the following message: "The great king, having defeated Cyrus and killed him, asks the Greeks to surrender their arms and to go to the king's palace gates to negotiate whatever terms they can." The heralds' words weighed heavily on the Greeks, but Clearchus spoke briefly: "Typically, the conquerors don’t give up their arms." He then turned to the others and added, "I leave it to you, my fellow-generals, to respond nobly and wisely to these gentlemen. I’ll join you shortly." At that moment, an official called him to look at the sacrificed entrails, as he happened to be engaged in a ritual. Once he left, Cleanor the Arcadian, due to his seniority, replied, "They would rather die than give up their arms." Proxenus the Theban said, "I wonder if the king is asking for our arms as our master or just as a friendly gesture, like gifts. If he is indeed our master, why doesn’t he just take them? But if he’s trying to sweet-talk us out of them, he should explain what the soldiers would receive in exchange for such kindness." In response, Phalinus said, "The king believes he has won because he killed Cyrus; who else can now claim the throne against him? He thinks you are also in his control since he has you trapped in the heart of his territory, surrounded by impassable rivers, and he can bring a massive army against you at any moment, one so large that even if you were allowed to rise up, you couldn't kill them all." Theopompus (3) the Athenian then spoke. "Phalinus," he said, "as you can see right now, we have nothing left but our arms and our courage. If we keep the arms, we believe we can use our courage; but if we give up our arms, we will soon lose our lives. So don’t think we’re going to hand over the only valuable things we have. We prefer to keep them, and with them, we will fight you for what is rightfully yours." Phalinus laughed at this and said, "That sounds like philosophy, my young friend, and the reasoning is nice too; however, let me tell you, you’re not thinking clearly if you believe your courage can overcome the power of the king." A few others, it was noted, responded with a hint of weakness in their tone or arguments: "They had been loyal and trustworthy friends to Cyrus, and the king might find them equally useful. If he wanted to be friends with them, he could use them for any purpose he desired, perhaps for a campaign against Egypt. Their arms were at his disposal; they would help him conquer that country."
(2) 10 A.M. (3) So the best MSS. Others read "Xenophon," which Kruger maintains to be the true reading. He suggests that "Theopompus" may have crept into the text from a marginal note of a scholiast, "Theopompus" (the historian) "gives the remark to Proxenus."
(2) 10 A.M. (3) So the best manuscripts. Others read "Xenophon," which Kruger argues is the correct reading. He suggests that "Theopompus" might have been added to the text from a marginal note by a scholiast; "Theopompus" (the historian) "attributes the remark to Proxenus."
Just then Clearchus returned, and wished to know what answer they had given. The words were barely out of his mouth before Phalinus interrupting, answered: "As for your friends here, one says one thing and one another; will you please give us your opinion"; and he replied: "The sight of you, Phalinus, caused me much pleasure; and not only me, but all of us, I feel sure; for you are a Hellene even as we are—every one of us whom you see before you. In our present plight we would like to take you into our counsel as to what we had better do touching your proposals. I beg you then solemnly, in the sight of heaven—do you tender us such advice as you shall deem best and worthiest, and such as shall bring you honour of after time, when it will be said of you how once on a time Phalinus was sent by the great king to bid certain Hellenes yield up their arms, and when they had taken him into their counsel, he gave them such and such advice. You know that whatever advice you do give us cannot fail to be reported in Hellas."
Just then, Clearchus returned and wanted to know what answer they had given. The words were barely out of his mouth when Phalinus interrupted, saying, "Your friends here have different opinions; could you share yours?" Clearchus replied, "Seeing you, Phalinus, brings me great joy, and I'm sure it brings joy to all of us, because you are a Greek just like the rest of us here. Given our situation, we would like to include you in our discussions about your proposals. I sincerely ask you, in the presence of heaven—give us the best and most honorable advice you can offer, advice that will be remembered when it’s said that Phalinus was sent by the great king to urge certain Greeks to surrender their arms, and when they consulted him, he gave them this kind of advice. Keep in mind that whatever guidance you provide will certainly be reported back in Greece."
Clearchus threw out these leading remarks in hopes that this man, who was the ambassador from the king, might himself be led to advise them not to give up their arms, in which case the Hellenes would be still more sanguine and hopeful. But, contrary to his expectation, Phalinus turned round and said: "I say that if you have one chance, one hope in ten thousand to wage a war with the king successfully, do not give up your arms. That is my advice. If, however, you have no chance of escape without the king's consent, then I say save yourselves in the only way you can." And Clearchus answered: "So, then, that is your deliberate view? Well, this is our answer, take it back. We conceive that in either case, whether we are expected to be friends with the king, we shall be worth more as friends if we keep our arms than if we yield them to another; or whether we are to go to war, we shall fight better with them than without." And Phalinus said: "That answer we will repeat; but the king bade me tell you this besides, 'Whilst you remain here there is truce; but one step forward or one step back, the truce ends; there is war.' Will you then please inform us as to that point also? Are you minded to stop and keep truce, or is there to be war? What answer shall I take from you?" And Clearchus replied: "Pray answer that we hold precisely the same views on this point as the king."—"How say you the same views?" asked Phalinus. Clearchus made answer: "As long as we stay here there is truce, but a step forward or a step backward, the truce ends; there is war." The other again asked: "Peace or war, what answer shall I make?" Clearchus returned answer once again in the same words: "Truce if we stop, but if we move forwards or backwards war." But what he was minded really to do, that he refused to make further manifest.
Clearchus made these opening remarks hoping that this man, who was the ambassador from the king, would advise them not to give up their weapons, which would make the Hellenes even more optimistic. However, contrary to his expectations, Phalinus replied, "If you have even a slight chance, one in ten thousand, to fight the king successfully, don’t surrender your weapons. That’s my advice. But if you have no chance of escape without the king's approval, then do what you must to save yourselves." Clearchus responded, "So that's your considered opinion? Well, here’s our response: we believe that whether we are supposed to be friends with the king or go to war, we are more valuable as allies if we keep our arms rather than handing them over to someone else; and if we do go to war, we’ll fight better with them than without." Phalinus said, "We’ll relay that response, but the king also instructed me to tell you this: 'As long as you stay here, there is a truce; but if you take a step forward or backward, the truce is over; there will be war.' So please let us know your position. Are you willing to remain and keep the truce, or will there be war? What answer should I give?" Clearchus replied, "Please tell him we hold the same views as the king on this matter."—"What do you mean by the same views?" Phalinus asked. Clearchus answered, "As long as we stay here, there is a truce; but one step forward or one step backward means the truce ends; it will be war." Phalinus pressed again, "So, peace or war, what should I say?" Clearchus once more answered with the same words: "Truce if we stay, but if we move forward or backward, it will be war." Yet, he intentionally kept his true intentions hidden.
II
Phalinus and those that were with him turned and went. But the messengers from Ariaeus, Procles and Cheirisophus came back. As to Menon, he stayed behind with Ariaeus, They brought back this answer from Ariaeus: "'There are many Persians,' he says, 'better than himself who will not suffer him to sit upon the king's throne; but if you are minded to go back with him, you must join him this very night, otherwise he will set off himself to-morrow on the homeward route.'" And Clearchus said: "It had best stand thus between us then. If we come, well and good, be it as you propose; but if we do not come, do whatsoever you think most conducive to your interests." And so he kept these also in the dark as to his real intention.
Phalinus and his companions turned and left. However, the messengers from Ariaeus, Procles and Cheirisophus, returned. As for Menon, he stayed behind with Ariaeus. They brought back this message from Ariaeus: "There are many Persians," he says, "who are better than him and won't let him sit on the king's throne; but if you want to go back with him, you need to join him tonight, otherwise he'll set off tomorrow on his own way home." Clearchus replied, "Let’s agree on this: if we come, great, we'll do it your way; but if we don’t come, do whatever you think is best for you." And he kept them in the dark about his true intentions.
After this, when the sun was already sinking, he summoned the generals and officers, and made the following statement: "Sirs, I sacrificed and found the victims unfavourable to an advance against the king. After all, it is not so surprising perhaps, for, as I now learn, between us and the king flows the river Tigris, navigable for big vessels, and we could not possibly cross it without boats, and boats we have none. On the other hand, to stop here is out of the question, for there is no possibility of getting provisions. However, the victims were quite agreeable to us joining the friends of Cyrus. This is what we must do then. Let each go away and sup on whatever he has. At the first sound of the bugle to turn in, get kit and baggage together; at the second signal, place them on the baggage animals; and at the third, fall in and follow the lead, with the baggage animals on the inside protected by the river, and the troops outside." After hearing the orders, the generals and officers retired, and did as they were bid; and for the future Clearchus led, and the rest followed in obedience to his orders, not that they had expressly chosen him, but they saw that he alone had the sense and wisdom requisite in a general, while the rest were inexperienced (1).
After this, when the sun was setting, he called the generals and officers together and said, "Gentlemen, I made sacrifices and the omens were not in our favor for advancing against the king. But perhaps that’s not too surprising, because I just learned that between us and the king is the Tigris River, which can accommodate large ships, and we don’t have any boats to cross it. On the other hand, we can’t stay here since there’s no way to get provisions. However, the omens were favorable for us to join Cyrus's allies. So, this is what we need to do: everyone should go and have dinner with whatever they have. When you hear the first sound of the bugle, prepare your kits and baggage; at the second signal, load them onto the baggage animals; and at the third, form up and follow the lead, with the baggage animals protected by the river and the troops on the outside." After hearing the orders, the generals and officers left and did as instructed; from that point on, Clearchus led, and the others followed his commands, not because they had selected him, but because they recognized that he was the only one with the sense and wisdom needed in a general, while the others were inexperienced.
(1) The MSS. add the words, "The total distance of the route, taking Ephesus in Ionia as the starting point up to the field of battle, consisted of 93 stages, 535 parasangs, or 16,050 furlongs; from the battle-field to Babylon (reckoned a three days' journey) would have been another 360 stades," which may well be an editor's or commentator's marginal note.
(1) The manuscripts add the words, "The total distance of the route, starting from Ephesus in Ionia to the battlefield, was 93 stages, 535 parasangs, or 16,050 furlongs; the distance from the battlefield to Babylon (considered a three-day journey) would have been another 360 stades," which might be an editor's or commentator's note in the margin.
Here, under cover of the darkness which descended, the Thracian Miltocythes, with forty horsemen and three hundred Thracian infantry, deserted to the king; but the rest of the troops—Clearchus leading and the rest following in accordance with the orders promulgated—took their departure, and about midnight reached their first stage, having come up with Ariaeus and his army. They grounded arms just as they stood in rank, and the generals and officers of the Hellenes met in the tent of Ariaeus. There they exchanged oaths—the Hellenes on the one side and Ariaeus with his principal officers on the other—not to betray one another, but to be true to each other as allies. The Asiatics further solemnly pledged themselves by oath to lead the way without treachery. The oaths were ratified by the sacrifice of a bull, a wolf (2), a boar, and a ram over a shield. The Hellenes dipped a sword, the barbarians a lance, into the blood of the victims.
Here, under the cover of the darkness that fell, the Thracian Miltocythes, with forty horsemen and three hundred Thracian infantry, deserted to the king; but the rest of the troops—led by Clearchus and following the orders given—left and around midnight reached their first stop, where they caught up with Ariaeus and his army. They put down their weapons just as they stood in formation, and the generals and officers of the Greeks met in Ariaeus's tent. There, they exchanged oaths—the Greeks on one side and Ariaeus with his main officers on the other—not to betray one another, but to remain loyal as allies. The Asiatics also solemnly vowed by oath to lead the way without deceit. The oaths were confirmed by the sacrifice of a bull, a wolf, a boar, and a ram over a shield. The Greeks dipped a sword, while the barbarians dipped a lance, into the blood of the sacrifices.
(2) It is a question whether the words "a wolf" ought not to be omitted.
(2) It's a question of whether the words "a wolf" should be left out.
As soon as the pledge was taken, Clearchus spoke: "And now, Ariaeus," he said, "since you and we have one expedition in prospect, will you tell us what you think about the route; shall we return the way we came, or have you devised a better?" He answered: "To return the same way is to perish to a man by hunger; for at this moment we have no provisions whatsoever. During the seventeen last stages, even on our way hither, we could extract nothing from the country; or, if there was now and again anything, we passed over and utterly consumed it. At this time our project is to take another and a longer journey certainly, but we shall not be in straits for provisions. The earliest stages must be very long, as long as we can make them; the object is to put as large a space as possible between us and the royal army; once we are two or three days' journey off, the danger is over. The king will never overtake us. With a small army he will not dare to dog our heels, and with a vast equipment he will lack the power to march quickly. Perhaps he, too, may even find a scarcity of provisions. There," said he, "you asked for my opinion, see, I have given it."
As soon as the pledge was taken, Clearchus spoke: "Now, Ariaeus," he said, "since we all have the same mission ahead, can you tell us what you think about the route? Should we go back the way we came, or do you have a better plan?" He replied: "Going back the same way means we would all starve, because right now we have no supplies at all. During the last seventeen stages, even on our way here, we couldn't get anything from the land; and if there was anything to find, we already went over it and completely used it up. Right now, we should take a different and definitely longer route, but we won’t be short on provisions. The early stages need to be quite long, as long as we can manage; the goal is to create as much distance as possible between us and the royal army. Once we're two or three days away, the danger will be past. The king will never catch up with us. With a small army, he won’t dare follow us closely, and with a large force, he won’t have the ability to move quickly. He might even face food shortages himself. There," he said, "you asked for my opinion, and now I've given it."
Here was a plan of the campaign, which was equivalent to a stampede: helter-skelter they were to run away, or get into hiding somehow; but fortune proved a better general. For as soon as it was day they recommenced the journey, keeping the sun on their right, and calculating that with the westering rays they would have reached villages in the territory of Babylonia, and in this hope they were not deceived. While it was yet afternoon, they thought they caught sight of some of the enemy's cavalry; and those of the Hellenes who were not in rank ran to their ranks; and Ariaeus, who was riding in a wagon to nurse a wound, got down and donned his cuirass, the rest of his party following his example. Whilst they were arming themselves, the scouts, who had been sent forward, came back with the information that they were not cavalry but baggage animals grazing. It was at once clear to all that they must be somewhere in the neighbourhood of the king's encampment. Smoke could actually be seen rising, evidently from villages not far ahead. Clearchus hesitated to advance upon the enemy, knowing that the troops were tired and hungry; and indeed it was already late. On the other hand he had no mind either to swerve from his route—guarding against any appearance of flight. Accordingly he marched straight as an arrow, and with sunset entered the nearest villages with his vanguard and took up quarters.
Here was a plan for the campaign that was basically a mad rush: they were supposed to run away or find somewhere to hide somehow; but luck turned out to be a better leader. As soon as day broke, they resumed their journey, keeping the sun to their right, figuring that with the setting sun they would reach villages in Babylonian territory, and they were right about that. By afternoon, they thought they saw some of the enemy's cavalry, and the Hellenes who weren't in formation hurried to get into ranks; Ariaeus, who was riding in a wagon due to an injury, got out and put on his armor, and the others in his group followed suit. While they were gearing up, the scouts they had sent ahead returned with the news that what they saw wasn't cavalry but pack animals grazing. It became clear to everyone that they were near the king's camp. Smoke was visible, clearly coming from villages not far ahead. Clearchus hesitated to charge towards the enemy, knowing his troops were tired and hungry; besides, it was already getting late. On the other hand, he didn't want to change his course—trying to avoid any sign of retreat. So, he marched straight like an arrow, and at sunset, entered the nearest villages with his vanguard and set up camp.
These villages had been thoroughly sacked and dismantled by the royal army—down to the very woodwork and furniture of the houses. Still, the vanguard contrived to take up their quarters in some sort of fashion; but the rear division, coming up in the dark, had to bivouac as best they could, one detachment after another; and a great noise they made, with hue and cry to one another, so that the enemy could hear them; and those in their immediate proximity actually took to their heels, left their quarters, and decamped, as was plain enough next morning, when not a beast was to be seen, nor sign of camp or wreath of smoke anywhere in the neighbourhood. The king, as it would appear, was himself quite taken aback by the advent of the army; as he fully showed by his proceedings next day.
These villages had been completely looted and torn apart by the royal army—even the wooden structures and furniture of the houses were gone. Still, the front lines managed to set up camp in whatever way they could; however, the rear division, arriving in the dark, had to make do with whatever shelter they could find, one group after another. They made a lot of noise, calling out to each other, which was loud enough for the enemy to hear. Those nearby actually ran away, abandoning their posts, as was clear by the next morning when no livestock could be seen, and there were no signs of a camp or smoke in the area. The king, it seems, was quite startled by the arrival of the army, as he clearly demonstrated by his actions the following day.
During the progress of this night the Hellenes had their turn of scare—a panic seized them, and there was a noise and clatter, hardly to be explained except by the visitation of some sudden terror. But Clearchus had with him the Eleian Tolmides, the best herald of his time; him he ordered to proclaim silence, and then to give out this proclamation of the generals: "Whoever will give any information as to who let an ass into the camp shall receive a talent of silver in reward." On hearing this proclamation the soldiers made up their minds that their fear was baseless, and their generals safe and sound. At break of day Clearchus gave the order to the Hellenes to get under arms in line of battle, and take up exactly the same position as they held on the day of the battle.
During the course of the night, the Greeks experienced their moment of fear—a panic swept through them, accompanied by a noise and commotion that could hardly be explained except by some sudden terror. But Clearchus had with him the Eleian Tolmides, the best herald of his time; he instructed him to call for silence, and then to announce this proclamation from the generals: "Whoever can provide information about who let a donkey into the camp will receive a talent of silver as a reward." Upon hearing this proclamation, the soldiers concluded that their fears were unfounded and that their generals were safe. At dawn, Clearchus commanded the Greeks to arm themselves in battle formation and to take up the same positions they had occupied on the day of the battle.
III
And now comes the proof of what I stated above—that the king was utterly taken aback by the sudden apparition of the army; only the day before, he had sent and demanded the surrender of their arms—and now, with the rising sun, came heralds sent by him to arrange a truce. These, having reached the advanced guard, asked for the generals. The guard reported their arrival; and Clearchus, who was busy inspecting the ranks, sent back word to the heralds that they must await his leisure. Having carefully arranged the troops so that from every side they might present the appearance of a compact battle line without a single unarmed man in sight, he summoned the ambassadors, and himself went forward to meet them with the soldiers, who for choice accoutrement and noble aspect were the flower of his force; a course which he had invited the other generals also to adopt.
And now comes the proof of what I said earlier—that the king was completely shocked by the sudden appearance of the army; just the day before, he had sent a demand for their weapons—and now, with the rising sun, he sent messengers to arrange a truce. These messengers reached the front line and asked to see the generals. The guard informed them of their arrival, and Clearchus, who was busy inspecting the ranks, replied to the heralds that they would have to wait for him. After carefully organizing the troops so that they looked like a solid battle line with no unarmed men in sight, he summoned the ambassadors and went forward to meet them with the soldiers, who, in terms of gear and appearance, were the best of his forces; a strategy he had also encouraged the other generals to follow.
And now, being face to face with the ambassadors, he questioned them as to what their wishes were. They replied that they had come to arrange a truce, and were persons competent to carry proposals from the king to the Hellenes and from the Hellenes to the king. He returned answer to them: "Take back word then to your master, that we need a battle first, for we have had no breakfast; and he will be a brave man who will dare mention the word 'truce' to Hellenes without providing them with breakfast." With this message the heralds rode off, but were back again in no time, which was a proof that the king, or some one appointed by him to transact the business, was hard by. They reported that "the message seemed reasonable to the king; they had now come bringing guides who, if a truce were arranged, would conduct them where they would get provisions." Clearchus inquired "whether the truce was offered to the individual men merely as they went and came, or to all alike." "To all," they replied, "until the king receives your final answer." When they had so spoken, Clearchus, having removed the ambassadors, held a council; and it was resolved to make a truce at once, and then quietly to go and secure provisions; and Clearchus said: "I agree to the resolution; still I do not propose to announce it at once, but to wile away time till the ambassadors begin to fear that we have decided against the truce; though I suspect," he added, "the same fear will be operative on the minds of our soldiers also." As soon as the right moment seemed to have arrived, he delivered his answer in favour of the truce, and bade the ambassadors at once conduct them to the provisions.
And now, facing the ambassadors, he asked them what they wanted. They replied that they were there to arrange a truce and were authorized to carry messages between the king and the Greeks. He responded, “Tell your master that we need to fight first because we haven’t had breakfast; it would take a brave person to mention ‘truce’ to the Greeks without providing breakfast first.” With this message, the heralds left, but soon returned, indicating that the king or someone he appointed was nearby. They reported that “the message seemed reasonable to the king; they now had guides who would take them to provisions if a truce was established.” Clearchus asked, “Is the truce offered to each individual as they come and go, or to everyone?” “To everyone,” they replied, “until the king receives your final answer.” After they spoke, Clearchus sent away the ambassadors and held a council; they decided to agree to the truce immediately and then quietly secure provisions. Clearchus said, “I agree with this plan, but I don’t intend to announce it right away. I want to buy some time until the ambassadors start to worry that we’ve decided against the truce; though I think,” he added, “our soldiers will likely feel the same way.” Once the moment felt right, he agreed to the truce and instructed the ambassadors to lead them to the provisions.
So these led the way; and Clearchus, without relaxing precaution, in spite of having secured a truce, marched after them with his army in line and himself in command of the rearguard. Over and over again they encountered trenches and conduits so full of water that they could not be crossed without bridges; but they contrived well enough for these by means of trunks of palm trees which had fallen, or which they cut down for the occasion. And here Clearchus's system of superintendence was a study in itself; as he stood with a spear in his left hand and a stick in the other; and when it seemed to him there was any dawdling among the parties told off to the work, he would pick out the right man and down would come the stick; nor, at the same time, was he above plunging into the mud and lending a hand himself, so that every one else was forced for very shame to display equal alacrity. The men told off for the business were the men of thirty years of age; but even the elder men, when they saw the energy of Clearchus, could not resist lending their aid also. What stimulated the haste of Clearchus was the suspicion in his mind that these trenches were not, as a rule, so full of water, since it was not the season to irrigate the plain; and he fancied that the king had let the water on for the express purpose of vividly presenting to the Hellenes the many dangers with which their march was threatened at the very start.
So these led the way; and Clearchus, while staying cautious, even though a truce was in place, marched after them with his army in formation, overseeing the rear. Time and time again, they came across trenches and channels filled with water that couldn’t be crossed without bridges; however, they managed to improvise using fallen palm tree trunks or ones they cut down for the purpose. Clearchus's method of supervision was quite impressive; he stood with a spear in one hand and a stick in the other, and whenever he noticed any laziness among the groups assigned to the task, he would point out the right person and bring down the stick; he was also willing to jump into the mud and help himself, which compelled everyone else to work just as diligently out of sheer embarrassment. The workers assigned to this task were men around thirty years old; but even the older men, seeing Clearchus's energy, couldn’t help but pitch in too. What drove Clearchus’s urgency was his suspicion that these trenches weren’t usually so full of water, especially since it wasn’t the irrigation season; he believed that the king had turned on the water specifically to vividly show the Hellenes the many dangers that threatened their march from the very beginning.
Proceeding on their way they reached some villages, where their guides indicated to them that they would find provisions. They were found to contain plenty of corn, and wine made from palm dates, and an acidulated beverage extracted by boiling from the same fruit. As to the palm nuts or dates themselves, it was noticeable that the sort which we are accustomed to see in Hellas were set aside for the domestic servants; those put aside for the masters are picked specimens, and are simply marvellous for their beauty and size, looking like great golden lumps of amber; some specimens they dried and preserved as sweetmeats. Sweet enough they were as an accompaniment of wine, but apt to give headache. Here, too, for the first time in their lives, the men tasted the brain (1) of the palm. No one could help being struck by the beauty of this object, and the peculiarity of its delicious flavour; but this, like the dried fruits, was exceedingly apt to give headache. When this cabbage or brain has been removed from the palm the whole tree withers from top to bottom.
Continuing on their journey, they arrived at some villages where their guides pointed out that they could find food. They discovered plenty of corn, wine made from palm dates, and a tangy drink made by boiling the same fruit. It was interesting to note that the type of dates they were used to seeing back in Greece were set aside for the household servants; the ones reserved for the masters were the finest specimens, remarkably beautiful and large, resembling huge golden lumps of amber. Some of these were dried and preserved as sweet treats. They were sweet enough to pair with wine but could easily cause headaches. Here, for the first time, the men also tried the heart (1) of the palm. Everyone was struck by the beauty of this delicacy and its uniquely delicious flavor; however, similar to the dried fruits, it too was very likely to cause headaches. Once this "cabbage" or heart has been taken from the palm, the entire tree withers from top to bottom.
(1) I.e. the cabbage-like crown.
I.e. the cabbage-shaped crown.
In these villages they remained three days, and a deputation from the great king arrived—Tissaphernes and the king's brother-in-law and three other Persians—with a retinue of many slaves. As soon as the generals of the Hellenes had presented themselves, Tissaphernes opened the proceedings with the following speech, through the lips of an interpreter: "Men of Hellas, I am your next-door neighbour in Hellas. Therefore was it that I, when I saw into what a sea of troubles you were fallen, regarded it as a godsend, if by any means I might obtain, as a boon from the king, the privilege of bringing you back in safety to your own country: and that, I take it, will earn me gratitude from you and all Hellas. In this determination I preferred my request to the king; I claimed it as a favour which was fairly my due; for was it not I who first announced to him the hostile approach of Cyrus? who supported that announcement by the aid I brought; who alone among the officers confronted with the Hellenes in battle did not flee, but charged right through and united my troops with the king inside your camp, where he was arrived, having slain Cyrus; it was I, lastly, who gave chase to the barbarians under Cyrus, with the help of those here present with me at this moment, which are also among the trustiest followers of our lord the king. Now, I counsel you to give a moderate answer, so that it may be easier for me to carry out my design, if haply I may obtain from him some good thing on your behalf."
In these villages, they stayed for three days, and a delegation from the great king arrived—Tissaphernes, the king's brother-in-law, and three other Persians, accompanied by many slaves. As soon as the Greek generals presented themselves, Tissaphernes began the proceedings with the following speech, through an interpreter: "Men of Greece, I am your neighbor in Greece. That is why, when I saw the difficult situation you were in, I considered it a blessing to possibly secure from the king the opportunity to help bring you safely back to your homeland. I believe that will earn me your gratitude and that of all of Greece. With this in mind, I made my request to the king; I viewed it as a well-deserved favor; after all, wasn’t I the one who first informed him of Cyrus's hostile approach? Who supported that warning with the help I provided? Who, among the officers facing the Greeks in battle, did not flee but instead charged in and united my troops with the king inside your camp after he had defeated Cyrus? And it was I, finally, who pursued the barbarians under Cyrus, aided by those here with me now, who are also some of the king's most trusted followers. Now, I suggest that you respond moderately, so it will be easier for me to achieve my goal if I can obtain something good from him on your behalf."
Thereupon the Hellenes retired and took counsel. Then they answered, and Clearchus was their spokesman: "We neither mustered as a body to make war against the king, nor was our march conducted with that object. But it was Cyrus, as you know, who invented many and divers pretexts, that he might take you off your guard, and transport us hither. Yet, after a while, when we saw that he was in sore straits, we were ashamed in the sight of God and man to betray him, whom we had permitted for so long a season to benefit us. But now that Cyrus is dead, we set up no claim to his kingdom against the king himself; there is neither person nor thing for the sake of which we would care to injure the king's country; we would not choose to kill him if we could, rather we would march straight home, if we were not molested; but, God helping us, we will retaliate on all who injure us. On the other hand, if any be found to benefit us, we do not mean to be outdone in kindly deeds, as far as in us lies."
Then the Greeks withdrew and discussed among themselves. Finally, they responded, with Clearchus speaking for them: "We didn't come together as a group to wage war against the king, nor was that our intent in marching here. It was Cyrus, as you know, who created various excuses to catch you off guard and bring us here. However, when we realized he was in serious trouble, we felt ashamed before God and man to betray him after he had helped us for so long. But now that Cyrus is dead, we do not claim his kingdom against the king; we have no reason to harm the king's territory. We wouldn't want to kill him if we could; instead, we would prefer to return straight home if we're left alone. However, with God's help, we will retaliate against anyone who wrongs us. On the other hand, if someone helps us, we intend to return the kindness as much as we can."
So he spoke, and Tissaphernes listened and replied: "That answer will I take back to the king and bring you word from him again. Until I come again, let the truce continue, and we will furnish you with a market." All next day he did not come back, and the Hellenes were troubled with anxieties, but on the third day he arrived with the news that he had obtained from the king the boon he asked; he was permitted to save the Hellenes, though there were many gainsayers who argued that it was not seemly for the king to let those who had marched against him depart in peace. And at last he said: "You may now, if you like, take pledges from us, that we will make the countries through which you pass friendly to you, and will lead you back without treachery into Hellas, and will furnish you with a market; and wherever you cannot purchase, we will permit you to take provisions from the district. You, on your side, must swear that you will march as through a friendly country, without damage—merely taking food and drink wherever we fail to supply a market—or, if we afford a market, you shall only obtain provisions by paying for them." This was agreed to, and oaths and pledges exchanged between them—Tissaphernes and the king's brother-in-law upon the one side, and the generals and officers of the Hellenes on the other. After this Tissaphernes said: "And now I go back to the king; as soon as I have transacted what I have a mind to, I will come back, ready equipped, to lead you away to Hellas, and to return myself to my own dominion."
So he spoke, and Tissaphernes listened and replied: "I will take that answer back to the king and let you know what he says. Until I return, let's keep the truce, and we will provide you with a market." All of the next day he didn't come back, and the Greeks were filled with worry, but on the third day he showed up with news that he had received from the king the favor he requested; he was allowed to save the Greeks, even though many disagreed and argued that it wasn't proper for the king to let those who had marched against him go free. Finally, he said: "Now, if you'd like, you can take pledges from us that we will make the lands you pass through friendly towards you, and will guide you back safely into Greece, and will provide you with a market; and wherever you can't buy, we will allow you to take supplies from the area. On your side, you must swear that you will march as if through a friendly country, without causing harm—only taking food and drink wherever we can't provide a market—or, if we do provide a market, you will only get provisions by purchasing them." This was agreed upon, and oaths and pledges were exchanged between them—Tissaphernes and the king's brother-in-law on one side, and the generals and officers of the Greeks on the other. After this, Tissaphernes said: "Now I’m going back to the king; as soon as I handle what I need to, I will return, fully prepared, to lead you away to Greece, and then return to my own territory."
IV
After these things the Hellenes and Ariaeus waited for Tissaphernes, being encamped close to one another: for more than twenty days they waited, during which time there came visitors to Ariaeus, his brother and other kinsfolk. To those under him came certain other Persians, encouraging them and bearing pledges to some of them from the king himself—that he would bear no grudge against them on account of the part they bore in the expedition against him with Cyrus, or for aught else of the things which were past. Whilst these overtures were being made, Ariaeus and his friends gave manifest signs of paying less attention to the Hellenes, so much so that, if for no other reason, the majority of the latter were not well pleased, and they came to Clearchus and the other generals, asking what they were waiting for. "Do we not know full well," they said, "that the king would give a great deal to destroy us, so that other Hellenes may take warning and think twice before they march against the king. To-day it suits his purpose to induce us to stop here, because his army is scattered; but as soon as he has got together another armament, attack us most certainly he will. How do we know he is not at this moment digging away at trenches, or running up walls, to make our path impassable. It is not to be supposed that he will desire us to return to Hellas with a tale how a handful of men like ourselves beat the king at his own gates, laughed him to scorn, and then came home again." Clearchus replied: "I too am keenly aware of all this; but I reason thus: if we turn our backs now, they will say, we mean war and are acting contrary to the truce, and then what follows? First of all, no one will furnish us with a market or means of providing ourselves with food. Next, we shall have no one to guide us; moreover, such action on our part will be a signal to Ariaeus to hold aloof from us, so that not a friend will be left to us; even those who were formerly our friends will now be numbered with our enemies. What other river, or rivers, we may find we have to cross, I do not know; but this we know, to cross the Euphrates in face of resistance is impossible. You see, in the event of being driven to an engagement, we have no cavalry to help us, but with the enemy it is the reverse—not only the most, but the best of his troops are cavalry, so that if we are victorious, we shall kill no one, but if we are defeated, not a man of us can escape. For my part, I cannot see why the king, who has so many advantages on his side, if he desires to destroy us, should swear oaths and tender solemn pledges merely in order to perjure himself in the sight of heaven, to render his word worthless and his credit discreditable the wide world over." These arguments he propounded at length.
After these events, the Greeks and Ariaeus waited for Tissaphernes, setting up camp close to one another. They waited for more than twenty days, during which visitors came to Ariaeus, including his brother and other relatives. Some additional Persians came to those under him, encouraging them and bringing pledges from the king himself—that he would not hold a grudge against them for their involvement in the campaign against him with Cyrus, or for any other past actions. While these offers were being made, Ariaeus and his friends showed clear signs that they were paying less attention to the Greeks, which displeased many of the latter. They approached Clearchus and the other generals, asking what they were waiting for. "Don't we know well," they said, "that the king would do anything to destroy us, so that other Greeks will think twice before marching against him? Right now, he wants us to stay here, as his army is scattered; but as soon as he gathers another force, he will certainly attack us. How do we know he isn't right now digging trenches or building walls to block our way? We can't expect him to let us return to Greece with a story of how a small group like us defeated the king at his own gates, ridiculed him, and then went home." Clearchus replied, "I am fully aware of all this as well; but here’s my reasoning: if we turn our backs now, they will say we intend to go to war and are violating the truce, and then what happens? First, no one will provide us with food or supplies. Next, we won’t have anyone to guide us; additionally, our actions will signal Ariaeus to distance himself from us, leaving us with no friends at all; even those who were once our allies will count themselves as our enemies. I don’t know what other rivers we might have to cross, but we know that crossing the Euphrates against opposition is impossible. If we end up in a fight, we have no cavalry to support us, but the opposite is true for the enemy—not only do they have the most, but they have the best cavalry. If we win, we won’t kill anyone; but if we are defeated, none of us will escape. For my part, I can't understand why the king, who has so many advantages, would swear oaths and make solemn promises just to break them in front of the gods, destroying his own credibility and reputation globally." He elaborated on these arguments at length.
Meanwhile Tissaphernes came back, apparently ready to return home; he had his own force with him, and so had Orontas, who was also present, his. The latter brought, moreover, his bride with him, the king's daughter, whom he had just wedded. The journey was now at length fairly commenced. Tissaphernes led the way, and provided a market. They advanced, and Ariaeus advanced too, at the head of Cyrus's Asiatic troops, side by side with Tissaphernes and Orontas, and with these two he also pitched his camp. The Hellenes, holding them in suspicion, marched separately with the guides, and they encamped on each occasion a parasang apart, or rather less; and both parties kept watch upon each other as if they were enemies, which hardly tended to lull suspicion; and sometimes, whilst foraging for wood and grass and so forth on the same ground, blows were exchanged, which occasioned further embitterments. Three stages they had accomplished ere they reached the wall of Media, as it is called, and passed within it. It was built of baked bricks laid upon bitumen. It was twenty feet broad and a hundred feet high, and the length of it was said to be twenty parasangs. It lies at no great distance from Babylon.
Meanwhile, Tissaphernes returned, seemingly ready to go home; he had his own troops with him, and so did Orontas, who was also there, along with his bride, the king's daughter, whom he had just married. The journey was finally in full swing. Tissaphernes took the lead and set up a market. They moved forward, and Ariaeus also advanced at the front of Cyrus's Asian troops, side by side with Tissaphernes and Orontas, and he set up camp with them. The Greeks, suspicious of them, marched separately with their guides, setting up camp about a parasang apart, or maybe a little less; both sides kept watch on each other as if they were enemies, which didn’t help ease the tension. Sometimes, while foraging for wood and grass in the same area, they got into fights, which only worsened hostilities. They covered three stages before reaching what is known as the wall of Media and went through it. It was made of baked bricks laid in bitumen. It was twenty feet wide and a hundred feet high, and it was said to be twenty parasangs long. It’s not too far from Babylon.
From this point they marched two stages—eight parasangs—and crossed two canals, the first by a regular bridge, the other spanned by a bridge of seven boats. These canals issued from the Tigris, and from them a whole system of minor trenches was cut, leading over the country, large ones to begin with, and then smaller and smaller, till at last they become the merest runnels, like those in Hellas used for watering millet fields. They reached the river Tigris. At this point there was a large and thickly populated city named Sittace, at a distance of fifteen furlongs from the river. The Hellenes accordingly encamped by the side of that city, near a large and beautiful park, which was thick with all sorts of trees.
From this point, they marched two stages—eight parasangs—and crossed two canals, the first by a regular bridge and the other by a bridge made of seven boats. These canals came from the Tigris, and a whole system of smaller trenches branched off from them, starting large and gradually getting smaller until they became tiny streams, similar to those in Greece used for watering millet fields. They then arrived at the Tigris River. At this location, there was a large and densely populated city called Sittace, about fifteen furlongs away from the river. The Greeks set up camp next to that city, near a large and stunning park filled with all kinds of trees.
The Asiatics had crossed the Tigris, but somehow were entirely hidden from view. After supper, Proxenus and Xenophon were walking in front of the place d'armes, when a man came up and demanded of the advanced guard where he could find Proxenus or Clearchus. He did not ask for Menon, and that too though he came from Ariaeus, who was Menon's friend. As soon as Proxenus had said: "I am he, whom you seek," the man replied: "I have been sent by Ariaeus and Artaozus, who have been trusty friends to Cyrus in past days, and are your well-wishers. They warn you to be on your guard, in case the barbarians attack you in the night. There is a large body of troops in the neighbouring park. They also warn you to send and occupy the bridge over the Tigris, since Tissaphernes is minded to break it down in the night, if he can, so that you may not cross, but be caught between the river and the canal." On hearing this they took the man to Clearchus and acquainted him with his statement. Clearchus, on his side, was much disturbed, and indeed alarmed at the news. But a young fellow who was present (1), struck with an idea, suggested that the two statements were inconsistent; as to the contemplated attack and the proposed destruction of the bridge. Clearly, the attacking party must either conquer or be worsted: if they conquer, what need of their breaking down the bridge? "Why! if there were half a dozen bridges," said he, "we should not be any the more able to save ourselves by flight—there would be no place to flee to; but, in the opposite case, suppose we win, with the bridge broken down, it is they who will not be able to save themselves by flight; and, what is worse for them, not a single soul will be able to bring them succour from the other side, for all their numbers, since the bridge will be broken down."
The Asiatics had crossed the Tigris, but somehow were completely out of sight. After dinner, Proxenus and Xenophon were walking in front of the barracks when a man approached and asked the advance guard where he could find Proxenus or Clearchus. He didn’t ask for Menon, even though he came from Ariaeus, who was Menon’s friend. As soon as Proxenus said, "I am the one you're looking for," the man replied, "I’ve been sent by Ariaeus and Artaozus, who have been loyal friends to Cyrus in the past and are your supporters. They advise you to stay alert in case the barbarians attack you tonight. There’s a large group of troops in the nearby park. They also suggest you occupy the bridge over the Tigris, since Tissaphernes plans to destroy it tonight, if he can, so that you can’t cross and will be trapped between the river and the canal." Upon hearing this, they took the man to Clearchus and informed him of what he said. Clearchus was quite disturbed and even alarmed by the news. But a young man who was present, struck by an idea, pointed out that the two statements were contradictory regarding the expected attack and the planned destruction of the bridge. Clearly, the attacking force must either win or lose: if they win, what’s the point of breaking down the bridge? "Look! Even if there were half a dozen bridges," he said, "we wouldn’t be able to escape by fleeing—there would be nowhere to go; but if we win and the bridge is destroyed, it’s them who won’t be able to escape; and worse for them, no one will be able to help them from the other side, no matter how many of them there are, since the bridge will be down."
(1) Possibly Xenophon himself.
Maybe it was Xenophon himself.
Clearchus listened to the reasoning, and then he asked the messenger, "How large the country between the Tigris and the canal might be?" "A large district," he replied, "and in it are villages and cities numerous and large." Then it dawned upon them: the barbarians had sent the man with subtlety, in fear lest the Hellenes should cut the bridge and occupy the island territory, with the strong defences of the Tigris on the one side and of the canal on the other; supplying themselves with provisions from the country so included, large and rich as it was, with no lack of hands to till it; in addition to which, a harbour of refuge and asylum would be found for any one, who was minded to do the king a mischief.
Clearchus listened to the explanation and then asked the messenger, "How big is the area between the Tigris and the canal?" "It's a large region," he replied, "and it has many big villages and cities." Then they realized: the barbarians had sent the man cleverly, out of fear that the Greeks would cut the bridge and take over the island territory, with the strong defenses of the Tigris on one side and the canal on the other. They could easily get supplies from that large, rich area, which had plenty of people to work the land; plus, a refuge and safe haven would be available for anyone who wanted to harm the king.
After this they retired to rest in peace, not, however, neglecting to send a guard to occupy the bridge in spite of all, and there was no attack from any quarter whatsoever; nor did any of the enemy's people approach the bridges: so the guards were able to report next morning. But as soon as it was morning, they proceeded to cross the bridge, which consisted of thirty-seven vessels, and in so doing they used the utmost precaution possible; for reports were brought by some of the Hellenes with Tissaphernes that an attempt was to be made to attack them while crossing. All this turned out to be false, though it is true that while crossing they did catch sight of Glus watching, with some others, to see if they crossed the river; but as soon as he had satisfied himself on that point, he rode off and was gone.
After that, they settled down to rest peacefully, but they didn’t forget to send a guard to occupy the bridge anyway, and there was no attack from any direction; nor did any of the enemy's people come near the bridges, allowing the guards to report back the next morning. As soon as morning came, they started to cross the bridge, which was made up of thirty-seven ships, and they did so with the utmost caution; reports were brought in by some of the Greeks with Tissaphernes that there would be an attempt to attack them while they were crossing. However, all of this turned out to be untrue, although it’s true that while they were crossing, they noticed Glus watching, along with a few others, to see if they made it across the river; but as soon as he confirmed that, he rode off and disappeared.
From the river Tigris they advanced four stages—twenty parasangs—to the river Physcus, which is a hundred feet broad and spanned by a bridge. Here lay a large and populous city named Opis, close to which the Hellenes were encountered by the natural brother of Cyrus and Artaxerxes, who was leading a large army from Susa and Ecbatana to assist the king. He halted his troops and watched the Helleens march past. Clearchus led them in column two abreast: and from time to time the vanguard came to a standstill, just so often and just so long the effect repeated itself down to the hindmost man: halt! halt! halt! along the whole line: so that even to the Hellenes themselves their army seemed enormous; and the Persian was fairly astonished at the spectacle.
From the Tigris River, they moved four stages—about twenty parasangs—to the Physcus River, which is a hundred feet wide and crossed by a bridge. There was a large, bustling city called Opis nearby, where the Hellenes encountered Cyrus and Artaxerxes' natural brother, who was leading a large army from Susa and Ecbatana to help the king. He stopped his troops to watch the Hellenes march by. Clearchus led them in a tight column of two, and now and then the front line would come to a stop, and the same pattern would repeat all the way to the last man: halt! halt! halt! along the entire line, making even the Hellenes feel like their army was huge; the Persian was genuinely amazed by the sight.
From this place they marched through Media six desert stages—thirty parasangs—to the villages of Parysatis, Cyrus's and the king's mother. These Tissaphernes, in mockery of Cyrus, delivered over to the Hellenes to plunder, except that the folk in them were not to be made slaves. They contained much corn, cattle, and other property. From this place they advanced four desert stages—twenty parasangs—keeping the Tigris on the left. On the first of these stages, on the other side of the river, lay a large city; it was a well-to-do place named Caenae, from which the natives used to carry across loaves and cheeses and wine on rafts made of skins.
From this spot, they marched through Media for six desert stages—thirty parasangs—toward the villages of Parysatis, the mother of Cyrus and the king. Tissaphernes, in mockery of Cyrus, handed over the Hellenes to plunder, although the residents were not to be enslaved. The area was filled with grain, livestock, and other goods. After that, they moved forward four desert stages—twenty parasangs—keeping the Tigris River on their left. On the first of these stages, across the river, there was a large city; it was a prosperous place called Caenae, from which the locals used to transport loaves, cheeses, and wine on rafts made of animal hides.
V
After this they reached the river Zapatas (1), which is four hundred feet broad, and here they halted three days. During the interval suspicions were rife, though no act of treachery displayed itself. Clearchus accordingly resolved to bring to an end these feelings of mistrust, before they led to war. Consequently, he sent a messenger to the Persian to say that he desired an interview with him; to which the other readily consented. As soon as they were met, Clearchus spoke as follows: "Tissaphernes," he said, "I do not forget that oaths have been exchanged between us, and right hands shaken, in token that we will abstain from mutual injury; but I can see that you watch us narrowly, as if we were foes; and we, seeing this, watch you narrowly in return. But as I fail to discover, after investigation, that you are endeavouring to do us a mischief—and I am quite sure that nothing of the sort has ever entered our heads with regard to you—the best plan seemed to me to come and talk the matter over with you, so that, if possible, we might dispel the mutual distrust on either side. For I have known people ere now, the victims in some cases of calumny, or possibly of mere suspicion, who in apprehension of one another and eager to deal the first blow, have committed irreparable wrong against those who neither intended nor so much as harboured a thought of mischief against them. I have come to you under a conviction that such misunderstandings may best be put a stop to by personal intercourse, and I wish to instruct you plainly that you are wrong in mistrusting us. The first and weightiest reason is that the oaths, which we took in the sight of heaven, are a barrier to mutual hostility. I envy not the man whose conscience tells him that he has disregarded these! For in a war with heaven, by what swiftness of foot can a man escape?—in what quarter find refuge?—in what darkness slink away and be hid?—to what strong fortress scale and be out of reach? Are not all things in all ways subject to the gods? is not their lordship over all alike outspread? As touching the gods, therefore, and our oaths, that is how I view this matter. To their safe keeping we consigned the friendship which we solemnly contracted. But turning to matters human, you I look upon as our greatest blessing in this present time. With you every path is plain to us, every river passable, and of provisions we shall know no stint. But without you, all our way is through darkness; for we known nothing concerning it, every river will be an obstacle, each multitude a terror; but, worst terror of all, the vast wilderness, so full of endless perplexity. Nay, if in a fit of madness we murdered you, what then? in slaying our benefactor should we not have challenged to enter the lists against us a more formidable antagonist in the king himself? Let me tell you, how many high hopes I should rob myself of, were I to take in hand to do you mischief.
After this, they reached the Zapatas River (1), which is four hundred feet wide, and they stopped there for three days. During this time, suspicions ran high, although no act of betrayal occurred. Clearchus decided to address these feelings of mistrust before they escalated into conflict. So, he sent a messenger to the Persian to request a meeting, which the other agreed to without hesitation. Once they met, Clearchus said: "Tissaphernes, I remember that we exchanged oaths and shook hands, pledging not to harm each other. However, I can see that you are watching us closely, as if we were enemies, and we, in turn, watch you just as closely. But since I cannot find any evidence that you are trying to harm us—and I’m sure we have never even thought of doing anything harmful to you—it seemed best for me to come and discuss the situation with you to see if we can resolve this mutual distrust. I’ve seen people in the past, sometimes victims of slander or mere suspicion, who, out of fear and wanting to strike first, have done irreparable harm to those who never intended any wrongdoing against them. I believe that misunderstandings like this can be resolved through face-to-face conversations, and I want to make it clear that you are wrong to distrust us. The main reason is that the oaths we took before the gods serve as a barrier to hostility between us. I do not envy the person whose conscience tells him he has broken these oaths! In a conflict with the divine, how can anyone escape swiftly? Where can one find refuge? In what darkness can one hide? Which stronghold can one climb to be out of reach? Aren't all things under the gods' control? Isn’t their authority over everything universal? Regarding the divine and our oaths, this is how I see the matter. We entrusted our solemn friendship to their protection. But speaking of human matters, I regard you as our greatest blessing at this time. With you, every path is clear, every river easily crossed, and we will have all the provisions we need. Without you, all our way is shrouded in darkness; we know nothing about it, every river will pose a challenge, and every crowd will be intimidating; but the worst fear of all is the vast wilderness, filled with endless confusion. If, in a fit of madness, we were to harm you, what would happen? By killing our benefactor, wouldn’t we invite an even greater enemy in the king himself? Let me tell you, I would be robbing myself of countless hopes if I attempted to do you harm.
(1) The Greater Zab, which flows into the Tigris near a town now called Senn, with which most travellers identify Caenae.
(1) The Greater Zab, which flows into the Tigris near a town now known as Senn, is identified by most travelers as Caenae.
"I coveted the friendship of Cyrus; I believed him to be abler than any man of his day to benefit those whom he chose; but to-day I look and, behold, it is you who are in his place; the power which belonged to Cyrus and his territory are yours now. You have them, and your own satrapy besides, safe and sound; while the king's power, which was a thorn in the side of Cyrus, is your support. This being so, it would be madness not to wish to be your friend. But I will go further and state to you the reasons of my confidence, that you on your side will desire our friendship. I know that the Mysians are a cause of trouble to you, and I flatter myself that with my present force I could render them humbly obedient to you. This applies to the Pisidians also; and I am told there are many other such tribes besides. I think I can deal with them all; they shall cease from being a constant disturbance to your peace and prosperity. Then there are the Egyptians (2). I know your anger against them to-day is very great. Nor can I see what better force you will find to help you in chastising them than this which marches at my back to-day. Again, if you seek the friendship of any of your neighbours round, there shall be no friend so great as you; if any one annoys you, with us as your faithful servitors you shall belord it over him; and such service we will render you, not as hirelings merely for pay's sake, but for the gratitude which we shall rightly feel to you, to whom we owe our lives. As I dwell on these matters, I confess, the idea of your feeling mistrust of us is so astonishing, that I would give much to discover the name of the man, who is so clever of speech that he can persuade you that we harbour designs against you." Clearchus ended, and Tissaphernes responded thus—
"I valued Cyrus's friendship; I thought he was the best person of his time to help those he chose; but now I see, it's you who has taken his place. The power that Cyrus had and his territory are now yours. You possess them, along with your own safe satrapy, while the king's power, which was a pain for Cyrus, is now your advantage. Given this, it would be foolish not to want to be your friend. But I'll go further and explain why I believe you should want our friendship as well. I know the Mysians are causing you trouble, and I think that with my current force, I could make them obedient to you. The same goes for the Pisidians, and I've heard there are many other troublesome tribes. I believe I can handle all of them; they won't be a constant disturbance to your peace and prosperity anymore. Then there are the Egyptians (2). I know you're very angry with them right now. And I can't see what better force you could find to help you punish them than the one that's with me today. If you seek the friendship of your neighbors, you will have no greater ally than yourself; if anyone bothers you, with us as your loyal servants, you will dominate over them; and we will serve you, not just for pay, but from the gratitude we feel for you, to whom we owe our lives. As I think about all this, I honestly find it shocking that you would feel any mistrust towards us; I'd pay a lot to know who has such persuasive words that they can convince you we have any designs against you." Clearchus finished, and Tissaphernes replied—
(2) We learn from Diodorus Siculus, xiv. 35, that the Egyptians had revolted from the Persians towards the end of the reign of Darius.
(2) We learn from Diodorus Siculus, xiv. 35, that the Egyptians had rebelled against the Persians toward the end of Darius's reign.
"I am glad, Clearchus, to listen to your sensible remarks; for with the sentiments you hold, if you were to devise any mischief against me, it could only be out of malevolence to yourself. But if you imagine that you, on your side, have any better reason to mistrust the king and me, than we you, listen to me in turn, and I will undeceive you. I ask you, does it seem to you that we lack the means, if we had the will, to destroy you? have we not horsemen enough, or infantry, or whatever other arm you like, whereby we may be able to injure you, without risk of suffering in return? or, possibly, do we seem to you to lack the physical surroundings suitable for attacking you? Do you not see all these great plains, which you find it hard enough to traverse even when they are friendly? and all yonder great mountain chains left for you to cross, which we can at any time occupy in advance and render impassable? and all those rivers, on whose banks we can deal craftily by you, checking and controlling and choosing the right number of you whom we care to fight! Nay, there are some which you will not be able to cross at all, unless we transport you to the other side.
"I'm glad to hear your sensible thoughts, Clearchus, because with the beliefs you hold, if you were to plan any harm against me, it would only hurt you in the end. But if you think you have a better reason to distrust the king and me than we have to distrust you, listen to me for a moment, and I’ll clear things up. Tell me, do you really think we lack the means, if we wanted to, to defeat you? Don’t we have enough cavalry, infantry, or whatever else you want that could harm you without facing any consequences ourselves? Or do you believe we lack the right conditions to attack you? Can’t you see all these vast plains that you struggle to cross even when they are friendly? And all those great mountain ranges you have to navigate, which we can seize first and make impassable? And all those rivers along which we can outmaneuver you, controlling how many of you we engage with? In fact, there are some rivers you won’t be able to cross at all unless we carry you to the other side."
"And if at all these points we were worsted, yet 'fire,' as they say, 'is stronger than the fruit of the field': we can burn it down and call up famine in arms against you; against which you, for all your bravery, will never be able to contend. Why then, with all these avenues of attack, this machinery of war, open to us, not one of which can be turned against ourselves, why should we select from among them all that method, which alone in the sight of God is impious and of man abominable? Surely it belongs to people altogether without resources, who are helplessly struggling in the toils of fate, and are villains to boot, to seek accomplishment of their desires by perjury to heaven and faithlessness to their fellows. We are not so unreasoning, Clearchus, nor so foolish.
"And if we were defeated in any of these ways, remember that 'fire,' as they say, 'is stronger than the harvest': we can burn it all down and summon starvation to fight you; and against that, no matter how brave you are, you won't be able to stand a chance. So, with all these ways to attack and this war machinery available to us, none of which can be used against ourselves, why would we choose the one method that is impious in the eyes of God and despicable in the eyes of man? It surely belongs to those with no resources, who are hopelessly caught in their fate and are scoundrels, to try to achieve their goals through deceit and betrayal. We are not so unreasonable, Clearchus, nor so foolish."
"Why, when we had it in our power to destroy you, did we not proceed to do it? Know well that the cause of this was nothing less than my passion to prove myself faithful to the Hellenes, and that, as Cyrus went up, relying on a foreign force attracted by payment, I in turn might go down strong in the same through service rendered. Various ways in which you Hellenes may be useful to me you yourself have mentioned, but there is one still greater. It is the great king's privilege alone to wear the tiara upright upon his head, yet in your presence it may be given to another mortal to wear it upright, here, upon his heart."
"Why, when we had the chance to destroy you, did we not go ahead and do it? Understand that the reason was nothing less than my desire to show my loyalty to the Greeks, and that, just as Cyrus rose to power with the help of mercenaries, I too could rise through the service I provided. You have mentioned several ways in which you Greeks could be valuable to me, but there’s one even more significant. It’s the privilege of the great king alone to wear the crown straight on his head, yet in your presence, it might be possible for another person to carry it straight on his heart."
Throughout this speech he seemed to Clearchus to be speaking the truth, and he rejoined: "Then are not those worthy of the worst penalties who, in spite of all that exists to cement our friendship, endeavour by slander to make us enemies?" "Even so," replied Tissaphernes, "and if your generals and captains care to come in some open and public way, I will name to you those who tell me that you are plotting against me and the army under me." "Good," replied Clearchus. "I will bring all, and I will show you, on my side, the source from which I derive my information concerning you."
Throughout this speech, Clearchus felt he was being honest, and he responded, "Aren't those the ones who deserve the harshest punishments, who, despite everything that should strengthen our friendship, try to turn us into enemies with their slander?" "Absolutely," answered Tissaphernes, "and if your generals and captains want to come forward publicly, I will tell you who has informed me that you are conspiring against me and my army." "Sounds good," replied Clearchus. "I'll bring everyone, and I'll demonstrate to you the source of my information about you."
After this conversation Tissaphernes, with kindliest expression, invited Clearchus to remain with him at the time, and entertained him at dinner. Next day Clearchus returned to the camp, and made no secret of his persuasion that he at any rate stood high in the affections of Tissaphernes, and he reported what he had said, insisting that those invited ought to go to Tissaphernes, and that any Hellene convicted of calumnious language ought to be punished, not only as traitors themselves, but as disaffected to their fellow-countrymen. The slanderer and traducer was Menon; so, at any rate, he suspected, because he knew that he had had meetings with Tissaphernes whilst he was with Ariaeus, and was factiously opposed to himself, plotting how to win over the whole army to him, as a means of winning the good graces of Tissaphernes. But Clearchus wanted the entire army to give its mind to no one else, and that refractory people should be put out of the way. Some of the soldiers protested: the captains and generals had better not all go; it was better not to put too much confidence in Tissaphernes. But Clearchus insisted so strongly that finally it was arranged for five generals to go and twenty captains. These were accompanied by about two hundred of the other soldiers, who took the opportunity of marketing.
After this conversation, Tissaphernes, with a kind expression, invited Clearchus to stay with him and had him over for dinner. The next day, Clearchus returned to the camp and openly shared his belief that he was favored by Tissaphernes. He reported what was discussed, insisting that those who were invited should go to Tissaphernes and that any Greek found spreading false rumors should be punished, not only as traitors but also for being disloyal to their fellow countrymen. The slanderer was Menon, or so Clearchus suspected, since he knew Menon had met with Tissaphernes while he was with Ariaeus and was actively opposing him, trying to sway the whole army to his side in order to gain favor with Tissaphernes. Clearchus wanted the entire army to focus on no one else, and wanted to remove those who were troublesome. Some soldiers disagreed, saying that not all the captains and generals should go; it was better not to place too much trust in Tissaphernes. But Clearchus was adamant, and in the end, they arranged for five generals and twenty captains to go. These were accompanied by about two hundred other soldiers, who seized the chance to buy and sell.
On arrival at the doors of Tissaphernes's quarters the generals were summoned inside. They were Proxenus the Boeotian, Menon the Thessalian, Agias the Arcadian, Clearchus the Laconian, and Socrates the Achaean; while the captains remained at the doors. Not long after that, at one and the same signal, those within were seized and those without cut down; after which some of the barbarian horsemen galloped over the plain, killing every Hellene they encountered, bond or free. The Hellenes, as they looked from the camp, viewed that strange horsemanship with surprise, and could not explain to themselves what it all meant, until Nicarchus the Arcadian came tearing along for bare life with a wound in the belly, and clutching his protruding entrails in his hands. He told them all that had happened. Instantly the Hellenes ran to their arms, one and all, in utter consternation, and fully expecting that the enemy would instantly be down upon the camp. However, they did not all come; only Ariaeus came, and Artaozus and Mithridates, who were Cyrus's most faithful friends; but the interpreter of the Hellenes said he saw and recognised the brother of Tissaphernes also with them. They had at their back other Persians also, armed with cuirasses, as many as three hundred. As soon as they were within a short distance, they bade any general or captain of the Hellenes who might be there to approach and hear a message from the king. After this, two Hellene generals went out with all precaution. These were Cleanor the Orchomenian (3), and Sophaenetus the Stymphalion, attended by Xenophon the Athenian, who went to learn news of Proxenus. Cheirisophus was at the time away in a village with a party gathering provisions. As soon as they had halted within earshot, Ariaeus said: "Hellenes, Clearchus being shown to have committed perjury and to have broken the truce, has suffered the penalty, and he is dead; but Proxenus and Menon, in return for having given information of his treachery, are in high esteem and honour. As to yourselves, the king demands your arms. He claims them as his, since they belonged to Cyrus, who was his slave." To this the Hellenes made answer by the mouth of Cleanor of Orchomenus, their spokesman, who said, addressing Ariaeus: "Thou villain, Ariaeus, and you the rest of you, who were Cyrus's friends, have you no shame before God or man, first to swear to us that you have the same friends and the same enemies as we ourselves, and then to turn and betray us, making common cause with Tissaphernes, that most impious and villainous of men? With him you have murdered the very men to whom you gave your solemn word and oath, and to the rest of us turned traitors; and, having so done, you join hand with our enemies to come against us." Ariaeus answered: "There is no doubt but that Clearchus has been known for some time to harbour designs against Tissaphernes and Orontas, and all of us who side with them." Taking up this assertion, Xenophon said: "Well, then, granting that Clearchus broke the truce contrary to our oaths, he has his deserts, for perjurers deserve to perish; but where are Proxenus and Menon, our generals and your good friends and benefactors, as you admit? Send them back to us. Surely, just because they are friends of both parites, they will try to give us the best advice for you and for us."
Upon arriving at Tissaphernes's quarters, the generals were called inside. They included Proxenus the Boeotian, Menon the Thessalian, Agias the Arcadian, Clearchus the Laconian, and Socrates the Achaean, while the captains waited at the entrance. Shortly after, at the same signal, those inside were captured and those outside were killed. Following that, some barbarian horsemen charged across the plain, slaying every Greek they came across, whether enslaved or free. The Greeks, watching from the camp, were astonished by the strange horsemanship and couldn’t make sense of it all until Nicarchus the Arcadian came sprinting toward them, desperately clutching his exposed intestines from a wound in his stomach. He informed them of everything that had happened. Immediately, the Greeks rushed to arm themselves in a panic, expecting that the enemy would attack their camp at any moment. However, only Ariaeus, Artaozus, and Mithridates—Cyrus's most loyal allies—arrived, but the Greek interpreter recognized Tissaphernes's brother among them. They had around three hundred armored Persians with them. Once they got close enough, they called for any Greek general or captain present to approach and hear a message from the king. After this, two Greek generals cautiously stepped forward: Cleanor the Orchomenian and Sophaenetus the Stymphalian, accompanied by Xenophon the Athenian, who wanted news about Proxenus. Cheirisophus was off in a village gathering supplies at that time. As soon as they were within earshot, Ariaeus said: "Greeks, Clearchus has been found guilty of perjury and has paid the price; he is dead. But Proxenus and Menon, for informing us of his betrayal, are highly regarded. As for you, the king demands your weapons, claiming them as his because they belonged to Cyrus, who was his servant." Cleanor of Orchomenus, their spokesperson, replied: "You scoundrel, Ariaeus, and the rest of you, who were friends of Cyrus, do you have no shame before God or man? You swore to us that you had the same friends and enemies as we do, and then you betrayed us by joining forces with Tissaphernes, the most wicked and treacherous of men. You murdered the very people to whom you gave your word, and to the rest of us, you became traitors, aligning yourselves with our enemies against us." Ariaeus responded: "There is no doubt that Clearchus has been harboring plans against Tissaphernes, Orontas, and all of us who support them." Taking this point, Xenophon said: "Well, granting that Clearchus broke the truce against our oaths, he got what he deserved, for perjurers should perish; but where are Proxenus and Menon, our generals and your loyal friends as you acknowledge? Send them back to us. Since they are friends of both sides, they will surely try to give us the best advice for everyone involved."
At this, the Asiatics stood discussing with one another for a long while, and then they went away without vouchsafing a word.
At this, the Asiatics stood talking to each other for a long time, and then they left without saying a word.
VI
The generals who were thus seized were taken up to the king and there decapitated. The first of these, Clearchus, was a thorough soldier, and a true lover of fighting. This is the testimony of all who knew him intimately. As long as the war between the Lacedaemonians and Athenians lasted, he could find occupation at home; but after the peace, he persuaded his own city that the Thracians were injuring the Hellenes, and having secured his object, set sail, empowered by the ephorate to make war upon the Thracians north of the Chersonese and Perinthus. But he had no sooner fairly started than, for some reason or other, the ephors changed their minds, and endeavoured to bring him back again from the isthmus. Thereupon he refused further obedience, and went off with sails set for the Hellespont. In consequence he was condemned to death by the Spartan authorities for disobedience to orders; and now, finding himself an exile, he came to Cyrus. Working on the feelings of that prince, in language described elsewhere, he received from his entertainer a present of ten thousand darics. Having got this money, he did not sink into a life of ease and indolence, but collected an army with it, carried on war against the Thracians, and conquered them in battle, and from that date onwards harried and plundered them with war incessantly, until Cyrus wanted his army; whereupon he at once went off, in hopes of finding another sphere of warfare in his company.
The generals who were captured were taken to the king and executed. The first of them, Clearchus, was a dedicated soldier and a true warrior. Everyone who knew him well can confirm this. As long as the war between the Spartans and Athenians was ongoing, he could stay busy at home; but after peace was established, he convinced his city that the Thracians were harming the Greeks, and once he achieved his goal, he set sail, authorized by the ephors to wage war against the Thracians to the north of the Chersonese and Perinthus. However, just as he got started, the ephors suddenly changed their minds for some reason and tried to bring him back from the isthmus. He then refused to follow their orders and sailed off toward the Hellespont. As a result, the Spartan authorities sentenced him to death for disobeying orders; now a fugitive, he went to Cyrus. Persuading that prince with the right words, as described elsewhere, he received a gift of ten thousand darics from Cyrus. With this money, he didn’t settle into a life of comfort and laziness but instead gathered an army, waged war against the Thracians, and defeated them in battle. From then on, he raided and plundered them without rest until Cyrus needed his army, at which point he immediately left, hoping to find another opportunity for battle with them.
These, I take it, were the characteristic acts of a man whose affections are set on warfare. When it is open to him to enjoy peace with honour, no shame, no injury attached, still he prefers war; when he may live at home at ease, he insists on toil, if only it may end in fighting; when it is given to him to keep his riches without risk, he would rather lessen his fortune by the pastime of battle. To put it briefly, war was his mistress; just as another man will spend his fortune on a favourite, or to gratify some pleasure, so he chose to squander his substance on soldiering.
These were, I believe, the typical actions of a man whose passions are focused on warfare. When he has the option to enjoy peace with honor, with no shame or harm involved, he still chooses war; when he could live comfortably at home, he insists on hard work if it means it will lead to fighting; when he has the chance to keep his wealth without any risk, he prefers to diminish his fortune through the thrill of battle. In short, war was his obsession; just like someone else might spend their wealth on a favorite pastime or pleasure, he opted to waste his resources on being a soldier.
But if the life of a soldier was a passion with him, he was none the less a soldier born, as herein appears; danger was a delight to him; he courted it, attacking the enemy by night or by day; and in difficulties he did not lose his head, as all who ever served in a campaign with him would with one consent allow. A good solder! the question arises, Was he equally good as a commander? It must be admitted that, as far as was compatible with his quality of temper, he was; none more so. Capable to a singular degree of devising how his army was to get supplies, and of actually getting them, he was also capable of impressing upon those about him that Clearchus must be obeyed; and that he brought about by the very hardness of his nature. With a scowling expression and a harshly-grating voice, he chastised with severity, and at times with such fury, that he was sorry afterwards himself for what he had done. Yet it was not without purpose that he applied the whip; he had a theory that there was no good to be got out of an unchastened army. A saying of his is recorded to the effect that the soldier who is to mount guard and keep his hands off his friends, and be ready to dash without a moment's hesitation against the foe—must fear his commander more than the enemy. Accordingly, in any strait, this was the man whom the soldiers were eager to obey, and they would have no other in his place. The cloud which lay upon his brow, at those times lit up with brightness; his face became radiant, and the old sternness was so charged with vigour and knitted strength to meet the foe, that it savoured of salvation, not of cruelty. But when the pinch of danger was past, and it was open to them to go and taste subordination under some other officer, many forsook him. So lacking in grace of manner was he; but was ever harsh and savage, so that the feeling of the soldiers towards him was that of schoolboys to a master. In other words, though it was not his good fortune ever to have followers inspired solely by friendship or goodwill, yet those who found themselves under him, either by State appointment or through want, or other arch necessity, yielded him implicit obedience. From the moment that he led them to victory, the elements which went to make his soldiers efficient were numerous enough. There was the feeling of confidence in facing the foe, which never left them, and there was the dread of punishment at his hands to keep them orderly. In this way and to this extent he knew how to rule; but to play a subordinate part himself he had no great taste; so, at any rate, it was said. At the time of his death he must have been about fifty years of age.
But if the life of a soldier was a passion for him, he was still a born soldier, as this shows; danger thrilled him; he sought it out, attacking the enemy whether it was day or night; and when challenges arose, he remained calm, as everyone who served with him would agree. A good soldier! The question comes up: Was he equally good as a commander? It must be acknowledged that, as far as his temperament allowed, he was; none better. He had a unique ability to figure out how his army would get supplies and actually make it happen, and he also had a knack for instilling in those around him the notion that Clearchus had to be obeyed, which he achieved through the strictness of his nature. With a scowling face and a harsh, grating voice, he punished severely, sometimes with such rage that he regretted it afterward. However, his use of the whip wasn’t without reason; he believed there was no benefit in an undisciplined army. He is quoted as saying that the soldier who is set to guard and keep his hands off his friends, and be ready to charge against the enemy without a moment's hesitation—must fear his commander more than the foe. As a result, in any difficult situation, this was the man the soldiers were eager to follow, and they wouldn't have wanted anyone else in his place. The cloud on his brow could light up with brightness during those moments; his face would shine, and the previous harshness would be filled with energy and strength to face the enemy, giving off a sense of salvation rather than cruelty. However, once the immediate danger had passed and they had the option to serve under a different officer, many abandoned him. He lacked charm; he was always harsh and brutal, so the soldiers felt toward him like schoolboys do toward a strict teacher. In other words, although he never had the fortune to have followers who were driven solely by friendship or goodwill, those under him—either by government appointment or out of necessity—submitted to him without question. From the moment he led them to victory, the components that made his soldiers effective were plentiful. They had a sense of confidence in facing the enemy that never faded, along with a fear of his punishment that kept them in line. This is how he knew how to lead; but he didn’t particularly enjoy playing a subordinate role, or so it was said. At the time of his death, he was likely about fifty years old.
Proxenus, the Boeotian, was of a different temperament. It had been the dream of his boyhood to become a man capable of great achievements. In obedience to this passionate desire it was, that he paid his fee to Gorgias of Leontini (1). After enojoying that teacher's society, he flattered himself that he must be at once qualified to rule; and while he was on friendly terms with the leaders of the age, he was not to be outdone in reciprocity of service (2). In this mood he threw himself into the projects of Cyrus, and in return expected to derive from this essay the reward of a great name, large power, and wide wealth. But for all that he pitched his hopes so high, it was none the less evident that he would refuse to gain any of the ends he set before him wrongfully. Righteously and honourably he would obtain them, if he might, or else forego them. As a commander he had the art of leading gentlemen, but he failed to inspire adequately either respect for himself or fear in the soldiers under him. Indeed, he showed a more delicate regard for his soldiers than his subordinates for him, and he was indisputably more apprehensive of incurring their hatred than they were of losing their fidelity. The one thing needful to real and recognised generalship was, he thought, to praise the virtuous and to withhold praise from the evildoer. It can be easily understood, then, that of those who were brought in contact with him, the good and noble indeed were his well-wishers; but he laid himself open to the machinations of the base, who looked upon him as a person to be dealt with as they liked. At the time of his death he was only thirty years of age.
Proxenus, the Boeotian, had a different personality. As a boy, he dreamed of becoming a man capable of great achievements. To fulfill this passion, he paid his fee to Gorgias of Leontini (1). After enjoying the company of that teacher, he convinced himself that he was ready to lead; while he maintained friendly relations with the prominent figures of his time, he was equally committed to returning favors (2). In this mindset, he immersed himself in Cyrus's projects, expecting to gain a great reputation, significant power, and substantial wealth in return. Despite his lofty ambitions, it was clear that he would refuse to achieve any of his goals through dishonest means. He sought to obtain them rightfully and honorably, or not at all. As a leader, he had a knack for guiding gentlemen, but he struggled to inspire either respect for himself or fear among his soldiers. In fact, he cared more about his soldiers than they cared about him, and he was undoubtedly more afraid of earning their hatred than they were of losing their loyalty. He believed that the key to true and recognized leadership was to praise the virtuous while withholding praise from those who did wrong. It's easy to see that among those who interacted with him, the good and noble supported him; however, he also made himself vulnerable to the schemes of the unscrupulous, who viewed him as someone they could manipulate. At the time of his death, he was only thirty years old.
(1) The famous rhetorician of Leontini, 485-380 B.C. His fee was 1 minae. (2) Proxenus, like Cyrus, is to some extent a prototype of the Cyrus of the "Cyropaedia." In other words, the author, in delineating the portrait of his ideal prince, drew from the recollection of many princely qualities observed by him in the characters of many friends. Apart from the intrinsic charm of the story, the "Anabasis" is interesting as containing the raw material of experience and reflection which "this young scholar or philosopher," our friend, the author, will one day turn to literary account.
(1) The well-known speaker from Leontini, 485-380 B.C. His fee was 1 minae. (2) Proxenus, like Cyrus, serves as a kind of model for the Cyrus in the "Cyropaedia." In other words, the author, while painting the picture of his ideal ruler, drew from the many princely traits he observed in various friends. Besides the inherent appeal of the story, the "Anabasis" is fascinating because it includes the raw material of experience and thought that "this young scholar or philosopher," our friend, the author, will eventually use for literary purposes.
As to Menon the Thessalian (3), the mainspring of his action was obvious; what he sought after insatiably was wealth. Rule he sought after only as a stepping-stone to larger spoils. Honours and high estate he craved for simply that he might extend the area of his gains; and if he studied to be on friendly terms with the powerful, it was in order that he might commit wrong with impunity. The shortest road to the achievement of his desires lay, he thought, through false swearing, lying, and cheating; for in his vocabulary simplicity and truth were synonyms of folly. Natural affection he clearly entertained for nobody. If he called a man his friend it might be looked upon as certain that he was bent on ensnaring him. Laughter at an enemy he considered out of place, but his whole conversation turned upon the ridicule of his associates. In like manner, the possessions of his foes were secure from his designs, since it was no easy task, he thought, to steal from people on their guard; but it was his particular good fortune to have discovered how easy it is to rob a friend in the midst of his security. If it were a perjured person or a wrongdoer, he dreaded him as well armed and intrenched; but the honourable and the truth-loving he tried to practise on, regarding them as weaklings devoid of manhood. And as other men pride themselves on piety and truth and righteousness, so Menon prided himself on a capacity for fraud, on the fabrication of lies, on the mockery and scorn of friends. The man who was not a rogue he ever looked upon as only half educated. Did he aspire to the first place in another man's friendship, he set about his object by slandering those who stood nearest to him in affection. He contrived to secure the obedience of his solders by making himself an accomplice in their misdeeds, and the fluency with which he vaunted his own capacity and readiness for enormous guilt was a sufficient title to be honoured and courted by them. Or if any one stood aloof from him, he set it down as a meritorious act of kindness on his part that during their intercourse he had not robbed him of existence.
As for Menon from Thessaly (3), his motives were clear; what he was obsessively after was wealth. He pursued power only as a means to get more riches. He craved honors and a high status just to expand his opportunities for gain. If he tried to be friendly with influential people, it was so he could do wrong without consequences. He believed the quickest way to satisfy his desires was through lying, deceit, and cheating; in his view, being simple and truthful were signs of foolishness. He had no real affection for anyone. If he called someone his friend, you could be sure he was planning to trap them. He thought laughing at enemies was inappropriate, yet he constantly mocked his associates. Similarly, he didn't target the possessions of his foes since he believed it was hard to steal from alert people; but he felt particularly lucky to have figured out how easy it is to betray a secure friend. He feared dishonest people as if they were fully armed and fortified; yet he tried to take advantage of the honorable and truth-loving, seeing them as weak and lacking in courage. While others take pride in their piety, honesty, and righteousness, Menon took pride in his ability to deceive, in his talent for lying, and in his ridicule of friends. He considered anyone who wasn’t a rogue to be only half educated. If he wanted to be the top person in someone else’s friendship, he would start by slandering those closest to him. He ensured his soldiers obeyed him by becoming an accomplice in their wrongdoings, and his ability to boast about his readiness for great crime was enough to earn their respect and attention. If someone kept their distance from him, he saw it as an act of kindness that he hadn’t robbed them of their lives during their interactions.
(3) For a less repulsive conception of Menon's character, however unhistorical, see Plato's "Meno," and Prof. Jowlett's Introduction, "Plato," vol. i. p. 265: "He is a Thessalian Alcibiades, rich and luxurious—a spoilt child of fortune."
(3) For a less negative view of Menon's character, even if it's not historically accurate, check out Plato's "Meno" and Prof. Jowlett's Introduction, "Plato," vol. i. p. 265: "He is a wealthy and extravagant Thessalian Alcibiades—a spoiled child of fortune."
As to certain obscure charges brought against his character, these may certainly be fabrications. I confine myself to the following facts, which are known to all. He was in the bloom of youth when he procured from Aristippus the command of his mercenaries; he had not yet lost that bloom when he became exceedingly intimate with Ariaeus, a barbarian, whose liking for fair young men was the explanation; and before he had grown a beard himself, he had contracted a similar relationship with a bearded favourite named Tharypas. When his fellow-generals were put to death on the plea that they had marched with Cyrus against the king, he alone, although he had shared their conduct, was exempted from their fate. But after their deaths the vengeance of the king fell upon him, and he was put to death, not like Clearchus and the others by what would appear to be the speediest of deaths—decapitation—but, as report says, he lived for a year in pain and disgrace and died the death of a felon.
Regarding certain vague accusations against his character, they are likely just made-up stories. I’ll stick to the following facts, which everyone knows. He was young and thriving when he got command of his mercenaries from Aristippus; he hadn’t lost that youth when he became very close with Ariaeus, a barbarian who had a fondness for attractive young men. And before he even had a beard, he had a similar relationship with a bearded favorite named Tharypas. When his fellow generals were executed on the grounds that they had marched with Cyrus against the king, he alone, despite having participated in their actions, was spared from their fate. However, after their deaths, the king’s revenge fell upon him, and he was killed—not like Clearchus and the others by what seemed to be a quick death—decapitation—but, as the story goes, he lived for a year in suffering and disgrace before dying like a criminal.
Agias the Arcadian and Socrates the Achaean were both among the sufferers who were put to death. To the credit, be it said, of both, no one ever derided either as cowardly in war: no one ever had a fault to find with either on the score of friendship. They were both about thirty-five years of age.
Agias from Arcadia and Socrates from Achaea were both among those who were executed. It's worth noting that neither was ever mocked as a coward in battle, and no one ever criticized either of them regarding friendship. They were both around thirty-five years old.
BOOK III
(In the preceding pages of the narrative will be found a full account, not only of the doings of the Hellenes during the advance of Cyrus till the date of the battle, but of the incidents which befell them after Cyrus' death at the commencement of the retreat, while in company with Tissaphernes during the truce.)
(In the previous pages of the story, you’ll find a complete account, not just of the actions of the Greeks during Cyrus's advance up to the battle, but also of the events that happened to them after Cyrus's death at the start of the retreat, while with Tissaphernes during the truce.)
I
After the generals had been seized, and the captains and soldiers who formed their escort had been killed, the Hellenes lay in deep perplexity—a prey to painful reflections. Here were they at the king's gates, and on every side environing them were many hostile cities and tribes of men. Who was there now to furnish them with a market? Separated from Hellas by more than a thousand miles, they had not even a guide to point the way. Impassable rivers lay athwart their homeward route, and hemmed them in. Betrayed even by the Asiatics, at whose side they had marched with Cyrus to the attack, they were left in isolation. Without a single mounted trooper to aid them in pursuit: was it not perfectly plain that if they won a battle, their enemies would escape to a man, but if they were beaten themselves, not one soul of them would survive?
After the generals were captured, and the captains and soldiers who were with them were killed, the Greeks were left in deep confusion and painful thoughts. They were at the king's gates, surrounded by many hostile cities and tribes. Who could provide them with a market now? They were over a thousand miles away from Greece and had no guide to show them the way. Impassable rivers blocked their route home and trapped them. Even the Asians, with whom they had marched with Cyrus to attack, had betrayed them, leaving them isolated. Without a single cavalryman to help them pursue, it was clear that if they won a battle, their enemies would escape entirely, but if they were defeated, none of them would survive.
Haunted by such thoughts, and with hearts full of despair, but few of them tasted food that evening; but few of them kindled even a fire, and many never came into camp at all that night, but took their rest where each chanced to be. They could not close their eyes for very pain and yearning after their fatherlands or their parents, the wife or child whom they never expected to look upon again. Such was the plight in which each and all tried to seek repose.
Haunted by such thoughts and filled with despair, few of them ate anything that evening; hardly any of them even bothered to light a fire, and many didn’t come back to camp at all that night, choosing instead to rest wherever they happened to be. They couldn’t close their eyes due to the pain and longing for their homelands, for their parents, or for the wives and children they never expected to see again. This was the situation everyone found themselves in as they tried to find some peace.
Now there was in that host a certain man, an Athenian (1), Xenophon, who had accompanied Cyrus, neither as a general, nor as an officer, nor yet as a private soldier, but simply on the invitation of an old friend, Proxenus. This old friend had sent to fetch him from home, promising, if he would come, to introduce him to Cyrus, "whom," said Proxenus, "I consider to be worth my fatherland and more to me."
Now, in that army, there was a man from Athens named Xenophon. He had joined Cyrus not as a general, officer, or even as a regular soldier, but simply because his old friend Proxenus invited him. Proxenus had asked him to come from home, promising that if he did, he would introduce him to Cyrus, saying, "I believe he is worth more to me than my homeland."
(1) The reader should turn to Grote's comments on the first appearance of Xenophon. He has been mentioned before, of course, more than once before; but he now steps, as the protagonist, upon the scene, and as Grote says: "It is in true Homeric vein, and in something like Homeric language, that Xenophon (to whom we owe the whole narrative of the expedition) describes his dream, or the intervention of Oneiros, sent by Zeus, from which this renovating impulse took its rise."
(1) The reader should check out Grote's comments on Xenophon's first appearance. He has been mentioned before, certainly more than once, but now he takes center stage as the main character. As Grote puts it: "In a true Homeric style, and in something resembling Homeric language, Xenophon (to whom we owe the entire account of the expedition) describes his dream, or the intervention of Oneiros, sent by Zeus, from which this refreshing motivation originated."
Xenophon having read the letter, consulted Socrates the Athenian, whether he should accept or refuse the invitation. Socrates, who had a suspicion that the State of Athens might in some way look askance at my friendship with Cyrus, whose zealous co-operation with the Lacedaemonians against Athens in the war was not forgotten, advised Xenophon to go to Delphi and there to consult the god as to the desirability of such a journey. Xenophon went and put the question to Apollo, to which of the gods he must pray and do sacrifice, so that he might best accomplish his intended journey and return in safety, with good fortune. Then Apollo answered him: "To such and such gods must thou do sacrifice," and when he had returned home he reported to Socrates the oracle. But he, when he heard, blamed Xenophon that he had not, in the first instance, inquired of the god, whether it were better for him to go or to stay, but had taken on himself to settle that point affirmatively, by inquiring straightway, how he might best perform the journey. "Since, however," continued Socrates, "you did so put the question, you should do what the god enjoined." Thus, and without further ado, Xenophon offered sacrifice to those whom the god had named, and set sail on his voyage. He overtook Proxenus and Cyrus at Sardis, when they were just ready to start on the march up country, and was at once introduced to Cyrus. Proxenus eagerly pressed him to stop—a request which Cyrus with like ardour supported, adding that as soon as the campaign was over he would send him home. The campaign referred to was understood to be against the Pisidians. That is how Xenophon came to join the expedition, deceived indeed, though not by Proxenus, who was equally in the dark with the rest of the Hellenes, not counting Clearchus, as to the intended attack upon the king. Then, though the majority were in apprehension of the journey, which was not at all to their minds, yet, for very shame of one another and Cyrus, they continued to follow him, and with the rest went Xenophon.
Xenophon read the letter and talked to Socrates, an Athenian, about whether he should accept or decline the invitation. Socrates suspected that the City of Athens might disapprove of his friendship with Cyrus, who had actively worked with the Spartans against Athens in the war, so he advised Xenophon to go to Delphi and ask the god about the wisdom of making the trip. Xenophon went and asked Apollo which gods he should pray to and sacrifice for in order to successfully make the journey and return home safely and favorably. Apollo told him, “You should make sacrifices to these specific gods.” When Xenophon returned home, he shared the oracle's response with Socrates. Socrates then scolded Xenophon for not first asking the god whether it would be better for him to go or stay; instead, he had jumped to the conclusion by directly asking how to best complete the journey. "However," Socrates continued, "since you did ask that way, you should follow the god's guidance." Without any hesitation, Xenophon offered sacrifices to the gods that had been named and set out on his journey. He caught up with Proxenus and Cyrus in Sardis, just as they were preparing to march inland, and was immediately introduced to Cyrus. Proxenus insisted he stay, a request that Cyrus also enthusiastically supported, adding that he would send him home once the campaign was over. This campaign was understood to be against the Pisidians. That’s how Xenophon became part of the expedition, misled, although not by Proxenus, who was just as unaware as the other Greeks, except for Clearchus, of the intended attack on the king. Although most were worried about the journey, which they certainly did not want to undertake, they felt too embarrassed in front of each other and Cyrus to turn back, so they followed along, with Xenophon among them.
And now in this season of perplexity, he too, with the rest, was in sore distress, and could not sleep; but anon, getting a snatch of sleep, he had a dream. It seemed to him in a vision that there was a storm of thunder and lightning, and a bolt fell on his father's house, and thereupon the house was all in a blaze. He sprung up in terror, and pondering the matter, decided that in part the dream was good: in that he had seen a great light from Zeus, whilst in the midst of toil and danger. But partly too he feared it, for evidently it had come from Zeus the king. And the fire kindled all around—what could that mean but that he was hemmed in by various perplexities, and so could not escape from the country of the king? The full meaning, however, is to be discovered from what happened after the dream.
And now, in this confusing time, he was also deeply distressed like everyone else and couldn’t sleep. But after a while, he managed to doze off and had a dream. It felt like a vision of a storm with thunder and lightning, and a bolt struck his father's house, setting it ablaze. He jumped up in fear, and after thinking about it, he concluded that part of the dream was good: he had seen a great light from Zeus while facing hard times and danger. But he was also afraid because it clearly came from Zeus the king. And with the fire blazing all around—what could that mean but that he was surrounded by various troubles and couldn’t escape the king’s land? However, the full meaning would be revealed by what happened after the dream.
This is what took place. As soon as he was fully awake, the first clear thought which came into his head was, Why am I lying here? The night advances; with the day, it is like enough, the enemy will be upon us. If we are to fall into the hands of the king, what is left us but to face the most horrible of sights, and to suffer the most fearful pains, and then to die, insulted, an ignominious death? To defend ourselves—to ward off that fate—not a hand stirs: no one is preparing, none cares; but here we lie, as though it were time to rest and take our ease. I too! what am I waiting for? a general to undertake the work? and from what city? am I waiting till I am older mysef and of riper age? older I shall never be, if to-day I betray myself to my enemies.
This is what happened. As soon as he was fully awake, the first clear thought that came to his mind was, Why am I lying here? Night is passing; with the day, it’s likely the enemy will be upon us. If we fall into the hands of the king, all that awaits us is the most horrifying sights, the most unbearable pain, and then a shameful death. To defend ourselves—to avoid that fate—yet no one is moving: no one is getting ready, no one cares; instead, we lie here as if it’s time to rest and relax. Me too! What am I waiting for? A general to take charge? And from what city? Am I waiting until I’m older and wiser? I won’t get any older if today I surrender myself to my enemies.
Thereupon he got up, and called together first Proxenus's officers; and when they were met, he said: "Sleep, sirs, I cannot, nor can you, I fancy, nor lie here longer, when I see in what straits we are. Our enemy, we may be sure, did not open war upon us till he felt he had everything amply ready; yet none of us shows a corresponding anxiety to enter the lists of battle in the bravest style.
He then got up and gathered Proxenus's officers. Once they were all together, he said: "I can't sleep, gentlemen, and I doubt you can either. I can't lie here any longer knowing how desperate our situation is. We can be sure our enemy didn't start this war until he was fully prepared, yet none of us seems to be equally eager to charge into battle with courage."
"And yet, if we yield ourselves and fall into the king's power, need we ask what our fate will be? This man, who, when his own brother, the son of the same parents, was dead, was not content with that, but severed head and hand from the body, and nailed them to a cross. We, then, who have not even the tie of blood in our favour, but who marched against him, meaning to make a slave of him instead of a king—and to slay him if we could: what is likely to be our fate at his hands? Will he not go all lengths so that, by inflicting on us the extreme of ignominy and torture, he may rouse in the rest of mankind a terror of ever marching against him any more? There is no question but that our business is to avoid by all means getting into his clutches.
"And yet, if we surrender and fall into the king's hands, do we really need to ask what our fate will be? This man, who, when his own brother, the child of the same parents, was dead, wasn't satisfied with that; he cut off his head and hand and nailed them to a cross. We, then, who don’t even have the bond of blood on our side and who marched against him with the intention of making him a slave instead of a king—and killing him if we could: what do we think our fate will be with him? Won't he go to any lengths to make sure that by subjecting us to the worst possible humiliation and torture, he inspires terror in everyone else at the thought of ever opposing him again? There's no doubt that our goal must be to avoid falling into his grasp at all costs."
"For my part, all the while the truce lasted, I never ceased pitying ourselves and congratulating the king and those with him, as, like a helpless spectator, I surveyed the extent and quality of their territory, the plenteousness of their provisions, the multitude of their dependants, their cattle, their gold, and their apparel. And then to turn and ponder the condition of our soldiers, without part or lot in these good things, except we bought it; few, I knew, had any longer the wherewithal to buy, and yet our oath held us down, so that we could not provide ourselves otherwise than by purchase. I say, as I reasoned thus, there were times when I dreaded the truce more than I now dread war.
"During the entire time the truce was in effect, I couldn't help but feel sorry for ourselves while also congratulating the king and his companions. As a powerless observer, I looked over the vastness and richness of their land, the abundance of their supplies, the number of their followers, their livestock, their wealth, and their clothing. Then I thought about the state of our soldiers, who had no share in these good things unless we bought them. I knew few still had the means to buy, yet our oath kept us tied down, so we could only get what we needed through purchases. I have to say, as I thought this way, there were times when I feared the truce more than I now fear war."
"Now, however, that they have abruptly ended the truce, there is an end also to their own insolence and to our suspicion. All these good things of theirs are now set as prizes for the combatants. To whichsoever of us shall prove the better men, will they fall as guerdons; and the gods themselves are the judges of the strife. The gods, who full surely will be on our side, seeing it is our enemies who have taken their names falsely; whilst we, with much to lure us, yet for our oath's sake, and the gods who were our witnesses, sternly held aloof. So that, it seems to me, we have a right to enter upon this contest with much more heart than our foes; and further, we are possessed of bodies more capable than theirs of bearing cold and heat and labour; souls too we have, by the help of heaven, better and braver; nay, the men themselves are more vulnerable, more mortal, than ourselves, if so be the gods vouchsafe to give us victory once again.
"Now that they've abruptly ended the truce, their arrogance and our suspicions are also at an end. All their good things are now prizes for the fighters. Whatever one of us proves to be the better will earn these rewards; and the gods themselves will judge the conflict. The gods, surely, will be on our side since it’s our enemies who have falsely claimed their favor. Meanwhile, we, despite having many reasons to be tempted, have stayed true to our oath and the gods who witnessed it. It seems to me we have every right to approach this battle with much more conviction than our foes. Additionally, we have bodies better suited to withstand cold, heat, and hardship; and, with heaven's aid, our spirits are stronger and braver. In fact, our enemies themselves are more vulnerable and mortal than we are, when the gods grant us victory once again."
"Howbeit, for I doubt not elsewhere similar reflections are being made, whatsoever betide, let us not, in heaven's name, wait for others to come and challenge us to noble deeds; let us rather take the lead in stimulating the rest to valour. Show yourselves to be the bravest of officers, and among generals, the worthiest to command. For myself, if you choose to start forwards on this quest, I will follow; or, if you bid me lead you, my age shall be no excuse to stand between me and your orders. At least I am of full age, I take it, to avert misfortune from my own head."
"However, I have no doubt that similar thoughts are being considered elsewhere. Whatever happens, let’s not wait for others to come and challenge us to do something great; let’s take the initiative to inspire everyone else to be courageous. Show yourselves as the bravest officers, and among the generals, the most deserving to lead. As for me, if you decide to take the first step on this quest, I will follow; or, if you ask me to lead you, my age won’t be an excuse to hold me back from your orders. At the very least, I believe I’m old enough to prevent misfortune from befalling me."
Such were the speaker's words; and the officers, when they heard, all, with one exception, called upon him to put himself at their head. This was a certain Apollonides there present, who spoke in the Boeotian dialect. This man's opinion was that it was mere nonsense for any one to pretend they could obtain safety otherwise than by an appeal to the king, if he had skill to enforce it; and at the same time he began to dilate on the difficulties. But Xenophon cut him short. "O most marvellous of men! though you have eyes to see, you do not perceive; though you have ears to hear, you do not recollect. You were present with the rest of us now here when, after the death of Cyrus, the king, vaunting himself on that occurrence, sent dictatorially to bid us lay down our arms. But when we, instead of giving up our arms, put them on and went and pitched our camp near him, his manner changed. It is hard to say what he did not do, he was so at his wit's end, sending us embassies and begging for a truce, and furnishing provisions the while, until he had got it. Or to take the contrary instance, when just now, acting precisely on your principles, our generals and captains went, trusting to the truce, unarmed to a conference with them, what came of it? what is happening at this instant? Beaten, goaded with pricks, insulted, poor souls, they cannot even die: though death, I ween, would be very sweet. And you, who know all this, how can you say that it is mere nonsense to talk of self-defence? how can you bid us go again and try the arts of persuasion? In my opinion, sirs, we ought not to admit this fellow to the same rank with ourselves; rather ought we to deprive him of his captaincy, and load him with packs and treat him as such. The man is a disgrace to his own fatherland and the whole of Hellas, that, being a Hellene, he is what he is."
Such were the speaker's words; and the officers, upon hearing them, all, with one exception, urged him to take charge. This was a certain Apollonides present, who spoke in the Boeotian dialect. This man's view was that it was absurd for anyone to think they could find safety other than through an appeal to the king, if he had the power to enforce it; and at the same time, he started to elaborate on the challenges. But Xenophon interrupted him. "O most marvelous of men! Although you have eyes, you do not see; though you have ears, you do not remember. You were here with the rest of us when, after Cyrus' death, the king, boasting about that event, ordered us to lay down our arms. But when we, instead of surrendering, armed ourselves and set up camp nearby, his attitude shifted. It's hard to describe what he didn't do; he was so desperate, sending us envoys and asking for a truce, all while providing us with supplies until he achieved it. Or take the opposite example: just now, under your principles, our generals and captains went, trusting the truce, unarmed to negotiate with them. What happened? What is happening right now? Beat down, prodded, insulted, poor souls, they can't even die: though I imagine death would be quite welcome. And you, who know all this, how can you claim it's nonsense to talk about self-defense? How can you tell us to go back and try persuasion again? In my opinion, we shouldn't allow this fellow to be considered one of us; we should strip him of his captaincy, burden him with packs, and treat him as such. This man is a disgrace to his own homeland and all of Hellas, that as a Hellene, he is what he is."
Here Agasias the Stymphalian broke in, exclaiming: "Nay, this fellow has no connection either with Boeotia or with Hellas, none whatever. I have noted both his ears bored like a Lydian's." And so it was. Him then they banished. But the rest visited the ranks, and wherever a general was left, they summoned the general; where he was gone, the lieutenant-general; and where again the captain alone was left, the captain. As soon as they were all met, they seated themselves in front of the place d'armes: the assembled generals and officers, numbering about a hundred. It was nearly midnight when this took place.
Here, Agasias the Stymphalian interrupted, saying, "No, this guy has nothing to do with Boeotia or Hellas, not at all. I’ve noticed his ears are pierced like a Lydian’s." And that was the case. They then banished him. The others moved through the ranks, calling for any general that was available; if he wasn’t there, they called for the lieutenant-general; and if only the captain remained, they called for the captain. Once everyone gathered, they sat down in front of the place d'armes: the assembled generals and officers totaled about a hundred. This happened around midnight.
Thereupon Hieronymous the Eleian, the eldest of Proxenus's captains, commenced speaking as follows: "Generals and captains, it seemed right to us, in view of the present crisis, ourselves to assemble and to summon you, that we might advise upon some practicable course. Would you, Xenophon, repeat what you said to us?"
Thereupon, Hieronymous from Elis, the oldest of Proxenus's captains, began to speak: "Generals and captains, considering the current crisis, we thought it was important to gather together and call you here so we can discuss some actionable steps. Would you, Xenophon, share again what you told us?"
Thereupon Xenophon spoke as follows: "We all know only too well, that the king and Tissaphernes have seized as many of us as they could, and it is clear they are plotting to destroy the rest of us if they can. Our business is plain: it is to do all we can to avoid getting into the power of the barbarians; rather, if we can, we will get them into our power. Rely upon this then, all you who are here assembled, now is your great opportunity. The soldiers outside have their eyes fixed upon you; if they think that you are faint-hearted, they will turn cowards; but if you show them that you are making your own preparations to attack the enemy, and setting an example to the rest—follow you, be assured, they will: imitate you they will. May be, it is but right and fair that you should somewhat excel them, for you are generals, you are commanders of brigades or regiments; and if, while it was peace, you had the advantage in wealth and position, so now, when it is war, you are expected to rise superior to the common herd—to think for them, to toil for them, whenever there be need.
Then Xenophon spoke, saying: "We all know too well that the king and Tissaphernes have captured as many of us as they could, and it’s clear they’re planning to eliminate the rest of us if they can. Our mission is simple: we need to do everything possible to avoid falling into the hands of the barbarians; instead, if we can, we’ll take control of them. So, all of you gathered here, know that this is your great opportunity. The soldiers outside are watching you; if they see you lose your nerve, they’ll become cowards too. But if you show them that you’re preparing to attack the enemy and setting an example for everyone else—trust me, they will follow your lead. It’s only fair that you should stand out a bit because you are generals, leaders of brigades or regiments. If you had advantages in wealth and position during peacetime, now in wartime, you are expected to rise above the ordinary soldiers—to think for them and work for them whenever necessary."
"At this very moment you would confer a great boon on the army, if you made it your business to appoint generals and officers to fill the places of those that are lost. For without leaders nothing good or noble, to put it concisely, was ever wrought anywhere; and in military matters this is absolutely true; for if discipline is held to be of saving virtue, the want of it has been the ruin of many ere now. Well, then! when you have appointed all the commanders necessary, it would only be opportune, I take it, if you were to summon the rest of the soldiers and speak some words of encouragement. Even now, I daresay you noticed yourselves the crestfallen air with which they came into camp, the despondency with which they fell to picket duty, so that, unless there is a change for the better, I do not know for what service they will be fit; whether by night, if need were, or even by day. The thing is to get them to turn their thoughts to what they mean to do, instead of to what they are likely to suffer. Do that, and their spirits will soon revive wonderfully. You know, I need hardly remind you, it is not numbers or strength that gives victory in war; but, heaven helping them, to one or other of two combatants it is given to dash with stouter hearts to meet the foe, and such onset, in nine cases out of ten, those others refuse to meet. This observation, also, I have laid to heart, that they, who in matters of war seek in all ways to save their lives, are just they who, as a rule, die dishonourably; whereas they who, recognising that death is the common lot and destiny of all men, strive hard to die nobly: these more frequently, as I observe, do after all attain to old age, or, at any rate, while life lasts, they spend their days more happily. This lesson let all lay to heart this day, for we are just at such a crisis of our fate. Now is the season to be brave ourselves, and to stimulate the rest by our example."
"Right now, you could do a huge favor for the army if you took charge of appointing new generals and officers to replace those we've lost. Without leaders, nothing good or great ever gets accomplished anywhere, and this is especially true in military matters. If discipline is essential for survival, the lack of it has led to many downfalls in the past. So, once you’ve appointed all the necessary commanders, it would be fitting to gather the rest of the soldiers and offer them some words of encouragement. You probably noticed how defeated they looked when they arrived at camp and the gloom with which they started their picket duty; unless things improve, I’m not sure how effective they’ll be, whether at night or during the day. We need to help them focus on what they can achieve instead of what they might lose. If we do that, their spirits will lift remarkably soon. It’s worth reminding you that victory in war doesn’t come from numbers or strength. With a little help from above, one of the two sides often charges into battle with more courage, and in nine out of ten cases, the other side won’t have the guts to face them. I’ve also observed that those who desperately try to save their own lives in war often die dishonorably, while those who accept that death is everyone’s fate and aim to die nobly tend to live longer, or at least enjoy their lives more while they last. Let’s all remember this lesson today, as we face a pivotal moment in our fate. Now is the time for us to be courageous and inspire others through our actions."
With these words he ceased; and after him, Cheirisophus said: "Xenophon, hitherto I knew only so much of you as that you were, I heard, an Athenian, but now I must commend you for your words and for your conduct. I hope that there may be many more like you, for it would prove a public blessing." Then turning to the officers: "And now," said he, "let us waste no time; retire at once, I beg you, and choose leaders where you need them. After you have made your elections, come back to the middle of the camp, and bring the newly appointed officers. After that, we will there summon a general meeting of the soldiers. Let Tolmides, the herald," he added, "be in attendance." With these words on his lips he got up, in order that what was needful might be done at once without delay. After this the generals were chosen. These were Timasion the Dardanian, in place of Clearchus; Xanthicles, an Achaean, in place of Socrates; Cleanor, an Arcadian, in place of Agias; Philesius, an Achaean, in place of Menon; and in place of Proxenus, Xenophon the Athenian.
With that, he stopped speaking; then Cheirisophus said, "Xenophon, until now I only knew you were, as I heard, an Athenian, but now I have to commend you for your words and your actions. I hope there will be many more like you, as it would be a great benefit to everyone." Turning to the officers, he continued, "Now, let’s not waste any time; please head off immediately and choose leaders where needed. Once you've made your choices, come back to the center of the camp with the newly appointed officers. After that, we will hold a general meeting of the soldiers. Let Tolmides, the herald, be present," he added. With that, he stood up so that the necessary actions could be taken without delay. After this, the generals were chosen. They included Timasion the Dardanian, replacing Clearchus; Xanthicles, an Achaean, taking Socrates' place; Cleanor, an Arcadian, stepping in for Agias; Philesius, an Achaean, filling in for Menon; and Xenophon the Athenian replacing Proxenus.
II
By the time the new generals had been chosen, the first faint glimmer of dawn had hardly commenced, as they met in the centre of the camp, and resolved to post an advance guard and to call a general meeting of the soldiers. Now, when these had come together, Cheirisophus the Lacedaemonian first rose and spoke as follows: "Fellow-soldiers, the present posture of affairs is not pleasant, seeing that we are robbed of so many generals and captains and soldiers; and more than that, our former allies, Ariaeus and his men, have betrayed us; still, we must rise above our circumstances to prove ourselves brave men, and not give in, but try to save ourselves by glorious victory if we can; or, if not, at least to die gloriously, and never, while we have breath in our bodies, fall into the hands of our enemies. In which latter case, I fear, we shall suffer things, which I pray the gods may visit rather upon those we hate."
By the time the new generals were chosen, the first hints of dawn were just starting to appear as they gathered in the center of the camp and decided to set up an advance guard and call a general meeting for the soldiers. When everyone had come together, Cheirisophus the Spartan stood up and said: "Fellow soldiers, the current situation is tough, since we've lost so many generals, captains, and soldiers; and on top of that, our former allies, Ariaeus and his men, have betrayed us. Even so, we need to rise above our circumstances and show that we are brave men. We shouldn't give up; we can try to save ourselves through glorious victory if possible; if not, we should at least die honorably and never allow ourselves to be captured by our enemies. In that case, I fear we would suffer things that I hope the gods inflict instead on those we hate."
At this point Cleanor the Ochomenian stood up and spoke as follows: "You see, men, the perjury and the impiety of the king. You see the faithlessness of Tissaphernes, professing that he was next-door neighbour to Hellas, and would give a good deal to save us, in confirmation of which he took an oath to us himself, he gave us the pledge of his right hand, and then, with a lie upon his lips, this same man turned round and arrested our generals. He had no reverence even for Zeus, the god of strangers; but, after entertaining Clearchus at his own board as a friend, he used his hospitality to delude and decoy his victims. And Ariaeus, whom we offered to make king, with whom we exchanged pledges not to betray each other, even this man, without a particle of fear of the gods, or respect for Cyrus in his grave, though he was most honoured by Cyrus in lifetime, even he has turned aside to the worst foes of Cyrus, and is doing his best to injure the dead man's friends. Them may the gods requite as they deserve! But we, with these things before our eyes, will not any more be cheated and cajoled by them; we will make the best fight we can, and having made it, whatever the gods think fit to send, we will accept."
At this point, Cleanor the Ochomenian stood up and said, "Look, everyone, at the king's lies and disrespect. Just see how untrustworthy Tissaphernes is, claiming to be close to Hellas and saying he would do anything to save us. He even swore an oath to us and shook our hands, but then, with a lie on his lips, he turned around and arrested our generals. He had no respect for Zeus, the god of strangers. After hosting Clearchus as a friend, he used his hospitality to trap us. And Ariaeus, whom we had offered to make king and with whom we exchanged promises not to betray each other, has also turned against us. He shows no fear of the gods or respect for Cyrus, even though Cyrus honored him in life. Now, he sides with the worst enemies of Cyrus and is trying to hurt the friends of the dead. May the gods repay them as they deserve! But we will no longer be fooled and manipulated by them; we will fight as best as we can, and whatever comes our way from the gods, we will accept."
After him Xenophon arose; he was arrayed for war in his bravest apparel (1): "For," said he to himself, "if the gods grant victory, the finest attire will match with victory best; or if I must needs die, then for one who has aspired to the noblest, it is well there should be some outward correspondence between his expectation and his end." He began his speech as follows: "Cleanor has spoken of the perjury and faithlessness of the barbarians, and you yourselves know them only too well, I fancy. If then we are minded to enter a second time into terms of friendship with them, with the experience of what our generals, who in all confidence entrusted themselves to their power, have suffered, reason would we should feel deep despondency. If, on the other hand, we purpose to take our good swords in our hands and to inflict punishment on them for what they have done, and from this time forward will be on terms of downright war with them, then, God helping, we have many a bright hope of safety." The words were scarcely spoken when someone sneezed (2), and with one impulse the soldiers bowed in worship; and Xenophon proceeded: "I propose, sirs, since, even as we spoke of safety, an omen from Zeus the Saviour has appeared, we vow a vow to sacrifice to the Saviour thank-offerings for safe deliverance, wheresoever first we reach a friendly country; and let us couple with that vow another of individual assent, that we will offer to the rest of the gods 'according to our ability.' Let all those who are in favour of this proposal hold up their hands." They all held up their hands, and there and then they vowed a vow and chanted the battle hymn. But as soon as these sacred matters were duly ended, he began once more thus: "I was saying that many and bright are the hopes we have of safety. First of all, we it is who confirm and ratify the oaths we take by heaven, but our enemies have taken false oaths and broken the truce, contrary to their solemn word. This being so, it is but natural that the gods should be opposed to our enemies, but with ourselves allied; the gods, who are able to make the great ones quickly small, and out of sore perplexity can save the little ones with ease, what time it pleases them. In the next place, let me recall to your minds the dangers of our own forefathers, that you may see and know that bravery is your heirloom, and that by the aid of the gods brave men are rescued even out of the midst of sorest straits." So was it when the Persians came, and their attendant hosts (3), with a very great armament, to wipe out Athens from the face of the earth—the men of Athens had the heart to withstand them and conquered them. Then they vowed to Artemis that for every man they slew of the enemy, they would sacrifice to the goddess goats so many; and when they could not find sufficient for the slain, they resolved to offer yearly five hundred; and to this day they perform that sacrifice. And at a somewhat later date, when Xerxes assembled his countless hosts and marched upon Hellas, then (4) too our fathers conquered the forefathers of our foes by land and by sea.
After him, Xenophon stood up; he was dressed for battle in his finest gear (1): "Because," he said to himself, "if the gods grant us victory, the best outfit suits victory best; or if I must die, then for someone who has aimed for greatness, it's fitting that there should be some visible connection between his hopes and his end." He started his speech like this: "Cleanor has talked about the lies and betrayal of the barbarians, and you all know them well, I think. If we are thinking about making peace with them again, considering what our generals, who trusted them completely, have suffered, it would make sense for us to feel hopeless. On the other hand, if we plan to take our swords and punish them for what they’ve done, and from now on be at war with them, then, with God's help, we have good reason to hope for safety." Hardly had he finished speaking when someone sneezed (2), and the soldiers immediately bowed their heads in worship; and Xenophon went on: "I propose, gentlemen, that since an omen from Zeus the Savior has appeared while we were discussing safety, we vow to sacrifice thank-offerings to the Savior for our safe delivery, wherever we first reach a friendly territory; and let’s add a personal vow that we will offer to the other gods 'according to our ability.' All those in favor of this proposal, raise your hands." They all raised their hands, and right then they made a vow and sang the battle hymn. But as soon as those sacred affairs were concluded, he continued: "I was saying that we have many bright hopes for safety. First of all, we are the ones who confirm and uphold the oaths we take by heaven, while our enemies have taken false oaths and broken the truce, going against their solemn word. Given this, it’s natural that the gods would stand against our enemies and be on our side; the gods, who can quickly bring down the great ones and easily save the small ones from dire situations whenever it pleases them. Next, let me remind you of the dangers faced by our forefathers, so you can see and know that bravery is your inheritance, and that with the help of the gods, brave men can be saved even from the most desperate situations." That was the case when the Persians came, along with their huge forces (3), to obliterate Athens from the earth—yet the Athenians had the courage to stand against them and defeated them. Then they vowed to Artemis that for every enemy they killed, they would sacrifice as many goats to the goddess; and when they couldn't find enough for the slain, they decided to offer five hundred each year; and to this day they perform that sacrifice. Later, when Xerxes gathered his countless army and marched against Hellas, (4) our ancestors also defeated our foes’ forefathers on land and at sea.
(1) So it is said of the Russian General Skobelef, that he had a strange custom of going into battle in his cleanest uniform, perfumed, and wearing a diamond-hilted sword, "in order that," as he said, "he might die in his best attire." (2) For this ancient omen see "Odyssey," xvii. 541: "Even as she spake, and Telemachus sneezed loudly, and around the roof rung wondrously. And Penelope laughed."... "Dost thou not mark how my son has sneezed a blessing on all my words?" (3) See Herod. vi. 114; the allusion is to the invasion of Greeze by Datis and Artaphernes, and to their defeat at Marathon, B.C. 490. "Heredotus estimates the number of those who fell on the Persian side at 6400 men: the number of Athenian dead is accurately known, since all were collected for the last solemn obsequies—they were 192."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. v. p. 475. (4) Then = at Salamis, B.C. 480, and at Plataea and Mycale, B.C. 479, on the same day.
(1) It's said that the Russian General Skobelef had a strange habit of going into battle in his cleanest uniform, smelling nice, and wearing a diamond-hilted sword, "so that," as he put it, "he might die in his best outfit." (2) For this ancient omen see "Odyssey," xvii. 541: "Just as she spoke, Telemachus sneezed loudly, and the roof rang wondrously. And Penelope laughed."... "Don’t you see how my son has sneezed a blessing on all my words?" (3) See Herod. vi. 114; this refers to the invasion of Greece by Datis and Artaphernes and their defeat at Marathon in 490 B.C. "Herodotus estimates that 6,400 Persians fell; the number of Athenian dead is accurately known, as they were all collected for the final solemn ceremonies—they were 192."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. v. p. 475. (4) Then = at Salamis, 480 B.C., and at Plataea and Mycale, 479 B.C., on the same day.
"And proofs of these things are yet to be seen in trophies; but the greatest witness of all is the freedom of our cities—the liberty of that land in which you were born and bred. For you call no man master or lord; you bow your heads to none save to the gods alone. Such were your forefathers, and their sons are ye. Think not I am going to say that you put to shame in any way your ancestry—far from it. Not many days since, you too were drawn up in battle face to face with these true descendants of their ancestors, and by the help of heaven you conquered them, though they many times outnumbered you. At that time, it was to win a throne for Cyrus that you showed your bravery; to-day, when the struggle is for your own salvation, what is more natural than that you should show yourselves braver and more zealous still. Nay, it is very meet and right that you should be more undaunted still to-day to face the foe. The other day, though you had not tested them, and before your eyes lay their immeasurable host, you had the heart to go against them with the spirit of your fathers. To-day you have made trial of them, and knowing that, however many times your number, they do not care to await your onset, what concern have you now to be afraid of them?
"And the evidence of these things is still to be seen in trophies; but the greatest proof of all is the freedom of our cities—the liberty of the land where you were born and raised. You call no man master or lord; you bow your heads to none except the gods alone. Such were your ancestors, and you are their descendants. Don’t think I’m going to say that you dishonor your heritage—far from it. Not long ago, you too faced these true descendants of their forefathers in battle, and with the help of heaven, you defeated them, even though they outnumbered you many times. Back then, it was to win a throne for Cyrus that you showed your bravery; today, when the fight is for your own survival, what could be more natural than for you to show yourselves even braver and more passionate? It is absolutely right that you should be even more fearless today in confronting the enemy. Just the other day, even though you hadn't faced them before, and before your eyes was their overwhelming host, you had the courage to challenge them with the spirit of your ancestors. Now that you have tested them, and knowing that no matter how many they are, they don’t wish to wait for your attack, why would you still be afraid of them?"
"Nor let any one suppose that herein is a point of weakness, in that Cyrus's troops, who before were drawn up by your side, have now deserted us, for they are even worse cowards still than those we worsted. At any rate they have deserted us, and sought refuge with them. Leaders of the forlorn hope of flight—far better is it to have them brigaded with the enemy than shoulder to shoulder in our ranks. But if any of you is out of heart to think that we have no cavalry, while the enemy have many squadrons to command, lay to heart this doctrine, that ten thousand horse only equal ten thousand men upon their backs, neither less nor more. Did any one ever die in battle from the bite or kick of a horse? It is the men, the real swordsmen, who do whatever is done in battles. In fact we, on our stout shanks, are better mounted than those cavalry fellows; there they hang on to their horses' necks in mortal dread, not only of us, but of falling off; while we, well planted upon earth, can deal far heavier blows to our assailants, and aim more steadily at who we will. There is one point, I admit, in which their cavalry have the whip-hand of us; it is safer for them than it is for us to run away.
"Don't let anyone think this is a sign of weakness just because Cyrus's troops, who were once by your side, have now abandoned us. They are even bigger cowards than those we defeated. Regardless, they chose to leave us and seek safety with the enemy. It's better to have them fighting for the other side than standing shoulder to shoulder with us. But if any of you are feeling discouraged about the fact that we have no cavalry while the enemy has many squadrons, remember this: ten thousand cavalry are just as effective as ten thousand men riding them, nothing more, nothing less. Has anyone ever been killed in battle by a horse's bite or kick? It’s the soldiers, the true fighters, who accomplish everything in a battle. In fact, we are better off on our own two feet than those cavalry riders; they cling to their horses in terror, not just of us but also of falling off. Meanwhile, we are firmly planted on the ground, able to deliver much heavier blows to our attackers and aim more accurately at our targets. I will concede one point: their cavalry does have the advantage over us when it comes to retreating safely."
"May be, however, you are in good heart about the fighting, but annoyed to think that Tissaphernes will not guide us any more, and that the king will not furnish us with a market any longer. Now, consider, is it better for us to have a guide like Tissaphernes, whom we know to be plotting against us, or to take our chance of the stray people whom we catch and compel to guide us, who will know that any mistake made in leading us will be a sad mistake for their own lives? Again, is it better to be buying provisions in a market of their providing, in scant measure and at high prices, without even the money to pay for them any longer; or, by right of conquest, to help ourselves, applying such measure as suits our fancy best?
"Maybe, though, you're feeling good about the fighting, but frustrated that Tissaphernes won't guide us anymore and that the king won't give us a market any longer. Now, think about it: is it better to have a guide like Tissaphernes, who we know is plotting against us, or to take our chances with random people we capture and force to guide us, knowing they'll realize that any mistake in leading us could cost them their lives? Also, is it better to buy supplies in a market they set up, with limited amounts and at inflated prices, especially since we don't even have the money to pay for them anymore; or, by right of conquest, to help ourselves using whatever amounts we like?"
"Or again, perhaps you admit that our present position is not without its advantages, but you feel sure that the rivers are a difficulty, and think that you were never more taken in than when you crossed them; if so, consider whether, after all, this is not perhaps the most foolish thing which the barbarians have done. No river is impassable throughout; whatever difficulties it may present at some distance from its source, you need only make your way up to the springhead, and there you may cross it without wetting more than your ankles. But, granted that the rivers do bar our passage, and that guides are not forthcoming, what care we? We need feel no alarm for all that. We have heard of the Mysians, a people whom we certainly cannot admit to be better than ourselves; and yet they inhabit numbers of large and prosperous cities in the king's own country without asking leave. The Pisidians are an equally good instance, or the Lycaonians. We have seen with our own eyes how they fare: seizing fortresses down in the plains, and reaping the fruits of these men's territory. As to us, I go so far as to assert, we ought never to have let it be seen that we were bent on getting home: at any rate, not so soon; we should have begun stocking and furnishing ourselves, as if we fully meant to settle down for life somewhere or other hereabouts. I am sure that the king would be thrice glad to give the Mysians as many guides as they like, or as many hostages as they care to demand, in return for a safe conduct out of his country; he would make carriage roads for them, and if they preferred to take their departure in coaches and four, he would not say them nay. So too, I am sure, he would be only too glad to accommodate us in the same way, if he saw us preparing to settle down here. But, perhaps, it is just as well that we did not stop; for I fear, if once we learn to live in idleness and to batten in luxury and dalliance with these tall and handsome Median and Persian women and maidens, we shall be like the Lotus-eaters (5), and forget the road home altogether.
"Or maybe you agree that our current situation has its perks, but you believe the rivers are a problem and think you were never more fooled than when you crossed them; if that's the case, think about whether this might be the biggest mistake the barbarians have made. No river is completely impassable; no matter what challenges it presents far from its source, you just have to make your way to the spring and you can cross without getting wet above your ankles. But, even if the rivers block our way and there are no guides available, why should we worry? We don't need to feel any fear over that. We've heard about the Mysians, a people we certainly can't consider better than ourselves; yet they live in many large, thriving cities in the king's own land without asking for permission. The Pisidians are another example, or the Lycaonians. We've seen for ourselves how they succeed: taking fortresses in the plains and enjoying the fruits of this land. As for us, I would argue that we should never have shown that we were eager to go home: at least, not so soon; we should have started stocking up and getting ourselves ready, as if we really intended to settle down for good somewhere around here. I'm sure the king would be more than happy to give the Mysians as many guides as they want or as many hostages as they choose to ask for, in exchange for safe passage out of his country; he'd make roads for them, and if they wanted to leave in luxury coaches, he wouldn't say no. The same way, I'm sure he would be more than willing to help us out if he saw us getting ready to settle here. But maybe it's for the best that we didn't stay; because I'm afraid if we once get used to living in comfort and indulging in luxury and flirting with these tall, beautiful Median and Persian women, we’ll end up like the Lotus-eaters (5), forgetting all about the way home."
(5) See "Odyssey," ix. 94, "ever feeding on the Lotus and forgetful of returning."
(5) See "Odyssey," ix. 94, "always enjoying the Lotus and forgetting about going back."
"It seems to me that it is only right, in the first instance, to make an effort to return to Hellas and to revisit our hearths and homes, if only to prove to other Hellenes that it is their own faults if they are poor and needy (6), seeing it is in their power to give to those now living a pauper life at home a free passage hither, and convert them into well-to-do burghers at once. Now, sirs, is it not clear that all these good things belong to whoever has strength to hold them?
"It seems to me that it’s only fair, first of all, to try to return to Greece and revisit our homes, just to show other Greeks that if they are struggling and in need, it’s their own doing (6), since they have the power to offer those living in poverty back home a chance to come here and turn them into prosperous citizens right away. Now, gentlemen, isn’t it clear that all these good things belong to whoever has the strength to claim them?"
(6) Here seems to be the germ—unless, indeed, the thought had been conceived above—here at any rate the first conscious expression of the colonisation scheme, of which we shall hear more below, in reference to Cotyora; the Phasis; Calpe. It appears again fifty years later in the author's pamphlet "On Revenues," chapters i. and vi. For the special evils of the fourth century B.C., and the growth of pauperism between B.C. 401 and 338, see Jebb, "Attic Orators," vol i. p. 17.
(6) This seems to be the starting point—unless, of course, the idea was developed earlier—here at least is the first clear expression of the colonization plan, which we will discuss further below, regarding Cotyora; the Phasis; Calpe. It appears again fifty years later in the author's pamphlet "On Revenues," chapters i. and vi. For the specific issues of the fourth century B.C. and the rise of poverty between B.C. 401 and 338, see Jebb, "Attic Orators," vol i. p. 17.
"Let us look another matter in the face. How are we to march most safely? or where blows are needed, how are we to fight to the best advantage? That is the question.
"Let's address another issue. How can we proceed most safely? And where we need to strike, how can we fight to our best advantage? That's the question."
"The first thing which I recommend is to burn the wagons we have got, so that we may be free to march wherever the army needs, and not, practically, make our baggage train our general. And, next, we should throw our tents into the bonfire also: for these again are only a trouble to carry, and do not contribute one grain of good either for fighting or getting provisions. Further, let us get rid of all superfluous baggage, save only what we require for the sake of war, or meat and drink, so that as many of us as possible may be under arms, and as few as possible doing porterage. I need not remind you that, in case of defeat, the owners' goods are not their own; but if we master our foes, we will make them our baggage bearers.
"The first thing I suggest is to burn the wagons we have, so that we can move freely wherever the army needs us, and not let our baggage train dictate our actions. Next, we should toss our tents into the fire too, since they’re just a hassle to carry and don’t help at all in fighting or getting supplies. Also, let’s get rid of all unnecessary baggage, keeping only what we need for the war and for food and drink, so that as many of us as possible can be armed, and as few as possible are carrying stuff. I shouldn’t have to remind you that, in case of defeat, the owners won’t keep their goods; but if we defeat our enemies, we’ll make them our baggage carriers."
"It only rests for me to name the one thing which I look upon as the greatest of all. You see, the enemy did not dare to bring war to bear upon us until they had first seized our generals; they felt that whilst our rulers were there, and we obeyed them, they were no match for us in war; but having got hold of them, they fully expected that the consequent confusion and anarchy would prove fatal to us. What follows? This: Officers and leaders ought to be more vigilant ever than their predecessors; subordinates still more orderly and obedient to those in command now than even they were to those who are gone. And you should pass a resolution that, in case of insubordination, any one who stands by is to aid the officer in chastising the offender. So the enemy will be mightily deceived; for on this day they will behold ten thousand Clearchuses instead of one, who will not suffer one man to play the coward. And now it is high time I brought my remarks to an end, for may be the enemy will be here anon. Let those who are in favour of these proposals confirm them with all speed, that they may be realised in fact; or if any other course seem better, let not any one, even though he be a private soldier, shrink from proposing it. Our common safety is our common need."
"I just need to mention one thing that I see as the most important of all. You see, the enemy didn't dare to attack us until they first captured our leaders; they realized that as long as our commanders were present and we followed them, they couldn't compete with us in battle. But once they had taken them, they fully expected that the resulting chaos and disorder would be our downfall. So, what should we do? This: Officers and leaders must be more alert than ever before; subordinates should be even more disciplined and obedient to those in charge now than they were to the ones who are gone. You should also propose that if there's any insubordination, anyone who witnesses it should help the officer deal with the offender. This way, the enemy will be greatly misled; they will see ten thousand Clearchuses instead of just one, and no one will allow even a single person to act like a coward. Now it's time for me to wrap up my thoughts because the enemy may be here soon. Let those who support these ideas approve them quickly so that they can actually happen; or if anyone thinks a different approach is better, no one, not even a private soldier, should hesitate to suggest it. Our shared safety is our shared responsibility."
After this Cheirisophus spoke. He said: "If there is anything else to be done, beyond what Xenophon has mentioned, we shall be able to carry it out presently; but with regard to what he has already proposed, it seems to me the best course to vote upon the matters at once. Those who are in favour of Xenophon's proposals, hold up their hands." They all held them up. Xenophon rose again and said: "Listen, sirs, while I tell you what I think we have need of besides. It is clear that we must march where we can get provisions. Now, I am told there are some splendid villages not more than two miles and a half distant. I should not be surprised, then, if the enemy were to hang on our heels and dog us as we retire, like cowardly curs which rush out at the passer-by and bite him if they can, but when you turn upon them they run away. Such will be their tactics, I take it. It may be safer, then, to march in a hollow square, so as to place the baggage animals and our mob of sutlers in greater security. It will save time to make the appointments at once, and to settle who leads the square and directs the vanguard; who will take command of the two flanks, and who of the rearguard; so that, when the enemy appears, we shall not need to deliberate, but can at once set in motion the machinery in existence.
After this, Cheirisophus spoke. He said, "If there's anything else we need to do beyond what Xenophon mentioned, we can handle it later; but for what he’s already proposed, I think it’s best to vote on these matters right now. Those in favor of Xenophon’s proposals, raise your hands." They all raised their hands. Xenophon stood up again and said, "Listen, everyone, while I share what I think we also need. It's clear we have to march where we can find supplies. I've heard there are some great villages no more than two and a half miles away. I wouldn’t be surprised if the enemy tries to follow us closely and harass us as we retreat, like cowardly dogs that rush at people and bite if they can, but run away when you turn to confront them. That will likely be their strategy. It might be safer to march in a hollow square to protect the baggage animals and our group of suppliers better. It would save time to make the arrangements now and decide who’s in charge of the square and directs the front; who will lead the two sides, and who will be in the rear; so that when the enemy shows up, we won’t have to think about it, but can immediately start moving."
"If any one has any better plan, we need not adopt mine; but if not, suppose Cheirisophus takes the lead, as he is a Lacedaemonian, and the two eldest generals take in charge the two wings respectively, whilst Timasion and I, the two youngest, will for the present guard the rear. For the rest, we can but make experiment of this arrangement, and alter it with deliberation, as from time to time any improvement suggests itself. If any one has a better plan to propose, let him do so."... No dissentient voice was heard. Accordingly he said: "Those in favour of this resolution, hold up their hands." The resolution was carried. "And now," said he, "it would be well to separate and carry out what we have decreed. If any of you has set his heart on seeing his friends again, let him remember to prove himself a man; there is no other way to achieve his heart's wish. Or is mere living an object with any of you, strive to conquer; if to slay is the privilege of victory, to die is the doom of the defeated. Or perhaps to gain money and wealth is your ambition, strive again for mastery; have not conquerors the double gain of keeping what is their own, whilst they seize the possessions of the vanquished?"
"If anyone has a better plan, we don’t have to go with mine; but if no one does, let’s say Cheirisophus leads, since he’s from Lacedaemon, and the two oldest generals take charge of the two wings while Timasion and I, being the youngest, will guard the rear for now. For the rest, we can try out this setup and change it thoughtfully whenever something better comes to mind. If anyone has a better idea, feel free to share." ... No one disagreed. So he said, "Those in favor of this plan, raise your hands." The plan was approved. "And now," he continued, "it’s time to split up and put our decision into action. If any of you wants to see your friends again, remember to be strong; that’s the only way to fulfill your desire. Or if mere survival is your goal, fight to overcome; after all, winning gives you the right to kill, while dying is the fate of the defeated. Or maybe your goal is to gain money and wealth; if so, strive for mastery again; don't conquerors benefit double by keeping what is theirs while taking what belongs to the vanquished?"
III
The speaking was ended; they got up and retired; then they burnt the wagons and the tents, and after sharing with one another what each needed out of their various superfluities, they threw the remnant into the fire. Having done that, they proceeded to make their breakfasts. While they were breakfasting, Mithridates came with about thirty horsemen, and summoning the generals within earshot, he thus addressed them: "Men of Hellas, I have been faithful to Cyrus, as you know well, and to-day I am your well-wisher; indeed, I am here spending my days in great fear: if then I could see any salutory course in prospect, I should be disposed to join you with all my retainers. Please inform me, then, as to what you propose, regarding me as your friend and well-wisher, anxious only to pursue his march in your company." The generals held council, and resolved to give the following answer, Cheirisophus acting as spokesman: "We have resolved to make our way through the country, inflicting the least possible damage, provided we are allowed a free passage homewards; but if any one tries to hinder us, he will have to fight it out with us, and we shall bring all the force in our power to bear." Thereat Mithridates set himself to prove to them that their deliverance, except with the king's good pleasure, was hopeless. Then the meaning of his mission was plain. He was an agent in disguise; in fact, a relation of Tissaphernes was in attendance to keep a check on his loyalty. After that, the generals resolved that it would be better to proclaim open war, without truce or herald, as long as they were in the enemy's country; for they used to come and corrupt the soldiers, and they were even successful with one officer—Nicarchus (1), an Arcadian, who went off in the night with about twenty men.
The discussion wrapped up, and they got up and left. Then they burned the wagons and the tents, and after sharing what they each needed from their extra supplies, they tossed the leftovers into the fire. Once that was done, they got started on breakfast. While they were eating, Mithridates arrived with about thirty horsemen, and calling the generals within earshot, he addressed them: "Men of Hellas, I've been loyal to Cyrus, as you all know, and today I’m here wishing you well; in fact, I'm living in great fear. If I could see any beneficial path ahead, I would be ready to join you and my followers. Please let me know your plans, considering me your friend and supporter, eager only to march alongside you." The generals held a meeting and decided to respond through Cheirisophus: "We’ve decided to make our way through the country, causing as little damage as possible, as long as we are allowed a free route home. But if anyone tries to stop us, they will have to fight us, and we will use all the strength we have." At that point, Mithridates set out to show them that their escape was hopeless without the king’s approval. Then the true purpose of his visit became clear; he was a secret agent, and in fact, a relative of Tissaphernes was there to monitor his loyalty. After that, the generals concluded that it would be better to declare open war, without truces or messengers, as long as they were in enemy territory; they used to come and corrupt the soldiers, and they even managed to sway one officer—Nicarchus, an Arcadian—who left in the night with about twenty men.
(1) Can this be the same man whose escape is so graphically described above?
(1) Could this be the same man whose escape is described in such vivid detail above?
After this, they breakfasted and crossed the river Zapatas, marching in regular order, with the beasts and mob of the army in the middle. They had not advanced far on their route when Mithridates made his appearance again, with about a couple of hundred horsemen at his back, and bowmen and slingers twice as many, as nimble fellows as a man might hope to see. He approached the Hellenes as if he were friendly; but when they had got fairly to close quarters, all of a sudden some of them, whether mounted or on foot, began shooting with their bows and arrows, and another set with slings, wounding the men. The rearguard of the Hellenes suffered for a while severely without being able to retaliate, for the Cretans had a shorter range than the Persians, and at the same time, being light-armed troops, they lay cooped up within the ranks of the heavy infantry, while the javelin men again did not shoot far enough to reach the enemy's slingers. This being so, Xenophon thought there was nothing for it but to charge, and charge they did; some of the heavy and light infantry, who were guarding the rear, with him; but for all their charging they did not catch a single man.
After this, they had breakfast and crossed the Zapatas River, marching in an organized line, with the animals and the army's crowd in the middle. They hadn't traveled far when Mithridates showed up again, accompanied by a couple hundred horsemen and double the number of archers and slingers, as agile as one could hope for. He approached the Hellenes as if he were being friendly; but once they were close, suddenly some of them, whether on horseback or foot, started shooting their bows and arrows, while others used slings, injuring the men. The Hellenes' rearguard took significant hits without being able to fight back, since the Cretans had a shorter range than the Persians, and being lightly armed, they were stuck among the ranks of the heavy infantry. Additionally, the javelin throwers didn't have the range to reach the enemy's slingers. Given this situation, Xenophon decided they needed to charge, and so they did; some of the heavy and light infantry guarding the rear went with him, but despite their charge, they didn't capture a single enemy.
The dearth of cavalry told against the Hellenes; nor were their infantry able to overhaul the enemy's infantry, with the long start they had, and considering the shortness of the race, for it was out of the question to pursue them far from the main body of the army. On the other hand, the Asiatic cavalry, even while fleeing, poured volleys of arrows behind their backs, and wounded the pursuers; while the Hellenes must fall back fighting every step of the way they had measured in the pursuit; so that by the end of that day they had not gone much more than three miles; but in the late afternoon they reached the villages.
The lack of cavalry was a disadvantage for the Hellenes; their infantry couldn't catch up with the enemy's infantry given the head start they had and the short distance they could cover without straying too far from the main army. Meanwhile, the Asiatic cavalry, even while retreating, shot volleys of arrows behind them, injuring those who chased after them. The Hellenes had to fight for every step they took in pursuit, so by the end of the day, they had barely covered three miles. However, by late afternoon, they reached the villages.
Here there was a return of the old despondency. Cheirisophus and the eldest of the generals blamed Xenophon for leaving the main body to give chase and endangering himself thereby, while he could not damage the enemy one whit the more. Xenophon admitted that they were right in blaming him: no better proof of that was wanted than the result. "The fact is," he added, "I was driven to pursue; it was too trying to look on and see our men suffer so badly, and be unable to retaliate. However, when we did charge, there is no denying the truth of what you say; we were not a whit more able to injure the enemy, while we had considerable difficulty in beating a retreat ourselves. Thank heaven they did not come upon us in any great force, but were only a handful of men; so that the injury they did us was not large, as it might have been; and at least it has served to show us what we need. At present the enemy shoot and sling beyond our range, so that our Cretan archers are no match for them; our hand-throwers cannot reach as far; and when we pursue, it is not possible to push the pursuit to any great distance from the main body, and within the short distance no foot-soldier, however fleet of foot, could overtake another foot-soldier who has a bow-shot the start of him. If, then, we are to exclude them from all possibility of injuring us as we march, we must get slingers as soon as possible and cavalry. I am told there are in the army some Rhodians, most of whom, they say, know how to sling, and their missile will reach even twice as far as the Persian slings (which, on account of their being loaded with stones as big as one's fist, have a comparatively short range; but the Rhodians are skilled in the use of leaden bullets (2)). Suppose, then, we investigate and find out first of all who among them possess slings, and for these slings offer the owner the money value; and to another, who will plait some more, hand over the money price; and for a third, who will volunteer to be enrolled as a slinger, invent some other sort of privilege, I think we shall soon find people to come forward capable of helping us. There are horses in the army I know; some few with myself, others belonging to Clearchus's stud, and a good many others captured from the enemy, used for carrying baggage. Let us take the pick of these, supplying their places by ordinary baggage animals, and equipping the horses for cavalry. I should not wonder if our troopers gave some annoyance to these fugitives."
Here, the old sense of hopelessness returned. Cheirisophus and the oldest general criticized Xenophon for leaving the main group to chase after the enemy, putting himself at risk without being able to harm the enemy any more. Xenophon acknowledged that they were right to blame him; the best proof was the outcome. "The truth is," he said, "I felt compelled to chase them; it was too hard to just watch our men suffering so much and not be able to fight back. However, when we did charge, there’s no denying your point; we didn’t manage to hurt the enemy any more, and we faced quite a struggle to retreat ourselves. Thankfully, they didn’t attack us in large numbers, but only with a small group; so the damage they caused wasn’t as severe as it could have been, and at least it showed us what we need. Right now, the enemy shoots and slings far beyond our range, so our Cretan archers can’t compete; our hand-throwers can’t throw that far either. And when we pursue, we can’t go very far from the main group, and over a short distance, no foot-soldier, no matter how fast, could catch another foot-soldier who has a head start with a bow shot. If we want to keep them from hurting us while we march, we need to get slingers and cavalry as soon as possible. I’ve heard there are some Rhodians in the army, most of whom know how to sling, and their projectiles can reach twice as far as the Persian slings (which, because they’re loaded with stones as big as your fist, have a relatively short range; the Rhodians are skilled with lead bullets). So, let’s first find out who among them has slings and offer them the money value for these slings; for others who will make more, we can pay them as well; and for those who volunteer to be slingers, we can come up with another kind of incentive. I think we’ll quickly find people willing to help us. I know there are horses in the army; some belong to me, others to Clearchus's stable, and quite a few were captured from the enemy and used for carrying supplies. Let’s select the best of these, replacing them with regular pack animals, and equip the horses for cavalry. I wouldn’t be surprised if our cavalry caused some trouble for these fleeing enemies."
(2) These words sound to me like an author's note, parenthetically, and perhaps inadvertently, inserted into the text. It is an "aside" to the reader, which in a modern book would appear as a footnote.
(2) These words come across to me like an author's note, casually, and maybe unintentionally, added into the text. It’s an "aside" to the reader, which in a modern book would show up as a footnote.
These proposals were carried, and that night two hundred slingers were enrolled, and next day as many as fifty horse and horsemen passed muster as duly qualified; buff jackets and cuirasses were provided for them, and a commandant of cavalry appointed to command—Lycius, the son of Polystratus, by name, an Athenian.
These proposals were accepted, and that night two hundred slingers were signed up, and the next day about fifty cavalry and horsemen were approved as qualified; they were given buff jackets and armor, and a cavalry commander was appointed—Lycius, the son of Polystratus, an Athenian.
IV
That day they remained inactive, but the next they rose earlier than usual, and set out betimes, for they had a ravine to cross, where they feared the enemy might attack them in the act of crossing. When they were across, Mithridates appeared again with one thousand horse, and archers and slingers to the number of four thousand. This whole body he had got by request from Tissaphernes, and in return he undertook to deliver up the Hellenes to Tissaphernes. He had grown contemptuous since his late attack, when, with so small a detachment, he had done, as he thought, a good deal of mischief, without the slightest loss to himself.
That day they stayed put, but the next, they got up earlier than usual and set out early because they had to cross a ravine where they worried the enemy might attack them during the crossing. Once they made it across, Mithridates showed up again with a thousand cavalry and four thousand archers and slingers. He had gathered this entire force at Tissaphernes' request and, in return, he promised to hand over the Greeks to Tissaphernes. He had become arrogant since his recent attack when, with such a small group, he believed he had caused significant damage without suffering any losses himself.
When the Hellenes were not only right across, but had got about a mile from the ravine, Mithridates also crossed with his forces. An order had been passed down the lines, what light infantry and what heavy infantry were to take part in the pursuit; and the cavalry were instructed to follow up the pursuit with confidence, as a considerable support was in their rear. So, when Mithridates had come up with them, and they were well within arrow and sling shot, the bugle sounded the signal to the Hellenes; and immediately the detachment under orders rushed to close quarters, and the cavalry charged. There the enemy preferred not to wait, but fled towards the ravine. In this pursuit the Asiatics lost several of their infantry killed, and of their cavalry as many as eighteen were taken prisoners in the ravine. As to those who were slain the Hellenes, acting upon impulse, mutilated their bodies, by way of impressing their enemy with as frightful an image as possible.
When the Greeks were not only a direct distance away but had also moved about a mile from the ravine, Mithridates crossed over with his troops. An order had been relayed down the lines about which light and heavy infantry were to participate in the chase, and the cavalry were told to follow the pursuit confidently, as they had significant support behind them. Once Mithridates caught up with them, and they were within range of arrows and slings, the bugle sounded the signal for the Greeks; immediately, the troops under orders charged forward, and the cavalry charged in. The enemy chose not to wait and fled toward the ravine. In this chase, the Asiatics lost several infantrymen killed, and as many as eighteen of their cavalry were captured in the ravine. As for the slain, the Greeks, acting on impulse, mutilated their bodies to create the most terrifying image possible for their enemy.
So fared the foe and so fell back; but the Hellenes, continuing their march in safety for the rest of that day, reached the river Tigris. Here they came upon a large deserted city, the name of which was Larissa (1): a place inhabited by the Medes in days of old; the breadth of its walls was twenty-five feet, and the height of them a hundred, and the circuit of the whole two parasangs. It was built of clay-bricks, supported on a stone basis twenty feet high. This city the king of the Persians (2) besieged, what time the Persians strove to snatch their empire from the Medes, but he could in no wise take it; then a cloud hid the face of the sun and blotted out the light thereof, until the inhabitants were gone out of the city, and so it was taken. By the side of this city there was a stone pyramid in breadth a hundred feet, and in height two hundred feet; in it were many of the barbarians who had fled for refuge from the neighbouring villages.
So went the enemy, and so they retreated; but the Greeks continued their safe journey for the rest of that day and reached the Tigris River. There, they discovered a large abandoned city called Larissa (1), which had been home to the Medes in ancient times. Its walls were twenty-five feet wide and a hundred feet high, with a total circumference of two parasangs. It was built with clay bricks and was supported on a stone base that rose twenty feet high. The king of the Persians (2) had besieged this city when the Persians attempted to take their empire from the Medes, but he was unable to capture it. Then, a cloud obscured the sun, blocking its light until the inhabitants exited the city, and only then was it taken. Next to this city stood a stone pyramid that was a hundred feet wide and two hundred feet tall; many of the fleeing barbarians from nearby villages had sought refuge there.
(1) Larissa, on the side of the modern Nimrud (the south-west corner, as is commonly supposed, of Nineveh). The name is said to mean "citadel," and is given to various Greek cities (of which several occur in Xenophon). (2) I.e. Cyrus the Great.
(1) Larissa, located in the area of modern Nimrud (the southwest corner, as is generally believed, of Nineveh). The name is thought to mean "citadel" and is used for several Greek cities (many of which appear in Xenophon). (2) That is, Cyrus the Great.
From this place they marched one stage of six parasangs to a great deserted fortress (which lay over against the city), and the name of that city was Mespila (3). The Medes once dwelt in it. The basement was made of polished stone full of shells; fifty feet was the breadth of it, and fifty feet the height; and on this basement was reared a wall of brick, the breadth whereof was fifty feet and the height thereof four hundred; and the circuit of the wall was six parasangs. Hither, as the story goes, Medea (4), the king's wife, betook herself in flight what time the Medes lost their empire at the hands of the Persians. To this city also the king of the Pesians laid siege, but could not take it either by length of days or strength of hand. But Zeus sent amazement on the inhabitants thereof, and so it was taken.
From this place, they marched one stage of six parasangs to a large abandoned fortress (which stood opposite the city), and the name of that city was Mespila (3). The Medes once lived there. The base was made of polished stone filled with shells; it was fifty feet wide and fifty feet high; on this base, a brick wall was built, which was fifty feet thick and four hundred feet high; the wall encircled six parasangs. According to the story, Medea (4), the king's wife, fled here when the Medes lost their empire to the Persians. The king of the Persians also besieged this city but couldn’t capture it, neither by the passage of time nor by force. But Zeus sent confusion upon the inhabitants, and that’s how it was taken.
(3) Opposite Mosul, the north-west portion of the ancient Nineveh, about eighteen miles above Larissa. The circuit of Nineveh is said to have been about fifty-six miles. It was overthrown by Cyrus in B.C. 558. (4) The wife of Astyages, the last king of Media. Some think "the wall of Media" should be "Medea's wall," constructed in the period of Queen Nitocris, B.C. 560.
(3) Across from Mosul, in the north-west area of the ancient Nineveh, about eighteen miles above Larissa. The circumference of Nineveh is estimated to have been around fifty-six miles. It was destroyed by Cyrus in 558 B.C. (4) The wife of Astyages, the final king of Media. Some argue that "the wall of Media" should actually be "Medea's wall," built during the time of Queen Nitocris, around 560 B.C.
From this place they marched one stage—four parasangs. But, while still on this stage, Tissaphernes made his appearance. He had with him his own cavalry and a force belonging to Orontas, who had the king's daughter to wife; and there were, moreover, with them the Asiatics whom Cyrus had taken with him on his march up; together with those whom the king's brother had brought as a reinforcement to the king; besides those whom Tissaphernes himself had received as a gift from the king, so that the armament appeared to be very great. When they were close, he halted some of his regiments at the rear and wheeled others into position on either flank, but hesitated to attack, having no mind apparently to run any risks, and contenting himself with an order to his slingers to sling and his archers to shoot. But when the Rhodian slingers and the bowmen (5), posted at intervals, retaliated, and every shot told (for with the utmost pains to miss it would have been hard to do so under the circumstanecs), then Tissaphernes with all speed retired out of range, the other regiments following suit; and for the rest of the day the one party advanced and the other followed. But now the Asiatics had ceased to be dangerous with their sharpshooting. For the Rhodians could reach further than the Persian slingers, or, indeed, than most of the bowmen. The Persian bows are of great size, so that the Cretans found the arrows which were picked up serviceable, and persevered in using their enemies' arrows, and practised shooting with them, letting them fly upwards to a great height (6). There were also plenty of bowstrings found in the villages—and lead, which they turned to account for their slings. As a result of this day, then, the Hellenes chancing upon some villages had no sooner encamped than the barbarians fell back, having had distinctly the worst of it in the skirmishing.
From this place, they marched one stage—about four parasangs. But, while still on this stage, Tissaphernes showed up. He brought his own cavalry and troops from Orontas, who was married to the king's daughter. Additionally, there were the Asiatics whom Cyrus had taken with him on his march, along with those whom the king's brother had brought as reinforcements, and those whom Tissaphernes had received from the king as gifts, making the force seem very large. When they got closer, he halted some of his troops at the back and positioned others on either side, but he hesitated to attack, seemingly unwilling to take any risks. Instead, he just ordered his slingers to sling and his archers to shoot. But when the Rhodian slingers and archers retaliated from various positions, and every shot was effective (given how careful someone would have to be to miss under the circumstances), Tissaphernes quickly pulled back out of range, followed by the other troops. For the rest of the day, one group advanced while the other followed. However, the Asiatics were no longer a threat with their sharpshooting. The Rhodians could shoot further than the Persian slingers and most of the bowmen. The Persian bows are large, so the Cretans found the arrows they picked up useful and continued using their enemies' arrows, practicing by launching them high into the air. There were also plenty of bowstrings found in the villages, and lead that they used for their slings. As a result of that day, when the Hellenes came across some villages and set up camp, the barbarians retreated, having clearly lost in the skirmishing.
(5) The best MSS read {Skuthai}, Scythians; if this is correct, it is only the technical name for "archers." Cf. Arrian, "Tact." ii. 13. The police at Athens were technically so called, as being composed of Scythian slaves. Cf. Aristoph. "Thesm." 1017. (6) I.e., in practising, in order to get the maximum range they let fly the arrows, not horizontally, but up into the air. Sir W. Raleigh (Hist. of the World, III. x. 8) says that Xenophon "trained his archers to short compass, who had been accustomed to the point blank," but this is surely not Xenophon's meaning.
(5) The best manuscripts refer to {Skuthai}, Scythians; if this is accurate, it’s just a technical term for "archers." See Arrian, "Tact." ii. 13. The police in Athens were officially called this because they were made up of Scythian slaves. See Aristoph. "Thesm." 1017. (6) That is, in practice, to achieve the greatest range, they released the arrows not horizontally but into the air. Sir W. Raleigh (Hist. of the World, III. x. 8) notes that Xenophon "trained his archers to short ranges, who had been used to shooting at point-blank range," but this likely isn’t what Xenophon meant.
The next day was a day of inaction: they halted and took in supplies, as there was much corn in the villages; but on the day following, the march was continued through the plain (of the Tigris), and Tissaphernes still hung on their skirts with his skirmishers. And now it was that the Hellenes discovered the defect of marching in a square with an enemy following. As a matter of necessity, whenever the wings of an army so disposed draw together, either where a road narrows, or hills close in, or a bridge has to be crossed, the heavy infantry cannot help being squeezed out of their ranks, and march with difficulty, partly from actual pressure, and partly from the general confusion that ensues. Or, supposing the wings are again extended, the troops have hardly recovered from their former distress before they are pulled asunder, and there is a wide space between the wings, and the men concerned lose confidence in themselves, especially with an enemy close behind. What happened, when a bridge had to be crossed or other passage effected, was, that each unit of the force pressed on in anxiety to get over first, and at these moments it was easy for the enemy to make an attack. The generals accordingly, having recognised the defect, set about curing it. To do so, they made six lochi, or divisions of a hundred men apiece, each of which had its own set of captains and under-officers in command of half and quarter companies. It was the duty of these new companies, during a march, whenever the flanks needed to close in, to fall back to the rear, so as to disencumber the wings. This they did by wheeling clear of them. When the sides of the oblong again extended, they filled up the interstices, if the gap were narrow, by columns of companies, if broader, by columns of half-companies, or, if broader still, by columns of quarter-companies, so that the space between was always filled up. If again it were necessary to effect a passage by bridge or otherwise, there was no confusion, the several companies crossing in turns; or, if the occasion arose to form in line of battle, these companies came up to the front and fell in (7).
The next day was a day of inactivity: they stopped and gathered supplies since there was a lot of corn in the villages. But the day after that, they continued their march through the plain by the Tigris, while Tissaphernes and his skirmishers still followed closely behind them. It was then that the Greeks realized the problem with marching in a square while being pursued by an enemy. Whenever the flanks of such an army came together—whether at a narrow road, when hills closed in, or while crossing a bridge—the heavy infantry would unavoidably get pushed out of their ranks, making it hard for them to march, due to the pressure and the chaos that followed. Even if the flanks widened again, the troops hardly had the chance to recover from their earlier struggles before they were spread apart, creating a large gap between them, which made the soldiers lose confidence, especially with the enemy right behind them. When it came time to cross a bridge or pass through a tight spot, each unit rushed forward anxiously to get across first, making it an easy moment for the enemy to launch an attack. The generals, recognizing this issue, set out to fix it. They created six lochi, or divisions of a hundred men each, each with its own captains and subordinate officers in charge of half and quarter companies. The job of these new companies during a march was to fall back when the flanks needed to close in, so as to lighten the load on the wings. They did this by moving clear of them. When the sides of the formation extended again, they filled in the gaps, with columns of companies if the gap was narrow, or columns of half-companies if broader, and columns of quarter-companies if even wider, ensuring that the space between was always filled. If they needed to cross a bridge or pass through another obstacle, there was no confusion, as the different companies crossed in turns; or, if they had to form a line of battle, these companies would move to the front and form up.
(7) In the passage above I have translated {lokhoi} companies, and, as usual, {lokhagoi} captains. The half company is technically called a pentecostys, and a quarter company an enomoty, and the officers in charge of them respectively penteconter and enomotarch. These would be equivalent nearly to our subalterns and sergeants, and in the evolutions described would act as guides and markers in charge of their sections. Grote thinks there were six companies formed on each flank—twelve in all. See "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 123, note (1st ed.)
(7) In the passage above, I have translated {lokhoi} as companies, and, as usual, {lokhagoi} as captains. The half company is technically called a pentecostys, and a quarter company an enomoty, with the officers in charge of them referred to as penteconter and enomotarch, respectively. These roles would be roughly equivalent to our subalterns and sergeants, and in the maneuvers described, they would act as guides and markers for their sections. Grote believes there were six companies formed on each flank—twelve in total. See "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 123, note (1st ed.)
In this way they advanced four stages, but ere the fifth was completed, they came in sight of a palace of some sort, with villages clustered round it; they could further see that the road leading to this place pursued its course over high undulating hillocks, the spur of the mountain range, under which lay the village. These knolls were a welcome sight to the Hellenes, naturally enough, as the enemy were cavalry. However, when they had issued from the plain and ascended the first crest, and were in the act of descending it so as to mount the next, at this juncture the barbarians came upon them. From the high ground down the sheer steep they poured a volley of darts, slingstones, and arrows, which they discharged "under the lash (8)," wounding many, until they got the better of the Hellenic light troops, and drove them for shelter behind the heavy infantry, so that this day that arm was altogether useless, huddling in the mob of sutlers, both slingers and archers alike.
They advanced four stages, but before they could finish the fifth, they spotted a palace of some kind with villages surrounding it. They could also see that the road leading to this place wound over high, rolling hills, the edge of the mountain range beneath which lay the village. These hills were a welcome sight for the Greeks, as the enemy were cavalry. However, when they emerged from the plain and climbed the first rise, preparing to descend it to reach the next, the barbarians attacked. From the high ground, they unleashed a barrage of darts, slingstones, and arrows, which they fired "under the lash," injuring many until they overwhelmed the Greek light troops, forcing them to take cover behind the heavy infantry. As a result, that branch of their forces was completely ineffective that day, crowding together with the sutlers, both slingers and archers alike.
(8) I.e. the Persian leaders were seen flogging their men to the attack. Cf. Herod. vii. 22. 3.
(8) In other words, the Persian leaders were seen whipping their soldiers to charge into battle. See Herod. vii. 22. 3.
But when the Hellenes, being so pressed, made an attempt to pursue, they could barely scale to the summit, being heavy-armed troops, while the enemy as lightly sprung away; and they suffered similarly in retiring to join the rest of the army. And then, on the second hill, the whole had to be gone through again; so that when it came to the third hillock, they determined not to move the main body of troops from their position until they had brought up a squadron of light infantry from the right flank of the square to a point on the mountain range. When this detachment were once posted above their pursuers, the latter desisted from attacking the main body in its descent, for fear of being cut off and finding themselves between two assailants. Thus the rest of the day they moved on in two divisions: one set keeping to the road by the hillocks, the other marching parallel on the higher level along the mountains; and thus they reached the villages and appointed eight surgeons to attend to the many wounded.
But when the Greeks, feeling pressured, tried to chase after them, they could barely reach the top since they were heavily armed, while the enemy quickly moved away. They faced similar difficulties when trying to regroup with the rest of the army. Then, at the second hill, they had to go through it all again; so by the time they got to the third hill, they decided not to move the main force from their position until they had brought up a squadron of light infantry from the right side of the formation to a spot on the mountain range. Once this unit was stationed above their pursuers, the latter stopped attacking the main body during its descent, fearing they would be trapped between two attackers. So for the rest of the day, they moved in two divisions: one group stayed on the road by the hills, while the other marched parallel on the higher ground along the mountains; and thus they reached the villages and appointed eight surgeons to care for the many wounded.
Here they halted three days for the sake of the wounded chiefly, while a further inducement was the plentiful supply of provisions which they found, wheat and wine, and large stores of barley laid up for horses. These supplies had been collected by the ruling satrap of the country. On the fourth day they began their descent into the plain; but when Tissaphernes overtook them, necessity taught them to camp in the first village they caught sight of, and give over the attempt of marching and fighting simultaneously, as so many were hors de combat, being either on the list of wounded themselves, or else engaged in carrying the wounded, or laden with the heavy arms of those so occupied. But when they were once encamped, and the barbarians, advancing upon the village, made an attempt to harass them with their sharp-shooters, the superiority of the Hellenes was pronounced. To sustain a running fight with an enemy constantly attacking was one thing; to keep him at arm's length from a fixed base of action another: and the difference was much in their favour.
They stopped for three days mainly for the wounded, but another reason was the abundant supply of food they found, including wheat, wine, and large amounts of barley stored for horses. These supplies had been gathered by the local governor. On the fourth day, they started their descent into the plain; however, when Tissaphernes caught up with them, they had no choice but to camp in the first village they encountered, giving up the idea of marching and fighting at the same time, as many were out of action—either injured themselves or involved in carrying the wounded, or weighed down with the heavy gear of those who were. But once they were settled in, and the enemy approached the village trying to harass them with their sharpshooters, the superiority of the Greeks became clear. Engaging in a running battle with an enemy that constantly attacked was one thing; holding them at bay from a fixed position was another, and the latter gave them a significant advantage.
But when it was late afternoon, the time had come for the enemy to withdraw, since the habit of the barbarian was never to encamp within seven or eight miles of the Hellenic camp. This he did in apprehension of a night attack, for a Persian army is good for nothing at night. Their horses are haltered, and, as a rule, hobbled as well, to prevent their escaping, as they might if loose; so that, if any alarm occurs, the trooper has to saddle and bridle his horse, and then he must put on his own cuirass, and then mount—all which performances are difficult at night and in the midst of confusion. For this reason they always encamped at a distance from the Hellenes.
But when it was late afternoon, it was time for the enemy to retreat, as the custom of the barbarians was never to camp within seven or eight miles of the Greek camp. They did this out of fear of a night attack, since a Persian army is ineffective at night. Their horses are tied up and usually hobbled as well to prevent them from escaping, which they could do if left loose. So, if there is any alarm, the soldier has to saddle and bridle his horse first, then put on his armor, and finally mount—all of which are challenging to do at night and amid chaos. For this reason, they always set up camp far from the Greeks.
When the Hellenes perceived that they were preparing to retire, and that the order was being given, the herald's cry, "Pack up for starting," might be heard before the enemy was fairly out of earshot. For a while the Asiatics paused, as if unwilling to be gone; but as night closed in, off they went, for it did not suit their notions of expediency to set off on a march and arrive by night. And now, when the Hellenes saw that they were really and clearly gone, they too broke up their camp and pursued their march till they had traversed seven and a half miles. Thus the distance between the two armies grew to be so great, that the next day the enemy did not appear at all, nor yet on the third day; but on the fourth the barbarians had pushed on by a forced night march and occupied a commanding position on the right, where the Hellenes had to pass. It was a narrow mountain spur (9) overhanging the descent into the plain.
When the Greeks realized that they were getting ready to leave and that the orders were being given, they could hear the herald shouting, "Pack up for starting," even before the enemy was completely out of earshot. For a moment, the Asiatics hesitated, as if reluctant to leave; but as night fell, they moved on, since it wasn't practical for them to start a march and arrive at night. Now, when the Greeks saw that the enemy was truly gone, they packed up their camp and continued their march, covering seven and a half miles. This created a significant distance between the two armies, so that the next day, the enemy didn't show up at all, nor did they on the third day. However, on the fourth day, the barbarians had pushed ahead with a forced night march and had taken a high position on the right, where the Greeks had to pass. It was a narrow mountain ridge overhanging the descent into the plain.
(9) Lit. "a mere nail tip."
(9) Lit. "just a tiny bit."
But when Cheirisophus saw that this ridge was occupied, he summoned Xenophon from the rear, bidding him at the same time to bring up peltasts to the front. That Xenophon hesitated to do, for Tissaphernes and his whole army were coming up and were well within sight. Galloping up to the front himself, he asked: "Why do you summon me?" The other answered him: "The reason is plain; look yonder; this crest which overhangs our descent has been occupied. There is no passing, until we have dislodged these fellows; why have you not brought up the light infantry?" Xenophon explained: he had not thought it desirable to leave the rear unprotected, with an enemy appearing in the field of view. "However, it is time," he added, "to decide how we are to dislodge these fellows from the crest." At this moment his eye fell on the peak of the mountain, rising immediately above their army, and he could see an approach leading from it to the crest in question where the enemy lay. He exclaimed: "The best thing we can do, Cheirisophus, is to make a dash at the height itself, and with what speed we may. If we take it, the party in command of the road will never be able to stop. If you like, stay in command of the army, and I will go; or, if you prefer, do you go to the mountain, and I will stay here."—"I leave it to you," Cheirisophus answered, "to choose which you like best." Xenophon remarking, "I am the younger," elected to go; but he stipulated for a detachment from the front to accompany him, since it was a long way to fetch up troops from the rear. Accordingly Cheirisophus furnished him with the light infantry from the front, reoccupying their place by those from the centre. He also gave him, to form part of the detachment, the three hundred of the picked corps (10) under his own command at the head of the square.
But when Cheirisophus saw that this ridge was occupied, he called for Xenophon from the rear, asking him to bring up the peltasts to the front. Xenophon hesitated to do so because Tissaphernes and his entire army were approaching and clearly visible. He rode up to the front himself and asked, "Why do you need me?" The other responded, "The reason is obvious; look over there; this crest that overlooks our path has been taken. We can't pass until we push them out; why haven’t you brought up the light infantry?" Xenophon explained that he didn't think it was wise to leave the rear unguarded with the enemy in sight. "However, it’s time," he added, "to figure out how we're going to dislodge those guys from the crest." At that moment, he spotted the peak of the mountain rising right above their army, with a path leading from it to the crest where the enemy was positioned. He exclaimed, "The best thing we can do, Cheirisophus, is to make a dash for the height itself, as fast as possible. If we take it, the group in charge of the road will never be able to stop us. If you want, you can stay in command of the army, and I’ll go; or, if you prefer, you can head to the mountain, and I’ll stay here." "I’ll leave it to you," Cheirisophus answered, "to choose what you prefer." Xenophon noted, "I'm the younger," and decided to go; but he insisted on having a detachment from the front to accompany him, since it was too far to bring troops up from the rear. So, Cheirisophus provided him with the light infantry from the front, which he replaced with troops from the center. He also included the three hundred picked soldiers under his direct command at the front of the group.
(10) Some think that these three hundred are three of the detached companies described above; others, that they were a picked corps in attendance on the commander-in-chief.
(10) Some believe that these three hundred are three of the separate units mentioned earlier; others think that they were an elite group assigned to the commander-in-chief.
They set out from the low ground with all the haste imaginable. But the enemy in position on the crest no sooner perceived their advance upon the summit of the pass than they themselves set off full tilt in a rival race for the summit too. Hoarse were the shouts of the Hellenic troops as the men cheered their companions forwards, and hoarse the answering shouts from the troops of Tissaphernes, urging on theirs. Xenophon, mounted on his charger, rode beside his men, and roused their ardour the while. "Now for it, brave sirs; bethink you that this race is for Hellas!—now or never!—to find your boys, your wives; one small effort, and the rest of the march we shall pursue in peace, without ever a blow to strike; now for it." But Soteridas the Sicyonian said: "We are not on equal terms, Xenophon; you are mounted on a horse; I can hardly get along with my shield to carry;" and he, on hearing the reproach, leapt from his horse. In another instant he had pushed Soteridas from the ranks, snatched from him his shield, and begun marching as quickly as he might under the circumstances, having his horseman's cuirass to carry as well, so that he was sore pressed; but he continued to cheer on the troops: exhorting those in front to lead on and the men toiling behind to follow up (11). Soteridas was not spared by the rest of the men. They gave him blows, they pelted him, they showered him with abuse, till they compelled him to take back his shield and march on; and the other, remounting, led them on horseback as long as the footing held; but when the ground became too steep, he left his horse and pressed forward on foot, and so they found themselves on the summit before the enemy.
They set out from the low ground as fast as they could. But as soon as the enemy at the top noticed their advance up the pass, they took off running as well, eager to reach the summit first. The shouts of the Greek soldiers were loud as they cheered each other on, and the soldiers of Tissaphernes responded with equal encouragement. Xenophon, riding on his horse, urged his men on, saying, "Come on, brave guys; remember, this race is for Greece!—now or never!—to see your children, your wives; just one more push, and the rest of the march will be peaceful, without having to fight; let’s go!" But Soteridas from Sicyon replied, "We’re not on the same level, Xenophon; you’re on a horse and I can barely move with this shield," and upon hearing this, he jumped off his horse. In no time, Xenophon pushed Soteridas aside, took his shield, and began marching as quickly as he could, also carrying the armor of a horseman, which made things tough for him; still, he kept encouraging the troops, urging those in front to lead and those behind to keep up (11). Soteridas was not let off easy by the other men. They hit him, threw things at him, and showered him with insults until they forced him to take his shield back and keep moving; and Xenophon, getting back on his horse, led them forward as long as the ground was manageable; but when it got too steep, he dismounted and pressed on foot, and they eventually reached the summit before the enemy.
(11) Some MSS. "and the men behind to pass him by, as he could but ill keep up the pace."
(11) Some manuscripts say "and the men behind to pass him by, as he could hardly keep up the pace."
V
There and then the barbarians turned and fled as best they might, and the Hellenes held the summit, while the troops with Tissaphernes and Ariaeus turned aside and disappeared by another road. The main body with Cheirisophus made its way down into the plain and encamped in a village filled with good things of divers sorts. Nor did this village stand alone; there were others not a few in this plain of the Tigris equally overflowing with plenty. It was now afternoon; and all of a sudden the enemy came in sight on the plain, and succeeded in cutting down some of the Hellenes belonging to parties who were scattered over the flat land in quest of spoil. Indeed, many herds of cattle had been caught whilst being conveyed across to the other side of the river. And now Tissaphernes and his troops made an attempt to burn the villages, and some of the Hellenes were disposed to take the matter deeply to heart, being apprehensive that they might not know where to get provisions if the enemy burnt the villages.
Right then, the barbarians turned and fled as best they could, and the Greeks held the high ground, while the troops with Tissaphernes and Ariaeus took a different route and vanished. The main group with Cheirisophus made their way down into the plain and set up camp in a village filled with all sorts of good things. This village wasn't alone; there were several others in this Tigris plain just as abundant. It was now afternoon, and suddenly the enemy appeared in the plain and managed to cut down some of the Greeks who were scattered across the flat land looking for loot. In fact, many herds of cattle had been captured while being moved across to the other side of the river. Now Tissaphernes and his troops tried to burn the villages, and some of the Greeks were really worried about it, fearing they might not know where to find food if the enemy destroyed the villages.
Cheirisophus and his men were returning from their sally of defence when Xenophon and his party descended, and the latter rode along the ranks as the rescuing party came up, and greeted them thus: "Do you not see, men of Hellas, they admit that the country is now ours; what they stipulated against our doing when they made the treaty, viz. that we were not to fire the king's country, they are now themselves doing—setting fire to it as if it were not their own. But we will be even with them; if they leave provisions for themselves anywhere, there also shall they see us marching;" and, turning to Cheirisophus, he added: "But it strikes me, we should sally forth against these incendiaries and protect our country." Cheirisophus retorted: "That is not quite my view; I say, let us do a little burning ourselves, and they will cease all the quicker."
Cheirisophus and his men were coming back from their defensive mission when Xenophon and his group arrived. As they rode along the lines, the rescuing party reached them, and Xenophon said, "Do you see this, men of Hellas? They’re acknowledging that the land is now ours. What they said we couldn’t do when they made the treaty—namely, that we shouldn’t burn the king's land—they’re now doing themselves, setting it on fire as if it’s not their own. But we’ll get back at them; if they leave any supplies behind, they’ll see us moving in." Then, turning to Cheirisophus, he added, "But it seems to me we should take action against these arsonists and defend our land." Cheirisophus responded, "I don’t fully agree; I say we should do a bit of burning ourselves, and they'll stop much sooner."
When they had got back to the villages, while the rest were busy about provisions, the generals and officers met: and here there was deep despondency. For on the one side were exceedingly high mountains; on the other a river of such depth that they failed to reach the bottom with their spears. In the midst of their perplexities, a Rhodian came up with a proposal, as follows: "I am ready, sirs to carry you across, four thousand heavy infantry at a time; if you will furnish me with what I need and give me a talent into the bargain for my pains." When asked, "What shall you need?" he replied: "Two thousand wine-skins. I see there are plenty of sheep and goats and asses. They have only to be flayed, and their skins inflated, and they will readily give us a passage. I shall want also the straps which you use for the baggage animals. With these I shall couple the skins to one another; then I shall moor each skin by attaching stones and letting them down like anchors into the water. Then I shall carry them across, and when I have fastened the links at both ends, I shall place layers of wood on them and a coating of earth on the top of that. You will see in a minute that there's no danger of your drowning, for every skin will be able to support a couple of men without sinking, and the wood and earth will prevent your slipping off."
When they returned to the villages, while the others were busy with supplies, the generals and officers gathered together and were feeling very discouraged. One side was lined with extremely high mountains, while the other side had a river so deep that they couldn’t touch the bottom with their spears. In the middle of their confusion, a Rhodian approached with a suggestion: "I'm ready to take you across, carrying four thousand heavy infantry at a time, if you provide me with what I need and give me a talent for my trouble." When they asked, "What do you need?" he replied, "Two thousand wine-skins. I see there are plenty of sheep, goats, and donkeys. We just need to skin them, inflate the skins, and they’ll easily provide us a way across. I’ll also need the straps used for the pack animals. With those, I can connect the skins together; then I’ll secure each skin by tying down stones like anchors into the water. I’ll take them across, and once I’ve fastened the ends, I’ll put layers of wood on top and cover it with earth. You'll see in a moment that there's no risk of drowning, as each skin can hold a couple of men without sinking, and the wood and earth will keep you from slipping off."
The generals thought it a pretty invention enough, but its realisation impracticable, for on the other side were masses of cavalry posted and ready to bar the passage; who, to begin with, would not suffer the first detachment of crossers to carry out any item of the programme.
The generals found it a clever idea, but executing it seemed impossible because there were large groups of cavalry on the other side, prepared to block the way. To start, they wouldn’t allow the first group trying to cross to complete any part of the plan.
Under these circumstances, the next day they turned right about face, and began retracing their steps in the direction of Babylon to the unburnt villages, having previously set fire to those they left, so that the enemy did not ride up to them, but stood and stared, all agape to see in what direction the Hellenes would betake themselves and what they were minded to do. Here, again, while the rest of the soldiers were busy about provisions, the generals and officers met in council, and after collecting the prisoners together, submitted them to a cross-examination touching the whole country round, the names, and so forth, of each district.
Under these circumstances, the next day they turned around and started back towards Babylon to the villages that hadn’t been burned, having previously set fire to the ones they left behind. This meant that the enemy did not approach them but stood there, astonished, trying to figure out where the Greeks would go next and what they planned to do. Meanwhile, while most of the soldiers focused on supplies, the generals and officers gathered for a meeting. They collected the prisoners and questioned them about the entire area, including the names and details of each district.
The prisoners informed them that the regions south, through which they had come, belonged to the district towards Babylon and Media; the road east led to Susa and Ecbatana, where the king is said to spend summer and spring; crossing the river, the road west led to Lydia and Ionia; and the part through the mountains facing towards the Great Bear, led, they said, to the Carduchians (1). They were a people, so said the prisoners, dwelling up on the hills, addicted to war, and not subject to the king; so much so that once, when a royal army one hundred and twenty thousand strong had invaded them, not a man came back, owing to the intricacies of the country. Occasionally, however, they made truce or treaty with the satrap in the plain, and, for the nonce, there would be intercourse: "they will come in and out amongst us," "and we will go in and out amongst them," said the captives.
The prisoners told them that the areas to the south, where they had traveled, were part of the region heading towards Babylon and Media. The road to the east led to Susa and Ecbatana, where the king is said to spend his summer and spring. Crossing the river, the road to the west led to Lydia and Ionia; and the path through the mountains facing the Great Bear supposedly led to the Carduchians. According to the prisoners, they were a people living in the hills, known for their warrior spirit, and not under the king's control; so much so that once, when a royal army of one hundred and twenty thousand invaded, not a single soldier returned, due to the complicated terrain. However, they would sometimes make a truce or treaty with the satrap in the plains, allowing for some interaction: "they will come and go among us," "and we will go in and out among them," the captives said.
(1) See Dr. Kiepert, "Man. Anc. Geog." (Mr. G. A. Macmillan) iv. 47. The Karduchians or Kurds belong by speech to the Iranian stock, forming in fact their farthest outpost to the west, little given to agriculture, but chiefly to the breeding of cattle. Their name, pronounced Kardu by the ancient Syrians and Assyrians, Kordu by the Armenians (plural Kordukh), first appears in its narrower sense in western literature in the pages of the eye-witness Xenophon as {Kardoukhoi}. Later writers knew of a small kingdom here at the time of the Roman occupation, ruled by native princes, who after Tigranes II (about 80 B.C.) recognised the overlordship of the Armenian king. Later it became a province of the Sassanid kingdom, and as such was in 297 A.D. handed over among the regiones transtigritanae to the Roman empire, but in 364 was again ceded to Persia.
(1) See Dr. Kiepert, "Man. Anc. Geog." (Mr. G. A. Macmillan) iv. 47. The Karduchians or Kurds belong to the Iranian language group, essentially serving as their furthest outpost to the west. They are mostly not involved in agriculture, focusing primarily on cattle breeding. Their name, pronounced Kardu by the ancient Syrians and Assyrians and Kordu by the Armenians (plural Kordukh), first appears in a more restricted sense in western literature in the writings of the eyewitness Xenophon as {Kardoukhoi}. Later authors acknowledged a small kingdom in this area during the Roman occupation, governed by local princes who, after Tigranes II (around 80 B.C.), accepted the dominance of the Armenian king. Eventually, it became a province of the Sassanid kingdom and was transferred in 297 A.D. along with the regiones transtigritanae to the Roman Empire, but in 364 it was ceded back to Persia.
After hearing these statements, the generals seated apart those who claimed to have any special knowledge of the country in any direction; they put them to sit apart without making it clear which particular route they intended to take. Finally the resolution to which they came was that they must force a passage through the hills into the territory of the Kurds; since, according to what their informants told them, when they had once passed these, they would find themselves in Armenia—the rich and large territory governed by Orontas; and from Armenia, it would be easy to proceed in any direction whatever. Thereupon they offered sacrifice, so as to be ready to start on the march as soon as the right moment appeared to have arrived. Their chief fear was that the high pass over the mountains must be occupied in advance: and a general order was issued, that after supper every one should get his kit together for starting, and repose, in readiness to follow as soon as the word of command was given.
After hearing these statements, the generals separated those who claimed to have any special knowledge of the country; they had them sit apart without revealing which particular route they planned to take. Finally, they decided that they needed to force a passage through the hills into the territory of the Kurds; according to their informants, once they passed these hills, they would find themselves in Armenia—the rich and expansive territory ruled by Orontas. From Armenia, it would be easy to head in any direction. They then offered a sacrifice to prepare for their march as soon as the right moment arrived. Their main concern was that the high pass over the mountains might be occupied first, so a general order was given that after dinner everyone should pack their gear for departure and rest, ready to set off as soon as they received the command.
BOOK IV
(In the preceding portion of the narrative a full account is given of the incidents of the march up to the battle, and of the occurrences after the battle during the truce which was established between the king and the Hellenes, who marched up with Cyrus, and thirdly, of the fighting to which the Hellenes were exposed, after the king and Tissaphernes had broken the treaty, while a Persian army hung on their rear. Having finally reached a point at which the Tigris was absolutely impassable owing to its depth and breadth, while there was no passage along the bank itself, and the Carduchian hills hung sheer over the river, the generals took the resolution above mentioned of forcing a passage through the mountains. The information derived from the prisoners taken along the way led them to believe that once across the Carduchian mountains they would have the choice either of crossing the Tigris—if they liked to do so—at its sources in Armenia, or of going round them, if so they preferred. Report further said that the sources of the Euphrates also were not far from those of the Tigris, and this is actually the case. The advance into the country of the Carduchians was conducted with a view partly to secrecy, and partly to speed, so as to effect their entry before the enemy could occupy the passes.)
(In the previous part of the story, a complete account is provided of the events during the march leading up to the battle, as well as what happened after the battle during the truce established between the king and the Greeks who marched with Cyrus. It also covers the fighting the Greeks faced after the king and Tissaphernes broke the treaty, while a Persian army was pursuing them. They eventually reached a point where the Tigris was impossible to cross due to its depth and width, and there was no way to navigate along the riverbank because the Carduchian hills rose steeply over the water. The generals decided to try to pass through the mountains. Information from the prisoners captured along the way led them to believe that once they crossed the Carduchian mountains, they could either cross the Tigris at its sources in Armenia if they wanted, or go around it if they preferred. Reports also indicated that the sources of the Euphrates were not far from those of the Tigris, which is actually true. Their advance into the Carduchian territory was aimed partly at maintaining secrecy and partly at moving quickly to gain entry before the enemy could take control of the passes.)
I
It was now about the last watch, and enough of the night remained to allow them to cross the valley under cover of darkness; when, at the word of command, they rose and set off on their march, reaching the mountains at daybreak. At this stage of the march Cheirisophus, at the head of his own division, with the whole of the light troops, led the van, while Xenophon followed behind with the heavy infantry of the rearguard, but without any light troops, since there seemed to be no danger of pursuit or attack from the rear, while they were making their way up hill. Cheirisophus reached the summit without any of the enemy perceiving him. Then he led on slowly, and the rest of the army followed, wave upon wave, cresting the summit and descending into the villages which nestled in the hollows and recesses of the hills.
It was around the last watch, and there was still enough night left for them to cross the valley under the cover of darkness. At the command, they stood up and began their march, arriving at the mountains at daybreak. At this point in the journey, Cheirisophus, leading his own division along with all the light troops, took the lead, while Xenophon followed behind with the heavy infantry of the rearguard but no light troops, as there seemed to be no threat of pursuit or attack from the rear while they were climbing uphill. Cheirisophus reached the summit without any of the enemy noticing him. He then moved on slowly, and the rest of the army followed in waves, crested the top, and descended into the villages that lay in the hollows and nooks of the hills.
Thereupon the Carduchians abandoned their dwelling places, and with their wives and children fled to the mountains; so there was plenty of provisions to be got for the mere trouble of taking, and the homesteads too were well supplied with a copious store of bronze vessels and utensils which the Hellenes kept their hands off, abstaining at the same time from all pursuit of the folk themselves, gently handling them, in hopes that the Carduchians might be willing to give them friendly passage through their country, since they too were enemies of the king: only they helped themselves to such provisions as fell in their way, which indeed was a sheer necessity. But the Carduchians neither gave ear, when they called to them, nor showed any other friendly sign; and now, as the last of the Hellenes descended into the villages from the pass, they were already in the dark, since, owing to the narrowness of the road, the whole day had been spent in the ascent and descent. At that instant a party of the Carduchians, who had collected, made an attack on the hindmost men, killing some and wounding others with stones and arrows—though it was quite a small body who attacked. The fact was, the approach of the Hellenic army had taken them by surprise; if, however, they had mustered in larger force at this time, the chances are that a large portion of the army would have been annihilated. As it was, they got into quarters, and bivouacked in the villages that night, while the Carduchians kept many watch-fires blazing in a circle on the mountains, and kept each other in sight all round.
Then the Carduchians left their homes and, along with their wives and children, fled to the mountains. There were plenty of supplies to be taken with little effort, and the houses were also well stocked with many bronze vessels and utensils, which the Greeks avoided, refraining from pursuing the people themselves. They treated them gently, hoping the Carduchians might allow them safe passage through their lands, since they too were enemies of the king. They only took the supplies that came their way, as it was a necessity. However, the Carduchians neither listened when called nor showed any signs of friendliness. By the time the last of the Greeks descended into the villages from the pass, it was already dark because the narrowness of the road had caused the entire day to be spent both climbing up and coming down. At that moment, a small group of Carduchians who had gathered launched an attack on the men at the back, killing some and wounding others with stones and arrows—though it was a very small group that attacked. The approach of the Greek army had caught them off guard; if they had gathered in larger numbers at that time, it's likely a significant part of the army would have been destroyed. As it was, they set up camp and spent the night in the villages while the Carduchians kept numerous watch-fires burning in a circle on the mountains, making sure they could see each other all around.
But with the dawn the generals and officers of the Hellenes met and resolved to proceed, taking only the necessary number of stout baggage animals, and leaving the weaklings behind. They resolved further to let go free all the lately-captured slaves in the host; for the pace of the march was necessarily rendered slow by the quantity of animals and prisoners, and the number of non-combatants in attendance on these was excessive, while, with such a crowd of human beings to satisfy, twice the amount of provisions had to be procured and carried. These resolutions passed, they caused a proclamation by herald to be made for their enforcement.
But at dawn, the generals and officers of the Greeks gathered and decided to move forward, taking only the necessary number of sturdy pack animals and leaving the weaker members behind. They also decided to release all the recently captured slaves in the camp; the march was too slow because of the number of animals and prisoners, and there were too many non-combatants to take care of. With so many people to feed, they would have to gather and carry twice the amount of supplies. Once these decisions were made, they ordered a proclamation by a herald to enforce them.
When they had breakfasted and the march recommenced, the generals planted themselves a little to one side in a narrow place, and when they found any of the aforesaid slaves or other property still retained, they confiscated them. The soldiers yielded obedience, except where some smuggler, prompted by desire of a good-looking boy or woman, managed to make off with his prize. During this day they contrived to get along after a fashion, now fighting and now resting. But on the next day they were visited by a great storm, in spite of which they were obliged to continue the march, owing to insufficiency of provisions. Cheirisophus was as usual leading in front, while Xenophon headed the rearguard, when the enemy began a violent and sustained attack. At one narrow place after another they came up quite close, pouring in volleys of arrows and slingstones, so that the Hellenes had no choice but to make sallies in pursuit and then again recoil, making but very little progress. Over and over again Xenophon would send an order to the front to slacken pace, when the enemy were pressing their attack severely. As a rule, when the word was so passed up, Cheirisophus slackened; but sometimes instead of slackening, Cheirisophus quickened, sending down a counter-order to the rear to follow on quickly. It was clear that there was something or other happening, but there was no time to go to the front and discover the cause of the hurry. Under the circumstances the march, at any rate in the rear, became very like a rout, and here a brave man lost his life, Cleonymus the Laconian, shot with an arrow in the ribs right through shield and corselet, as also Basias, an Arcadian, shot clean through the head.
After breakfast and once the march resumed, the generals positioned themselves slightly off to the side in a narrow spot, and whenever they found any of the previously mentioned slaves or other property still held, they seized it. The soldiers obeyed, except when some smuggler, driven by the desire for a good-looking boy or woman, managed to escape with their prize. That day, they managed to make progress in a way, alternating between fighting and resting. However, the next day they encountered a fierce storm, yet they were forced to continue marching due to a lack of supplies. Cheirisophus led the way as usual, while Xenophon was in charge of the rear guard when the enemy launched a violent and sustained attack. One narrow spot after another saw the enemy come very close, showering them with arrows and slingstones, leaving the Hellenes no choice but to occasionally charge forward in pursuit and then fall back, making little progress. Time and again, Xenophon would send orders to the front to slow down when the enemy intensified their assault. Typically, when that message was relayed, Cheirisophus would reduce his pace; but sometimes, instead of slowing down, Cheirisophus would speed up, sending a counter-order to the rear to keep pace. It was clear that something unusual was happening, but there was no time to go forward and find out the reason for the urgency. As a result, the march, at least in the rear, started to resemble a retreat, and here a brave man lost his life: Cleonymus the Laconian was struck by an arrow in the ribs, penetrating both shield and armor, as was Basias, an Arcadian, who was shot clean through the head.
As soon as they reached a halting-place, Xenophon, without more ado, came up to Cheirisophus, and took him to task for not having waited, "whereby," he said, "we were forced to fight and flee at the same moment; and now it has cost us the lives of two fine fellows; they are dead, and we were not able to pick up their bodies or bury them." Cheirisophus answered: "Look up there," pointing as he spoke to the mountain, "do you see how inaccessible it all is? only this one road, which you see, going straight up, and on it all that crowd of men who have seized and are guarding the single exit. That is why I hastened on, and why I could not wait for you, hoping to be beforehand with them yonder in seizing the pass: the guides we have got say there is no other way." And Xenophon replied: "But I have got two prisoners also; the enemy annoyed us so much that we laid an ambuscade for them, which also gave us time to recover our breaths; we killed some of them, and did our best to catch one or two alive—for this very reason—that we might have guides who knew the country, to depend upon."
As soon as they reached a stopping point, Xenophon went straight to Cheirisophus and criticized him for not waiting, saying, "Because of that, we had to fight and run at the same time; now we’ve lost two good men; they’re dead, and we couldn’t even collect their bodies or bury them." Cheirisophus replied, "Look up there," pointing to the mountain, "do you see how hard it is to get through? There’s only this one road that goes straight up, and all those guys have taken it and are guarding the only exit. That’s why I hurried on and couldn’t wait for you; I was hoping to get to the pass before them. The guides we have say there’s no other way." And Xenophon answered, "But I captured two prisoners too; the enemy bothered us so much that we set an ambush for them, which also gave us a chance to catch our breath; we killed some of them and did our best to capture one or two alive—for this very reason—so we could have guides who really know the area and could be trusted."
The two were brought up at once and questioned separately: "Did they know of any other road than the one visible?" The first said no; and in spite of all sorts of terrors applied to extract a better answer—"no," he persisted. When nothing could be got out of him, he was killed before the eyes of his fellow. This latter then explained: "Yonder man said, he did not know, because he has got a daughter married to a husband in those parts. I can take you," he added, "by a good road, practicable even for beasts." And when asked whether there was any point on it difficult to pass, he replied that there was a col which it would be impossible to pass unless it were occupied in advance.
The two were brought in at the same time and questioned separately: "Did they know of any other road besides the one visible?" The first answered no; and despite various threats to try to get a different answer—he kept saying "no." When nothing more could be gotten from him, he was killed in front of the other. The second then explained: "That guy said he didn't know because he has a daughter married to someone in those parts. I can take you," he added, "by a good road that even beasts can use." And when asked if there was any difficult spot on it, he replied that there was a pass that would be impossible to cross unless it was secured ahead of time.
Then it was resolved to summon the officers of the light infantry and some of those of the heavy infantry, and to acquaint them with the state of affairs, and ask them whether any of them were minded to distinguish themselves, and would step forward as volunteers on an expedition. Two or three heavy infantry soldiers stepped forward at once—two Arcadians, Aristonymus of Methydrium, and Agasias of Stymphalus—and in emulation of these, a third, also an Arcadian, Callimachus from Parrhasia, who said he was ready to go, and would get volunteers from the whole army to join him. "I know," he added, "there will be no lack of youngsters to follow where I lead." After that they asked, "Were there any captains of light infantry willing to accompany the expedition?" Aristeas, a Chian, who on several occasions proved his usefulness to the army on such service, volunteered.
Then they decided to call in the light infantry officers and some from the heavy infantry to inform them about the situation and see if anyone wanted to step up as a volunteer for an expedition. Right away, two or three heavy infantry soldiers came forward—two Arcadians, Aristonymus from Methydrium and Agasias from Stymphalus. Inspired by them, a third Arcadian, Callimachus from Parrhasia, also volunteered, saying he was ready to go and would rally more volunteers from the entire army to join him. "I know," he added, "there will be plenty of young soldiers eager to follow my lead." After that, they asked if any captains from the light infantry were willing to join the expedition. Aristeas, a Chian who had proven himself valuable to the army in similar situations before, stepped up to volunteer.
II
It was already late afternoon, when they ordered the storming party to take a snatch of food and set off; then they bound the guide and handed him over to them. The agreement was, that if they succeeded in taking the summit they were to guard the position that night, and at daybreak to give a signal by bugle. At this signal the party on the summit were to attack the enemy in occupation of the visible pass, while the generals with the main body would bring up their succours; making their way up with what speed they might. With this understanding, off they set, two thousand strong; and there was a heavy downpour of rain, but Xenophon, with his rearguard, began advancing to the visible pass, so that the enemy might fix his attention on this road, and the party creeping round might, as much as possible, elude observation. Now when the rearguard, so advancing, had reached a ravine which they must cross in order to strike up the steep, at that instant the barbarians began rolling down great boulders, each a wagon load (1), some larger, some smaller; against the rocks they crashed and splintered flying like slingstones in every direction—so that it was absolutely out of the question even to approach the entrance of the pass. Some of the officers finding themselves baulked at this point, kept trying other ways, nor did they desist till darkness set in; and then, when they thought they would not be seen retiring, they returned to supper. Some of them who had been on duty in the rearguard had had no breakfast (it so happened). However, the enemy never ceased rolling down their stones all through the night, as was easy to infer from the booming sound.
It was already late afternoon when they instructed the storming party to grab a quick bite to eat and head out; then they tied up the guide and handed him over to them. The agreement was that if they managed to capture the summit, they would hold the position that night, and at daybreak, they’d signal with a bugle. At this signal, the team on the summit would attack the enemy occupying the visible pass, while the generals with the main group would hurry to provide support as quickly as they could. With this plan in place, they set off, two thousand strong; it was pouring rain, but Xenophon, with his rearguard, started moving toward the visible pass to draw the enemy's attention to that route, allowing the party sneaking around to avoid being seen as much as possible. As the rearguard advanced and reached a ravine they needed to cross to climb the steep, the barbarians suddenly began rolling down large boulders, some the size of a wagon, crashing against the rocks and splintering, flying in every direction like slingstones—making it entirely impossible to even approach the entrance of the pass. Some officers, finding themselves thwarted at this point, tried other routes and didn’t give up until it got dark; then, when they thought they wouldn’t be seen leaving, they went back to dinner. Some of those who had been on duty in the rearguard hadn’t had breakfast (as it happened). However, the enemy didn’t stop rolling down their stones throughout the night, as could be easily inferred from the booming sounds.
(1) I.e. several ton weight.
I.e. several tons weight.
The party with the guide made a circuit and surprised the enemy's guards seated round their fire, and after killing some, and driving out the rest, took their places, thinking that they were in possession of the height. As a matter of fact they were not, for above them lay a breast-like hill (2) skirted by the narrow road on which they had found the guards seated. Still, from the spot in question there was an approach to the enemy, who were seated on the pass before mentioned.
The group with the guide made a loop and caught the enemy's guards off guard, who were sitting around their fire. After killing a few and driving the rest away, they took their place, believing they had secured the high ground. In reality, they did not, because above them was a hill that resembled a breast (2) bordered by the narrow road where they had found the guards sitting. However, from their current position, there was still a way to get to the enemy, who were positioned on the previously mentioned pass.
(2) Or, "mamelon."
Or, "mamelon."
Here then they passed the night, but at the first glimpse of dawn they marched stealthily and in battle order against the enemy. There was a mist, so that they could get quite close without being observed. But as soon as they caught sight of one another, the trumpet sounded, and with a loud cheer they rushed upon the fellows, who did not wait their coming, but left the road and made off; with the loss of only a few lives however, so nimble were they. Cheirisophus and his men, catching the sound of the bugle, charged up by the well-marked road, while others of the generals pushed their way up by pathless routes, where each division chanced to be; the men mounting as they were best able, and hoisting one another up by means of their spears; and these were the first to unite with the party who had already taken the position by storm. Xenophon, with the rearguard, followed the path which the party with the guide had taken, since it was easiest for the beasts of burthen; one half of his men he had posted in rear of the baggage animals; the other half he had with himself. In their course they encountered a crest above the road, occupied by the enemy, whom they must either dislodge or be themselves cut off from the rest of the Hellenes. The men by themselves could have taken the same route as the rest, but the baggage animals could not mount by any other way than this.
They spent the night there, but as soon as dawn broke, they marched quietly and in formation against the enemy. There was a fog, allowing them to get close without being seen. But as soon as they saw each other, the trumpet sounded, and with a loud cheer, they charged at the enemy, who didn’t wait for them but left the road and fled, losing only a few men thanks to their speed. Cheirisophus and his men, hearing the bugle, took the main road, while other generals made their way through unmarked paths based on where their troops were; the soldiers climbed as best they could, helping each other up with their spears. These were the first to join the group that had already taken the position by storm. Xenophon, with the rearguard, followed the path that the main party guided by their leader had taken since it was easiest for the pack animals; he kept half his men behind the baggage animals and had the other half with him. Along the way, they came upon a high point above the road held by the enemy, which they had to either drive off or risk being cut off from the rest of the Greeks. The men could have taken the same route as the others, but the pack animals could only go this way.
Here then, with shouts of encouragement to each other, they dashed at the hill with their storming columns, not from all sides, but leaving an avenue of escape for the enemy, if he chose to avail himself of it. For a while, as the men scrambled up where each best could, the natives kept up a fire of arrows and darts, yet did not receive them at close quarters, but presently left the position in flight. No sooner, however, were the Hellenes safely past this crest, than they came in sight of another in front of them, also occupied, and deemed it advisable to storm it also. But now it struck Xenophon that if they left the ridge just taken unprotected in their rear, the enemy might re-occupy it and attack the baggage animals as they filed past, presenting a long extended line owing to the narrowness of the road by which they made their way. To obviate this, he left some officers in charge of the ridge—Cephisodorus, son of Cephisophon, an Athenian; Amphicrates, the son of Amphidemus, an Athenian; and Archagoras, an Argive exile—while he in person with the rest of the men attacked the second ridge; this they took in the same fashion, only to find that they had still a third knoll left, far the steepest of the three. This was none other than the mamelon mentioned as above the outpost, which had been captured over their fire by the volunteer storming party in the night. But when the Hellenes were close, the natives, to the astonishment of all, without a struggle deserted the knoll. It was conjectured that they had left their position from fear of being encircled and besieged, but the fact was that they, from their higher ground, had been able to see what was going on in the rear, and had all made off in this fashion to attack the rearguard.
So, with shouts of encouragement to one another, they charged at the hill in their attacking groups, not from all sides, but leaving an escape route for the enemy if they wanted to take it. For a bit, as the men scrambled up however they could, the locals kept firing arrows and darts at them but didn’t engage them up close, eventually fleeing the position. However, as soon as the Greeks made it past this peak, they spotted another one in front of them, also occupied, and thought it wise to take that one as well. But it occurred to Xenophon that if they left the ridge they had just taken unguarded behind them, the enemy might retake it and attack the supply animals as they passed, which would form a long line because of the narrow road they were using. To prevent this, he left some officers to guard the ridge—Cephisodorus, son of Cephisophon, an Athenian; Amphicrates, the son of Amphidemus, an Athenian; and Archagoras, an Argive exile—while he led the rest of the men to assault the second ridge. They took it in the same way, only to find they had one more hill to conquer, which was by far the steepest of the three. This was the mound mentioned earlier as being above the outpost, which had been captured during the night by the volunteer assault team. However, when the Greeks got close, to everyone's surprise, the locals abandoned the hill without a fight. It was believed they had fled out of fear of being surrounded and trapped, but in reality, from their higher position, they had seen what was happening behind them and all made off to attack the rearguard.
So then Xenophon, with the youngest men, scaled up to the top, leaving orders to the rest to march on slowly, so as to allow the hindmost companies to unite with them; they were to advance by the road, and when they reached the level to ground arms (3). Meanwhile the Argive Archagoras arrived, in full flight, with the announcement that they had been dislodged from the first ridge, and that Cephisodorus and Amphicrates were slain, with a number of others besides, all in fact who had not jumped down the crags and so reached the rearguard. After this achievement the barbarians came to a crest facing the mamelon, and Xenophon held a colloquy with them by means of an interpreter, to negotiate a truce, and demanded back the dead bodies. These they agreed to restore if he would not burn their houses, and to these terms Xenophon agreed. Meanwhile, as the rest of the army filed past, and the colloquy was proceeding, all the people of the place had time to gather gradually, and the enemy formed; and as soon as the Hellenes began to descend from the mamelon to join the others where the troops were halted, on rushed the foe, in full force, with hue and cry. They reached the summit of the mamelon from which Xenophon was descending, and began rolling down crags. One man's leg was crushed to pieces. Xenophon was left by his shield-bearer, who carried off his shield, but Eurylochus of Lusia (4), an Arcadian hoplite, ran up to him, and threw his shield in front to protect both of them; so the two together beat a retreat, and so too the rest, and joined the serried ranks of the main body.
So, Xenophon and the younger soldiers climbed to the top, instructing the others to move slowly so the rear companies could catch up with them. They were to advance along the road, and when they reached the flat ground, they were to lay down their arms (3). Meanwhile, Argive Archagoras arrived in a panic, reporting that they had been driven off the first ridge, and that Cephisodorus and Amphicrates were killed, along with many others who hadn’t jumped down the cliffs to reach the rear guard. After this event, the enemy reached a high point facing the mamelon, and Xenophon started a discussion with them through an interpreter to negotiate a truce and asked for the return of the dead bodies. They agreed to return them as long as he didn’t burn their houses, and Xenophon accepted these terms. While the rest of the army passed by and the discussion was happening, the locals gradually gathered, and the enemy formed up. As soon as the Hellenes began to come down from the mamelon to join the others where the troops were stopped, the enemy charged at them with a loud shout. They reached the top of the mamelon just as Xenophon was descending and started rolling rocks down. One man had his leg crushed. Xenophon was left behind by his shield-bearer, who ran off with his shield, but Eurylochus from Lusia (4), an Arcadian hoplite, ran up to him and threw his shield in front of them for protection. Together, they retreated, along with the others, and rejoined the organized ranks of the main force.
(3) To take up position. (4) I.e. of Lusi (or Lusia), a town (or district) in Northern Arcadia.
(3) To take a position. (4) I.e. of Lusi (or Lusia), a town (or area) in Northern Arcadia.
After this the whole Hellenic force united, and took up their quarters there in numerous beautiful dwellings, with an ample store of provisions, for there was wine so plentiful that they had it in cemented cisterns. Xenophon and Cheirisophus arranged to recover the dead, and in return restored the guide; afterwards they did everything for the dead, according to the means at their disposal, with the customary honours paid to good men.
After this, the entire Greek army came together and set up camp in several beautiful homes, stocked with plenty of supplies, including so much wine that it was stored in cemented cisterns. Xenophon and Cheirisophus made plans to retrieve the dead and, in exchange, returned the guide; afterward, they did everything they could for the deceased, honoring them in the usual way reserved for good people.
Next day they set off without a guide; and the enemy, by keeping up a continuous battle and occupying in advance every narrow place, obstructed passage after passage. Accordingly, whenever the van was obstructed, Xenophon, from behind, made a dash up the hills and broke the barricade, and freed the vanguard by endeavouring to get above the obstructing enemy. Whenever the rear was the point attacked, Cheirisophus, in the same way, made a detour, and by endeavouring to mount higher than the barricaders, freed the passage for the rear rank; and in this way, turn and turn about, they rescued each other, and paid unflinching attention to their mutual needs. At times it happened that, the relief party having mounted, encountered considerable annoyance in their descent from the barbarians, who were so agile that they allowed them to come up quite close, before they turned back, and still escaped, partly no doubt because the only weapons they had to carry were bows and slings.
The next day, they set off without a guide. The enemy kept up constant attacks and blocked every narrow passage in advance. So, whenever the front was blocked, Xenophon would rush up the hills from behind, break through the barricades, and clear the way for the vanguard by trying to get above the obstructing enemy. When the rear was attacked, Cheirisophus did the same thing, going around and trying to climb higher than the barricaders to open up the passage for the rear rank. They took turns rescuing each other and stayed focused on each other’s needs. Sometimes, the relief party, after climbing up, faced significant trouble when coming back down from the barbarians, who were so quick that they let them get quite close before retreating, managing to escape, likely because the only weapons they carried were bows and slings.
They were, moreover, excellent archers, using bows nearly three cubits long and arrows more than two cubits. When discharging the arrow, they draw the string by getting a purchase with the left foot planted forward on the lower end of the bow. The arrows pierced through shield and cuirass, and the Hellenes, when they got hold of them, used them as javelins, fitting them to their thongs. In these districts the Cretans were highly serviceable. They were under the command of Stratocles, a Cretan.
They were also great archers, using bows nearly three feet long and arrows over two feet long. To shoot the arrow, they pulled the string by stepping forward with their left foot on the lower end of the bow. The arrows could pierce through shields and armor, and when the Greeks got a hold of them, they used them as javelins, attaching them to their straps. In these areas, the Cretans were very useful. They were led by Stratocles, a Cretan.
III
During this day they bivouacked in the villages which lie above the plain of the river Centrites (1), which is about two hundred feet broad. It is the frontier river between Armenia and the country of the Carduchians. Here the Hellenes recruited themselves, and the sight of the plain filled them with joy, for the river was but six or seven furlongs distant from the mountains of the Carduchians. For the moment then they bivouacked right happily; they had their provisions, they had also many memories of the labours that were now passed; seeing that the last seven days spent in traversing the country of the Carduchians had been one long continuous battle, which had cost them more suffering than the whole of their troubles at the hands of the king and Tissaphernes put together. As though they were truly quit of them for ever, they laid their heads to rest in sweet content.
On this day, they camped in the villages situated above the plain of the Centrites River, which is about two hundred feet wide. This river marks the border between Armenia and the territory of the Carduchians. Here, the Greeks took a moment to recover, and the view of the plain filled them with joy since the river was only six or seven furlongs away from the Carduchian mountains. For now, they camped in happiness; they had food, and they carried many memories of the challenges they had faced. The last seven days spent traveling through Carduchian territory had felt like one long, continuous battle, causing them more suffering than all their troubles with the king and Tissaphernes combined. As if they had truly left those struggles behind for good, they allowed themselves to rest peacefully.
(1) I.e. the Eastern Tigris.
I.e. the Eastern Tigris.
But with the morrow's dawn they espied horsemen at a certain point across the river, armed cap-a-pie, as if they meant to dispute the passage. Infantry, too, drawn up in line upon the banks above the cavalry, threatened to prevent them debouching into Armenia. These troops were Armenian and Mardian and Chaldaean mercenaries belonging to Orontas and Artuchas. The last of the three, the Chaldaeans, were said to be a free and brave set of people. They were armed with long wicker shields and lances. The banks before named on which they were drawn up were a hundred yards or more distant from the river, and the single road which was visible was one leading upwards and looking like a regular artificially constructed highway. At this point the Hellenes endeavoured to cross, but on their making the attempt the water proved to be more than breast-deep, and the river bed was rough with great slippery stones, and as to holding their arms in the water, it was out of the question—the stream swept them away—or if they tried to carry them over the head, the body was left exposed to the arrows and other missiles; accordingly they turned back and encamped there by the bank of the river.
But with the dawn of the next day, they spotted horsemen at a certain point across the river, fully armed as if they intended to block the crossing. Infantry, too, were lined up on the banks above the cavalry, threatening to stop them from entering Armenia. These troops were Armenian, Mardian, and Chaldaean mercenaries belonging to Orontas and Artuchas. The Chaldaeans, the last of the three, were said to be a free and brave group of people. They were equipped with long wicker shields and lances. The banks they were on were a hundred yards or more from the river, and the only visible road led upward and looked like a regular, artificially constructed highway. At this point, the Greeks tried to cross, but when they attempted to do so, the water turned out to be more than chest-deep, and the riverbed was rocky with large slippery stones. Holding their weapons in the water was impossible—the current swept them away—or if they tried to carry them over their heads, their bodies would be exposed to arrows and other projectiles. So, they turned back and set up camp by the riverbank.
At the point where they had themselves been last night, up on the mountains, they could see the Carduchians collected in large numbers and under arms. A shadow of deep despair again descended on their souls, whichever way they turned their eyes—in front lay the river so difficult to ford; over, on the other side, a new enemy threatening to bar the passage; on the hills behind, the Carduchians ready to fall upon their rear should they once again attempt to cross. Thus for this day and night they halted, sunk in perplexity. But Xenophon had a dream. In his sleep he thought that he was bound in fetters, but these, of their own accord, fell from off him, so that he was loosed, and could stretch his legs as freely as he wished (2). So at the first glimpse of daylight he came to Cheirisophus and told him that he had hopes that all things would go well, and related to him his dream.
At the spot where they had been the night before, up in the mountains, they saw the Carduchians gathered in large numbers and armed. A deep sense of despair fell over them, no matter where they looked—in front was a river that was hard to cross; on the other side, a new enemy threatened to block their way; and on the hills behind, the Carduchians were ready to attack if they tried to cross again. So, they stayed put for the day and night, trapped in confusion. But Xenophon had a dream. In his sleep, he imagined he was shackled, but the chains fell off him by themselves, allowing him to stretch his legs freely. When daylight first appeared, he went to Cheirisophus and told him he felt hopeful that everything would turn out fine, sharing his dream with him.
(2) It is impossible to give the true sense and humour of the passage in English, depending, as it does, on the double meaning of {diabainein} (1) to cross (a river), (2) to stride or straddle (of the legs). The army is unable to cross the Centrites; Xenophon dreams that he is fettered, but the chains drop off his legs and he is able to stride as freely as ever; next morning the two young men come to him with the story how they have found themselves able to walk cross the river instead of having to swim it. It is obvious to Xenophon that the dream is sent from Heaven.
(2) It's impossible to convey the true meaning and humor of the passage in English because it relies on the double meaning of {diabainein} (1) to cross (a river), (2) to stride or straddle (with the legs). The army can't cross the Centrites; Xenophon dreams that he is chained up, but the chains fall off his legs and he can stride freely as ever. The next morning, two young men come to him with the story of how they were able to walk across the river instead of having to swim. It's clear to Xenophon that the dream is a sign from Heaven.
The other was well pleased, and with the first faint gleam of dawn the generals all were present and did sacrifice; and the victims were favourable in the first essay. Retiring from the sacrifice, the generals and officers issued an order to the troops to take their breakfasts; and while Xenophon was taking his, two young men came running up to him, for every one knew that, breakfasting or supping, he was always accessible, or that even if asleep any one was welcome to awaken him who had anything to say bearing on the business of war. What the two young men had at this time to say was that they had been collecting brushwood for fire, and had presently espied on the opposite side, in among some rocks which came down to the river's brink, an old man and some women and little girls depositing, as it would appear, bags of clothes in a cavernous rock. When they saw them, it struck them that it was safe to cross; in any case the enemy's cavalry could not approach at this point. So they stripped naked, expecting to have to swim for it, and with their long knives in their hands began crossing, but going forward crossed without being wet up to the fork. Once across they captured the clothes, and came back again.
The other was very pleased, and as the first light of dawn appeared, all the generals were present and performed a sacrifice; the offerings were favorable on the first attempt. After the sacrifice, the generals and officers ordered the troops to have breakfast. While Xenophon was eating, two young men ran up to him, since everyone knew that whether he was having breakfast or dinner, he was always open to talk, or that anyone could wake him up if they had something important to discuss about the war. What the two young men wanted to say was that they had been gathering firewood and had spotted an old man, along with some women and little girls, near some rocks by the river, placing what appeared to be bags of clothes into a cave. When they saw them, they thought it was safe to cross; in any case, the enemy's cavalry couldn’t reach them at that spot. So they stripped down, expecting to have to swim, and with their long knives in hand began to cross, but they managed to get across without getting wet up to their waist. Once on the other side, they grabbed the clothes and returned.
Accordingly Xenophon at once poured out a libation himself, and bade the two young fellows fill the cup and pray to the gods, who showed to him this vision and to them a passage, to bring all other blessings for them to accomplishment. When he had poured out the libation, he at once led the two young men to Cheirisophus, and they repeated to him their story. Cheirisophus, on hearing it, offered libations also, and when they had performed them, they sent a general order to the troops to pack up ready for starting, while they themselves called a meeting of the generals and took counsel how they might best effect a passage, so as to overpower the enemy in front without suffering any loss from the men behind. And they resolved that Cheirisophus should lead the van and cross with half the army, the other half still remaining behind under Xenophon, while the baggage animals and the mob of sutlers were to cross between the two divisions.
So, Xenophon immediately poured out a drink offering himself and told the two young guys to fill the cup and pray to the gods, who showed him this vision and them a path, to bring all other blessings for them to achieve. After he poured out the drink offering, he took the two young men to Cheirisophus, and they shared their story with him. Cheirisophus, upon hearing it, also offered drink offerings, and once they completed them, they sent a general order to the troops to pack up and get ready to leave, while they themselves called a meeting of the generals to discuss how they could best make a crossing to defeat the enemy in front without losing anyone from behind. They decided that Cheirisophus should lead the front and take half the army across, while the other half stayed back under Xenophon, with the baggage animals and the group of supply runners crossing between the two divisions.
When all was duly ordered the move began, the young men pioneering them, and keeping the river on their left. It was about four furlongs' march to the crossing, and as they moved along the bank, the squadrons of cavalry kept pace with them on the opposite side.
When everything was properly arranged, the move started, with the young men leading the way and keeping the river to their left. It was about half a mile to the crossing, and as they walked along the bank, the cavalry units kept up with them on the other side.
But when they had reached a point in a line with the ford, and the cliff-like banks of the river, they grounded arms, and first Cheirisophus himself placed a wreath upon his brows, and throwing off his cloak (3), resumed his arms, passing the order to all the rest to do the same, and bade the captains form their companies in open order in deep columns, some to left and some to right of himself. Meanwhile the soothsayers were slaying a victim over the river, and the enemy were letting fly their arrows and slingstones; but as yet they were out of range. As soon as the victims were favourable, all the soldiers began singing the battle hymn, and with the notes of the paean mingled the shouting of the men accompanied by the shriller chant of the women, for there were many women (4) in the camp.
But when they reached a spot aligned with the ford and the steep banks of the river, they put down their weapons. First, Cheirisophus himself placed a wreath on his head, took off his cloak (3), put on his armor again, and ordered everyone else to do the same. He instructed the captains to arrange their companies in open order in deep columns, some to his left and some to his right. Meanwhile, the soothsayers were sacrificing a victim over the river, and the enemy was shooting arrows and sling stones, but they were still out of range. As soon as the omens from the victims were favorable, all the soldiers began singing the battle hymn, and the sounds of the paean mixed with the shouts of the men, accompanied by the higher-pitched chants of the women, as there were many women (4) in the camp.
(3) Or, "having doffed it," i.e. the wreath, an action which the soldiers would perform symbolically, if Grote is right in his interpretation of the passage, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 137. (4) Lit. "comrade-women."
(3) Or, "after taking it off," meaning the wreath, an action that the soldiers would do symbolically, if Grote is correct in his interpretation of the passage, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 137. (4) Literally, "sister-friends."
So Cheirisophus with his detachment stepped in. But Xenophon, taking the most active-bodied of the rearguard, began running back at full speed to the passage facing the egress into the hills of Armenia, making a feint of crossing at that point to intercept their cavalry on the river bank. The enemy, seeing Cheirisophus's detachment easily crossing the stream, and Xenophon's men racing back, were seized with the fear of being intercepted, and fled at full speed in the direction of the road which emerges from the stream. But when they were come opposite to it they raced up hill towards their mountains. Then Lycius, who commanded the cavalry, and Aeschines, who was in command of the division of light infantry attached to Cheirisophus, no sooner saw them fleeing so lustily than they were after them, and the soldiers shouted not to fall behind (5), but to follow them right up to the mountains. Cheirisophus, on getting across, forbore to pursue the cavalry, but advanced by the bluffs which reached to the river to attack the enemy overhead. And these, seeing their own cavalry fleeing, seeing also the heavy infantry advancing upon them, abandoned the heights above the river.
So Cheirisophus and his group moved in. Meanwhile, Xenophon took the most active members of the rearguard and started running back at full speed to the passage leading into the hills of Armenia, pretending to cross at that point to cut off their cavalry at the riverbank. The enemy, noticing Cheirisophus's group easily crossing the stream and Xenophon's men sprinting back, became afraid of being surrounded and fled quickly toward the road coming from the stream. But when they reached that point, they rushed uphill toward their mountains. Then Lycius, who led the cavalry, and Aeschines, who was in charge of the light infantry under Cheirisophus, immediately noticed them fleeing and chased after them, with the soldiers shouting not to lag behind but to follow them all the way to the mountains. Once Cheirisophus crossed, he chose not to pursue the cavalry but advanced along the bluffs that led to the river to attack the enemy from above. Seeing their own cavalry retreating and the heavy infantry approaching, the enemy abandoned the heights above the river.
(5) Or, "to stick tight to them and not to be outdone"; or, as others understand, "the (infantry) soldiers clamoured not to be left behind, but to follow them up into the mountains."
(5) Or, "to hold on to them tightly and not to be outdone"; or, as others interpret, "the (infantry) soldiers yelled not to be left behind, but to chase after them up into the mountains."
Xenophon, as soon as he saw that things were going well on the other side, fell back with all speed to join the troops engaged in crossing, for by this time the Carduchians were well in sight, descending into the plain to attack their rear.
Xenophon, as soon as he noticed that things were going well on the other side, quickly rushed back to join the troops crossing, since by this time the Carduchians were clearly visible, coming down into the plain to attack their rear.
Cheirisophus was in possession of the higher ground, and Lycius, with his little squadron, in an attempt to follow up the pursuit, had captured some stragglers of their baggage-bearers, and with them some handsome apparel and drinking-cups. The baggage animals of the Hellenes and the mob of non-combatants were just about to cross, when Xenonphon turned his troops right about to face the Carduchians. Vis-a-vis he formed his line, passing the order to the captains each to form his company into sections, and to deploy them into line by the left, the captains of companies and lieutenants in command of sections to advance to meet the Carduchians, while the rear leaders would keep their position facing the river. But when the Carduchians saw the rearguard so stript of the mass, and looking now like a mere handful of men, they advanced all the more quickly, singing certain songs the while. Then, as matters were safe with him, Cheirisophus sent back the peltasts and slingers and archers to join Xenophon, with orders to carry out his instructions. They were in the act of recrossing, when Xenophon, who saw their intention, sent a messenger across, bidding them wait there at the river's brink without crossing; but as soon as he and his detachment began to cross they were to step in facing him in two flanking divisions right and left of them, as if in the act of crossing; the javelin men with their javelins on the thong, and the bowmen with their arrows on the string; but they were not to advance far into the stream. The order passed to his own men was: "Wait till you are within sling-shot, and the shield rattles, then sound the paean and charge the enemy. As soon as he turns, and the bugle from the river sounds for 'the attack,' you will face about to the right, the rear rank leading, and the whole detachment falling back and crossing the river as quickly as possible, every one preserving his original rank, so as to avoid tramelling one another: the bravest man is he who gets to the other side first."
Cheirisophus held the high ground, and Lycius, with his small group, in a bid to continue the pursuit, had captured some stragglers from their baggage bearers, along with some nice clothes and drinking cups. The baggage animals of the Hellenes and the crowd of non-combatants were just about to cross when Xenophon turned his troops around to face the Carduchians. He formed his line directly opposite, giving orders to the captains to arrange their companies into sections and deploy them into line to the left. The captains of companies and lieutenants in charge of sections were to move forward to confront the Carduchians while the rear leaders held their position facing the river. But when the Carduchians noticed the rearguard so stripped of the main force and now appearing as just a handful of men, they advanced even more quickly, singing certain songs as they did. Then, feeling secure, Cheirisophus sent back the peltasts, slingers, and archers to join Xenophon with instructions to follow his commands. They were in the process of recrossing when Xenophon, seeing their intention, sent a messenger across to tell them to wait there at the river's edge without crossing. As soon as he and his detachment began to cross, they were to step in facing him in two flanking divisions, right and left, as if in the act of crossing; the javelin men with their javelins ready and the bowmen with their arrows drawn; but they were not to go too far into the water. The order given to his own men was: "Wait until you’re within sling-shot range, and the shield rattles, then sound the paean and charge the enemy. As soon as he turns, and the bugle from the river sounds for 'the attack,' you will turn to the right, with the rear rank leading, and the entire detachment will fall back and cross the river as quickly as possible, each person preserving their original rank to avoid trampling one another: the bravest man is the one who gets to the other side first."
The Carduchians, seeing that the remnant left was the merest handful (for many even of those whose duty it was to remain had gone off in their anxiety to protect their beasts of burden, or their personal kit, or their mistresses), bore down upon them valorously, and opened fire with slingstones and arrows. But the Hellenes, raising the battle hymn, dashed at them at a run, and they did not await them; armed well enough for mountain warfare, and with a view to sudden attack followed by speedy flight, they were not by any means sufficiently equipped for an engagement at close quarters. At this instant the signal of the bugle was heard. Its notes added wings to the flight of the barbarians, but the Hellenes turned right about in the opposite direction, and betook themselves to the river with what speed they might. Some of the enemy, here a man and there another, perceived, and running back to the river, let fly their arrows and wounded a few; but the majority, even when the Hellenes were well across, were still to be seen pursuing their flight. The detachment which came to meet Xenophon's men, carried away by their valour, advanced further than they had need to, and had to cross back again in the rear of Xenophon's men, and of these too a few were wounded.
The Carduchians, noticing that the remaining group was just a small number (since many who were supposed to stay had left in their worry to protect their pack animals, their belongings, or their loved ones), charged at them bravely and started shooting slingstones and arrows. But the Hellenes, singing their battle hymn, rushed at them, and the Carduchians did not wait; they were prepared for mountain fighting and quick strikes followed by rapid retreats, but they were not well-equipped for close combat. At that moment, the sound of the bugle was heard. Its notes spurred the barbarians to flee faster, but the Hellenes quickly turned in the opposite direction and headed for the river as fast as they could. A few enemy fighters noticed this and ran back to the river, shooting their arrows and wounding a few, but most of them, even after the Hellenes had crossed, were still seen fleeing. The group that came to engage Xenophon’s men, carried away by their bravery, advanced further than necessary and had to retreat behind Xenophon’s men, and a few from their side were also wounded.
IV
The passage effected, they fell into line about mid-day, and marched through Armenian territory, one long plain with smooth rolling hillocks, not less than five parasangs in distance; for owing to the wars of this people with the Carduchians there were no villages near the river. The village eventually reached was large, and possessed a palace belonging to the satrap, and most of the houses were crowned with turrets; provisions were plentiful.
The journey completed, they fell into line around midday and marched through Armenian territory, a long plain with gently rolling hills, spanning at least five parasangs. Due to the wars this people had with the Carduchians, there were no villages near the river. The village they eventually reached was large and had a palace belonging to the satrap, and most of the houses had turrets. Food was abundant.
From this village they marched two stages—ten parasangs—until they had surmounted the sources of the river Tigris; and from this point they marched three stages—fifteen parasangs—to the river Teleboas. This was a fine stream, though not large, and there were many villages about it. The district was named Western Armenia. The lieutenant-governor of it was Tiribazus, the king's friend, and whenever the latter paid a visit, he alone had the privilege of mounting the king upon his horse. This officer rode up to the Hellenes with a body of cavalry, and sending forward an interpreter, stated that he desired a colloquy with the leaders. The generals resolved to hear what he had to say; and advancing on their side to within speaking distance, they demanded what he wanted. He replied that he wished to make a treaty with them, in accordance with which he on his side would abstain from injuring the Hellenes, if they would not burn his houses, but merely take such provisions as they needed. This proposal satisfied the generals, and a treaty was made on the terms suggested.
From this village, they marched two stages—ten parasangs—until they reached the starting point of the Tigris River. After that, they marched three more stages—fifteen parasangs—to the Teleboas River. This was a nice stream, although not very large, and there were many villages nearby. The area was called Western Armenia. The area’s lieutenant-governor was Tiribazus, a friend of the king, and whenever the king visited, he was the only one allowed to lift the king onto his horse. This officer approached the Greeks with a group of cavalry and sent an interpreter ahead to request a meeting with the leaders. The generals decided to hear him out, and moving closer, they asked what he wanted. He responded that he wanted to make a treaty, agreeing that he would not harm the Greeks if they would refrain from burning his houses and only take the supplies they needed. The generals were pleased with this proposal and a treaty was established based on the terms he suggested.
From this place they marched three stages—fifteen parasangs—through plain country, Tiribazus the while keeping close behind with his own forces more than a mile off. Presently they reached a palace with villages clustered round about it, which were full of supplies in great variety. But while they were encamping in the night, there was a heavy fall of snow, and in the morning it was resolved to billet out the different regiments, with their generals, throughout the villages. There was no enemy in sight, and the proceeding seemed prudent, owing to the quantity of snow. In these quarters they had for provisions all the good things there are—sacrificial beasts, corn, old wines with an exquisite bouquet, dried grapes, and vegetables of all sorts. But some of the stragglers from the camp reported having seen an army, and the blaze of many watchfires in the night. Accordingly the generals concluded that it was not prudent to separate their quarters in this way, and a resolution was passed to bring the troops together again. After that they reunited, the more so that the weather promised to be fine with a clear sky; but while they lay there in open quarters, during the night down came so thick a fall of snow that it completely covered up the stacks of arms and the men themselves lying down. It cramped and crippled the baggage animals; and there was great unreadiness to get up, so gently fell the snow as they lay there warm and comfortable, and formed a blanket, except where it slipped off the sleepers' shoulders; and it was not until Xenophon roused himself to get up, and, without his cloak on (1), began to split wood, that quickly first one and then another got up, and taking the log away from him, fell to splitting. Thereat the rest followed suit, got up, and began kindling fire and oiling their bodies, for there was a scented unguent to be found there in abundance, which they used instead of oil. It was made from pig's fat, sesame, bitter almonds, and turpentine. There was a sweet oil also to be found, made of the same ingredients.
From this place, they marched three stages—fifteen parasangs—through flat terrain, with Tiribazus closely following with his troops more than a mile behind. Soon, they arrived at a palace surrounded by villages that were rich in various supplies. However, while they were setting up camp for the night, there was a heavy snowfall, and in the morning, they decided to distribute the different regiments and their generals throughout the villages. There was no enemy in sight, and this seemed like a sensible move given the amount of snow. In this area, they had all kinds of provisions—sacrificial animals, grain, old wines with a wonderful aroma, dried fruits, and various vegetables. But some stragglers from the camp reported seeing an army and noticing many campfires through the night. So, the generals agreed that it wasn't wise to spread the troops out like this, and they decided to regroup. After that, they came back together, especially since the weather looked promising with a clear sky. However, while they were in open quarters, a heavy snowfall overnight completely buried the stacks of weapons and the men themselves. It hindered the baggage animals, and there was a strong reluctance to get up, as the snow fell gently over them while they lay warm and cozy, forming a blanket, except where it slipped off the sleepers' shoulders. It wasn't until Xenophon got up and, without his cloak on (1), started splitting wood, that one by one others began to rise and took the log from him to help split it. This prompted the rest to follow suit, get up, and start building a fire and applying oil to their bodies, as they found a fragrant unguent available, which they used instead of oil. It was made from pig fat, sesame, bitter almonds, and turpentine. There was also a sweet oil made from the same ingredients.
(1) Or, as we should say, "in his shirt sleeves." Doubtless he lay with his {imation} or cloak loosely wrapped round him; as he sprang to his feet he would throw it off, or it would fall off, and with the simple inner covering of the {khiton} to protect him, and arms free, he fell to chopping the wood, only half clad.
(1) Or, as we might say, "in his shirtsleeves." He probably lay with his {imation} or cloak loosely wrapped around him; as he jumped to his feet, he would throw it off, or it would slip off, and with just the basic inner covering of the {khiton} to protect him, and his arms free, he started chopping the wood, only partly dressed.
After this it was resolved that they must again separate their quarters and get under cover in the villages. At this news the soldiers, with much joy and shouting, rushed upon the covered houses and the provisions; but all who in their blind folly had set fire to the houses when they left them before, now paid the penalty in the poor quarters they got. From this place one night they sent off a party under Democrates, a Temenite (2), up into the mountains, where the stragglers reported having seen watchfires. The leader selected was a man whose judgement might be depended upon to verify the truth of the matter. With a happy gift to distinguish between fact and fiction, he had often been successfully appealed to. He went and reported that he had seen no watchfires, but he had got a man, whom he brought back with him, carrying a Persian bow and quiver, and a sagaris or battleaxe like those worn by the Amazons. When asked "from what country he came," the prisoner answered that he was "a Persian, and was going from the army of Tiribazus to get provisions." They next asked him "how large the army was, and for what object it had been collected." His answer was that "it consisted of Tiribazus at the head of his own forces, and aided by some Chalybian and Taochian mercenaries. Tiribazus had got it together," he added, "meaning to attack the Hellenes on the high mountain pass, in a defile which was the sole passage."
After this, it was decided that they should separate their quarters again and seek shelter in the villages. Upon hearing this, the soldiers, filled with joy and excitement, rushed toward the covered houses and the supplies. However, those who foolishly set fire to the houses when they left before now suffered the consequences in the poor quarters they received. From this place, one night, they sent a group led by Democrates, a Temenite, into the mountains, where the stragglers reported seeing watchfires. The chosen leader was someone whose judgment could be trusted to verify the truth of the situation. With a keen ability to distinguish between fact and fiction, he had often been consulted successfully. He went and reported that he had seen no watchfires, but he had captured a man whom he brought back with him, carrying a Persian bow and quiver, as well as a sagaris or battleaxe similar to those used by the Amazons. When asked, "Where are you from?" the prisoner replied that he was "a Persian, on his way from the army of Tiribazus to gather provisions." They then asked him "how large the army was and why it had been assembled." He answered that "it included Tiribazus at the head of his own troops, along with some mercenaries from the Chalybians and Taochians. Tiribazus had gathered the army," he added, "with the intention of attacking the Hellenes at the high mountain pass, in a narrow defile that was the only route."
(2) Reading {Temeniten}, i.e. a native of Temenus, a district of Syracuse; al. {Temniten}, i.e. from Temnus in the Aeolid; al. {Temeniten}, i.e. from Temenum in the Argolid.
(2) Reading {Temeniten}, meaning a person from Temenus, a district of Syracuse; also {Temniten}, meaning from Temnus in the Aeolid; also {Temeniten}, meaning from Temenum in the Argolid.
When the generals heard this news, they resolved to collect the troops, and they set off at once, taking the prisoner to act as guide, and leaving a garrison behind with Sophaenetus the Stymphalian in command of those who remained in the camp. As soon as they had begun to cross the hills, the light infantry, advancing in front and catching sight of the camp, did not wait for the heavy infantry, but with a loud shout rushed upon the enemy's entrenchment. The natives, hearing the din and clatter, did not care to stop, but took rapidly to their heels. But, for all their expedition, some of them were killed, and as many as twenty horses were captured, with the tent of Tiribazus, and its contents, silver-footed couches and goblets, besides certain persons styling themselves the butlers and bakers. As soon as the generals of the heavy infantry division had learnt the news, they resolved to return to the camp with all speed, for fear of an attack being made on the remnant left behind. The recall was sounded and the retreat commenced; the camp was reached the same day.
When the generals heard this news, they decided to gather the troops and set off immediately, taking the prisoner as a guide and leaving a garrison behind with Sophaenetus the Stymphalian in charge of those who stayed at the camp. As soon as they started crossing the hills, the light infantry, moving ahead and spotting the camp, didn't wait for the heavy infantry but charged at the enemy's trenches with a loud shout. The locals, hearing the noise, quickly fled. However, despite their quick escape, some of them were killed, and about twenty horses were captured, along with Tiribazus's tent and its contents, including silver-footed couches and goblets, as well as some people claiming to be the butlers and bakers. Once the generals of the heavy infantry division learned the news, they decided to return to the camp as fast as possible, worried about an attack on the remaining troops left behind. The recall was sounded, and the retreat began; they reached the camp the same day.
V
The next day it was resolved that they should set off with all possible speed, before the enemy had time to collect and occupy the defile. Having got their kit and baggage together, they at once began their march through deep snow with several guides, and, crossing the high pass the same day on which Tiribazus was to have attacked them, got safely into cantonments. From this point they marched three desert stages—fifteen parassangs—to the river Euphrates, and crossed it in water up to the waist. The sources of the river were reported to be at no great distance. From this place they marched through deep snow over a flat country three stages—fifteen parasangs (1). The last of these marches was trying, with the north wind blowing in their teeth, drying up everything and benumbing the men. Here one of the seers suggested to them to do sacrifice to Boreas, and sacrifice was done. The effect was obvious to all in the diminished fierceness of the blast. But there was six feet of snow, so that many of the baggage animals and slaves were lost, and about thirty of the men themselves.
The next day, they decided to move out as quickly as possible, before the enemy could gather and take control of the pass. Once they gathered their gear and supplies, they immediately started their march through deep snow with several guides. They crossed the high pass on the same day that Tiribazus was supposed to attack them and made it safely to their camp. From there, they traveled three desert stages—fifteen parassangs—to the Euphrates River, crossing it with water up to their waists. It was reported that the river's source wasn't far away. From this location, they marched through deep snow across flat land for three stages—fifteen parassangs (1). The last stage was tough, with the north wind hitting them hard, drying everything out and numbing the men. At this point, one of the seers suggested they make a sacrifice to Boreas, and they went ahead with it. The effect was clear to everyone as the wind's intensity decreased. However, there were six feet of snow, which caused many of their pack animals and slaves to be lost, along with about thirty of the men.
(1) Al. "ten," al. "five."
Al. "10," al. "5."
They spent the whole night in kindling fire; for there was fortunately no dearth of wood at the halting-place; only those who came late into camp had no wood. Accordingly those who had arrived a good while and had kindled fires were not for allowing these late-comers near the fires, unless they would in return give a share of their corn or of any other victuals they might have. Here then a general exchange of goods was set up. Where the fire was kindled the snow melted, and great trenches formed themselves down to the bare earth, and here it was possible to measure the depth of the snow.
They spent the whole night starting fires because there was luckily plenty of wood at the campsite; only those who arrived late had no wood. So, those who had gotten there earlier and had lit their fires weren't willing to let the latecomers near them unless they offered some of their corn or whatever food they had. As a result, a general trade of goods began. Where the fire was lit, the snow melted, creating deep trenches down to the bare earth, making it possible to measure how deep the snow was.
Leaving these quarters, they marched the whole of the next day over snow, and many of the men were afflicted with "boulimia" (or hunger-faintness). Xenophon, who was guarding the rear, came upon some men who had dropt down, and he did not know what ailed them; but some one who was experienced in such matters suggested to him that they had evidently got boulimia; and if they got something to eat, they would revive. Then he went the round of the baggage train, and laying an embargo on any eatables he could see, doled out with his own hands, or sent off other able-bodied agents to distribute to the sufferers, who as soon as they had taken a mouthful got on their legs again and continued the march.
Leaving these quarters, they marched the whole of the next day over snow, and many of the men were suffering from hunger-faintness. Xenophon, who was guarding the rear, came across some men who had collapsed, and he didn’t know what was wrong with them; but someone who was knowledgeable about such things suggested to him that they were clearly suffering from hunger-faintness, and that if they got something to eat, they would regain their strength. So he went around the baggage train, putting a stop to any food being taken, and either handed out provisions himself or sent other able-bodied men to distribute food to the sufferers, who, as soon as they had taken a bite, were able to get back on their feet and continue the march.
On and on they marched, and about dusk Cheirisophus reached a village, and surprised some women and girls who had come from the village to fetch water at the fountain outside the stockade. These asked them who they were. The interpreters answered for them in Persian: "They were on their way from the king to the satrap;" in reply to which the women gave them to understand that the satrap was not at home, but was away a parasang farther on. As it was late they entered with the water-carriers within the stockade to visit the headman of the village. Accordingly Cheirisophus and as many of the troops as were able got into cantonments there, while the rest of the soldiers—those namely who were unable to complete the march—had to spend the night out, without food and without fire; under the circumstances some of the men perished.
On and on they marched, and around dusk, Cheirisophus reached a village and came across some women and girls who had come from the village to get water at the fountain outside the stockade. They asked who they were. The interpreters answered for them in Persian: "They were on their way from the king to the satrap," to which the women indicated that the satrap was not home but was a parasang farther along. Since it was late, they entered the stockade with the water-carriers to see the village headman. So, Cheirisophus and as many of the troops as could, set up camp there, while the rest of the soldiers—those who couldn't finish the march—had to spend the night outside, without food and without fire; under these conditions, some of the men died.
On the heels of the army hung perpetually bands of the enemy, snatching away disabled baggage animals and fighting with each other over the carcases. And in its track not seldom were left to their fate disabled soldiers, struck down with snow-blindness or with toes mortified by frostbite. As to the eyes, it was some alleviation against the snow to march with something black before them; for the feet, the only remedy was to keep in motion without stopping for an instant, and to loose the sandal at night. If they went to sleep with the sandals on, the thong worked into the feet, and the sandals were frozen fast to them. This was partly due to the fact that, since their old sandals had failed, they wore untanned brogues made of newly-flayed ox-hides. It was owing to some such dire necessity that a party of men fell out and were left behind, and seeing a black-looking patch of ground where the snow had evidently disappeared, they conjectured it must have been melted; and this was actually so, owing to a spring of some sort which was to be seen steaming up in a dell close by. To this they had turned aside and sat down, and were loth to go a step further. But Xenophon, with his rearguard, perceived them, and begged and implored them by all manner of means not to be left behind, telling them that the enemy were after them in large packs pursuing; and he ended by growing angry. They merely bade him put a knife to their throats; not one step farther would they stir. Then it seemed best to frighten the pursuing enemy if possible, and prevent their falling upon the invalids. It was already dusk, and the pursuers were advancing with much noise and hubbub, wrangling and disputing over their spoils. Then all of a sudden the rearguard, in the plenitude of health and strength (2), sprang up out of their lair and run upon the enemy, whilst those weary wights (3) bawled out as loud as their sick throats could sound, and clashed their spears against their shields; and the enemy in terror hurled themselves through the snow into the dell, and not one of them ever uttered a sound again.
Right behind the army, enemy groups were constantly lurking, stealing away injured pack animals and fighting over the remains. Often, disabled soldiers, struck by snow blindness or frostbitten toes, were left to fend for themselves. For their eyes, it helped a bit to march with something black in front of them; for their feet, the only solution was to keep moving non-stop and to loosen their sandals at night. If they fell asleep with the sandals on, the straps dug into their feet, freezing them to the footwear. This was partly because, after their old sandals wore out, they had to wear untanned shoes made from fresh ox hides. Due to such dire circumstances, a group of men fell behind. They spotted a dark patch of ground where the snow had clearly melted—a spring was steaming nearby in a hollow. They decided to rest there and were reluctant to move on. But Xenophon, with his rear guard, saw them and pleaded with them not to be left behind, warning them that large packs of enemies were in hot pursuit. He even grew angry. They simply told him to end their lives if he wanted them to move, refusing to go any further. It seemed best to try to scare off the pursuing enemy and protect the sick. It was already getting dark, and the pursuers were making a lot of noise, quarreling and arguing over their loot. Suddenly, the rear guard, feeling strong and healthy, jumped up from their hiding place and charged at the enemy, while the exhausted soldiers shouted as loudly as they could and banged their spears against their shields. Terrified, the enemy plunged into the snow and into the hollow, and none of them ever made a sound again.
(2) Hug, after Rehdantz, would omit the words "in the plenitude of health and strength." (3) Or, "the invalids."
(2) Hug, following Rehdantz, would leave out the phrase "in the fullness of health and strength." (3) Or, "the sick."
Xenophon and his party, telling the sick folk that next day people would come for them, set off, and before they had gone half a mile they fell in with some soldiers who had laid down to rest on the snow with their cloaks wrapped round them, but never a guard was established, and they made them get up. Their explanation was that those in front would not move on. Passing by this group he sent forward the strongest of his light infantry in advance, with orders to find out what the stoppage was. They reported that the whole army lay reposing in such fashion. That being so, Xenophon's men had nothing for it but to bivouac in the open air also, without fire and supperless, merely posting what pickets they could under the circumstances. But as soon as it drew towards day, Xenophon despatched the youngest of his men to the sick folk behind, with orders to make them get up and force them to proceed. Meanwhile Cheirisophus had sent some of his men quartered in the village to enquire how they fared in the rear; they were overjoyed to see them, and handed over the sick folk to them to carry into camp, while they themselves continued their march forward, and ere twenty furlongs were past reached the village in which Cheirisophus was quartered. As soon as the two divisions were met, the resolution was come to that it would be safe to billet the regiments throughout the villages; Cheirisophus remained where he was, while the rest drew lots for the villages in sight, and then, with their several detachments, marched off to their respective destinations.
Xenophon and his group, telling the sick people that others would come for them the next day, set off. Before they had even gone half a mile, they came across some soldiers resting on the snow, wrapped in their cloaks, but there was no guard assigned, so they made them get up. The soldiers explained that those ahead weren’t moving. Passing by this group, Xenophon sent the strongest of his light infantry ahead with orders to find out what was causing the delay. They reported that the entire army was resting like that. Since that was the case, Xenophon’s men had no choice but to camp out in the open too, without a fire or dinner, just putting up whatever pickets they could under the circumstances. But as soon as dawn approached, Xenophon sent the youngest of his men back to the sick people, instructing them to get them up and make them move. Meanwhile, Cheirisophus had sent some of his men from the village to check on how those in the rear were doing; they were thrilled to see them and handed over the sick people to be carried into camp, while they continued their march forward. Within twenty furlongs, they reached the village where Cheirisophus was stationed. As soon as the two groups met, they decided it would be safe to assign the regiments to the surrounding villages; Cheirisophus stayed where he was, while the rest drew lots for the visible villages and then, with their respective detachments, marched off to their destinations.
It was here that Polycrates, an Athenian and captain of a company, asked for leave of absence—he wished to be off on a quest of his own; and putting himself at the head of the active men of the division, he ran to the village which had been allotted to Xenophon. He surprised within it the villagers with their headman, and seventeen young horses which were being reared as a tribute for the king, and, last of all, the headman's own daughter, a young bride only eight days wed. Her husband had gone off to chase hares, and so he escaped being taken with the other villagers. The houses were underground structures with an aperture like the mouth of a well by which to enter, but they were broad and spacious below. The entrance for the beasts of burden was dug out, but the human occupants descended by a ladder. In these dwellings were to be found goats and sheep and cattle, and cocks and hens, with their various progeny. The flocks and herds were all reared under cover upon green food. There were stores within of wheat and barley and vegetables, and wine made from barley in great big bowls; the grains of barley malt lay floating in the beverage up to the lip of the vessel, and reeds lay in them, some longer, some shorter, without joints; when you were thirsty you must take one of these into your mouth, and suck. The beverage without admixture of water was very strong, and of a delicious flavour to certain palates, but the taste must be acquired.
It was here that Polycrates, an Athenian and captain of a group, requested a leave of absence—he wanted to embark on his own adventure; and leading the active members of the division, he ran to the village assigned to Xenophon. He surprised the villagers and their leader, along with seventeen young horses being raised as a tribute for the king, and lastly, the leader's daughter, a young bride who had been married for only eight days. Her husband had gone out to hunt hares, so he avoided capture along with the other villagers. The houses were underground structures with an entrance like the mouth of a well, allowing access down into broad and spacious rooms. The entrance for the pack animals was dug out, while the human occupants used a ladder to descend. Inside these dwellings were goats, sheep, cattle, and chickens with their various offspring. The flocks and herds were all raised undercover on green fodder. There were supplies of wheat, barley, vegetables, and wine made from barley in large bowls; grains of malted barley floated up to the rim of the vessels, with reeds of varying lengths and no joints placed in them; when you were thirsty, you had to pick one up and suck. The undiluted beverage was very strong and had a delicious flavor to some, but the taste had to be acquired.
Xenophon made the headman of the village his guest at supper, and bade him keep a good heart; so far from robbing him of his children, they would fill his house full of good things in return for what they took before they went away; only he must set them an example, and discover some blessing or other for the army, until they found themselves with another tribe. To this he readily assented, and with the utmost cordiality showed them the cellar where the wine was buried. For this night then, having taken up their several quarters as described, they slumbered in the midst of plenty, one and all, with the headman under watch and ward, and his children with him safe in sight.
Xenophon invited the village leader to dinner and encouraged him to stay optimistic; instead of taking his children, they would fill his home with good things in exchange for what they had taken before leaving. However, he had to set a good example and find some blessing for the army until they connected with another tribe. The leader agreed with enthusiasm and warmly showed them the cellar where the wine was stored. That night, after settling into their respective quarters as mentioned, they all slept peacefully in abundance, with the leader under watch and his children safely in sight.
But on the following day Xenophon took the headman and set off to Cheirisophus, making a round of the villages, and at each place turning in to visit the different parties. Everywhere alike he found them faring sumptuously and merry-making. There was not a single village where they did not insist on setting a breakfast before them, and on the same table were spread half a dozen dishes at least, lamb, kid, pork, veal, fowls, with various sorts of bread, some of wheat and some of barley. When, as an act of courtesy, any one wished to drink his neighbour's health, he would drag him to the big bowl, and when there, he must duck his head and take a long pull, drinking like an ox. The headman, they insisted everywhere, must accept as a present whatever he liked to have. But he would accept nothing, except where he espied any of his relations, when he made a point of taking them off, him or her, with himself.
But the next day, Xenophon took the leader and headed over to Cheirisophus, visiting the villages along the way and stopping by to see different groups. Everywhere he went, he found people living it up and celebrating. Not a single village passed without them insisting on serving breakfast, and on the table were at least half a dozen dishes—lamb, kid, pork, veal, and poultry—along with various kinds of bread, some made from wheat and some from barley. Whenever someone wanted to toast their neighbor, they would pull them over to the big bowl, where they had to dip their head and take a big drink, chugging like an ox. The leader was always offered gifts of whatever he wanted. But he declined all of them unless he spotted any of his relatives, in which case he made a point of taking them along, whether it was a him or her.
When they reached Cheirisophus they found a similar scene. There too the men were feasting in their quarters, garlanded with whisps of hay and dry grass, and Armenian boys were playing the part of waiters in barbaric costumes, only they had to point out by gesture to the boys what they were to do, like deaf and dumb. After the first formalities, when Cheirisophus and Xenophon had greeted one another like bosom friends, they interrogated the headman in common by means of the Persian-speaking interpreter. "What was the country?" they asked: he replied, "Armenia." And again, "For whom are the horses being bred?" "They are tribute for the king," he replied. "And the neighbouring country?" "Is the land of the Chalybes," he said; and he described the road which led to it. So for the present Xenophon went off, taking the headman back with him to his household and friends. He also made him a present of an oldish horse which he had got; he had heard that the headman was a priest of the sun, and so he could fatten up the beast and sacrifice him; otherwise he was afraid it might die outright, for it had been injured by the long marching. For himself he took his pick of the colts, and gave a colt apiece to each of his fellow-generals and officers. The horses here were smaller than the Persian horses, but much more spirited. It was here too that their friend the headman explained to them, how they should wrap small bags or sacks around the feet of the horses and other cattle when marching through the snow, for without such precautions the creatures sank up to their bellies.
When they found Cheirisophus, they encountered a similar scene. The men were celebrating in their quarters, decorated with strands of hay and dry grass, while Armenian boys acted as waiters in exotic outfits. They had to gesture to the boys to show them what to do, as if they were mute. After the initial greetings, Cheirisophus and Xenophon embraced like close friends, and they questioned the headman together through the Persian-speaking interpreter. "What country is this?" they asked, and he replied, "Armenia." Again, they asked, "Who are the horses being raised for?" "They are a tribute for the king," he said. "And the neighboring country?" "It’s the land of the Chalybes," he answered, and described the road leading there. For now, Xenophon left, taking the headman back to his household and friends. He also gifted him an older horse he had acquired, having learned that the headman was a priest of the sun, meaning he could fatten and sacrifice the animal; otherwise, he feared it might die from the long march. For himself, he chose a colt and gave one colt each to his fellow generals and officers. The horses here were smaller than Persian horses but much more spirited. It was here that the headman explained how to wrap small bags or sacks around the feet of horses and other livestock when marching through the snow, as without such measures, they would sink up to their bellies.
VI
When a week had passed, on the eighth day Xenophon delivered over the guide (that is to say, the village headman) to Cheirisophus. He left the headman's household safe behind in the village, with the exception of his son, a lad in the bloom of youth. This boy was entrusted to Episthenes of Amphipolis to guard; if the headman proved himself a good guide, he was to take away his son also at his departure. They finally made his house the repository of all the good things they could contrive to get together; then they broke up their camp and commenced to march, the headman guiding them through the snow unfettered. When they had reached the third stage Cheirisophus flew into a rage with him, because he had not brought them to any villages. The headman pleaded that there were none in this part. Cheirisophus struck him, but forgot to bind him, and the end of it was that the headman ran away in the night and was gone, leaving his son behind him. This was the sole ground of difference between Cheirisophus and Xenophon during the march, this combination of ill-treatment and neglect in the case of the guide. As to the boy, Episthenes conceived a passion for him, and took him home with him, and found in him the most faithful of friends.
After a week had passed, on the eighth day, Xenophon handed over the guide (the village headman) to Cheirisophus. He left the headman's household safe in the village, except for his son, a young boy full of life. This boy was entrusted to Episthenes of Amphipolis for protection; if the headman proved to be a good guide, he was to take his son with him when he left. They eventually made the headman's house the storage place for all the valuable things they could gather; then they packed up their camp and began to march, with the headman leading them through the snow unrestrained. When they reached the third stop, Cheirisophus became furious with him for not leading them to any villages. The headman argued that there were none in this area. Cheirisophus hit him, but forgot to tie him up, and in the end, the headman escaped in the night, leaving his son behind. This was the only point of tension between Cheirisophus and Xenophon during the march, this mix of mistreatment and neglect toward the guide. As for the boy, Episthenes became fond of him, took him home, and found in him a loyal friend.
After this they marched seven stages at the rate of five parasangs a day, to the banks of the river Phasis (1), which is a hundred feet broad: and thence they marched another couple of stages, ten parasangs; but at the pass leading down into the plain there appeared in front of them a mixed body of Chalybes and Taochians and Phasianians. When Cheirisophus caught sight of the enemy on the pass at a distance of about three or four miles, he ceased marching, not caring to approach the enemy with his troops in column, and he passed down the order to the others: to deploy their companies to the front, that the troops might form into line. As soon as the rearguard had come up, he assembled the generals and officers, and addressed them: "The enemy, as you see, are in occupation of the mountain pass, it is time we should consider how we are to make the best fight to win it. My opinion is, that we should give orders to the troops to take their morning meal, whilst we deliberate whether we should cross the mountains to-day or to-morrow." "My opinion," said Cleanor, "is, that as soon as we have breakfasted, we should arm for the fight and attack the enemy, without loss of time, for if we fritter away to-day, the enemy who are now content to look at us, will grow bolder, and with their growing courage, depend upon it, others more numerous will join them."
After this, they marched for seven stops at five parasangs a day to the banks of the river Phasis (1), which is a hundred feet wide. From there, they marched another couple of stops, ten parasangs, but at the pass leading down into the plain, they encountered a mixed group of Chalybes, Taochians, and Phasianians. When Cheirisophus spotted the enemy at the pass about three or four miles away, he stopped marching, not wanting to approach the enemy with his troops in formation, and he sent down the order for everyone else to deploy their companies to the front so the troops could form a line. Once the rearguard caught up, he gathered the generals and officers and spoke to them: "The enemy, as you can see, are occupying the mountain pass; it's time for us to think about how to fight effectively to take it. I think we should order the troops to have their morning meal while we decide whether we should cross the mountains today or tomorrow." "I think," said Cleanor, "that as soon as we finish breakfast, we should arm ourselves for the fight and attack the enemy without delay, because if we waste today, the enemy, who are currently content to just watch us, will become bolder, and with their increased courage, believe me, more of them will join in."
(1) Probably a tributary of the Araxes = modern Pasin-Su.
(1) Probably a branch of the Araxes = present-day Pasin-Su.
After him Xenophon spoke: "This," he said, "is how I see the matter; if fight we must, let us make preparation to sell our lives dearly, but if we desire to cross with the greatest ease, the point to consider is, how we may get the fewest wounds and throw away the smallest number of good men. Well then, that part of the mountain which is visible stretches nearly seven miles. Where are the men posted to intercept us? except at the road itself, they are nowhere to be seen. It is much better to try if possible to steal a point of this desert mountain unobserved, and before they know where we are, secure the prize, than to fly at a strong position and an enemy thoroughly prepared. Since it is much easier to march up a mountain without fighting than to tramp along a level when assailants are at either hand; and provided he has not to fight, a man will see what lies at his feet much more plainly even at night than in broad daylight in the midst of battle; and a rough road to feet that roam in peace may be pleasanter than a smooth surface with the bullets whistling about your ears (2). Nor is it so impossible, I take it, to steal a march, since it is open to us to go by night, when we cannot be seen, and to fall back so far that they will never notice us. In my opinion, however, if we make a feint of attacking here, we shall find the mountain chain all the more deserted elsewhere, since the enemy will be waiting for us here in thicker swarm.
After him, Xenophon spoke: "This is how I see it; if we have to fight, let’s prepare to make it worth it, but if we want to cross with the least trouble, we need to consider how to avoid injuries and lose as few good men as possible. That part of the mountain we can see stretches nearly seven miles. Where are the men set up to stop us? Aside from the road itself, they’re nowhere in sight. It’s much better to try to quietly take a point on this desert mountain unseen, and secure it before they even know where we are, rather than attack a strong position with a fully prepared enemy. It’s a lot easier to climb a mountain without a fight than to walk across level ground while being attacked from all sides; and unless he has to fight, a person can see what’s right in front of them much clearer even at night than in broad daylight in the middle of a battle; and a rough path for feet that are at ease might feel nicer than a smooth one with bullets flying past your head. It’s also not so impossible to sneak around, since we can go at night when we can’t be seen, and retreat far enough that they won’t notice us. However, I believe if we pretend to attack here, we’ll find the rest of the mountain chain much less guarded, since the enemy will be waiting for us here in greater numbers."
(2) Or, more lit., "with the head a mark for missiles."
(2) Or, more literally, "with the head as a target for missiles."
"But what right have I to be drawing conclusions about stealing in your presence, Cheirisophus? for you Lacedaemonians, as I have often been told, you who belong to the 'peers,' practise stealing from your boyhood up; and it is no disgrace but honourable rather to steal, except such things as the law forbids; and in order, I presume, to stimulate your sense of secretiveness, and to make you master thieves, it is lawful for you further to get a whipping if you are caught. Now then you have a fine opportunity of displaying your training. But take care we are not caught stealing over the mountain, or we shall catch it ourselves." "For all that," retorted Cheirisophus, "I have heard that you Athenians are clever hands at stealing the public moneys; and that too though there is a fearful risk for the person so employed; but, I am told, it is your best men who are addicted to it; if it is your best men who are thought worthy to rule. So it is a fine opportunity for yourself also, Xenophon, to exhibit your education." "And I," replied Xenophon, "am ready to take the rear division, as soon as we have supped, and seize the mountain chain. I have already got guides, for the light troops laid an ambuscade, and seized some of the cut-purse vagabonds who hung on our rear. I am further informed by them that the mountain is not inaccessible, but is grazed by goats and cattle, so that if we can once get hold of any portion of it, there will be no difficulty as regards our animals—they can cross. As to the enemy, I expect they will not even wait for us any longer, when they once see us on a level with themselves on the heights, for they do not even at present care to come down and meet us on fair ground." Cheirisophus answered: "But why should you go and leave your command in the rear? Send others rather, unless a band of volunteers will present themselves." Thereupon Aristonymus the Methydrian came forward with some heavy infantry, and Nicomachus the Oetean with another body of light troops, and they made an agreement to kindle several watch-fires as soon as they held the heights. The arrangements made, they breakfasted; and after breakfast Cheirisophus advanced the whole army ten furlongs closer towards the enemy, so as to strengthen the impression that he intended to attack them at that point.
"But what right do I have to be making judgments about stealing in front of you, Cheirisophus? You Lacedaemonians, as I've often heard, belong to the 'peers' and have been taught to steal since childhood; it's not seen as shameful but rather honorable to take things, except for what the law forbids. And to encourage your stealthiness and turn you into expert thieves, it’s acceptable for you to get whipped if caught. Now you have a great opportunity to show off your training. But be careful not to get caught stealing over the mountain, or we’ll get in trouble ourselves." "Still," Cheirisophus shot back, "I’ve heard that you Athenians excel at stealing public funds, even though there's a huge risk involved. But I’m told it's your best men who do this, since they’re considered fit to lead. So, it’s a good chance for you too, Xenophon, to showcase your skills." "And I," replied Xenophon, "am ready to take the rear division as soon as we've had dinner, and go for the mountain range. I already have guides, since the light troops set an ambush and caught some of the pickpocket stragglers who were trailing us. I’ve also learned from them that the mountain isn’t impossible to traverse; it’s used by goats and cattle, so if we can secure even part of it, our animals will have no trouble crossing. As for the enemy, I expect they won’t even wait for us once they see us on the same level as them on the heights, since they don’t want to come down and meet us on fair ground." Cheirisophus replied: "But why would you leave your command in the back? It’s better to send others unless some volunteers come forward." Just then, Aristonymus the Methydrian stepped up with some heavy infantry, and Nicomachus the Oetean joined with another group of light troops, and they agreed to light several watch-fires once they reached the heights. With the plans set, they had breakfast; after that, Cheirisophus moved the entire army ten furlongs closer to the enemy to strengthen the impression that he intended to attack at that point.
But as soon as they had supped and night had fallen, the party under orders set off and occupied the mountain, while the main body rested where they were. Now as soon as the enemy perceived that the mountain was taken, they banished all thought of sleep, and kept many watch-fires blazing throughout the night. But at break of day Cheirisophus offered sacrifice, and began advancing along the road, while the detachment which held the mountain advanced pari passu by the high ground. The larger mass of the enemy, on his side, remained still on the mountain-pass, but a section of them turned to confront the detachment on the heights. Before the main bodies had time to draw together, the detachment on the height came to close quarters, and the Hellenes were victorious and gave chase. Meanwhile the light division of the Hellenes, issuing from the plain, were rapidly advancing against the serried lines of the enemy, whilst Cheirisophus followed up with his heavy infantry at quick march. But the enemy on the road no sooner saw their higher division being worsted than they fled, and some few of them were slain, and a vast number of wicker shields were taken, which the Hellenes hacked to pieces with their short swords and rendered useless. So when they had reached the summit of the pass, they sacrificed and set up a trophy, and descending into the plain, reached villages abounding in good things of every kind.
But as soon as they finished dinner and night fell, the group under orders set out and took control of the mountain, while the main force rested where they were. Once the enemy realized the mountain had been captured, they abandoned any thought of sleep and kept many watch-fires burning throughout the night. At dawn, Cheirisophus made a sacrifice and started moving along the road, while the detachment holding the mountain advanced alongside them on the high ground. The larger part of the enemy remained at the mountain pass, but some of them turned to face the detachment on the heights. Before the main forces could gather, the detachment on the heights engaged in close quarters, and the Hellenes were victorious and pursued the enemy. Meanwhile, the light division of the Hellenes, coming from the plain, quickly advanced against the tightly packed lines of the enemy, while Cheirisophus followed closely with his heavy infantry. But as soon as the enemy on the road saw their higher division being defeated, they fled, with a few of them being killed, and many wicker shields were captured, which the Hellenes smashed to pieces with their short swords, rendering them useless. When they reached the summit of the pass, they made a sacrifice and set up a trophy, then descended into the plain and reached villages filled with a variety of good things.
VII
After this they marched into the country of the Taochians five stages—thirty parasangs—and provisions failed; for the Taochians lived in strong places, into which they had carried up all their stores. Now when the army arrived before one of these strong places—a mere fortress, without city or houses, into which a motley crowd of men and women and numerous flocks and herds were gathered—Cheirisophus attacked at once. When the first regiment fell back tired, a second advanced, and again a third, for it was impossible to surround the place in full force, as it was encircled by a river. Presently Xenophon came up with the rearguard, consisting of both light and heavy infantry, whereupon Cheirisophus halted him with the words: "In the nick of time you have come; we must take this place, for the troops have no provisions, unless we take it." Thereupon they consulted together, and to Xenophon's inquiry, "What it was which hindered their simply walking in?" Cheirisophus replied, "There is just this one narrow approach which you see, but when we attempt to pass it by they roll down volleys of stones from yonder overhanging crag," pointing up, "and this is the state in which you find yourself, if you chance to be caught;" and he pointed to some poor fellows with their legs or ribs crushed to bits. "But when they have expended their ammunition," said Xenophon, "there is nothing else, is there, to hinder our passing? Certainly, except yonder handful of fellows, there is no one in front of us that we can see; and of them, only two or three apparently are armed, and the distance to be traversed under fire is, as your eyes will tell you, about one hundred and fifty feet as near as can be, and of this space the first hundred is thickly covered with great pines at intervals; under cover of these, what harm can come to our men from a pelt of stones, flying or rolling? So then, there is only fifty feet left to cross, during a lull of stones." "Ay," said Cheirisophus, "but with our first attempt to approach the bush a galling fire of stones commences." "The very thing we want," said the other, "for they will use up their ammunition all the quicker; but let us select a point from which we shall have only a brief space to run across, if we can, and from which it will be easier to get back, if we wish."
After this, they marched into the land of the Taochians for five stages—about thirty parasangs—and ran out of supplies; the Taochians had taken refuge in strongholds where they had stored their goods. When the army reached one of these strongholds—a simple fortress, with no city or houses, filled with a mixed crowd of men, women, and lots of livestock—Cheirisophus immediately attacked. As the first regiment fell back, exhausted, a second stepped up, and then a third, since they couldn’t surround the place completely due to the river encircling it. Soon, Xenophon arrived with the rear guard, which included both light and heavy infantry, and Cheirisophus stopped him, saying, "You’ve arrived just in time; we need to take this place because the troops are out of provisions unless we do." They then discussed it, and when Xenophon asked, "What’s stopping us from simply walking in?" Cheirisophus replied, "There’s only this narrow path you see, but when we try to take it, they start rolling down stones from that overhanging cliff," pointing up, "and this is what happens if you get caught;" he pointed to some poor guys with crushed legs or ribs. "But once they've used up their ammo," Xenophon said, "is there really anything else stopping us from getting through? I mean, besides that small group of guys, we can’t see anyone ahead of us; and out of those, only two or three look armed. The distance we need to cover while under fire is roughly about one hundred and fifty feet, and the first hundred feet is covered with large pines spaced out. With that cover, how much harm can come to our men from a few stones, whether they're flying or rolling? So it’s just a fifty-foot stretch to cross when the stones stop." "True," Cheirisophus said, "but the moment we try to get near the bushes, they start firing stones at us." "Exactly what we want," the other replied, "because they’ll use up their ammunition faster; let’s pick a spot where we’ll only have a short distance to run across, and it’ll be easier to retreat from if we need to."
Thereupon Cheirisophus and Xenophon set out with Callimachus the Parrhasian, the captain in command of the officers of the rearguard that day; the rest of the captains remained out of danger. That done, the next step was for a party of about seventy men to get away under the trees, not in a body, but one by one, every one using his best precaution; and Agasis the Stymphalian, and Aristonymous the Methydrian, who were also officers of the rearguard, were posted as supports outside the trees; for it was not possible for more than a single company to stand safely within the trees. Here Callimachus hit upon a pretty contrivance—he ran forward from the tree under which he was posted two or three paces, and as soon as the stones came whizzing, he retired easily, but at each excursion more than ten wagon-loads of rocks were expended. Agasias, seeing how Callimachus was amusing himself, and the whole army looking on as spectators, was seized with the fear that he might miss his chance of being first to run the gauntlet of the enemy's fire and get into the place. So, without a word of summons to his neighbour, Aristonymous, or to Eurylochus of Lusia, both comrades of his, or to any one else, off he set on his own account, and passed the whole detachment. But Callimachus, seeing him tearing past, caught hold of his shield by the rim, and in the meantime Aristonymous the Methydrian ran past both, and after him Eurylochus of Lusia; for they were one and all aspirants to valour, and in that high pursuit, each was the eager rival of the rest. So in this strife of honour, the three of them took the fortress, and when they had once rushed in, not a stone more was hurled from overhead.
Then Cheirisophus and Xenophon set out with Callimachus the Parrhasian, who was in charge of the rear guard that day; the other captains stayed safe. Next, a group of about seventy men slipped away under the trees, not all at once, but one by one, each taking care as best they could. Agasias the Stymphalian and Aristonymous the Methydrian, who were also officers of the rear guard, stood outside the trees to support them; it wasn't safe for more than one company to be inside the trees at a time. Callimachus came up with a clever trick—he would run forward from the tree where he was stationed for a few steps, and as soon as the stones started flying, he would retreat easily. But each time he did this, they used more than ten wagon-loads of rocks. Agasias, noticing how Callimachus was having fun while the whole army watched as spectators, was worried that he would miss his chance to be the first to run through the enemy's fire and get to safety. So, without telling his neighbor Aristonymous, or Eurylochus of Lusia—both his comrades—or anyone else, he took off on his own and passed the whole detachment. But when Callimachus saw him rushing by, he grabbed his shield by the edge, and in the meantime, Aristonymous the Methydrian passed both of them, then Eurylochus of Lusia followed; they were all eager for glory and each wanted to outdo the others. So in this competition for honor, the three of them took the fortress, and once they rushed in, not a single stone was thrown down from above.
And here a terrible spectacle displayed itself: the women first cast their infants down the cliff, and then they cast themselves after their fallen little ones, and the men likewise. In such a scene, Aeneas the Stymphalian, an officer, caught sight of a man with a fine dress about to throw himself over, and seized hold of him to stop him; but the other caught him to his arms, and both were gone in an instant headlong down the crags, and were killed. Out of this place the merest handful of human beings were taken prisoners, but cattle and asses in abundance and flocks of sheep.
And there was a horrifying scene: the women first threw their babies off the cliff, and then they jumped after their fallen children, followed by the men. In the chaos, Aeneas the Stymphalian, an officer, saw a man in nice clothes about to jump, and he grabbed him to stop him; but the man clung to him, and in an instant they both plummeted down the cliffs and were killed. From this place, only a tiny number of people were taken prisoner, but there were plenty of cattle, donkeys, and flocks of sheep.
From this place they marched through the Chalybes (1) seven stages, fifty parasangs. These were the bravest men whom they encountered on the whole march, coming cheerily to close quarters with them. They wore linen cuirasses reaching to the groin, and instead of the ordinary "wings" or basques, a thickly-plaited fringe of cords. They were also provided with greaves and helmets, and at the girdle a short sabre, about as long as the Laconian dagger, with which they cut the throats of those they mastered, and after severing the head from the trunk they would march along carrying it, singing and dancing, when they drew within their enemy's field of view. They carried also a spear fifteen cubits long, lanced at one end (2). This folk stayed in regular townships, and whenever the Hellenes passed by they invariably hung close on their heels fighting. They had dwelling-places in their fortresses, and into them they had carried up their supplies, so that the Hellenes could get nothing from this district, but supported themselves on the flocks and herds they had taken from the Taochians. After this the Hellenes reached the river Harpasus, which was four hundred feet broad. Hence they marched through the Scythenians four stages—twenty parasangs—through a long level country to more villages, among which they halted three days, and got in supplies.
From this spot, they marched through the Chalybes for seven stages, covering fifty parasangs. These were the toughest fighters they encountered throughout the journey, confronting them boldly. They wore linen armor that reached down to their groin, and instead of the usual "wings" or basques, they had a thick fringe of twisted cords. They were equipped with greaves and helmets, and at their waist, they carried short sabers about the length of a Laconian dagger, which they used to slit the throats of those they defeated. After decapitating their victims, they proudly carried the heads while singing and dancing as they approached their enemies. They also wielded spears that were fifteen cubits long, with a sharpened end. This group lived in organized towns, and whenever the Hellenes passed through, they consistently trailed behind them, engaging in battle. They had homes in their fortresses, where they had stocked up on supplies, preventing the Hellenes from taking anything from that area, forcing them to rely on the flocks and herds they had captured from the Taochians. After this, the Hellenes reached the Harpasus River, which was four hundred feet wide. From there, they marched through the Scythenians for four stages—twenty parasangs—across a long, flat region to more villages, where they rested for three days and gathered supplies.
(1) These are the Armeno-Chalybes, so called by Pliny in contradistinction to another mountain tribe in Pontus so named, who were famous for their forging, and from whom steel received its Greek name {khalups}. With these latter we shall make acquaintance later on. (2) I.e. with a single point or spike only, the Hellenic spear having a spike at the butt end also.
(1) These are the Armeno-Chalybes, as Pliny called them, to distinguish them from another mountain tribe in Pontus with the same name, who were known for their metalworking, and from whom steel got its Greek name {khalups}. We'll get to know the latter group later on. (2) That is, with just one point or spike, since the Hellenic spear also has a spike at the butt end.
Passing on from thence in four stages of twenty parasangs, they reached a large and prosperous well-populated city, which went by the name of Gymnias (3), from which the governor of the country sent them a guide to lead them through a district hostile to his own. This guide told them that within five days he would lead them to a place from which they would see the sea, "and," he added, "if I fail of my word, you are free to take my life." Accordingly he put himself at their head; but he no sooner set foot in the country hostile to himself than he fell to encouraging them to burn and harry the land; indeed his exhortations were so earnest, it was plain that it was for this he had come, and not out of the good-will he bore the Hellenes.
Moving on from there in four stages of twenty parasangs, they arrived at a large and thriving city known as Gymnias (3). The governor of the area sent them a guide to help them through a region that was hostile to him. This guide promised that within five days he would take them to a spot from which they could see the sea, adding, "If I don’t keep my promise, you have the right to take my life." He then took the lead; however, as soon as he entered the hostile territory, he began urging them to burn and pillage the land. In fact, his encouragement was so intense that it was clear he had come for this purpose, not out of any goodwill toward the Hellenes.
(3) Gymnias is supposed (by Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 161) to be the same as that which is now called Gumisch-Kana—perhaps "at no great distance from Baibut," Tozer, "Turkish Armenia," p. 432. Others have identified it with Erzeroum, others with Ispir.
(3) Gymnias is thought (by Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 161) to be the same place now called Gumisch-Kana—possibly "not far from Baibut," according to Tozer, "Turkish Armenia," p. 432. Some have linked it to Erzeroum, while others have connected it with Ispir.
On the fifth day they reached the mountain, the name of which was Theches (4). No sooner had the men in front ascended it and caught sight of the sea than a great cry arose, and Xenophon, in the rearguard, catching the sound of it, conjectured that another set of enemies must surely be attacking in front; for they were followed by the inhabitants of the country, which was all aflame; indeed the rearguard had killed some and captured others alive by laying an ambuscade; they had taken also about twenty wicker shields, covered with the raw hides of shaggy oxen.
On the fifth day, they reached the mountain called Theches (4). As the men at the front climbed it and saw the sea, a loud cheer went up. Xenophon, in the rear, heard the commotion and guessed that they must be facing another group of enemies ahead. They were being pursued by the local residents, whose land was in ruins. In fact, the rear guard had killed some and captured others by setting a trap; they also took about twenty wicker shields covered with the raw hides of shaggy oxen.
(4) Some MSS. give "the sacred mountain." The height in question has been identified with "the ridge called Tekieh-Dagh to the east of Gumisch-Kana, nearer to the sea than that place" (Grote, ib. p. 162), but the exact place from which they caught sight of the sea has not been identified as yet, and other mountain ranges have been suggested.
(4) Some manuscripts refer to "the sacred mountain." The height in question has been identified as "the ridge called Tekieh-Dagh, to the east of Gumisch-Kana, closer to the sea than that location" (Grote, ib. p. 162), but the exact point from which they saw the sea hasn’t been pinpointed yet, and other mountain ranges have been proposed.
But as the shout became louder and nearer, and those who from time to time came up, began racing at the top of their speed towards the shouters, and the shouting continually recommenced with yet greater volume as the numbers increased, Xenophon settled in his mind that something extraordinary must have happened, so he mounted his horse, and taking with him Lycius and the cavalry, he galloped to the rescue. Presently they could hear the soldiers shouting and passing on the joyful word, "The sea! the sea!"
But as the shouting grew louder and closer, and those who arrived from time to time started sprinting at full speed towards the shout, the shouting kept starting up again with even more intensity as the crowd grew, Xenophon concluded that something extraordinary must have happened. So, he got on his horse, took Lycius and the cavalry with him, and rushed to help. Soon, they could hear the soldiers shouting and spreading the happy news, "The sea! The sea!"
Thereupon they began running, rearguard and all, and the baggage animals and horses came galloping up. But when they had reached the summit, then indeed they fell to embracing one another—generals and officers and all—and the tears trickled down their cheeks. And on a sudden, some one, whoever it was, having passed down the order, the soldiers began bringing stones and erecting a great cairn, whereon they dedicated a host of untanned skins, and staves, and captured wicker shields, and with his own hand the guide hacked the shields to pieces, inviting the rest to follow his example. After this the Hellenes dismissed the guide with a present raised from the common store, to wit, a horse, a silver bowl, a Persian dress, and ten darics; but what he most begged to have were their rings, and of these he got several from the soldiers. So, after pointing out to them a village where they would find quarters, and the road by which they would proceed towards the land of the Macrones, as evening fell, he turned his back upon them in the night and was gone.
Then they all started running, including the rearguard, while the pack animals and horses came rushing up. Once they reached the top, they immediately began embracing each other—generals, officers, and everyone else—and tears streamed down their faces. Suddenly, someone passed down the order, and the soldiers started gathering stones to build a large cairn, on which they placed a bunch of untanned animal hides, staffs, and captured wicker shields. The guide personally smashed the shields to pieces, encouraging the others to do the same. After that, the Greeks rewarded the guide with a gift from their common resources, which included a horse, a silver bowl, a Persian outfit, and ten darics; but what he really wanted were their rings, and he managed to get several from the soldiers. So, after pointing out a village where they could find lodging and the road they should take toward the land of the Macrones, he turned his back on them as evening fell and disappeared into the night.
VIII
From this point the Hellenes marched through the country of the Macrones three stages—ten parasangs, and on the first day they reached the river, which formed the boundary between the land of the Macrones and the land of the Scythenians. Above them, on their right, they had a country of the sternest and ruggedest character, and on their left another river, into which the frontier river discharges itself, and which they must cross. This was thickly fringed with trees which, though not of any great bulk, were closely packed. As soon as they came up to them, the Hellenes proceeded to cut them down in their haste to get out of the place as soon as possible. But the Macrones, armed with wicker shields and lances and hair tunics, were already drawn up to receive them opposite the crossing. They were cheering one another on, and kept up a steady pelt of stones into the river, though they failed to reach the other side or do any harm.
From this point, the Greeks marched through the land of the Macrones for three stages—ten parasangs—and on the first day they reached the river that marked the boundary between the territory of the Macrones and that of the Scythenians. On their right was a landscape of harsh and rugged terrain, while on their left flowed another river, into which the main river emptied, and which they needed to cross. This river was densely lined with trees that, although not very large, were tightly packed together. As soon as they got close, the Greeks started chopping them down in their rush to leave the area as quickly as possible. However, the Macrones, equipped with wicker shields, lances, and tunics made of hair, were already positioned to confront them at the crossing. They were encouraging each other and continuously throwing stones into the river, though their aim was off, and they couldn’t reach the other side or cause any harm.
At this juncture one of the light infantry came up to Xenophon; he had been, he said, a slave at Athens, and he wished to tell him that he recognised the speech of these people. "I think," said he, "that this must be my native country, and if there is no objection I will have a talk with them." "No objection at all," replied Xenophon, "pray talk to them, and ask them first, who they are." In answer to this question they said, "they were Macrones." "Well, then," said he, "ask them why they are drawn up in battle and want to fight with us." They answered, "Because you are invading our country." The generals bade him say: "If so, it is with not intention certainly of doing it or you any harm: but we have been at war with the king, and are now returning to Hellas, and all we want is to reach the sea." The others asked, "Were they willing to give them pledges to that effect?" They replied: "Yes, they were ready to give and receive pledges to that effect." Then the Macrones gave a barbaric lance to the Hellenes, and the Hellenes a Hellenic lance to them: "for these," they said, "would serve as pledges," and both sides called upon the gods to witness.
At this point, one of the light infantry approached Xenophon. He mentioned that he had been a slave in Athens and wanted to share that he recognized the language of these people. "I believe," he said, "that this must be my homeland, and if it's alright, I'd like to talk to them." "Absolutely no problem," Xenophon replied, "please speak with them and first ask who they are." In response to this question, they identified themselves as "Macrones." "Alright then," he said, "ask them why they're gathered for battle and want to fight us." They answered, "Because you are invading our land." The generals instructed him to say: "If that’s the case, we certainly don’t intend to harm you or your territory: we have been at war with the king and are now returning to Greece; all we want is to reach the sea." The others inquired, "Are you willing to provide us assurances of that?" They replied, "Yes, we are ready to give and receive guarantees to that effect." Then the Macrones gave a foreign lance to the Greeks, and the Greeks gave a Greek lance to them: "because these," they said, "will serve as guarantees," and both sides called upon the gods to be witnesses.
After the pledges were exchanged, the Macrones fell to vigorously hewing down trees and constructing a road to help them across, mingling freely with the Hellenes and fraternising in their midst, and they afforded them as good as market as they could, and for three days conducted them on their march, until they had brought them safely to the confines of the Colchians. At this point they were confronted by a great mountain chain, which however was accessible, and on it the Colchians were drawn up for battle. In the first instance, the Hellenes drew up opposite in line of battle, as though they were minded to assault the hill in that order; but afterwards the generals determined to hold a council of war, and consider how to make the fairest fight.
After the pledges were exchanged, the Macrones started vigorously cutting down trees and building a road to help them cross. They mingled freely with the Greeks and formed a friendly bond, providing as good a marketplace as they could. For three days, they guided them on their journey until they safely brought them to the borders of the Colchians. At this point, they faced a large mountain range, which was accessible, and the Colchians were gathered there, ready for battle. Initially, the Greeks arranged themselves in battle formation, as if they planned to attack the hill that way; but later, the generals decided to hold a war council to figure out the best approach for the fight.
Accordingly Xenophon said: "I am not for advancing in line, but advise to form companies by columns. To begin with, the line," he urged, "would be scattered and thrown into disorder at once; for we shall find the mountain full of inequalities, it will be pathless here and easy to traverse there. The mere fact of first having formed in line, and then seeing the line thrown into disorder, must exercise a disheartening effect. Again, if we advance several deep, the enemy will none the less overlap us, and turn their superfluous numbers to account as best they like; while, if we march in shallow order, we may fully expect our line to be cut through and through by the thick rain of missiles and rush of men, and if this happen anywhere along the line, the whole line will equally suffer. No; my notion is to form columns by companies, covering ground sufficient with spaces between the companies to allow the last companies of each flank to be outside the enemy's flanks. Thus we shall with our extreme companies be outside the enemy's line, and the best men at the head of their columns will lead the attack, and every company will pick its way where the ground is easy; also it will be difficult for the enemy to force his way into the intervening spaces, when there are companies on both sides; nor will it be easy for him to cut in twain any individual company marching in column. If, too, any particular company should be pressed, the neighbouring company will come to the rescue, or if at any point any single company succeed in reaching the height, from that moment not one man of the enemy will stand his ground."
So, Xenophon said: "I don’t recommend marching in a straight line; instead, I suggest forming companies in columns. First off, if we start in line, we’ll get scattered and thrown into chaos right away. The terrain will be uneven, with some areas hard to cross and others easier. If we begin in a line and then it gets disrupted, that will really demoralize everyone. Also, if we advance several ranks deep, the enemy will still be able to outflank us and take advantage of their extra numbers however they want. But if we march in a shallow formation, we can expect our line to be overwhelmed by a heavy barrage of projectiles and their rush of soldiers, and if that happens at any point in the line, the whole line will suffer. My idea is to form companies in columns, leaving enough space between them so that the last companies on each side can stay out of the enemy's flanks. This way, our outer companies will be positioned beyond the enemy's line, with the best fighters at the front leading the assault, and each company can navigate the easier parts of the ground. It will be tough for the enemy to break into the gaps between the companies when there are forces on both sides; plus, it won’t be easy for them to split any single company that’s marching in a column. If one company is under pressure, the neighboring company can come to help, and if any single company manages to reach the high ground, at that point, not a single enemy soldier will be able to hold their position."
This proposal was carried, and they formed into columns by companies (1). Then Xenophon, returning from the right wing to the left, addressed the soldiers. "Men," he said, "these men whom you see in front of you are the sole obstacles still interposed between us and the haven of our hopes so long deferred. We will swallow them up whole, without cooking (2), if we can."
This proposal was accepted, and they organized into columns by companies (1). Then Xenophon, moving from the right wing to the left, spoke to the soldiers. "Guys," he said, "these people in front of you are the only barriers left between us and the fulfillment of our long-awaited hopes. We will take them out completely, without hesitation (2), if we can."
(1) For this formation, see "The Retreat of the Ten Thousand; a military study for all time," by Lieut.-General J. L. Vaughan, C.B. (2) Or, "we will gobble them up raw." He is thinking of the Homeric line ("Iliad", iv. 35) "Perchance wert thou to enter within the gates and long walls and devour Priam raw, and Priam's sons and all the Trojans, then mightest thou assuage thine anger."—Leaf.
(1) For this formation, see "The Retreat of the Ten Thousand; a military study for all time," by Lieut.-General J. L. Vaughan, C.B. (2) Or, "we will gobble them up raw." He is thinking of the line from Homer ("Iliad", iv. 35) "Maybe if you enter the gates and long walls and eat Priam raw, along with Priam's sons and all the Trojans, then you might ease your anger."—Leaf.
The several divisions fell into position, the companies were formed into columns, and the result was a total of something like eighty companies of heavy infantry, each company consisting on an average of a hundred men. The light infantry and bowmen were arranged in three divisions—two outside to support the left and the right respectively, and the third in the centre—each division consisting of about six hundred men (3).
The various divisions took their places, the companies lined up in columns, resulting in around eighty companies of heavy infantry, with each company averaging about a hundred men. The light infantry and archers were organized into three divisions—two on the outside to support the left and right, and the third in the center—each division made up of roughly six hundred men (3).
(3) This suggests 1800 as the total of the peltasts, 8000 as the total of the hoplites, but the companies were probably not limited to 100, and under "peltasts" were probably included other light troops.
(3) This indicates there were 1800 peltasts and 8000 hoplites in total, but the companies likely weren't restricted to 100 members, and "peltasts" probably included other types of light troops.
Before starting, the generals passed the order to offer prayer; and with the prayer and battle hymn rising from their lips they commenced their advance. Cheirisophus and Xenophon, and the light infantry with them, advanced outside the enemy's line to right and left, and the enemy, seeing their advance, made an effort to keep parallel and confront them, but in order to do so, as he extended partly to right and partly to left, he was pulled to pieces, and there was a large space or hollow left in the centre of his line. Seeing them separate thus, the light infantry attached to the Arcadian battalion, under command of Aeschines, an Arcarnanian, mistook the movement for flight, and with a loud shout rushed on, and these were the first to scale the mountain summit; but they were closely followed up by the Arcadian heavy infantry, under command of Cleanor of Orchomenus.
Before they started, the generals issued an order for prayer; and with the prayer and battle hymn on their lips, they began their advance. Cheirisophus and Xenophon, along with the light infantry, moved outside the enemy's line to the right and left. The enemy, noticing their advance, tried to align and confront them, but as they spread out to the right and left, they became disorganized, leaving a significant gap in the center of their line. Seeing this separation, the light infantry attached to the Arcadian battalion, led by Aeschines, an Acanthian, mistook the movement for a retreat and, with a loud shout, charged forward, becoming the first to reach the mountain summit; however, they were closely followed by the Arcadian heavy infantry, under the command of Cleanor of Orchomenus.
When they began running in that way, the enemy stood their ground no longer, but betook themselves to flight, one in one direction, one in another, and the Hellenes scaled the hill and found quarters in numerous villages which contained supplies in abundance. Here, generally speaking, there was nothing to excite their wonderment, but the numbers of bee-hives were indeed astonishing, and so were certain properties of the honey (4). The effect upon the soldiers who tasted the combs was, that they all went for the nonce quite off their heads, and suffered from vomiting and diarrhoea, with a total inability to stand steady on their legs. A small dose produced a condition not unlike violent drunkenness, a large one an attack very like a fit of madness, and some dropped down, apparently at death's door. So they lay, hundreds of them, as if there had been a great defeat, a prey to the cruellest despondency. But the next day, none had died; and almost at the same hour of the day at which they had eaten they recovered their senses, and on the third or fourth day got on their legs again like convalescents after a severe course of medical treatment.
When they started running like that, the enemy could no longer hold their ground and fled in all directions. The Hellenes climbed the hill and found shelter in several villages that were filled with plenty of supplies. For the most part, there wasn’t much to marvel at, but the sheer number of beehives was impressive, as were some of the properties of the honey (4). The effect on the soldiers who tasted the honeycomb was that they all went a bit crazy for a while, suffering from vomiting and diarrhea, completely unable to stand. A small amount caused a reaction similar to intense drunkenness, while a larger amount brought on something like a fit of madness, and some collapsed, seemingly on the verge of death. They lay there, hundreds of them, as if they had just experienced a major defeat, consumed by deep despair. However, the next day, none had died; around the same time they had eaten, they regained their senses, and by the third or fourth day, they were back on their feet like people recovering after a tough medical treatment.
(4) "Modern travellers attest the existence, in these regions, of honey intoxicating and poisonous.... They point out the Azalea Pontica as the flower from which the bees imbibe this peculiar quality."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 155.
(4) "Current travelers confirm that in these areas, there is honey that is both intoxicating and poisonous.... They highlight the Azalea Pontica as the flower from which the bees absorb this unusual quality."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 155.
From this place they marched on two stages—seven parasangs—and reached the sea at Trapezus (5), a populous Hellenic city on the Euxine Sea, a colony of the Sinopeans, in the territory of the Colchians. Here they halted about thirty days in the villages of the Colchians, which they used as a base of operations to ravage the whole territory of Colchis. The men of Trapezus supplied the army with a market, entertained them, and gave them, as gifts of hospitality, oxen and wheat and wine. Further, they negotiated with them in behalf of their neighbours the Colchians, who dwelt in the plain for the most part, and from this folk also came gifts of hospitality in the shape of cattle. And now the Hellenes made preparation for the sacrifice which they had vowed, and a sufficient number of cattle came in for them to offer thank-offerings for safe guidance to Zeus the Saviour, and to Heracles (6), and to the other gods, according to their vows. They instituted also a gymnastic contest on the mountain side, just where they were quartered, and chose Dracontius, a Spartan (who had been banished from home when a lad, having unintentionally slain another boy with a blow of his dagger), to superintend the course, and be president of the games.
From this place, they marched in two stages—seven parasangs—and reached the sea at Trapezus (5), a busy Greek city on the Black Sea, a colony of the people from Sinope, in the region of the Colchians. Here, they stayed for about thirty days in the villages of the Colchians, which they used as a base to raid the entire area of Colchis. The people of Trapezus provided the army with a market, entertained them, and generously offered them oxen, wheat, and wine. Additionally, they mediated on behalf of their neighbors, the Colchians, who mostly lived in the plains, and these people also sent gifts of hospitality in the form of cattle. Now, the Greeks prepared for the sacrifice they had vowed, and a sufficient number of cattle arrived for them to offer thank-offerings for safe guidance to Zeus the Saviour, to Heracles (6), and to the other gods, as per their vows. They also organized a gymnastics competition on the mountainside where they were camped, and chose Dracontius, a Spartan (who had been exiled from home as a boy after accidentally killing another boy with a blow from his dagger), to oversee the event and serve as president of the games.
(5) Trebizond. (6) Or, "to sacrifice to Zeus the Preserver, and to Heracles thank-offerings for safe guidance," Heracles "the conductor" having special sympathy with wanderers.
(5) Trebizond. (6) Or, "to offer sacrifices to Zeus the Preserver, and to thank Heracles for safe guidance," as Heracles "the conductor" is known for his special compassion for travelers.
As soon as the sacrifices were over, they handed over the hides of the beasts to Dracontius, and bade him lead the way to his racecourse. He merely waved his hand and pointed to where they were standing, and said, "There, this ridge is just the place for running, anywhere, everywhere." "But how," it was asked, "will they manage to wrestle on the hard scrubby ground?" "Oh! worse knocks for those who are thrown," the president replied. There was a mile race for boys, the majority being captive lads; and for the long race more than sixty Cretans competed; there was wrestling, boxing, and the pankration (7). Altogether it was a beautiful spectacle. There was a large number of entries, and the emulation, with their companions, male and female, standing as spectators, was immense. There was horse-racing also; the riders had to gallop down a steep incline to the sea, and then turn and come up again to the altar, and on the descent more than half rolled head over heels, and then back they came toiling up the tremendous steep, scarcely out of a walking pace. Loud were the shouts, the laughter, and the cheers.
As soon as the sacrifices wrapped up, they handed over the animal hides to Dracontius and asked him to lead them to the racecourse. He simply waved his hand and pointed to where they were standing, saying, "Right here, this ridge is perfect for running, anywhere you want to." "But how," someone asked, "will they wrestle on the hard, rough ground?" "Oh! It’ll just hurt more for those who get thrown," the president replied. There was a mile race for boys, most of whom were captives; and for the long-distance race, over sixty Cretans took part. There was also wrestling, boxing, and pankration (7). Overall, it was a fantastic spectacle. There was a large number of participants, and the rivalry, with friends and family watching, was intense. There were horse races too; the riders had to gallop down a steep slope to the sea and then turn around and come back up to the altar. During the descent, more than half of them rolled down head over heels, and then they struggled back up the steep incline, barely breaking a walking pace. The shouts, laughter, and cheers were loud.
(7) The pankration combined both wrestling and boxing.
(7) Pankration combined wrestling and boxing.
BOOK V
(In the preceding portion of the narrative a detailed account is given of all that the Hellenes did, and how they fared on the march up with Cyrus; and also of all that befell them on their march subsequently, until they reached the seaboard of the Euxine Sea, or Pontus, and the Hellenic city of Trapezus, where they duly offered the sacrifice for safe deliverance which they had vowed to offer as soon as they set foot on a friendly soil.)
(In the previous part of the story, a detailed account is provided of everything the Greeks did and how they managed during their march with Cyrus. It also describes everything that happened to them on their journey until they reached the coast of the Black Sea, or Pontus, and the Greek city of Trapezus, where they properly made the sacrifice for safe passage that they had promised to offer as soon as they arrived on friendly land.)
I
After this they met and took counsel concerning the remainder of the march. The first speaker was Antileon of Thurii. He rose and said: "For my part, sirs, I am weary by this time of getting kit together and packing up for a start, of walking and running and carrying heavy arms, and of tramping along in line, or mounting guard, and doing battle. The sole desire I now have is to cease from all these pains, and for the future, since here we have the sea before us, to sail on and on, 'stretched out in sleep,' like Odysseus, and so to find myself in Hellas." When they heard these remarks, the soldiers showed their approval with loud cries of "well said," and then another spoke to the same effect, and then another, and indeed all present. Then Cheirisophus got up and said: "I have a friend, sirs, who, as good hap will have it, is now high admiral, Anaxibius. If you like to send me to him, I think I can safely promise to return with some men-of-war and other vessels which will carry us. All you have to do, if you are really minded to go home by sea, is to wait here till I come. I will be back ere long." The soldiers were delighted at these words, and voted that Cheirisophus should set sail on his mission without delay.
After this, they met to discuss the rest of the journey. Antileon of Thurii was the first to speak. He stood up and said: "Honestly, guys, I’m tired of gathering my gear and getting ready to leave, of walking and running while carrying heavy weapons, of marching in formation, standing guard, and fighting. All I want now is to escape from all this trouble and, since we have the sea in front of us, to sail away, 'stretched out in sleep,' like Odysseus, and find my way back to Hellas." When the soldiers heard this, they responded enthusiastically with shouts of "well said," and then another soldier spoke up with the same idea, and then another, until everyone was in agreement. Then Cheirisophus stood up and said: "I have a friend, guys, who, by good fortune, is now the high admiral, Anaxibius. If you want me to go to him, I believe I can promise to return with some warships and other vessels to take us home. All you need to do, if you really want to go back by sea, is to wait here until I return. I’ll be back soon." The soldiers were thrilled by this and decided that Cheirisophus should set off on his mission right away.
After him, Xenophon got up, and spoke as follows: "Cheirisophus, it is agreed, sets out in search of vessels, and we are going to await him. Let me tell you what, in my opinion, it is reasonable to do while we are waiting. First of all, we must provide ourselves with necessaries from hostile territory, for there is not a sufficient market, nor, if there were, have we, with a few solitary exceptions, the means of purchase. Now, the district is hostile, so that if you set off in search of provisions without care and precaution, the chances are that many of us will be lost. To meet this risk, I propose that we should organise foraging parties to capture provisions, and, for the rest, not roam about the country at random. The organisation of the matter should be left to us." (The resolution was passed.) "Please listen to another proposal;" he continued: "Some of you, no doubt, will be going out to pillage. It will be best, I think, that whoever does so should in each case before starting inform us of his intent, and in what direction he means to go, so that we may know the exact number of those who are out and of those who stop behind. Thus we shall be able to help in preparing and starting the expedition where necessary; and in case of aid or reinforcements being called for, we shall know in what direction to proceed; or, again, if the attempt is to be undertaken by raw or less expert hands, we may throw in the weight of our experience and advice by endeavouring to discover the strength of those whom they design to attack." This proposal was also carried. "Here is another point," he continued, "to which I would draw your attention. Our enemies will not lack leisure to make raids upon us: nor is it unnatural, that they should lay plots for us; for we have appropriated what is theirs; they are seated over us ever on the watch. I propose then that we should have regular outposts round the camp. If we take it in succession to do picket and outlook duty, the enemy will be less able to harry us. And here is another point for your observation; supposing we knew for certain that Cheirisophus must return with a sufficient number of vessels, there would be no need of the remark, but as that is still problematical, I propose that we should try to get together vessels on the spot also. If he comes and finds us already provided for here, we shall have more ships than we need, that is all; while, if he fails to bring them, we shall have the local supply to fall back upon. I see ships sailing past perpetually, so we have only to ask the loan of some war-ships from the men of Trapezus, and we can bring them into port, and safeguard them with their rudders unshipped, until we have enough to carry us. By this course I think we shall not fail of finding the means of transport requisite." That resolution was also passed. He proceeded: "Consider whether you think it equitable to support by means of a general fund the ships' companies which we so impress, while they wait here for our benefit, and to agree upon a fare, on the principle of repaying kindnesses in kind." That too was passed. "Well then," said he, "in case, after all, our endeavours should not be crowned with success, and we find that we have not vessels enough, I propose that we should enjoin on the cities along the seaboard the duty of constructing and putting in order the roads, which we hear are impassable. They will be only too glad to obey, no doubt, out of mere terror and their desire to be rid of us."
After him, Xenophon stood up and said, "Cheirisophus is off looking for ships, and we're going to wait for him. While we wait, I think we should do a few things. First, we need to gather supplies from the enemy's territory since we don’t have a sufficient market, and even if we did, we don’t have much money to spend. Since this area is hostile, if we go looking for food carelessly, we’ll likely lose a lot of people. To address this risk, I suggest we organize foraging groups to gather provisions, and avoid wandering around aimlessly. We should handle the organization ourselves." (The resolution was passed.) "Now, I have another idea," he continued: "Some of you will probably go out to loot. I think it's best that anyone planning to do so lets us know beforehand where they're going. This way, we’ll know how many are out and how many are staying behind. We can then help prepare and start the expedition if needed; and if someone calls for help or reinforcements, we’ll know where to go. Also, if someone inexperienced is leading the attempt, we can offer our advice based on our experience regarding the strengths of their targets." This proposal was also approved. "Here’s another thing to consider," he went on, "Our enemies will definitely have time to raid us; it's only natural for them to plot against us since we've taken their land. They’re always watching us. So, I propose we set up regular outposts around the camp. If we take turns on lookout duty, the enemy will find it harder to harass us. And if we knew for sure that Cheirisophus would return with plenty of ships, we wouldn't need to mention this, but since that's uncertain, we should also try to gather vessels in the meantime. If he arrives and we’re already prepared here, we’ll have more ships than we need. If he doesn’t bring them, at least we’ll have the local supply to rely on. I see ships passing by all the time, so we just need to ask the people from Trapezus to lend us some warships, and we can bring them in, keeping them safe until we have enough. I think this way we won't have trouble finding the transport we need." That resolution was also approved. He continued: "Do you think it’s fair to support the crews of the ships we take while they’re here for our benefit, and to agree on a payment system to repay their kindness?" That was also agreed upon. "Well, if our efforts end up failing and we find we don’t have enough ships, I propose we order the coastal cities to repair the roads, which we've heard are impassable. They’ll surely comply out of fear and their desire to get rid of us."
This last proposal was met by loud cries and protestations against the idea of going by land at all. So, perceiving their infatuation, he did not put the question to the vote, but eventually persuaded the cities voluntarily to construct roads by the suggestion, "If you get your roads in good order, we shall all the sooner be gone." They further got a fifty-oared galley from the Trapezuntines, and gave the command of it to Dexippus, a Laconian, one of the perioeci (1). This man altogether neglected to collect vessels on the offing, but slunk off himself, and vanished, ship and all, out of Pontus. Later on, however, he paid the penalty of his misdeeds. He became involved in some meddling and making in Thrace at the court of Seuthes, and was put to death by the Laconian Nicander. They also got a thirty-oared galley, the command of which was entrusted to Polycrates, an Athenian, and that officer brought into harbour to the camp all the vessels he could lay his hands on. If these were laden, they took out the freights and appointed guards to keep an eye on their preservation, whilst they used the ships themselves for transport service on the coast. While matters stood at this point, the Hellenes used to make forays with varying success; sometimes they captured prey and sometimes they failed. On one occasion Cleanetus led his own and another company against a strong position, and was killed himself, with many others of his party.
This last proposal was met with loud protests against the idea of traveling by land at all. So, recognizing their stubbornness, he didn’t put the question to a vote but eventually convinced the cities to voluntarily build roads by saying, "If you get your roads in good shape, we’ll leave sooner." They also acquired a fifty-oared galley from the Trapezuntines and put a Laconian named Dexippus, one of the perioeci, in charge of it. This man completely failed to gather the ships offshore and instead sneaked away, disappearing along with the ship from Pontus. Later, however, he paid the price for his actions. He got involved in some trouble in Thrace at the court of Seuthes and was killed by a Laconian named Nicander. They also got a thirty-oared galley, which was commanded by an Athenian named Polycrates, who brought all the ships he could find into the camp. If those ships were loaded, they removed the cargo and assigned guards to watch over it, while they used the ships themselves for transportation along the coast. While things were at this stage, the Hellenes conducted raids with mixed results; sometimes they captured loot and other times they didn’t. On one occasion, Cleanetus led his own group and another against a strong position and was killed, along with many others in his party.
(1) A native of the country parts of Laconia.
(1) A local from the rural areas of Laconia.
II
The time came when it was no longer possible to capture provisions, going and returning to the camp in one day. In consequence of this, Xenophon took some guides from the Trapezuntines and led half the army out against the Drilae, leaving the other half to guard the camp. That was necessary, since the Colchians, who had been ousted from their houses, were assembled thickly, and sat eyeing them from the heights above; on the other hand the Trapezuntines, being friendly to the native inhabitants, were not for leading the Hellenes to places where it was easy to capture provisions. But against the Drilae, from whom they personally suffered, they would lead them with enthusiasm, up into mountainous and scarcely accessible fortresses, and against the most warlike people of any in the Pontus.
The time came when it was no longer possible to gather supplies and return to the camp in one day. As a result, Xenophon took some guides from the Trapezuntines and led half the army out against the Drilae, leaving the other half to guard the camp. This was necessary because the Colchians, who had been forced from their homes, were gathered in large numbers and watching from the heights above. Meanwhile, the Trapezuntines, being friendly to the local people, were reluctant to lead the Greeks to places where it would be easy to collect supplies. However, they were eager to guide them against the Drilae, who had personally harmed them, into mountainous and hard-to-reach fortresses, and against the most aggressive people in the Pontus.
But when the Hellenes had reached the uplands, the Drilae set fire to all their fastnesses which they thought could be taken easily, and beat a retreat; and except here and there a stray pig or bullock or other animal which had escaped the fire there was nothing to capture; but there was one fastness which served as their metropolis: into this the different streams of people collected; round it ran a tremendously deep ravine, and the approaches to the place were difficult. So the light infantry ran forward five or six furlongs in advance of the heavy infantry, and crossed the ravine; and seeing quantities of sheep and other things, proceeded to attack the place. Close at their heels followed a number of those who had set out on the foray armed with spears, so that the storming party across the ravine amounted to more than two thousand. But, finding that they could not take the place by a coup-de-main, as there was a trench running round it, mounded up some breadth, with a stockade on the top of the earthwork and a close-packed row of wooden bastions, they made an attempt to run back, but the enemy fell upon them from the rear. To get away by a sudden rush was out of the question, since the descent from the fortress into the ravine only admitted of moving in single file. Under the circumstances they sent to Xenophon, who was in command of the heavy infantry. The messenger came and delivered his message: "There is a fastness choke full of all sorts of stores, but we cannot take it, it is too strong; nor can we easily get away; the enemy rush out and deliver battle, and the return is difficult."
But when the Greeks reached the highlands, the Drilae set fire to all their strongholds they thought could be easily captured and retreated. Except for an occasional pig or bullock or other animals that managed to escape the flames, there was nothing to seize. However, there was one stronghold that acted as their main settlement: various groups of people gathered there. A very deep ravine surrounded it, making the approaches difficult. The light infantry dashed ahead five or six furlongs in front of the heavy infantry and crossed the ravine. Spotting a lot of sheep and other valuables, they began to attack the stronghold. Right behind them followed many who had set out for the raid armed with spears, so the attacking force across the ravine totaled more than two thousand. But, finding that they couldn’t take the stronghold by surprise because of a trench surrounding it, with a mound on top and a stockade along the earthwork as well as a tightly packed row of wooden bastions, they tried to retreat, but the enemy attacked them from behind. Escaping quickly was impossible since the descent from the fortress into the ravine only allowed for single-file movement. Given the situation, they sent for Xenophon, who was in command of the heavy infantry. The messenger arrived and delivered the message: "There is a stronghold filled with all kinds of supplies, but we can't take it; it’s too strong. We can't easily escape either; the enemy charges out and engages us, and returning is difficult."
On hearing this, Xenophon pushed forward his heavy infantry to the edge of the ravine, and there ordered them to take up a position, while he himself with the officers crossed over to determine whether it were better to withdraw the party already across, or to bring over the heavy infantry also, on the supposition that the fortress might be taken. In favour of the latter opinion it was agreed that the retreat must cost many lives, and the officers were further disposed to think, they could take the place. Xenophon consented, relying on the victims, for the seers had announced, that there would be a battle, but that the result of the expedition would be good. So he sent the officers to bring the heavy troops across, while he himself remained, having drawn off all the light infantry and forbidden all sharp-shooting at long range. As soon as the heavy infantry had arrived, he ordered each captain to form his company, in whatever way he hoped to make it most effective in the coming struggle. Side by side together they stood, these captains, not for the first time to-day competitors for the award of manly virtue. While they were thus employed, he—the general—was engaged in passing down his order along the ranks of the light infantry and archers respectively to march with the javelin on its thong and the arrow to the string, ready at the word "shoot" to discharge their missiles, while the light troops were to have their wallets well stocked with slingstones; lastly, he despatched his adjutants to see to the proper carrying out of these orders.
Upon hearing this, Xenophon advanced his heavy infantry to the edge of the ravine and ordered them to take position there, while he and the officers crossed over to decide whether they should pull back the group already across or bring over the heavy infantry as well, assuming that the fortress could be captured. They believed that retreating would likely cost many lives, and the officers felt they could take the place. Xenophon agreed, trusting in the omens since the seers had predicted there would be a battle but that the outcome of the expedition would be favorable. So, he sent the officers to bring the heavy troops across while he stayed back, having pulled all the light infantry away and prohibiting any long-range shooting. Once the heavy infantry had arrived, he instructed each captain to organize their company in whatever way they thought would be most effective for the upcoming fight. Side by side, the captains stood, not for the first time today, competing for the honor of manly courage. While they were busy with this, he—the general—was giving orders along the ranks of the light infantry and archers to march with their javelins ready and arrows poised, prepared to shoot on command, while the light troops ensured they had plenty of slingstones. Finally, he sent his adjutants to supervise the proper execution of these orders.
And now the preparations were complete: the officers and lieutenants and all others claiming to be peers of these, were drawn up in their several places. With a glance each was able to command the rest in the crescent-like disposition which the ground invited. Presently the notes of the battle hymn arose, the clarion spoke, and with a thrilling cry in honour of the warrior-god, commenced a rush of the heavy infantry at full speed under cover of a storm of missiles, lances, arrows, bullets, but most of all stones hurled from the hand with ceaseless pelt, while there were some who brought firebrands to bear. Overwhelmed by this crowd of missiles, the enemy left their stockades and their bastion towers, which gave Agasias the Stymphalian and Philoxenus of Pellene a chance not to be missed; laying aside their heavy arms, up they went in bare tunics only, and one hauled another up, and meantime another had mounted, and the place was taken, as they thought. Then the peltasts and light troops rushed in and began snatching what each man could. Xenophon the while, posted at the gates, kept back as many of the hoplites as he could, for there were other enemies now visible on certain strong citadel heights; and after a lapse of no long time a shout arose within, and the men came running back, some still clutching what they had seized; and presently here and there a wounded man; and mighty was the jostling about the portals. To the questions which were put to them the outpouring fugitives repeated the same story: there was a citadel within and enemies in crowds were making savage sallies and beating the fellows inside.
And now the preparations were complete: the officers and lieutenants, along with everyone else claiming to be their equals, were lined up in their designated spots. With a quick glance, each could command the rest in the crescent formation that the terrain allowed. Soon the notes of the battle hymn rose, the clarion sounded, and with a thrilling shout in honor of the warrior-god, a charge of heavy infantry surged forward at full speed, shielded by a storm of missiles—lances, arrows, bullets, and especially stones hurled by hand in a relentless barrage, while some even carried firebrands. Overwhelmed by this hail of projectiles, the enemy abandoned their stockades and bastion towers, giving Agasias the Stymphalian and Philoxenus of Pellene a chance they couldn’t miss; dropping their heavy weapons, they charged in wearing just tunics, helping each other up as one after another climbed over, thinking they had taken the place. Then the peltasts and light troops rushed in, grabbing whatever they could. Meanwhile, Xenophon, positioned at the gates, tried to hold back as many of the hoplites as he could, since other enemies were visible on certain strong citadel heights. After a short time, a shout arose from within, and the men came running back, some still clutching what they had taken; and soon there were wounded men scattered about, and there was a chaotic jostling at the gates. When they were asked questions, the fleeing men told the same story: there was a citadel inside, and enemies were attacking in force and beating up the guys inside.
At that Xenophon ordered Tolmides the herald to proclaim: "Enter all who are minded to capture aught." In poured the surging multitude, and the counter-current of persons elbowing their passage in prevailed over the stream of those who issued forth, until they beat back and cooped up the enemy within the citadel again. So outside the citadel everything was sacked and pillaged by the Hellenes, and the heavy infantry took up their position, some about the stockades, others along the road leading up to the citadel. Xenophon and the officers meantime considered the possibility of taking the citadel, for if so, their safety was assured; but if otherwise, it would be very difficult to get away. As the result of their deliberations they agreed that the place was impregnable. Then they began making preparations for the retreat. Each set of men proceeded to pull down the palisading which faced themselves; further, they sent away all who were useless or who had enough to do to carry their burdens, with the mass of the heavy infantry accompanying them; the officers in each case leaving behind men whom they could severally depend on.
At that point, Xenophon ordered Tolmides the herald to announce: "Let everyone who wants to take something come in." The crowd surged forward, and those pushing their way in overwhelmed the ones coming out, until they pushed back and trapped the enemy inside the citadel again. Outside the citadel, everything was looted and destroyed by the Hellenes, while the heavy infantry took their positions, some near the stockades and others along the road to the citadel. Meanwhile, Xenophon and the officers considered the possibility of capturing the citadel, as doing so would ensure their safety; if not, it would be very hard to escape. After deliberating, they concluded that the place was impregnable. They then began preparing for their retreat. Each group started tearing down the barricades facing them; additionally, they sent away anyone who was useless or couldn’t carry their loads, with most of the heavy infantry going with them; the officers in each case left behind men they could trust.
But as soon as they began to retreat, out rushed upon them from within a host of fellows, armed with wicker shields and lances, greaves and Paphlagonian helmets. Others might be seen scaling the houses on this side and that of the road leading into the citadel. Even pursuit in the direction of the citadel was dangerous, since the enemy kept hurling down on them great beams from above, so that to stop and to make off were alike dangerous, and night approaching was full of terrors. But in the midst of their fighting and their despair some god gave them a means of safety. All of a sudden, by whatsoever hand ignited, a flame shot up; it came from a house on the right hand, and as this gradually fell in, the people from the other houses on the right took to their heels and fled.
But as soon as they started to pull back, a bunch of guys rushed out at them from inside, armed with wicker shields and spears, shin guards, and helmets from Paphlagonia. Other people could be seen climbing the houses on both sides of the road leading into the citadel. Even trying to get to the citadel was risky, since the enemy kept throwing huge beams down from above, making it dangerous to stop or run away, and the approaching night was full of fears. However, in the middle of their fighting and despair, some god gave them a way out. Suddenly, no matter who started it, a flame shot up; it came from a house on the right, and as it gradually collapsed, the people from the other houses on the right took off and ran away.
Xenophon, laying this lesson of fortune to heart, gave orders to set fire to the left-hand houses also, which being of wood burned quickly, with the result that the occupants of these also took to flight. The men immediately at their front were the sole annoyance now, and these were safe to fall upon them as they made their exit and in their descent. Here then the word was passed for all who were out of range to bring up logs of wood and pile them between themselves and the enemy, and when there was enough of these they set them on fire; they also fired the houses along the trench-work itself, so as to occupy the attention of the enemy. Thus they got off, though with difficulty, and escaped from the place by putting a fire between them and the enemy; and the whole city was burnt down, houses, turrets, stockading, and everything belonging to it except the citadel.
Xenophon, taking this lesson from fortune seriously, ordered the left-hand houses to be set on fire as well. Since they were made of wood, they caught fire quickly, causing the people inside to flee. The only trouble now came from the men directly in front of them, but it was easy to attack as they escaped and came down. At this point, the signal was given for everyone out of range to gather logs and stack them between themselves and the enemy. Once there were enough logs, they set them on fire. They also torched the houses along the trench to distract the enemy. This way, they managed to escape, although with some difficulty, by creating a fire barrier between themselves and the enemy. The entire city was burned down—houses, towers, barricades, and everything else, except for the citadel.
Next day the Hellenes were bent on getting back with the provisions; but as they dreaded the descent to Trapezus, which was precipitous and narrow, they laid a false ambuscade, and a Mysian, called after the name of his nation (Mysus) (1), took ten of the Cretans and halted in some thick brushy ground, where he made a feint of endeavouring to escape the notice of the enemy. The glint of their light shields, which were of brass, now and again gleamed through the brushwood. The enemy, seeing it all through the thicket, were confirmed in their fears of an ambuscade. But the army meanwhile was quietly making its descent; and when it appeared that they had crept down far enough, the signal was given to the Mysian to flee as fast as he could, and he, springing up, fled with his men. The rest of the party, that is the Cretans, saying, "We are caught if we race," left the road and plunged into a wood, and tumbling and rolling down the gullies were saved. The Mysian, fleeing along the road, kept crying for assistance, which they sent him, and picked him up wounded. The party of rescue now beat a retreat themselves with their face to the foe, exposed to a shower of missiles, to which some of the Cretan bowmen responded with their arrows. In this way they all reached the camp in safety.
The next day, the Greeks were focused on returning with the supplies, but since they feared the steep and narrow descent to Trapezus, they set up a fake ambush. A Mysian, named after his nation (Mysus) (1), took ten Cretans and hid in some thick brush, pretending to try to avoid being noticed by the enemy. The shine of their brass shields occasionally glimmered through the underbrush. The enemy, seeing this through the thicket, became even more afraid of an ambush. Meanwhile, the army quietly descended, and when it seemed they had gone down far enough, the signal was given for the Mysian to flee as quickly as possible, which he did, along with his men. The rest of the group, the Cretans, said, "We’ll be caught if we run," so they left the road and jumped into a wooded area, tumbling down the gullies and managing to escape. The Mysian, running down the road, kept calling for help, which they provided, and they found him wounded. The rescue team then retreated while facing the enemy, exposed to a rain of missiles, to which some of the Cretan archers responded with their arrows. This way, they all safely reached the camp.
(1) Lit. "{Musos} (Mysus), a Mysian by birth, and {Musos} (Mysus) by name."
(1) Lit. "{Musos} (Mysus), a Mysian by birth, and {Musos} (Mysus) by name."
III
Now when Cheirisophus did not arrive, and the supply of ships was insufficient, and to get provisions longer was impossible, they resolved to depart. On board the vessels they embarked the sick, and those above forty years of age, with the boys and women, and all the baggage which the solders were not absolutely forced to take for their own use. The two eldest generals, Philesius and Sophaenetus, were put in charge, and so the party embarked, while the rest resumed their march, for the road was now completely constructed. Continuing their march that day and the next, on the third they reached Cerasus, a Hellenic city on the sea, and a colony of Sinope, in the country of the Colchians. Here they halted ten days, and there was a review and numbering of the troops under arms, when there were found to be eight thousand six hundred men. So many had escaped; the rest had perished at the hands of the enemy, or by reason of the snow, or else disease.
Now that Cheirisophus hadn’t shown up, and there weren’t enough ships available, and getting more supplies was no longer possible, they decided to leave. They loaded the sick, everyone over forty, the boys, and the women onto the vessels, along with all the baggage that the soldiers didn’t absolutely need for themselves. The two senior generals, Philesius and Sophaenetus, were put in charge, and the group set sail, while the others continued their march since the road was now fully built. They marched the rest of that day and the next, and by the third day, they arrived in Cerasus, a Greek city by the sea and a colony of Sinope, in the land of the Colchians. They stayed there for ten days, during which a review and counting of the armed troops was conducted, revealing there were eight thousand six hundred men. So many had made it; the rest had either died at the hands of the enemy, from the snow, or due to illness.
At this time and place they divided the money accruing from the captives sold, and a tithe selected for Apollo and Artemis of the Ephesians was divided between the generals, each of whom took a portion to guard for the gods, Neon the Asinaean (1) taking on behalf of Cheirisophus.
At this time and place, they split the money from the sale of the captives, and a tenth set aside for Apollo and Artemis of the Ephesians was divided among the generals. Each general took a share to keep for the gods, with Neon the Asinaean (1) taking it on behalf of Cheirisophus.
(1) I.e. of Asine, perhaps the place named in Thuc. iv. 13, 54; vi. situated on the western side of the Messenian bay. Strabo, however, speaks of another Asine near Gytheum, but possibly means Las. See Arnold's note to Thuc. iv. 13, and Smith's "Dict. Geog. (s.v.)"
(1) I.e. of Asine, maybe the location mentioned in Thuc. iv. 13, 54; vi. situated on the western side of the Messenian bay. Strabo, however, talks about another Asine near Gytheum, but might actually mean Las. See Arnold's note to Thuc. iv. 13, and Smith's "Dict. Geog. (s.v.)"
Out of the portion which fell to Xenophon he caused a dedicatory offering to Apollo to be made and dedicated among the treasures of the Athenians at Delphi (2). It was inscribed with his own name and that of Proxenus, his friend, who was killed with Clearchus. The gift for Artemis of the Ephesians was, in the first instance, left behind by him in Asia at the time when he left that part of the world himself with Agesilaus on the march into Boeotia (3). He left it behind in charge of Megabyzus, the sacristan of the goddess, thinking that the voyage on which he was starting was fraught with danger. In the event of his coming out of it alive, he charged Megabyzus to restore to him the deposit; but should any evil happen to him, then he was to cause to be made and to dedicate on his behalf to Artemis, whatsoever thing he thought would be pleasing to the goddess.
Out of the portion that he received, Xenophon had a dedication made to Apollo, which was placed among the treasures of the Athenians at Delphi (2). It was inscribed with his own name and that of Proxenus, his friend, who was killed alongside Clearchus. The gift for Artemis of the Ephesians was initially left behind by him in Asia when he departed that region with Agesilaus on their way to Boeotia (3). He entrusted it to Megabyzus, the priest of the goddess, believing that the journey ahead was dangerous. If he survived, he instructed Megabyzus to return the gift to him; but if something bad happened to him, he was to create and dedicate on his behalf whatever he thought would please the goddess.
(2) Cf. Herod. i. 14; Strabo. ix. 420 for such private treasuries at Delphi. (3) I.e. in the year B.C. 394. The circumstances under which Agesilaus was recalled from Asia, with the details of his march and the battle of Coronea, are described by Xenophon in the fourth book of the "Hellenica."
(2) See Herodotus i. 14; Strabo ix. 420 for information about private treasuries at Delphi. (3) That is, in the year 394 B.C. The circumstances surrounding Agesilaus' recall from Asia, along with the details of his march and the battle of Coronea, are described by Xenophon in the fourth book of the "Hellenica."
In the days of his banishment, when Xenophon was now established by the Lacedaemonians as a colonist in Scillus (4), a place which lies on the main road to Olympia, Megabyzus arrived on his way to Olympia as a spectator to attend the games, and restored to him the deposit. Xenophon took the money and bought for the goddess a plot of ground at a point indicated to him by the oracle. The plot, it so happened, had its own Selinus river flowing through it, just as at Ephesus the river Selinus flows past the temple of Artemis, and in both streams fish and mussels are to be found. On the estate at Scillus there is hunting and shooting of all the beasts of the chase that are.
During his exile, when Xenophon had settled as a colonist in Scillus, a location along the main road to Olympia, Megabyzus arrived on his way to Olympia to watch the games and returned his deposit. Xenophon took the money and purchased a piece of land for the goddess at a spot indicated by the oracle. Interestingly, this land had its own Selinus river running through it, similar to how the Selinus river flows past the temple of Artemis in Ephesus, with both rivers home to fish and mussels. The estate in Scillus offers hunting and shooting opportunities for all kinds of game.
(4) Scillus, a town of Triphylia, a district of Elis. In B.C. 572 the Eleians had razed Pisa and Scillus to the ground. But between B.C. 392 and 387 the Lacedaemonians, having previously (B.C. 400, "Hell." III. ii. 30) compelled the Eleians to renounce their supremacy over their dependent cities, colonised Scillus and eventually gave it to Xenophon, then an exile from Athens. Xenophon resided here from fifteen to twenty years, but was, it is said, expelled from it by the Eleians soon after the battle of Leuctra, in B.C. 371.—"Dict. Geog. (s.v.)" The site of the place, and of Xenophon's temple, is supposed to be in the neighbourhood of the modern village of Chrestena, or possibly nearer Mazi. To reach Olympia, about 2 1/2 miles distant, one must cross the Alpheus.
(4) Scillus, a town in Triphylia, a region of Elis. In 572 B.C., the Eleians destroyed Pisa and Scillus completely. However, between 392 and 387 B.C., the Lacedaemonians forced the Eleians to give up control over their dependent cities and settled Scillus, eventually giving it to Xenophon, who was an exile from Athens at the time. Xenophon lived here for about fifteen to twenty years but was reportedly expelled by the Eleians soon after the battle of Leuctra in 371 B.C.—"Dict. Geog. (s.v.)" The location of the town and Xenophon's temple is believed to be near the modern village of Chrestena, or possibly closer to Mazi. To get to Olympia, which is about 2.5 miles away, you need to cross the Alpheus.
Here with the sacred money he built an altar and a temple, and ever after, year by year, tithed the fruits of the land in their season and did sacrifice to the goddess, while all the citizens and neighbours, men and women, shared in the festival. The goddess herself provided for the banqueters meat and loaves and wine and sweetmeats, with portions of the victims sacrificed from the sacred pasture, as also of those which were slain in the chase; for Xenophon's own lads, with the lads of the other citizens, always made a hunting excursion against the festival day, in which any grown men who liked might join. The game was captured partly from the sacred district itself, partly from Pholoe (5), pigs and gazelles and stags. The place lies on the direct road from Lacedaemon to Olympia, about twenty furlongs from the temple of Zeus in Olympia, and within the sacred enclosure there is meadow-land and wood-covered hills, suited to the breeding of pigs and goats and cattle and horses, so that even the sumpter animals of the pilgrims passing to the feast fare sumptuously. The shrine is girdled by a grove of cultivated trees, yielding dessert fruits in their season. The temple itself is a facsimile on a small scale of the great temple at Ephesus, and the image of the goddess is like the golden statue at Ephesus, save only that it is made, not of gold, but of cypress wood. Beside the temple stands a column bearing this inscription:—THE PLACE IS SACRED TO ARTEMIS. HE WHO HOLDS IT AND ENJOYS THE FRUITS OF IT IS BOUND TO SACRIFICE YEARLY A TITHE OF THE PRODUCE. AND FROM THE RESIDUE THEREOF TO KEEP IN REPAIR THE SHRINE. IF ANY MAN FAIL IN AUGHT OF THIS THE GODDESS HERSELF WILL LOOK TO IT THAT THE MATTER SHALL NOT SLEEP.
With the sacred money, he built an altar and a temple, and from then on, year after year, he dedicated a portion of the harvest in its season and made sacrifices to the goddess, while all the citizens and neighbors, both men and women, participated in the festival. The goddess herself provided the guests with meat, bread, wine, and sweet treats, along with portions of the animals sacrificed from the sacred pasture and those hunted in the chase; for Xenophon’s own boys, along with the boys of the other citizens, always went on a hunting trip before the festival, in which any interested adult could join. The game was captured partially from the sacred area itself and partially from Pholoe, including pigs, gazelles, and stags. This location is on the direct route from Lacedaemon to Olympia, about twenty furlongs from the temple of Zeus in Olympia, and inside the sacred enclosure, there are meadows and wooded hills suitable for raising pigs, goats, cattle, and horses, so even the pack animals of the pilgrims traveling to the feast are well-fed. The shrine is surrounded by a grove of cultivated trees that produce sweet fruits in season. The temple itself is a smaller version of the great temple at Ephesus, and the image of the goddess resembles the golden statue at Ephesus, except that it is made from cypress wood, not gold. Next to the temple stands a column with this inscription:—THE PLACE IS SACRED TO ARTEMIS. HE WHO HOLDS IT AND ENJOYS ITS FRUITS IS REQUIRED TO SACRIFICE AN ANNUAL TITHE OF THE HARVEST. AND FROM THE REMAINING PRODUCE TO MAINTAIN THE SHRINE. IF ANYONE FAILS IN ANY OF THIS, THE GODDESS HERSELF WILL ENSURE THAT THE MATTER WILL NOT BE IGNORED.
(5) Pholoe. This mountain (north of the Alpheus) is an offshoot of Erymanthus, crossing the Pisatis from east to west, and separating the waters of the Peneus and the Ladon from those of the Alpheus —"Dict. Geog." (Elis).
(5) Pholoe. This mountain (north of the Alpheus) is a branch of Erymanthus, running across the Pisatis from east to west, and dividing the waters of the Peneus and the Ladon from those of the Alpheus — "Dict. Geog." (Elis).
IV
From Cerasus they continued the march, the same portion of the troops being conveyed by sea as before, and the rest marching by land. When they had reached the frontiers of the Mossynoecians (1) they sent to him Timesitheus the Trapezuntine, who was the proxenos (2) of the Mossynoecians, to inquire whether they were to pass through their territory as friends or foes. They, trusting in their strongholds, replied that they would not give them passage. It was then that Timesitheus informed them that the Mossynoecians on the farther side of the country were hostile to these members of the tribe; and it was resolved to invite the former to make an alliance, if they wished it. So Timesitheus was sent, and came back with their chiefs. On their arrival there was a conference of the Mossynoecian chiefs and the generals of the Hellenes, and Xenophon made a speech which Timesitheus interpreted. He said: "Men of the Mossynoecians, our desire is to reach Hellas in safety; and since we have no vessels we must needs go by foot, but these people who, as we hear, are your enemies, prevent us. Will you take us for your allies? Now is your chance to exact vengeance for any wrong, which they at any time may have put upon you, and for the future they will be your subjects; but if you send us about our business, consider and ask yourselves from what quarter will you ever again obtain so strong a force to help you?" To this the chief of the Mossynoecians made answer:—that the proposal was in accordance with their wishes and they welcomed the alliance. "Good," said Xenophon, "but to what use do you propose to put us, if we become your allies? And what will you in turn be able to do to assist our passage?" They replied: "We can make an incursion into this country hostile to yourselves and us, from the opposite side, and also send you ships and men to this place, who will aid you in fighting and conduct you on the road."
From Cerasus, they continued their march, with the same part of the troops transported by sea as before, while the rest traveled by land. When they reached the borders of the Mossynoecians, they sent Timesitheus the Trapezuntine, who was the representative of the Mossynoecians, to ask whether they would let them pass through their territory as allies or enemies. The Mossynoecians, confident in their strongholds, responded that they would not allow passage. Timesitheus then informed them that the Mossynoecians farther inland were hostile to these members of the tribe; it was decided to invite the former to form an alliance if they were interested. So, Timesitheus was sent and returned with their leaders. Upon their arrival, there was a meeting between the Mossynoecian leaders and the Greek generals, during which Xenophon delivered a speech that Timesitheus translated. He said: "People of the Mossynoecians, we want to reach Hellas safely, and since we have no ships, we must travel on foot, but those whom we hear are your enemies are blocking our way. Will you accept us as your allies? This is your chance to take revenge for any wrongs they may have done to you, and in the future, they will be your subjects; however, if you send us away, think about where you will find such a strong force to help you again?" The chief of the Mossynoecians responded that the proposal matched their desires and they welcomed the alliance. "Great," Xenophon said, "but how do you plan to use us if we become your allies? And how can you help us with our passage?" They replied, "We can launch an attack on this territory that is hostile to both of us from the opposite side, and we can also send ships and men here to assist you in battle and guide you on your journey."
(1) I.e. dwellers in mossyns, or wooden towers. See Herod. iii. 94; vii. 78. Cf. also Strabo, xi. 41. (2) Or, "consul."
(1) That is, people living in marshes or wooden towers. See Herod. iii. 94; vii. 78. Also compare Strabo, xi. 41. (2) Or, "consul."
On this understanding, they exchanged pledges and were gone. The next day they returned, bringing three hundred canoes, each hollowed out of a single trunk. There were three men in each, two of whom disembarked and fell into rank, whilst the third remained. Then the one set took the boats and sailed back again, whilst the other two-thirds who remained marshalled themselves in the following way. They stood in rows of about a hundred each, like the rows of dancers in a chorus, standing vis-a-vis to one another, and all bearing wicker shields, made of white oxhide, shaggy, and shaped like an ivy leaf; in the right hand they brandished a javelin about six cubits long, with a lance in front, and rounded like a ball at the butt end of the shaft.
On this understanding, they exchanged promises and were off. The next day, they returned with three hundred canoes, each carved from a single trunk. There were three men in each canoe; two of them got out and formed ranks, while the third stayed behind. Then the first group took the boats and sailed back, while the remaining two-thirds organized themselves in the following way. They stood in rows of about a hundred each, like dancers in a chorus facing each other, all carrying wicker shields made of white oxhide, shaggy and shaped like ivy leaves; in their right hands, they held javelins about six cubits long, with a lance in front, rounded like a ball at the end of the shaft.
Their bodies were clad in short frocks, scarcely reaching to the knees and in texture closely resembling that of a linen bedclothes' bag; on their heads they wore leathern helmets just like the Paphlagonian helmet, with a tuft of hair in the middle, as like a tiara in shape as possible. They carried moreover iron battle-axes. Then one of them gave, as it were, the key-note and started, while the rest, taking up the strain and the step, followed singing and marking time. Passing through the various corps and heavy armed battalions of the Hellenes, they marched straight against the enemy, to what appeared the most assailable of his fortresses. It was situated in front of the city, or mother city, as it is called, which latter contains the high citadel of the Mossynoecians. This citadel was the real bone of contention, the occupants at any time being acknowledged as the masters of all the other Mossynoecians. The present holders (so it was explained) had no right to its possession; for the sake of self-aggrandisement they had seized what was really common property.
Their bodies were dressed in short dresses that barely reached their knees and felt a lot like the fabric of a linen laundry bag; on their heads, they wore leather helmets similar to the Paphlagonian style, with a tuft of hair in the center, shaped somewhat like a tiara. They also carried iron battle-axes. Then one of them set the rhythm and started moving, while the others joined in, singing and keeping time. As they passed through various groups and heavily armed battalions of the Greeks, they marched directly toward the enemy, targeting what seemed to be the most vulnerable of his fortifications. It was located in front of the city, or "mother city" as it's called, which housed the high citadel of the Mossynoecians. This citadel was the real prize, as whoever held it was recognized as the rulers of all the other Mossynoecians. The current occupants (as it was explained) had no right to it; for their own gain, they had taken what truly belonged to everyone.
Some of the Hellenes followed the attacking party, not under the orders of the generals, but for the sake of plunder. As they advanced, the enemy for a while kept quiet; but as they got near the place, they made a sortie and routed them, killing several of the barbarians as well as some of the Hellenes who had gone up with them; and so pursued them until they saw the Hellenes advancing to the rescue. Then they turned round and made off, first cutting off the heads of the dead men and flaunting them in the face of the Hellenes and of their own private foes, dancing the while and singing in a measured strain. But the Hellenes were much vexed to think that their foes had only been rendered bolder, while the Hellenes who had formed part of the expedition had turned tail and fled, in spite of their numbers; a thing which had not happened previously during the whole expedition. So Xenophon called a meeting of the Hellenes and spoke as follows: "Soldiers, do not in any wise be cast down by what has happened, be sure that good no less than evil will be the result; for to begin with, you now know certainly that those who are going to guide us are in very deed hostile to those with whom necessity drives us to quarrel; and, in the next place, some of our own body, these Hellenes who have made so light of orderly array and conjoint action with ourselves, as though they must needs achieve in the company of barbarians all they could with ourselves, have paid the penalty and been taught a lesson, so that another time they will be less prone to leave our ranks. But you must be prepared to show these friendly barbarians that you are of a better sort, and prove to the enemy that battle with the undisciplined is one thing, but with men like yourselves another."
Some of the Greeks followed the attacking group, not because the generals ordered them to, but for the sake of loot. As they moved forward, the enemy stayed quiet for a bit; however, as they got close to the location, they charged out and drove them away, killing several of the enemy as well as some of the Greeks who had gone with them. They then chased them until they spotted the Greeks coming to help. At that point, they turned and ran, first cutting off the heads of the dead and showing them off to the Greeks and their own enemies, dancing and singing in rhythm. But the Greeks were quite annoyed to realize that their adversaries had only become bolder, while those Greeks who had joined the expedition had turned and fled, despite their numbers; this had never happened before during the whole expedition. So, Xenophon called a meeting of the Greeks and said, “Soldiers, don’t be discouraged by what has happened; trust that both good and bad will come from this. First of all, you now clearly know that those who will lead us are genuinely hostile to those we are forced to fight. Secondly, some of our own, these Greeks who disregarded proper formation and working together, thinking they could achieve more alongside the enemy than with us, have faced the consequences and learned their lesson, so next time they will be less likely to abandon our ranks. But you must be ready to show these allied enemies that you are better, and prove to the real enemy that fighting the undisciplined is one thing, but facing men like you is something else.”
Accordingly they halted, as they were, that day. Next day they sacrificed and finding the victims favourable, they breakfasted, formed the companies into columns, and with their barbarians arranged in similar order on their left, began their march. Between the companies were the archers only slightly retired behind the front of the heavy infantry, on account of the enemy's active light troops, who ran down and kept up volleys of stones. These were held in check by the archers and peltasts; and steadily step by step the mass marched on, first to the position from which the barbarians and those with them had been driven two days back, and where the enemy were now drawn up to meet them. Thus it came to pass that the barbarians first grappled with the peltasts and maintained the battle until the heavy infantry were close, when they turned and fled. The peltasts followed without delay, and pursued them right up to their city, while the heavy troops in unbroken order followed. As soon as they were up at the houses of the capital, there and then the enemy, collecting all together in one strong body, fought valiantly, and hurled their javelins, or else clenched their long stout spears, almost too heavy for a man to wield, and did their best to ward off the attack at close quarters.
They stopped where they were that day. The next day, they offered sacrifices, and finding the omens good, they had breakfast, organized their troops into columns, and began their march, with their allied tribesmen arranged similarly on their left. Between the units, archers stayed slightly behind the front lines of the heavy infantry due to the enemy's active light troops, who rushed in and threw volleys of stones. The archers and peltasts kept them at bay, and steadily, step by step, the forces advanced to the position from which the barbarians and their allies had retreated two days earlier, where the enemy was now assembled to confront them. As a result, the barbarians engaged first with the peltasts and held the line until the heavy infantry closed in, at which point they turned and fled. The peltasts immediately followed and chased them all the way to their city, with the heavy troops advancing in a solid formation behind. Once they reached the city outskirts, the enemy gathered into a strong force and fought fiercely, throwing their javelins or wielding their long, heavy spears—almost too heavy for a single person to manage—as they did their utmost to fend off the close-range attack.
But when the Hellenes, instead of giving way, kept massing together more thickly, the barbarians fled from this place also, and in a body deserted the fortress. Their king, who sat in his wooden tower or mossyn, built on the citadel (there he sits and there they maintain him, all at the common cost, and guard him narrowly), refused to come forth, as did also those in the fortress first taken, and so were burnt to a cinder where they were, their mossyns, themselves, and all. The Hellenes, pillaging and ransacking these places, discovered in the different houses treasures and magazines of loaves, pile upon pile, "the ancestral stores," as the Mossynoecians told them; but the new corn was laid up apart with the straw-stalk and ear together, and this was for the most part spelt. Slices of dolphin were another discovery, in narrow-necked jars, all properly salted and pickled; and there was blubber of dolphin in vessels, which the Mossynoecians used precisely as the Hellenes use oil. Then there were large stores of nuts on the upper floor, the broad kind without a division (3). This was also a chief article of food with them—boiled nuts and baked loaves. Wine was also discovered. This, from its rough, dry quality, tasted sharp when drunk pure, but mixed with water was sweet and fragrant.
But when the Greeks, instead of backing down, kept gathering more closely together, the outsiders fled from this place as well, abandoning the fortress. Their king, who was sitting in his wooden tower or lookout built on the citadel (that's where he stays, and there they maintain him collectively, keeping a close watch), refused to come out, as did those in the first fortress captured, and so they were burned to ashes where they were, their towers, themselves, and everything. The Greeks, looting and raiding these places, found treasures and stores of bread piled high in various houses, which the locals referred to as "the ancestral supplies"; however, the new grain was stored separately alongside the straw and ears, and this was mostly spelt. They also discovered slices of dolphin in narrow jars, all properly salted and pickled; and there was dolphin blubber in containers, which the locals used just like the Greeks use oil. Additionally, there were large supplies of nuts on the upper floor, the broad kind without a division (3). This was also a staple food for them—boiled nuts and baked bread. They also found wine. This wine, due to its rough, dry nature, had a sharp taste when drunk straight, but when mixed with water, it was sweet and fragrant.
(3) I.e. "chestnuts."
(3) That is, "chestnuts."
The Hellenes breakfasted and then started forward on their march, having first delivered the stronghold to their allies among the Mossynoecians. As for the other strongholds belonging to tribes allied with their foes, which they passed en route, the most accessible were either deserted by their inhabitants or gave in their adhesion voluntarily. The following description will apply to the majority of them: the cities were on an average ten miles apart, some more, some less; but so elevated is the country and intersected by such deep clefts that if they chose to shout across to one another, their cries would be heard from one city to another. When, in the course of their march, they came upon a friendly population, these would entertain them with exhibitions of fatted children belonging to the wealthy classes, fed up on boiled chestnuts until they were as white as white can be, of skin plump and delicate, and very nearly as broad as they were long, with their backs variegated and their breasts tattooed with patterns of all sorts of flowers. They sought after the women in the Hellenic army, and would fain have laid with them openly in broad daylight, for that was their custom. The whole community, male and female alike, were fair-complexioned and white-skinned.
The Greeks had breakfast and then set off on their march after handing over the stronghold to their allies among the Mossynoecians. As for the other strongholds belonging to tribes allied with their enemies, which they passed on the way, the most accessible were either abandoned by their residents or willingly surrendered. The following description applies to most of them: the cities were, on average, ten miles apart, some more, some less; but the land is so elevated and marked by such deep valleys that if they chose to shout to one another, their voices would carry from one city to the next. When they encountered a friendly population during their march, the people entertained them with displays of well-fed children from wealthy families, raised on boiled chestnuts until their skin was as white as possible, plump and soft, and nearly as wide as they were long, with their backs decorated and their chests tattooed with various floral patterns. They sought the women in the Greek army and would have liked to be with them openly in broad daylight, as that was their custom. The entire community, both men and women, had fair complexions and white skin.
It was agreed that this was the most barbaric and outlandish people that they had passed through on the whole expedition, and the furthest removed from the Hellenic customs, doing in a crowd precisely what other people would prefer to do in solitude, and when alone behaving exactly as others would behave in company, talking to themselves and laughing at their own expense, standing still and then again capering about, wherever they might chance to be, without rhyme or reason, as if their sole business were to show off to the rest of the world.
It was agreed that this was the most brutal and outrageous group of people they had encountered on the entire expedition. They were the furthest from Greek customs, doing in a crowd exactly what others would rather do alone, and when they were by themselves, they acted like others do in a group, talking to themselves and laughing at their own jokes. They would stand still and then suddenly dance around, wherever they happened to be, without any logic, as if their only purpose was to showcase themselves to the rest of the world.
V
Through this country, friendly or hostile as the chance might be, the Hellenes marched, eight stages in all, and reached the Chalybes. These were a people few in number, and subject to the Mossynoecians. Their livelihood was for the most part derived from mining and forging iron.
Through this country, regardless of whether it was friendly or hostile, the Hellenes marched, covering eight stages in total, and arrived at the Chalybes. This was a small population, subject to the Mossynoecians. Their main source of livelihood came from mining and forging iron.
Thence they came to the Tibarenians. The country of the Tibarenians was far more level, and their fortresses lay on the seaboard and were less strong, whether by art or nature. The generals wanted to attack these places, so that the army might get some pickings, and they would not accept the gifts of hospitality which came in from the Tibarenians, but bidding them wait till they had taken counsel, they proceeded to offer sacrifice. After several abortive attempts, the seers at last pronounced an opinion that the gods in no wise countenanced war. Then they accepted the gifts of hospitality, and marching through what was now recognised as a friendly country, in two days reached Cotyora, a Hellenic city, and a colony of Sinope, albeit situated in the territory of the Tibarenians (1).
Then they arrived at the Tibarenians. The land of the Tibarenians was much flatter, and their fortresses along the coast were less fortified, whether by design or by nature. The generals wanted to attack these locations so that the army could gain some loot, and they refused the hospitality offered by the Tibarenians, asking them to wait until they had consulted further. They proceeded to offer sacrifices. After several unsuccessful attempts, the seers finally declared that the gods did not approve of war. They then accepted the hospitality and, marching through what was now seen as friendly territory, reached Cotyora, a Greek city and a colony of Sinope, even though it was located in Tibarenians' land (1).
(1) The MSS. here read, "Up to this point the expedition was conducted on land, and the distance traversed on foot from the battle-field near Babylon down to Cotyora amounted to one hundred and twenty-two stages—that is to say, six hundred and twenty parasangs, or eighteen thousand stades, or if measured in time, an eight months' march." The words are probably the note of some editor or commentator, though it is quite likely that the author himself may have gone through such calculations and even have inserted them as a note to his text.
(1) The manuscripts here state, "Up to this point, the expedition took place on land, and the distance walked from the battlefield near Babylon to Cotyora was one hundred and twenty-two stages—that is, six hundred and twenty parasangs, or eighteen thousand stades, or if measured in time, an eight-month march." These words were likely added by some editor or commentator, although it's also possible that the author did these calculations himself and included them as a note to his text.
Here they halted forty-five days, during which they first of all sacrificed to the gods, and instituted processions, each set of the Hellenes according to their several tribes, with gymnastic contests. Provisions they got in meanwhile, partly from Paphlagonia, partly from the estates of the Cotyorites, for the latter would neither provide them a market nor receive their sick within their walls.
Here they stopped for forty-five days, during which they first sacrificed to the gods and organized processions, with each group of Greeks participating according to their tribes, along with athletic competitions. In the meantime, they obtained supplies, partly from Paphlagonia and partly from the lands of the Cotyorites, as the latter neither offered them a market nor allowed their sick to enter their city.
Meanwhile ambassadors arrived from Sinope, full of fears, not only for the Cotyorites and their city, which belonged to Sinope, and brought in tribute, but also for the territory which, as they had heard, was being pillaged. Accordingly they came to the camp and made a speech. Hecatonymus, who was reported to be a clever orator, acted as their spokesman: "Soldiers," he said, "the city of the Sinopeans has sent us to offer you, as Hellenes, our compliments and congratulations on your victories over the barbarians; and next, to express our joyful satisfaction that you have surmounted all those terrible sufferings of which we have heard, and have reached this place in safety. As Hellenes we claim to receive at your hands, as fellow-Hellenes, kindness and not harm. We have certainly not ourselves set you an example heretofore of evil treatment. Now the Cotyorites are our colonists. It was we who gave them this country to dwell in, having taken it from the barbarians; for which reason also they, with the men of Cerasus and Trapezus, pay us an appointed tribute. So that, whatever mischief you inflict on the men of Cotyora, the city of Sinope takes as personal to herself. At the present time we hear that you have made forcible entry into their city, some of you, and are quartered in the houses, besides taking forcibly from the Cotyorite estates whatever you need, by hook and by crook. Now against these things we enter protest. If you mean to go on so doing, you will drive us to make friends with Corylas and the Paphlagonians, or any one else we can find."
Meanwhile, ambassadors arrived from Sinope, filled with fears, not just for the Cotyorites and their city, which belonged to Sinope and brought in tribute, but also for the territory that they had heard was being looted. They came to the camp and gave a speech. Hecatonymus, believed to be a skilled orator, spoke on their behalf: "Soldiers," he said, "the city of Sinope sends us to offer you, as fellow Greeks, our respects and congratulations on your victories over the barbarians; and next, to express our relief that you have overcome all those terrible hardships we've heard about and have arrived here safely. As Greeks, we expect kindness from you, not harm. We certainly haven't shown you any example of mistreatment in the past. The Cotyorites are our settlers. We provided them this land to live on, having taken it from the barbarians; for this reason, they, along with the people of Cerasus and Trapezus, pay us a set tribute. Therefore, whatever harm you cause the people of Cotyora, Sinope takes it as a personal offense. Currently, we hear that some of you have forcibly entered their city, are staying in their homes, and are taking from the Cotyorite estates whatever you need, by any means necessary. We protest against this. If you continue this way, you will leave us no choice but to seek alliances with Corylas and the Paphlagonians, or anyone else we can find."
To meet these charges Xenophon, on behalf of the soldiers, rose and said: "As to ourselves, men of Sinope, having got so far, we are well content to have saved our bodies and our arms. Indeed it was impossible at one and the same moment to keep our enemies at bay and to despoil them of their goods and chattels. And now, since we have reached Hellenic cities, how has it fared with us? At Trapezus they gave us a market, and we paid for our provisions at a fair market price. In return for the honour they did us, and the gifts of hospitality they gave the army, we requited them with honour. Where the barbarian was friendly to them, we stayed our hands from injury; or under their escort, we did damage to their enemies to the utmost of our power. Ask them, what sort of people they found us. They are here, some of them, to answer for themselves. Their fellow-citizens and the state of Trapezus, for friendship's sake, have sent them with us to act as our guides.
To address these accusations, Xenophon stood up for the soldiers and said: "As for us, men of Sinope, having come this far, we’re grateful to have saved our lives and our weapons. It truly wasn’t possible to fend off our enemies and at the same time take their belongings. Now that we’ve reached Hellenic cities, how has our situation been? In Trapezus, they provided us with a market, and we paid fair prices for our supplies. In return for the respect they showed us and their hospitality towards the army, we honored them back. Where the locals were friendly, we refrained from causing harm; or, with their protection, we harmed their enemies as much as we could. Ask them what kind of people we were. Some of them are here to speak for themselves. The citizens of Trapezus, out of friendship, have sent them with us to serve as our guides."
"But wherever we come, be it foreign or Hellenic soil, and find no market for provisions, we are wont to help ourselves, not out of insolence but from necessity. There have been tribes like the Carduchians, the Taochians, the Chaldaeans, which, albeit they were not subject to the great king, yet were no less formidable than independent. These we had to bring over by our arms. The necessity of getting provisions forced us; since they refused to offer us a market. Whereas some other folk, like the Macrones, in spite of their being barbarians, we regarded as our friends, simply because they did provide us with the best market in their power, and we took no single thing of theirs by force. But, to come to these Cotyorites, whom you claim to be your people, if we have taken aught from them, they have themselves to blame, for they did not deal with us as friends, but shut their gates in our faces. They would neither welcome us within nor furnish us with a market without. The only justification they alleged was that your governor (2) had authorised this conduct.
"But wherever we go, whether it's foreign or Greek land, and find no market for supplies, we usually take what we need, not out of disrespect but out of necessity. There have been tribes like the Carduchians, the Taochians, and the Chaldaeans, which, even though they weren't under the rule of the great king, were still just as formidable as those who were independent. We had to fight to bring them over to our side. Our need for supplies forced us to do this since they refused to give us a market. Meanwhile, some other groups, like the Macrones, even though they were considered barbarians, we treated as friends simply because they provided us with the best market they could, and we didn't take anything from them by force. Now, regarding these Cotyorites, whom you claim as your people, if we've taken anything from them, it's their own fault for not treating us as friends; they kept their gates shut in our faces. They neither welcomed us inside nor provided us with a market outside. Their only excuse was that your governor (2) had approved of this behavior."
(2) Lit. "harmost". The term, denoting properly a governor of the islands and foreign cities sent out by the Lacedaemonians during their supremacy, came, it would seem, to be adopted by other Greek communities under somewhat similar circumstances. Cotyora receives a harmost from her mother-city, Sinope. For the Greek colonies here mentioned, see Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Engl. tr., Mr. G. A. Macmillan), p. 63.
(2) Lit. "harmost". This term originally referred to a governor of the islands and foreign cities sent out by the Lacedaemonians during their time of power. It seems that other Greek communities adopted this term in similar situations. Cotyora receives a harmost from its mother-city, Sinope. For more on the Greek colonies mentioned here, see Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Engl. tr., Mr. G. A. Macmillan), p. 63.
"As to your assertion," he continued, turning to Hecatonymus, "that we have got in by force and have taken up quarters, this is what we did. We requested them to receive our sick and wounded under cover; and when they refused to open their gates, we walked in where the place itself invited us. All the violence we have committed amounts to this, that our sick folk are quartered under cover, paying for their expenses, and we keep a sentry at the gates, so that our sick and wounded may not lie at the mercy of your governor, but we may have it in our power to remove them whenever we like. The rest of us, you observe, are camping under the canopy of heaven, in regular rank and file, and we are ready to requite kindness with kindness, but to repel evil vigorously. And as for your threat," he said, once again turning to the spokesman, "that you will, if it suits you, make alliance with Corylas and the Paphlagonians to attack us, for our part, we have no objection to fighting both sets of you, if so be we must; we have already fought others many times more numerous than you. Besides, 'if it suits us,' as you put it, to make the Paphlagonian our friend (report says that he has a hankering after your city and some other places on the seaboard), we can enhance the value of our friendship by helping to win for him what he covets."
"As for your claim," he continued, turning to Hecatonymus, "that we have come in by force and set up camp, here's what really happened. We asked them to let our sick and wounded stay under shelter, and when they refused to open their gates, we simply went in where the situation invited us. The only force we've used is making sure our sick people are under cover, paying for their stay, and keeping a guard at the gates so our sick and wounded aren't at the mercy of your governor. This way, we can move them whenever we need to. The rest of us, as you can see, are camping outside under the open sky, in an orderly way, ready to return kindness for kindness, but to stand up against any aggression. And regarding your threat," he said, turning again to the spokesperson, "that if you choose to, you'll ally with Corylas and the Paphlagonians to attack us, we're fine with fighting both of you, if it comes to that; we've already fought against much larger groups than yours. Plus, 'if it suits us,' as you said, to make the Paphlagonian our ally (there are rumors he has his eyes on your city and some other coastal areas), we can strengthen our alliance by helping him get what he wants."
Thereupon the ambassadors showed very plainly their annoyance with Hecatonymus, on account of the style of his remarks, and one of them stept forward to explain that their intention in coming was not at all to raise a war, but on the contrary to demonstrate their friendliness. "And if you come to Sinope itself," the speaker continued, "we will welcome you there with gifts of hospitality. Meanwhile we will enjoin upon the citizens of this place to give you what they can; for we can see that every word of what you say is true." Thereupon the Cotyorites sent gifts of hospitality, and the generals of the Hellenes entertained the ambassadors of the Sinopeans. Many and friendly were the topics of conversation; freely flowed the talk on things in general; and, in particular, both parties were able to make inquiries and satisfy their curiosity concerning the remaining portion of the march.
Then the ambassadors clearly expressed their irritation with Hecatonymus because of his comments, and one of them stepped forward to explain that their purpose in coming wasn’t to provoke a war, but rather to show their goodwill. "And if you visit Sinope itself," the speaker continued, "we will greet you there with gifts of hospitality. In the meantime, we will instruct the citizens here to offer you what they can; for we can see that everything you say is true." Following this, the Cotyorites sent gifts of hospitality, and the Greek generals hosted the ambassadors from Sinope. There were many friendly topics of conversation; discussions flowed easily on various subjects, and both sides had the chance to ask questions and satisfy their curiosity about the remainder of the journey.
VI
Such was the conclusion of that day. On the following day the generals summoned an assembly of the soldiers, when it was resolved to invite the men of Sinope, and to take advice with them touching the remainder of the journey. In the event of their having to continue it on foot, the Sinopeans through their acquaintance with Paphlagonia would be useful to them; while, if they had to go by sea, the services of the same people would be at a premium; for who but they could furnish ships sufficient for the army? Accordingly, they summoned their ambassadors, and took counsel with them, begging them, on the strength of the sacred ties which bind Hellenes to Hellenes, to inaugurate the good reception they had spoken of, by present kindliness and their best advice.
That was the conclusion of that day. The next day, the generals called a meeting of the soldiers, where they decided to invite the people of Sinope and seek their advice regarding the rest of the journey. If they had to continue on foot, the Sinopeans, with their knowledge of Paphlagonia, would be helpful; if they had to travel by sea, the same group would be invaluable since who else could provide enough ships for the army? So, they called for their ambassadors and discussed the matter with them, urging them, based on the sacred bonds that connect Greeks to Greeks, to start the friendly reception they had mentioned with kindness and their best guidance.
Hecatonymus rose and wished at once to offer an apology with regard to what he had said about the possibility of making friends with the Paphlagonians. "The words were not intended," he said, "to convey a threat, as though they were minded to go to war with the Hellenes, but as meaning rather: albeit we have it in our power to be friendly with the barbarians, we will choose the Hellenes." Then, being urged to aid them by some advice, with a pious ejaculation, he commenced: "If I bestow upon you the best counsel I am able, God grant that blessings in abundance may descend on me; but if the contrary, may evil betide me! 'Sacred counsel (1),' as the saying goes—well, sirs, if ever the saying held, it should hold I think to-day; when, if I be proved to have given you good counsel, I shall not lack panegyrists, or if evil, your imprecations will be many-tongued.
Hecatonymus stood up and immediately wanted to apologize for what he had said about potentially making friends with the Paphlagonians. "I didn't mean," he said, "to imply a threat, as if they were planning to go to war with the Hellenes. What I meant was that, while we could be friendly with the barbarians, we prefer the Hellenes." Then, when urged to give them some advice, he began with a hopeful remark: "If I give you the best advice I can, may blessings come upon me; but if not, may bad things happen to me! 'Sacred counsel (1),' as the saying goes—well, everyone, if that saying ever applied, it should apply today; because if I'm shown to have given you good advice, there will be no shortage of praises for me, but if it turns out to be bad, I will hear plenty of curses."
(1) Cf. Plato, "Theages," 122.
Cf. Plato, "Theages," 122.
"As to trouble, I am quite aware, we shall have much more trouble if you are conveyed by sea, for we must provide the vessels; whereas, if you go by land, all the fighting will evolve on you. Still, let come what may, it behoves me to state my views. I have an intimate acquaintance with the country of the Paphlagonians and their power. The country possesses the two features of hill and vale, that is to say, the fairest plains and the highest mountains. To begin with the mountains, I know the exact point at which you must make your entry. It is precisely where the horns of a mountain tower over both sides of the road. Let the merest handful of men occupy these and they can hold the pass with ease; for when that is done not all the enemies in the world could effect a passage. I could point out the whole with my finger, if you like to send any one with me to the scene.
"As for trouble, I know we'll have a lot more if you travel by sea, since we’ll have to arrange the ships. But if you go by land, all the fighting will be on you. Still, whatever happens, I need to share my thoughts. I have a good understanding of the Paphlagonians and their territory. The land has both hills and valleys; that means it has beautiful plains and high mountains. Starting with the mountains, I know the exact spot where you need to enter. It’s right where the peaks of a mountain rise above both sides of the road. If just a small group of men takes control of those peaks, they can easily hold the pass; because when that’s done, not even all the enemies in the world could get through. I could show you the whole area if you want to send someone with me to see it."
"So much for the mountain barrier. But the next thing I know is that there are plains and a cavalry which the barbarians themselves hold to be superior to the entire cavalry of the great king. Why, only the other day these people refused to present themselves to the summons of the king; their chief is too proud for that.
"So much for the mountain barrier. But then I realize there are plains and a cavalry that the barbarians believe is better than all of the great king's cavalry. Just the other day, these people refused to obey the king's summons; their chief is too proud for that."
"But now, supposing you were able to seize the mountain barrier, by stealth, or expedition, before the enemy could stop you; supposing further, you were able to win an engagement in the plain against not only their cavalry but their more than one hundred and twenty thousand infantry—you will only find yourself face to face with rivers, a series of them. First the Thermodon, three hundred feet broad, which I take it will be difficult to pass, especially with a host of foes in front and another following behind. Next comes the Iris river, three hundred feet broad; and thirdly, the Halys, at least two furlongs broad, which you could not possibly cross without vessels, and who is going to supply you with vessels? In the same way too the Parthenius is impassable, which you will reach if you cross the Halys. For my part, then, I consider the land-journey, I will not say difficult, but absolutely impossible for you. Whereas if you go by sea, you can coast along from here to Sinope, and from Sinope to Heraclea. From Heraclea onwards there is no difficulty, whether by land or by sea; for there are plenty of vessels at Heraclea."
"But now, let's say you were able to take the mountain barrier by surprise or with a quick strike before the enemy could react; and let's also say you managed to win a battle in the plain against not just their cavalry but also over one hundred and twenty thousand infantry—you would still find yourself confronted by rivers, a whole series of them. First, there’s the Thermodon, three hundred feet wide, which will be tough to cross, especially with a crowd of enemies in front and more coming up behind. Next is the Iris River, also three hundred feet wide; and then there's the Halys, at least a quarter of a mile wide, which you couldn’t possibly get across without boats, and who’s going to provide you with boats? Likewise, the Parthenius is impassable, and you'll encounter it if you manage to cross the Halys. Personally, I think the overland journey is not just difficult, but completely impossible for you. However, if you go by sea, you can sail from here to Sinope, and from Sinope to Heraclea. After Heraclea, whether you travel by land or by sea, there are no obstacles because there are plenty of boats at Heraclea."
After he had finished his remarks, some of his hearers thought they detected a certain bias in them. He would not have spoken so, but for his friendship with Corylas, whose official representative he was. Others guessed he had an itching palm, and that he was hoping to receive a present for his "sacred advice." Others again suspected that his object was to prevent their going by foot and doing some mischief to the country of the Sinopeans. However that might be, the Hellenes voted in favour of continuing the journey by sea. After this Xenophon said: "Sinopeans, the army has chosen that method of procedure which you advise, and thus the matter stands. If there are sure to be vessels enough to make it impossible for a single man to be left behind, go by sea we will; but if part of us are to be left while part go by sea, we will not set foot on board the vessels. One fact we plainly recognise, strength is everything to us. So long as we have the mastery, we shall be able to protect ourselves and get provisions; but if we are once caught at the mercy of our foes, it is plain, we shall be reduced to slavery." On hearing this the ambassadors bade them send an embassy, which they did, to wit, Callimachus the Arcadian, and Ariston the Athenian, and Samolas the Achaean.
After he finished speaking, some of his listeners thought they noticed a certain bias in his words. He wouldn’t have said that if it weren’t for his friendship with Corylas, whose official representative he was. Others suspected he was hoping for a bribe in exchange for his "valuable advice." Still others believed his goal was to stop them from traveling on foot and causing trouble in Sinope. Regardless, the Hellenes voted to continue the journey by sea. After that, Xenophon said: "Sinopeans, the army has chosen the method you suggested, and that’s the situation. If we can be sure there are enough boats so that no one will be left behind, we’ll go by sea; but if some of us are going to be left behind while others go by sea, we won’t board the vessels. One thing we know for sure: strength is everything to us. As long as we are strong, we can protect ourselves and gather supplies; but if we find ourselves vulnerable to our enemies, it’s clear we’ll be reduced to slavery." Hearing this, the ambassadors asked them to send a delegation, which they did: Callimachus the Arcadian, Ariston the Athenian, and Samolas the Achaean.
So these set off, but meanwhile a thought shaped itself in the mind of Xenophon, as there before his eyes lay that vast army of Hellene hoplites, and that other array of peltasts, archers, and slingers, with cavalry to boot, and all in a state of thorough efficiency from long practice, hardened veterans, and all collected in Pontus, where to raise so large a force would cost a mint of money. Then the idea dawned upon him: how noble an opportunity to acquire new territory and power for Hellas, by the founding of a colony—a city of no mean size, moreover, said he to himself, as he reckoned up their own numbers—and besides themselves a population planted on the shores of Pontus. Thereupon he summoned Silanus the Ambraciot, the soothsayer of Cyrus above mentioned, and before breathing a syllable to any of the soldiers, he consulted the victims by sacrifice.
So they set off, but in the meantime, a thought formed in Xenophon's mind as he looked at the vast army of Greek hoplites and the other groups of peltasts, archers, and slingers, along with cavalry as well, all in top condition from long practice—seasoned veterans—gathered in Pontus, where raising such a large force would cost a fortune. Then the idea hit him: what a great opportunity to gain new territory and power for Greece by establishing a colony—a city of considerable size, he thought, as he counted their numbers—along with a population settled on the shores of Pontus. He then called for Silanus the Ambraciot, the soothsayer of Cyrus mentioned earlier, and before saying anything to the soldiers, he consulted the omens through sacrifice.
But Silanus, in apprehension lest these ideas might embody themselves, and the army be permanently halted at some point or other, set a tale going among the men, to the effect that Xenophon was minded to detain the army and found a city in order to win himself a name and acquire power, Silanus himself being minded to reach Hellas with all possible speed, for the simple reason that he had still got the three thousand darics presented to him by Cyrus on the occasion of the sacrifice when he hit the truth so happily about the ten days. Silanus's story was variously received, some few of the soldiers thinking it would be an excellent thing to stay in that country; but the majority were strongly averse. The next incident was that Timasion the Dardanian, with Thorax the Boeotian, addressed themselves to some Heracleot and Sinopean traders who had come to Cotyora, and told them that if they did not find means to furnish the army with pay sufficient to keep them in provisions on the homeward voyage, all that great force would most likely settle down permanently in Pontus. "Xenophon has a pet idea," they continued, "which he urges upon us. We are to wait until the ships come, and then we are suddenly to turn round to the army and say: 'Soldiers, we now see the straits we are in, unable to keep ourselves in provisions on the return voyage, or to make our friends at home a little present at the end of our journey. But if you like to select some place on the inhabited seaboard of the Black Sea which may take your fancy and there put in, this is open to you to do. Those who like to go home, go; those who care to stay here, stay. You have got vessels now, so that you can make a sudden pounce upon any point you choose.'"
But Silanus, worried that these ideas might take root and hold the army up somewhere indefinitely, started a rumor among the men. He claimed that Xenophon intended to keep the army and establish a city to make a name for himself and gain power. Silanus, on the other hand, wanted to get to Hellas as quickly as possible because he still had the three thousand darics Cyrus had given him during the sacrifice when he accurately predicted the ten days. Silanus's story was met with mixed reactions; a few soldiers thought it would be great to stay in that territory, but most were strongly opposed. The next thing that happened was that Timasion from Dardania and Thorax from Boeotia spoke to some Heracleot and Sinopean traders who had come to Cotyora. They said that if the traders didn’t find a way to provide sufficient pay for the army to be able to get supplies for the trip home, this large force would likely settle down permanently in Pontus. “Xenophon has a plan,” they continued, “which he’s pushing on us. We are to wait for the ships to arrive, and then we’ll suddenly turn to the army and say: ‘Soldiers, we now see our situation; we can’t sustain ourselves on the way back or make a little gift to our friends at home when we finish our journey. But if you want to choose a spot on the inhabited coastline of the Black Sea that you like and land there, you are free to do so. Those who want to go home, go; those who want to stay here, stay. You have ships now, so you can quickly seize any point you want.’”
The merchants went off with this tale and reported it to every city they came to in turn, nor did they go alone, but Timasion the Dardanian sent a fellow-citizen of his own, Eurymachus, with the Boeotian Thorax, to repeat the same story. So when it reached the ears of the men of Sinope and the Heracleots, they sent to Timasion and pressed him to accept of a gratuity, in return for which he was to arrange for the departure of the troops. Timasion was only too glad to hear this, and he took the opportunity when the soldiers were convened in meeting to make the following remarks: "Soldiers," he said, "do not set your thoughts on staying here; let Hellas, and Hellas only, be the object of your affection, for I am told that certain persons have been sacrificing on this very question, without saying a word to you. Now I can promise you, if you once leave these waters, to furnish you with regular monthly pay, dating from the first of the month, at the rate of one cyzicene (2) a head per month. I will bring you to the Troad, from which part I am an exile, and my own state is at your service. They will receive me with open arms. I will be your guide personally, and I will take you to places where you will get plenty of money. I know every corner of the Aeolid, and Phrygia, and the Troad, and indeed the whole satrapy of Pharnabazus, partly because it is my birthplace, partly from campaigns in that region with Clearchus and Dercylidas (3)."
The merchants spread this story and reported it to every city they visited. They didn’t go alone; Timasion from Dardania sent his fellow citizen Eurymachus along with Thorax from Boeotia to share the same tale. When the news reached the people of Sinope and Heraclea, they contacted Timasion and urged him to accept a fee in exchange for organizing the troops’ departure. Timasion was more than happy to hear this, and when the soldiers gathered for a meeting, he said: “Soldiers, don’t even think about staying here; let Greece be your one true focus. I’ve heard that some people have been making sacrifices regarding this matter without mentioning it to you. I can assure you that if you leave these waters, I will provide you with regular monthly pay starting from the first of the month, at a rate of one cyzicene per person each month. I’ll take you to the Troad, from which I am banished, and my homeland is at your service. They will welcome me back with open arms. I will personally guide you to places where you can earn a lot of money. I know every corner of Aeolis, Phrygia, and the Troad, and indeed the whole satrapy of Pharnabazus, not just because it’s my homeland, but also from my campaigns in that area with Clearchus and Dercylidas.”
(2) A cyzicene stater = twenty-eight silver drachmae of Attic money B.C. 335, in the time of Demosthenes; but, like the daric, this gold coin would fluctuate in value relatively to silver. It contained more grains of gold than the daric. (3) Of Dercylidas we hear more in the "Hellenica." In B.C. 411 he was harmost at Abydos; in B.C. 399 he superseded Thimbron in Asia Minor; and was himself superseded by Agesilaus in B.C. 396.
(2) A cyzicene stater equals twenty-eight silver drachmae of Attic money B.C. 335, during Demosthenes' time; however, like the daric, this gold coin would vary in value compared to silver. It had more grains of gold than the daric. (3) We learn more about Dercylidas in the "Hellenica." In B.C. 411, he was a harmost at Abydos; in B.C. 399, he replaced Thimbron in Asia Minor; and he was later replaced by Agesilaus in B.C. 396.
No sooner had he ceased than up got Thorax the Boeotian. This was a man who had a standing battle with Xenophon about the generalship of the army. What he said was that, if they once got fairly out of the Euxine, there was the Chersonese, a beautiful and prosperous country, where they could settle or not, as they chose. Those who liked could stay; and those who liked could return to their homes; how ridiculous then, when there was so much territory in Hellas and to spare, to be poking about (4) in the land of the barbarian. "But until you find yourselves there," he added, "I, no less than Timasion, can guarantee you regular pay." This he said, knowing what promises had been made Timasion by the men of Heraclea and Sinope to induce them to set sail.
No sooner had he finished speaking than Thorax the Boeotian stood up. This was a guy who constantly debated with Xenophon about who should lead the army. He said that once they got out of the Euxine, they would find the Chersonese, a beautiful and thriving land, where they could settle or not, depending on their choice. Those who wanted to could stay, and those who preferred could go back home; it was pretty ridiculous, then, to be wandering around in the land of the barbarians when there was so much territory available in Hellas. "But until you get there," he added, "I, just like Timasion, can guarantee you regular pay." He said this knowing what promises had been made to Timasion by the people of Heraclea and Sinope to persuade them to set sail.
(4) The word {masteuein} occurs above, and again below, and in other writings of our author. It is probably Ionic or old Attic, and occurs in poetry.
(4) The word {masteuein} appears earlier and again later, as well as in other writings by our author. It is likely Ionic or old Attic and is found in poetry.
Meanwhile Xenophon held his peace. Then up got Philesius and Lycon, two Achaeans: "It was monstrous," they said, "that Xenophon should be privately persuading people to stop there, and consulting the victims for that end, without letting the army into the secret, or breathing a syllable in public about the matter." When it came to this, Xenophon was forced to get up, and speak as follows: "Sirs, you are well aware that my habit is to sacrifice at all times; whether in your own behalf or my own, I strive in every thought, word, and deed to be directed as is best for yourselves and for me. And in the present instance my sole object was to learn whether it were better even so much as to broach the subject, and so take action, or to have absolutely nothing to do with the project. Now Silanus the soothsayer assured me by his answer of what was the main point: 'the victims were favourable.' No doubt Silanus knew that I was not unversed myself in his lore, as I have so often assisted at the sacrifice; but he added that there were symptoms in the victims of some guile or conspiracy against me. That was a happy discovery on his part, seeing that he was himself conspiring at the moment to traduce me before you; since it was he who set the tale going that I had actually made up my mind to carry out these projects without procuring your consent. Now, for my part, if I saw that you were in any difficulties, I should set myself to discover how you might capture a city, on the understanding of course that all who wished might sail away at once, leaving those who did not wish, to follow at a later date, with something perhaps in their pockets to benefit their friends at home. Now, however, as I see that the men of Heraclea and Sinope are to send you ships to assist you to sail away, and more than one person guarantees to give you regular monthly pay, it is, I admit, a rare chance to be safely piloted to the haven of our hopes, and at the same time to receive pay for our preservation. For myself I have done with that dream, and to those, who came to me to urge these projects, my advice is to have done with them. In fact, this is my view. As long as you stay together united as to-day, you will command respect and procure provisions; for might certainly exercises a right over what belongs to the weaker. But once broken up, with your force split into bits, you will neither be able to get subsistence, nor indeed will you get off without paying dearly for it. In fact, my resolution coincides precisely with yours. It is that we should set off for Hellas, and if any one stops behind, or is caught deserting before the whole army is in safety, let him be judged as an evil-doer. Pray let all who are in favour of this proposition hold up their hands."
Meanwhile, Xenophon remained silent. Then Philesius and Lycon, two Achaeans, stood up and said, "It's outrageous that Xenophon has been privately persuading people to stay here and consulting the victims about it without telling the army or saying anything publicly." At this, Xenophon was compelled to stand up and respond: "Gentlemen, you know that I always make sacrifices; whether for your benefit or mine, I aim in every thought, word, and deed to do what's best for both of us. In this case, my only goal was to find out if it was better to even mention this topic and take action, or to completely avoid it. Silanus the soothsayer assured me with his answer that the key point was this: 'the victims were favorable.' No doubt Silanus knew that I was knowledgeable in his craft, since I've often helped with the sacrifices; but he also mentioned that the victims showed signs of some trickery or conspiracy against me. That was a fortunate insight on his part, considering he was actually conspiring at that moment to slander me before you, as he started the rumor that I planned to carry out these schemes without getting your approval. Now, if I saw that you were facing any challenges, I would work to figure out how you could capture a city, assuming, of course, that everyone who wanted to could leave immediately, and those who preferred to stay could follow later, perhaps with something in their pockets to help their friends back home. However, now that I see the people of Heraclea and Sinope are sending you ships to help you leave, and that more than one person is willing to promise you regular monthly pay, this is, I admit, a rare opportunity to safely reach our desired destination and get paid in the process. As for me, I've given up on that dream, and to those who approached me with these plans, my advice is to abandon them. In fact, this is my perspective. As long as you stay united like today, you will earn respect and secure provisions; for strength certainly has a claim over what belongs to the weaker. But once you break apart, with your force split into pieces, you won't be able to find food, and you certainly won't escape without paying a heavy price. My decision aligns exactly with yours. We should head for Greece, and if anyone stays behind or is caught deserting before the whole army is safe, they should be judged as wrongdoers. Now, let all who support this proposal raise their hands."
They all held them up; only Silanus began shouting and vainly striving to maintain the right of departure for all who liked to depart. But the soldiers would not suffer him, threatening him that if he were himself caught attempting to run away they would inflict the aforesaid penalty. After this, when the Heracleots learned that the departure by sea was resolved upon, and that the measure itself emanated from Xenophon, they sent the vessels indeed; but as to the money which they had promised to Timasion and Thorax as pay for the soldiers, they were not as good as their word, in fact they cheated them both. Thus the two who had guaranteed regular monthly pay were utterly confounded, and stood in terror of the soldiers. What they did then, was to take to them the other generals to whom they had communicated their former transactions (that is to say, all except Neon the Asniaean, who, as lieutenant-general, was acting for Cheirisophus during his continued absence). This done they came in a body to Xenophon and said that their views were changed. As they had now got the ships, they thought it best to sail to the Phasis, and seize the territory of the Phasians (whose present king was a descendant of Aeetes (5)). Xenophon's reply was curt:—Not one syllable would he have to say himself to the army in this matter, "But," he added, "if you like, you can summon an assembly and have your say." Thereupon Timasion the Dardanian set forth as his opinion:—It were best to hold no parliament at present, but first to go and conciliate, each of them, his own officers. Thus they went away and proceeded to execute their plans.
They all raised their hands; only Silanus started shouting and unsuccessfully trying to insist that everyone should be allowed to leave if they wanted. But the soldiers wouldn’t let him, threatening that if he was caught trying to escape, they would impose the aforementioned punishment. After this, when the Heracleots learned that the decision to leave by sea had been made, and that it was initiated by Xenophon, they sent the ships. However, they didn’t follow through on the money they had promised to Timasion and Thorax for the soldiers’ pay; they actually deceived both of them. So, the two who had guaranteed monthly pay were completely bewildered and scared of the soldiers. What they did next was bring in the other generals with whom they had shared their earlier discussions (all except Neon the Asniaean, who was acting as lieutenant-general for Cheirisophus during his ongoing absence). Once they did that, they approached Xenophon as a group and said that their opinions had changed. Now that they had the ships, they thought it was best to sail to the Phasis and take over the land of the Phasians (whose current king was a descendant of Aeetes). Xenophon’s response was brief: he wouldn’t say a word to the army about this matter, "But," he added, "if you want, you can call a meeting and share your thoughts." Then Timasion the Dardanian expressed his opinion: it would be best not to hold a meeting right now, but first to win over each of their own officers. So, they left to carry out their plans.
(5) Aeetes is the patronym of the kings of Colchis from mythical times onwards; e.g. Medea was the daughter of Aeetes.
(5) Aeetes is the ancestral name of the kings of Colchis from ancient times onward; for example, Medea was the daughter of Aeetes.
VII
Presently the soldiers came to learn what was in course of agitation, and Neon gave out that Xenophon had persuaded the other generals to adopt his views, and had a plan to cheat the soldiers and take them back to the Phasis. The soldiers were highly indignant; meetings were held; little groups gathered ominously; and there seemed an alarming probability that they would repeat the violence with which they had lately treated the heralds of the Colchians and the clerks of the market; when all who did not save themselves by jumping into the sea were stoned to death. So Xenophon, seeing what a storm was brewing, resolved to anticipate matters so far as to summon a meeting of the men without delay, and thus prevent their collecting of their own accord, and he ordered the herald to announce an assembly. The voice of the herald was no sooner heard than they rushed with great readiness to the place of meeting. Then Xenophon, without accusing the generals of having come to him, made the following speech: "I hear that a charge is brought against me. It is I apparently who am going to cheat you and carry you off to Phasis. I beg you by all that is holy to listen to me; and if there be found any guilt in me, let me not leave this place till I have paid the penalty of my misdoing; but if my accusers are found guilty, treat them as they deserve. I presume, sirs, you know where the sun rises and where he sets, and that he who would go to Hellas must needs journey towards the sunset; whereas he who seeks the land of the barbarian must contrariwise fix his face towards the dawn. Now is that a point in which a man might hope to cheat you? Could any one make you believe that the sun rises here and sets there, or that he sets here and rises there? And doubtless you know this too, that it is Boreas, the north wind, who bears the mariner out of Pontus towards Hellas, and the south wind inwards towards the Phasis, whence the saying—
Right now, the soldiers were figuring out what was going on, and Neon claimed that Xenophon had convinced the other generals to support his ideas, planning to trick the soldiers and take them back to Phasis. The soldiers were extremely upset; meetings took place; small groups formed ominously, and it looked likely they would react violently again, just like how they had recently attacked the Colchian messengers and market clerks, with those who didn’t jump into the sea being stoned to death. So, seeing the brewing storm, Xenophon decided to take action to call a meeting of the men immediately to stop them from organizing on their own, and he instructed the herald to announce an assembly. As soon as the herald’s voice was heard, they eagerly rushed to the meeting place. Then Xenophon, without accusing the generals who had approached him, spoke: "I hear that there's an accusation against me. It seems I'm the one who's supposed to trick you and take you to Phasis. I urge you, by everything that’s holy, to listen to me; and if I’m found guilty of anything, let me not leave here without facing the consequences; but if my accusers are guilty, deal with them as they deserve. I trust you know where the sun rises and where it sets, and that anyone wanting to go to Hellas must travel toward the sunset; while someone seeking the land of the barbarians must turn toward the dawn. Now, is that something a guy could reasonably hope to deceive you about? Can anyone convince you that the sun rises here and sets there, or that it sets here and rises there? And you surely also know that it’s Boreas, the north wind, which carries sailors out of Pontus toward Hellas, while the south wind leads them inward toward Phasis, hence the saying—"
"'When the North wind doth blow Home to Hellas we will go (1).' (1) Whether this was a local saying or a proverb I cannot say. The words have a poetical ring about them: "When Borrhas blows, fair voyages to Hellas."
"'When the North wind blows Home to Greece we will go (1).' (1) I can't tell if this was a local saying or a proverb. The words have a poetic feel to them: "When Boreas blows, good travels to Greece."
"He would be a clever fellow who could befool you into embarking with a south wind blowing. That sounds all very well, you think, only I may get you on board during a calm. Granted, but I shall be on board my one ship, and you on board another hundred at least, and how am I to constrain you to voyage with me against your will, or by what cajolery shall I carry you off? But I will imagine you so far befooled and bewitched by me, that I have got you to the Phasis; we proceed to disembark on dry land. At last it will come out, that wherever you are, you are not in Hellas, and the inventor of the trick will be one sole man, and you who have been caught by it will number something like ten thousand with swords in your hands. I do not know how a man could better ensure his own punishment than by embarking on such a policy with regards to himself and you.
"He’d be a clever guy if he could trick you into setting sail with a south wind blowing. That sounds good to you, but I might get you on board during a calm. Sure, but I’ll be on my one ship, and you’ll be on at least a hundred others, so how can I force you to sail with me against your will, or what smooth talk will convince you to come along? But let’s say I’ve somehow enchanted you enough to get you to the Phasis; we’ll start to disembark onto dry land. Eventually, it’ll become clear that no matter where you are, you’re not in Hellas, and the mastermind behind the trick will be just one person, while you, the one who fell for it, will be one of about ten thousand holding swords. I can’t think of a better way for someone to ensure their own punishment than by getting involved in a plan like that concerning themselves and you."
"Nay, these tales are the invention of silly fellows who are jealous of the honour you bestow on me. A most uncalled-for jealousy! Do I hinder any of them from speaking any word of import in his power? of striking a blow in your behalf and his own, if that is his choice? or, finally, of keeping his eyes and ears open to secure your safety? What is it? In your choice of leaders do I stand in the way of any one, is that it? Let him step forward, I yield him place; he shall be your general; only he must prove that he has your good at heart.
"Look, these stories are made up by insecure people who are jealous of the respect you give me. Such unwarranted jealousy! Am I stopping any of them from speaking up about anything important? From taking action for you and themselves, if that's what they want? Or from being vigilant to ensure your safety? What is it? Do I block anyone from being chosen as a leader? If that's the case, let them step forward; I’ll gladly give up my spot. They can be your leader, but they need to show that they truly care about your well-being."
"For myself, I have done; but for yourselves, if any of you conceive either that he himself could be the victim of a fraud, or that he could victimise any one else in such a thing as this, let him open his lips and explain to us how. Take your time, but when you have sifted the matter to your hearts' content, do not go away without suffering me to tell you of something which I see looming. If it should burst upon us and prove in fact anything like what it gives signs of being now, it is time for us to take counsel for ourselves and see that we do not prove ourselves to be the worst and basest of men in the sight of gods and men, be they friends or be they foes." The words moved the curiosity of the soldiers. They marvelled what this matter might be, and bade him explain. Thereupon he began again: "You will not have forgotten certain places in the hills—barbaric fastnesses, but friendly to the Cerasuntines—from which people used to come down and sell us large cattle and other things which they possessed, and if I mistake not, some of you went to the nearest of these places and made purchases in the market and came back again. Clearetus the captain learnt of this place, that it was but a little one and unguarded. Why should it be guarded since it was friendly? so the folk thought. Thus he stole upon it in the dead of night, and meant to sack it without saying a word to any of us. His design was, if he took the place, not to return again to the army, but to mount a vessel which, with his messmates on board her, was sailing past at the time, and stowing away what he had seized, to set sail and begone beyond the Euxine. All this had been agreed upon and arranged with his comrades on board the vessel, as I now discover. Accordingly, he summoned to his side all whom he could persuade, and set off at their head against the little place. But dawn overtook him on his march. The men collected out of their strongholds, and whether from a distance or close quarters, made such a fight that they killed Clearetus and a good many of the rest, and only a few of them got safe back to Cerasus.
"For myself, I'm done; but for you, if any of you think that you could be the victim of a scam or that you could scam someone else in a situation like this, speak up and tell us how. Take your time, but once you've thought it over thoroughly, don’t leave without letting me share something that I see coming. If it does hit us and turns out to be anything like what it seems now, it’s time for us to think about ourselves and make sure we don’t show ourselves to be the worst and most dishonest of people in the eyes of the gods and others, whether they are friends or foes." The words sparked the curiosity of the soldiers. They wondered what this matter could be and urged him to explain. He continued: "You must remember certain places in the hills—isolated spots, but friendly to the Cerasuntines—from which people used to come down and sell us large livestock and other goods they had. If I’m not mistaken, some of you visited the closest of these places, made purchases in the market, and returned. Clearetus the captain found out about this place, which was small and unguarded. Why would it need guarding if it was friendly? That’s what the people thought. So, he decided to sneak in at night and planned to raid it without telling any of us. His plan was, if he took the place, not to return to the army, but to board a ship that was passing by with his fellow crew members, stash the looted goods, and sail away beyond the Euxine. All of this had been agreed upon and arranged with his mates on board the ship, as I now find out. So, he gathered everyone he could convince and led them against the small settlement. But dawn found him on his way. The men gathered from their hideouts and, whether from a distance or up close, fought fiercely, killing Clearetus and several others, with only a few making it safely back to Cerasus."
"These things took place on the day on which we started to come hither on foot; while some of those who were to go by sea were still at Cerasus, not having as yet weighed anchor. After this, according to what the Cerasuntines state, there arrived three inhabitants of the place which had been attacked; three elderly men, seeking an interview with our public assembly. Not finding us, they addressed themselves to the men of Cerasus, and told them, they were astonished that we should have thought it right to attack them; however, when, as the Cerasuntines assert, they had assured them that the occurrence was not authorised by public consent, they were pleased, and proposed to sail here, not only to state to us what had occurred, but to offer that those who were interested should take up and bury the bodies of the slain.
"These events happened on the day we set out to walk here, while some of those traveling by sea were still in Cerasus, not having set sail yet. After that, according to the Cerasuntines, three residents from the place that was attacked arrived; three older men seeking a meeting with our public assembly. Not finding us, they talked to the people of Cerasus and expressed their surprise that we thought it was right to attack them. However, when the Cerasuntines said they assured them that the attack was not sanctioned by public consent, they were pleased and offered to come here, not only to explain what had happened but also to propose that those who were concerned should take and bury the bodies of the deceased."
"But among the Hellenes still at Cerasus were some of those who had escaped. They found out in which direction the barbarians were minded to go, and not only had the face themselves to pelt them with stones, but vociferously encouraged their neighbours to do the same. The three men—ambassadors, mark you—were slain, stoned to death. After this occurrence, the men of Cerasus came to us and reported the affair, and we generals, on being informed, were annoyed at what had taken place, and took counsel with the Cerasuntines how the dead bodies of the Hellenes might be buried. While seated in conclave outside the camp, we suddenly were aware of a great hubbub. We heard cries: 'Cut them down!' 'Shoot them!' 'Stone them!' and presently we caught sight of a mass of people racing towards us with stones in their hands, and others picking them up. The Cerasuntines, naturally enough, considering the incident they had lately witnessed, retired in terror to their vessels, and, upon my word, some of us did not feel too comfortable. All I could do was to go to them and inquire what it all meant. Some of them had not the slightest notion, although they had stones in their hands, but chancing on some one who was better informed, I was told by him that 'the clerks of the market were treating the army most scandalously.' Just then some one got sight of the market clerk, Zelarchus, making his way off towards the sea, and lifted up his voice aloud, and the rest responding to the cry as if a wild boar or a stag had been started, they rushed upon him.
"But among the Greeks still at Cerasus were some of those who had escaped. They figured out which way the barbarians were planning to go and not only had the courage to throw stones at them but also loudly urged their neighbors to do the same. The three men—ambassadors, mind you—were killed, stoned to death. After this happened, the people of Cerasus came to us and reported the incident, and we generals, upon hearing the news, were upset about what had occurred and met with the Cerasuntines to discuss how to bury the bodies of the Greeks. While gathered outside the camp, we suddenly noticed a loud commotion. We heard shouts: 'Cut them down!' 'Shoot them!' 'Stone them!' and soon we saw a crowd running toward us with stones in their hands, and others picking them up. The Cerasuntines, understandably shaken by the recent event, fled in fear to their ships, and honestly, some of us were feeling pretty uneasy too. All I could do was approach them and ask what was happening. Some of them had no idea, even though they were holding stones, but by chance, I found someone who was better informed, and he told me that 'the market clerks were treating the army very badly.' Just then someone spotted the market clerk, Zelarchus, trying to escape toward the sea, and raised his voice loudly, prompting the others to respond to the cry as if they were hunting a wild boar or a stag, and they charged after him."
"The Cerasuntines, seeing a rush in their direction, thought that, without a doubt, it was directed against themselves, and fled with all speed and threw themselves into the sea, in which proceeding they were imitated by some few of our own men, and all who did not know how to swim were drowned. But now, what do you think of their case, these men of Cerasus? They had done no wrong. They were simply afraid that some madness had seized us, like that to which dogs are liable.
The Cerasuntines, noticing a surge coming their way, believed it was definitely aimed at them, so they ran as fast as they could and jumped into the sea. A few of our men followed their lead, and those who couldn't swim drowned. But what do you think about the situation of these Cerasus men? They hadn’t done anything wrong. They were just terrified that we had fallen into some kind of madness, something like what happens to dogs.
"I say then, if proceedings like this are to be the order of the day, you had better consider what the ultimate condition of the army is like to be. As a body you will not have it in your power to undertake war against whom you like, or to conclude peace. But in private any one who chooses will conduct the army on any quest which takes his fancy. And when ambassadors come to you to demand peace, or whatever it may be, officious people will put them to death and prevent your hearing the proposals which brought them to you. The next step will be that those whom you as a body may choose as generals will be of no account; but any one who likes to elect himself general, and will adopt the formula 'Shoot him! shoot him!' will be competent to cut down whomsoever he pleases untried, be it general or private soldier, if only he have sufficient followers, as was the case just now. But just consider what these self-appointed generals have achieved for you. Zelarchus, the clerk of the market, may possibly have done you a wrong; if so, he has sailed off and is gone without paying you any penalty; or he may be guiltless, in which case we have driven him from the army in terror of perishing unjustly without a trial. While those who stoned the ambassadors have contrived so cleverly that we alone of all Hellenes cannot approach Cerasus safely without a strong force, and the corpses which the very men who slew them themselves invited us to bury, we cannot now pick up with safety even under a flag of truce. Who indeed would care to carry a flag of truce, or go as a herald with the blood of heralds upon his hands? All we could do was to implore the Cerasuntines to bury them.
I say, if things like this are going to become the norm, you should really think about what the future of the army is going to look like. As a group, you won't be able to go to war against whoever you choose or make peace when you want. But privately, anyone can lead the army on whatever mission they feel like. And when ambassadors come to you asking for peace or whatever it is, people will take matters into their own hands, putting them to death and stopping you from hearing the proposals that brought them to you. The next thing you know, the generals you choose as a group won't matter, because anyone can declare themselves a general and just shout, "Shoot him! shoot him!" and have the power to kill whomever they want without any trial, whether it’s a general or a private soldier, as long as they have enough supporters, just like what happened recently. But think about what these self-appointed generals have done for you. Zelarchus, the market clerk, might have wronged you; if so, he got away without facing any consequences. If he did nothing wrong, then we’ve driven him out of the army out of fear of being unjustly punished without a trial. Meanwhile, those who stoned the ambassadors have made it so we, alone among all the Greeks, can't safely approach Cerasus without a strong force, and the bodies of the very people they killed are ones we can’t even retrieve safely, even with a flag of truce. Who would even want to carry a flag of truce or go as a herald with the blood of heralds on their hands? All we could do was beg the Cerasuntines to bury them.
"If then you approve of such doings, have a resolution passed to that effect, so that, with a prospect of like occurrences in the future, a man may privately set up a guard and do his best to fix his tent where he can find a strong position with a commanding site. If, however, these seem to you to be the deeds rather of wild beasts than of human beings, bethink you of some means by which to stay them; or else, in heaven's name, how shall we do sacrifice to the gods gladly, with impious deeds to answer for? or how shall we, who lay the knife to each other's throats, give battle to our enemies? What friendly city will receive us when they see rampant lawlessness in our midst? Who will have the courage to afford us a market, when we prove our worthlessness in these weightiest concerns? and what becomes of the praise we expect to win from the mouths of men? who will vouchsafe it to us, if this is our behaviour? Should we not ourselves bestow the worst of names on the perpetrators of like deeds?"
"If you approve of such actions, then pass a resolution to that effect, so that, looking ahead to similar events in the future, a person can privately set up a guard and do his best to establish his camp in a strong position with a commanding view. However, if you see these as acts more suited to wild animals than humans, consider ways to stop them; otherwise, how can we cheerfully offer sacrifices to the gods while being guilty of impious acts? How can we, who turn on each other, effectively fight against our enemies? What friendly city will welcome us when they observe the rampant lawlessness among us? Who will have the courage to provide us a market when we show our unworthiness in these crucial matters? And what happens to the praise we hope to earn from others? Who will grant it to us if this is how we behave? Shouldn't we be the ones to give the worst names to those who commit such acts?"
After this they rose, and, as one man, proposed that the ringleaders in these matters should be punished; and that for the future, to set an example of lawlessness should be forbidden. Every such ringleader was to be prosecuted on the capital charge; the generals were to bring all offenders to the bar of justice; prosecutions for all other misdemeanours committed since the death of Cyrus were to be instituted; and they ended by constituting the officers into a board of dicasts (2); and upon the strong representation of Xenophon, with the concurrence of the soothsayers, it was resolved to purify the army, and this purification was made.
After this, they stood up together and agreed that the leaders of these actions should be punished, and that going forward, any examples of lawlessness should be strictly prohibited. Each leader would face serious charges; the generals were responsible for bringing all offenders to justice; legal action would be taken for all other offenses committed since Cyrus’s death; and they concluded by establishing the officers as a panel of judges (2). Based on Xenophon’s strong arguments and the agreement of the soothsayers, they decided to cleanse the army, and this cleansing was carried out.
(2) I.e. a board of judges or jurors.
(2) That is, a panel of judges or jurors.
VIII
It was further resolved that the generals themselves should undergo a judicial examination in reference to their conduct in past time. In course of investigation, Philesius and Xanthicles respectively were condemned to pay a sum of twenty minae, to meet a deficiency to that amount incurred during the guardianship of the cargoes of the merchantmen. Sophaenetus was fined ten minae for inadequate performance of his duty as one of the chief officers selected. Against Xenophon a charge was brought by certain people, who asserted that they had been beaten by him, and framed the indictment as one of personal outrage with violence (1). Xenophon got up and demanded that the first speaker should state "where and when it was he had received these blows." The other, so challenged, answered, "When we were perishing of cold and there was a great depth of snow." Xenophon said: "Upon my word, with weather such as you describe, when our provisions had run out, when the wine could not even be smelt, when numbers were dropping down dead beat, so acute was the suffering, with the enemy close on our heels; certainly, if at such a season as that I was guilty of outrage, I plead guilty to being a more outrageous brute than the ass, which is too wanton, they say, to feel fatigue. Still, I wish you would tell us," said he, "what led to my striking you. Did I ask you for something and, on your refusing it to me, did I proceed to beat you? Was it a debt, for which I demanded payment? or a quarrel about some boy or other? Was I the worse for liquor, and behaving like a drunkard?" When the man met each of these questions with a negative, he questioned him further: "Are you a heavy infantry soldier?" "No," said he. "A peltast, then?" "No, nor yet a peltast"; but he had been ordered by his messmates to drive a mule, although he was a free man. Then at last he recognised him, and inquired: "Are you the fellow who carried home the sick man?" "Yes, I am," said he, "thanks to your driving; and you made havoc of my messmates' kit." "Havoc!" said Xenophon: "Nay, I distributed it; some to one man, some to another to carry, and bade them bring the things safely to me; and when I got them back I delivered them all safely to you, and you, on your side, had rendered an account to me of the man. Let me tell you," he continued, turning to the court, "what the circumstances were; it is worth hearing:—
It was decided that the generals themselves should face a judicial review regarding their past actions. During the investigation, Philesius and Xanthicles were each ordered to pay a fine of twenty minae for the losses incurred while managing the cargo of the merchant ships. Sophaenetus was fined ten minae for not fulfilling his responsibilities as one of the main officers chosen. Xenophon faced accusations from certain individuals who claimed he had assaulted them, leading to a charge of personal violence. Xenophon stood up and asked the first accuser to explain "where and when these blows were inflicted." The accuser replied, "When we were freezing and there was deep snow." Xenophon responded, "Honestly, given the weather you described, when our supplies had run out, when we couldn’t even smell the wine, when many were collapsing from exhaustion, suffering acute distress, and with the enemy right behind us; truly, if I acted violently during such a time, I would be a bigger brute than a donkey, which, they say, is too reckless to feel tired. Still, please tell us," he said, "what provoked me to hit you. Did I ask you for something and, when you denied me, did I then hit you? Was it a debt that I demanded? Or were we arguing about some boy? Was I drunk and acting like a fool?" When the accuser answered no to each question, he pressed further: "Are you a heavy infantry soldier?" "No," the man replied. "A peltast, then?" "No, not a peltast either"; but he had been instructed by his fellow soldiers to drive a mule, even though he was free. Finally, he recognized him and asked, "Are you the guy who carried the sick man home?" "Yes, I am," he replied, "thanks to your driving; and you messed up my mates’ gear." "Messed up!" Xenophon replied. "No, I distributed it; some to one soldier, some to another to carry, and instructed them to bring the items back to me safely. When I got everything back, I returned it all to you, and you had given me an account of the man. Let me tell you," he continued, turning to the court, "what actually happened; it's worth hearing:—
(1) See the "Dict. of Antiq." 622 a. HYBREOS GRAPHE. In the case of common assaults as opposed to indecent assault, the prosecution seems to have been allowable only when the object of a wanton attack was a free person. Cf. Arist. "Rhet." ii. 24.
(1) See the "Dict. of Antiq." 622 a. HEBREW WRITING. In cases of common assaults, as opposed to indecent assaults, it seems that prosecution was permitted only when the target of a senseless attack was a free person. See Arist. "Rhet." ii. 24.
"A man was left behind from inability to proceed farther; I recognised the poor fellow sufficiently to see that he was one of ours, and I forced you, sir, to carry him to save his life. For if I am not much mistaken, the enemy were close at our heels?" The fellow assented to this. "Well then," said Xenophon, "after I had sent you forward, I overtook you again, as I came up with the rearguard; you were digging a trench with intent to bury the man; I pulled up and said something in commendation; as we stood by the poor fellow twitched his leg, and the bystanders all cried out, 'Why, the man's alive!' Your remark was: 'Alive or not as he likes, I am not going to carry him' Then I struck you. Yes! you are right, for it looked very much as if you knew him to be alive." "Well," said he, "was he any the less dead when I reported him to you?" "Nay," retorted Xenophon, "by the same token we shall all one day be dead, but that is no reason why meantime we should all be buried alive?" Then there was a general shout: "If Xenophon had given the fellow a few more blows, it might have been better." The others were now called upon to state the grounds on which they had been beaten in each case; but when they refused to get up, he proceeded to state them himself.
"A man was left behind because he couldn't go any further; I recognized the poor guy well enough to see that he was one of ours, and I made you, sir, carry him to save his life. Because if I'm not mistaken, the enemy was right behind us?" The guy agreed with that. "Well then," said Xenophon, "after I sent you ahead, I caught up with you again when I joined the rearguard; you were digging a trench to bury the man. I stopped and said something nice about what you were doing; as we stood there, the poor guy twitched his leg, and everyone around shouted, 'Hey, he’s alive!' Your response was, 'Alive or not, I’m not carrying him.' Then I hit you. Yes! you’re right, because it really looked like you knew he was alive." "Well," he said, "was he any less dead when I told you about him?" "No," Xenophon shot back, "in the same way, we will all be dead one day, but that doesn’t mean we should all be buried alive in the meantime?" Then there was a loud shout: "If Xenophon had hit the guy a few more times, it might have been better." The others were then asked to explain why they had been beaten in each case; but when they refused to get up, he went on to explain it himself.
"I confess, sirs, to having struck certain men for failure in discipline. These were men who were quite content to owe their safety to us. Whilst the rest of the world marched on in rank and did whatever fighting had to be done, they preferred to leave the ranks, and rush forward to loot and enrich themselves at our expense. Now, if this conduct were to be the rule, general ruin would be the result. I do not deny that I have given blows to this man or the other who played the poltroon and refused to get up, helplessly abandoning himself to the enemy; and so I forced them to march on. For once in the severe wintry weather I myself happened to sit down for a long time, whilst waiting for a party who were getting their kit together, and I discovered how difficult it was to get up again and stretch one's legs. After this personal experience, whenever I saw any one else seated in slack and lazy mood, I tried to spur him on. The mere movement and effort to play the man caused warmth and moisture, whereas it was plain that sitting down and keeping quiet helped the blood to freeze and the toes to mortify, calamities which really befell several of the men, as you yourselves are aware.
"I admit, gentlemen, that I have struck certain men for failing to follow discipline. These were men who were happy to rely on us for their safety. While the rest of the world marched in formation and did the fighting that needed to be done, they preferred to break ranks and rush forward to loot and enrich themselves at our expense. If this behavior were to become the norm, it would lead to total ruin. I won’t deny that I've hit this man or that one who acted like a coward and refused to get up, helplessly surrendering to the enemy; and so I pushed them to keep moving. Once, during a harsh winter, I sat down for a long time while waiting for a group that was getting their gear ready, and I realized how hard it was to get back up and stretch my legs. After that experience, whenever I saw someone else sitting lazily, I tried to motivate them. Just the act of moving and making an effort warmed them up and kept them active, while it was clear that sitting still helped the blood to freeze and their toes to suffer, misfortunes that actually happened to several men, as you all know."
"I can imagine a third case, that of some straggler stopping behind, merely to rest for rest's sake, and hindering you in front and us behind alike from pressing on the march. If he got a blow with the fist from me it saved him a thrust with the lance from the enemy. In fact, the opportunity they enjoy to-day of taking vengeance on me for any treatment which I put upon them wrongfully, is derived from their salvation then; whereas, if they had fallen into the enemy's hands, let them ask themselves for what outrage, however great, they could expect to get satisfaction now. My defence," he continued, "is simple: if I chastised any one for his own good, I claim to suffer the same penalties as parents pay their children or masters their boys. Does not the surgeon also cauterise and cut us for our good? But if you really believe that these acts are the outcome of wanton insolence, I beg you to observe that although to-day, thank God! I am heartier than formerly, I wear a bolder front now than then, and I drink more wine, yet I never strike a soul; no, for I see that you have reached smooth water. When storm arises, and a great sea strikes the vessel amidships, a mere shake of the head will make the look-out man furious with the crew in the forecastle, or the helmsman with the men in the stern sheets, for at such a crisis even a slight slip may ruin everything. But I appeal to your own verdict, already recorded, in proof that I was justified in striking these men. You stood by, sirs, with swords, not voting tablets, in your hands, and it was in your power to aid the fellows if you liked; but, to speak the honest truth, you neither aided them nor did you join me in striking the disorderly. In other words, you enabled any evilly-disposed person among them to give rein to his wantonness by your passivity. For if you will be at pains to investigate, you will find that those who were then most cowardly are the ringleaders to-day in brutality and outrage.
"I can picture a third scenario, where some laggard stops behind just to take a break, holding you up in front and us behind from continuing our march. If I hit him, it saved him from getting speared by the enemy. Actually, the chance they have today to get back at me for any unfair treatment I gave them comes from the fact that I helped them back then; whereas, if they had ended up with the enemy, they should ask themselves what kind of outrage, no matter how huge, they could expect to get justice for now. My defense," he continued, "is straightforward: if I disciplined someone for their own benefit, I accept the same consequences as parents do for their children or teachers for their students. Doesn’t the surgeon also burn and cut us for our own good? But if you honestly think these actions come from pure arrogance, just note that even though, thank God, I am healthier and stronger now, I act more confidently than I used to, and I drink more wine, I still don’t hit anyone; no, because I see that you’ve reached calmer waters. When a storm hits and a big wave strikes the ship hard, even a slight shake of the head can make the lookout furious with the crew in the front or the helmsman with the guys in the back, because in a crisis, even a small mistake can ruin everything. But I ask for your own judgment, already noted, as proof that I was right to hit those men. You stood by, gentlemen, with swords, not voting tablets, in your hands, and you could have helped those guys if you wanted; but, to be honest, you did neither help them nor join me in dealing with the troublemakers. In other words, your passivity allowed any malicious person among them to act out without restraint. If you take the time to look into it, you’ll find that those who were the most cowardly back then are today’s ringleaders of brutality and outrage."
"There is Boiscus the boxer, a Thessalian, what a battle he fought then to escape carrying his shield! so tired was he, and to-day I am told he has stripped several citizens of Cotyora of the clothes on their backs. If then you are wise, you will treat this personage in a way the contrary to that in which men treat dogs. A savage dog is tied up on the day and loosed at night, but if you are wise you will tie this fellow up at night and only let him loose in the day.
"There’s Boiscus the boxer from Thessaly, what a fight he had to avoid carrying his shield! He was so exhausted, and today I hear he’s taken the clothes off several citizens of Cotyora. So, if you're smart, you’ll handle this guy differently than how people handle dogs. A wild dog is tied up during the day and let loose at night, but if you're clever, you’ll keep this guy tied up at night and only let him loose during the day."
"But really," he added, "it does surprise me with what keenness you remember and recount the times when I incurred the hatred of some one; but some other occasions when I eased the burden of winter and storm for any of you, or beat off an enemy, or helped to minister to you in sickness and want, not a soul of you remembers these. Or when for any noble deed done by any of you I praised the doer, and according to my ability did honour to this brave man or that; these things have slipped from your memories, and are clean forgotten. Yet it were surely more noble, just, and holy, sweeter and kindlier to treasure the memory of good rather than of evil."
"But really," he added, "it surprises me how sharply you remember and talk about the times when I earned someone's hatred, yet none of you recalls the moments when I lightened your burdens during winter and storms, fought off an enemy, or helped take care of you in sickness and need. And when I praised any of you for your noble actions and gave recognition to this brave person or that, those moments have vanished from your memories and are completely forgotten. It would surely be more noble, just, and good, sweeter and kinder to cherish the memory of the good rather than the bad."
He ended, and then one after another of the assembly got up and began recalling incidents of the kind suggested, and things ended not so unpleasantly after all.
He finished speaking, and then one by one, the people in the group stood up and started sharing similar stories, and things turned out to be not so bad after all.
BOOK VI
I
After this, whilst waiting, they lived partly on supplies from the market, partly on the fruit of raids into Paphlagonia. The Paphlagonians, on their side, showed much skill in kidnapping stragglers, wherever they could lay hands on them, and in the night time tried to do mischief to those whose quarters were at a distance from the camp. The result was that their relations to one another were exceedingly hostile, so much so that Corylas, who was the chief of Paphlagonia at that date, sent ambassadors to the Hellenes, bearing horses and fine apparel, and charged with a proposal on the part of Corylas to make terms with the Hellenes on the principle of mutual forbearance from injuries. The generals replied that they would consult with the army about the matter. Meanwhile they gave them a hospitable reception, to which they invited certain members of the army whose claims were obvious. They sacrificed some of the captive cattle and other sacrificial beasts, and with these they furnished forth a sufficiently festal entertainment, and reclining on their truckle beds, fell to eating and drinking out of beakers made of horn which they happened to find in the country.
After this, while they waited, they survived partly on supplies from the market and partly on the fruits of raids into Paphlagonia. The Paphlagonians, for their part, were quite skilled at kidnapping anyone who wandered too far and, at night, tried to cause trouble for those whose camps were away from the main area. As a result, their relationship was extremely hostile. Corylas, the chief of Paphlagonia at the time, sent ambassadors to the Greeks, bringing horses and fine clothing, proposing that they agree to avoid harming each other. The generals responded that they would discuss it with the army. In the meantime, they welcomed the ambassadors warmly, inviting certain members of the army who were obviously important. They sacrificed some of the captured cattle and other sacrificial animals, putting together a sufficiently festive meal. Relaxing on their makeshift beds, they began to eat and drink from horn cups they found in the area.
But as soon as the libation was ended and they had sung the hymn, up got first some Thracians, who performed a dance under arms to the sound of a pipe, leaping high into the air with much nimbleness, and brandishing their swords, till at last one man struck his fellow, and every one thought he was really wounded, so skilfully and artistically did he fall, and the Paphlagonians screamed out. Then he that gave the blow stripped the other of his arms, and marched off chanting the "Sitalcas (1)," whilst others of the Thracians bore off the other, who lay as if dead, though he had not received even a scratch.
But as soon as the drink offering was over and they had sung the song, some Thracians stood up first and performed a dance while armed, moving to the tune of a pipe, leaping high into the air with great agility and waving their swords until one man struck another, making everyone think he was actually hurt, so skillfully and dramatically did he fall, and the Paphlagonians screamed out. Then the one who delivered the blow took the other’s armor and walked off singing the "Sitalcas (1)," while other Thracians carried away the one who lay there as if he were dead, even though he hadn’t received a single scratch.
(1) I.e. the national Thracian hymn; for Sitalcas the king, a national hero, see Thuc. ii. 29.
(1) That is, the national Thracian hymn; for Sitalcas the king, a national hero, see Thuc. ii. 29.
After this some Aenianians (2) and Magnesians got up and fell to dancing the Carpaea, as it is called, under arms. This was the manner of the dance: one man lays aside his arms and proceeds to drive a yoke of oxen, and while he drives he sows, turning him about frequently, as though he were afraid of something; up comes a cattle-lifter, and no sooner does the ploughman catch sight of him afar, than he snatches up his arms and confronts him. They fight in front of his team, and all in rhythm to the sound of the pipe. At last the robber binds the countryman and drives off the team. Or sometimes the cattle-driver binds the robber, and then he puts him under the yoke beside the oxen, with his two hands tied behind his back, and off he drives.
After this, some Aenianians and Magnesians got up and started dancing the Carpaea, as it's called, while armed. This is how the dance goes: one man lays down his weapons and begins to drive a yoke of oxen. As he drives, he sows seeds, frequently turning around as if he’s worried about something. Suddenly, a cattle thief appears, and as soon as the ploughman sees him in the distance, he grabs his arms and confronts him. They fight in front of the oxen, keeping time with the music from the pipe. In the end, the robber ties up the farmer and drives off with the oxen. Or sometimes the cattle driver captures the robber and ties him up, putting him under the yoke next to the oxen, with his hands tied behind his back, and then he drives away.
(2) The Aenianians, an Aeolian people inhabiting the upper valley of the Sperchius (the ancient Phthia); their capital was Hypata. These men belonged to the army collected by Menon, the Thessalian. So, doubtless, did the Magnesians, another Aeolian tribe occupying the mountainous coast district on the east of Thessaly. See Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Macmillan's tr.), chap. vi.. 161, 170.
(2) The Aenianians, an Aeolian people living in the upper valley of the Sperchius (the ancient Phthia); their capital was Hypata. These men were part of the army gathered by Menon, the Thessalian. The Magnesians, another Aeolian tribe residing in the mountainous coastal area to the east of Thessaly, were likely included as well. See Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Macmillan's tr.), chap. vi.. 161, 170.
After this a Mysian came in with a light shield in either hand and danced, at one time going through a pantomime, as if he were dealing with two assailants at once; at another plying his shields as if to face a single foe, and then again he would whirl about and throw somersaults, keeping the shields in his hands, so that it was a beautiful spectacle. Last of all he danced the Persian dance, clashing the shields together, crouching down on one knee and springing up again from earth; and all this he did in measured time to the sound of the flute. After him the Mantineans stepped upon the stage, and some other Arcadians also stood up; they had accoutred themselves in all their warlike finery. They marched with measured tread, pipes playing, to the tune of the 'warrior's march (3)'; the notes of the paean rose, lightly their limbs moved in dance, as in solemn procession to the holy gods. The Paphlagonians looked upon it as something truly strange that all these dances should be under arms; and the Mysians, seeing their astonishment persuaded one of the Arcadians who had got a dancing girl to let him introduce her, which he did after dressing her up magnificently and giving her a light shield. When, lithe of limb, she danced the Pyrrhic (4), loud clapping followed; and the Paphlagonians asked, "If these women fought by their side in battle?" to which they answered, "To be sure, it was the women who routed the great King, and drove him out of camp." So ended the night.
After that, a Mysian came in, holding a light shield in each hand, and danced. At one moment, he acted as if he were facing two attackers at once; at another, he was moving his shields as if he were confronting a single enemy. Then he would spin around and do somersaults, keeping the shields in his hands, creating a beautiful sight. Finally, he performed the Persian dance, clashing the shields together, crouching on one knee, and springing back up from the ground; all of this he did in time with the music of the flute. After him, the Mantineans stepped onto the stage, joined by some other Arcadians who were dressed in all their warrior gear. They marched in rhythm with the music, to the tune of the 'warrior's march (3)'; the sound of the paean soared as their limbs moved gracefully in a dance, resembling a solemn procession to the holy gods. The Paphlagonians found it truly strange that all these dances were performed in full armor; and the Mysians, seeing their astonishment, convinced one of the Arcadians who had a dancing girl to let him introduce her. He did so after dressing her up beautifully and giving her a light shield. When she danced the Pyrrhic (4), energetic applause followed; and the Paphlagonians asked, "Did these women fight alongside them in battle?" to which they replied, "Of course, it was the women who defeated the great King and drove him out of camp." And so the night came to an end.
(3) See Plato, "Rep." 400 B, for this "war measure"; also Aristoph. "Clouds," 653. (4) For this famous dance, supposed to be of Doric (Cretan or Spartan) origin, see Smith's "Dict. of Antiquities," "Saltatio"; also Guhl and Koner, "The Life of the Greeks and Romans," Eng. tr.
(3) See Plato, "Rep." 400 B, for this "war measure"; also Aristoph. "Clouds," 653. (4) For this famous dance, thought to be of Doric (Cretan or Spartan) origin, see Smith's "Dict. of Antiquities," "Saltatio"; also Guhl and Koner, "The Life of the Greeks and Romans," Eng. tr.
But next day the generals introduced the embassy to the army, and the soldiers passed a resolution in the sense proposed: between themselves and the Paphlagonians there was to be a mutual abstinence from injuries. After this the ambassadors went on their way, and the Hellenes, as soon as it was thought that sufficient vessels had arrived, went on board ship, and voyaged a day and a night with a fair breeze, keeping Paphlagonia on their left. And on the following day, arriving at Sinope, they came to moorings in the harbour of Harmene, near Sinope (5). The Sinopeans, though inhabitants of Paphlagonia, are really colonists of the Milesians. They sent gifts of hospitality to the Hellenes, three thousand measures of barley with fifteen hundred jars of wine. At this place Cheirisophus rejoined them with a man-of-war. The soldiers certainly expected that, having come, he would have brought them something, but he brought them nothing, except complimentary phrases, on the part of Anaxibius, the high admiral, and the rest, who sent them their congratulations, coupled with a promise on the part of Anaxibius that, as soon as they were outside the Euxine, pay would be forthcoming.
But the next day, the generals introduced the diplomats to the army, and the soldiers passed a resolution to avoid harming each other and the Paphlagonians. After this, the ambassadors continued their journey, and once enough ships had arrived, the Hellenes boarded and sailed for a day and a night with a good breeze, keeping Paphlagonia on their left. The next day, they arrived at Sinope and anchored in the harbor of Harmene, near Sinope (5). The Sinopeans, though from Paphlagonia, are actually colonists from Miletus. They sent gifts of hospitality to the Hellenes, including three thousand measures of barley and fifteen hundred jars of wine. At this location, Cheirisophus rejoined them with a warship. The soldiers had expected that he would bring them something, but he brought nothing except kind words from Anaxibius, the high admiral, and the others, who congratulated them and promised that as soon as they were outside the Euxine, they would receive their pay.
(5) Harmene, a port of Sinope, between four and five miles (fifty stades) west of that important city, itself a port town. See Smith, "Dict. Geog.," "Sinope"; and Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv. 60.
(5) Harmene, a port near Sinope, is located about four to five miles (fifty stades) west of that significant city, which is also a port town. See Smith, "Dict. Geog.," "Sinope"; and Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv. 60.
At Harmene the army halted five days; and now that they seemed to be so close to Hellas, the question how they were to reach home not empty-handed presented itself more forcibly to their minds than heretofore. The conclusion they came to was to appoint a single general, since one man would be better able to handle the troops, by night or by day, than was possible while the generalship was divided. If secrecy were desirable, it would be easier to keep matters dark, or if again expedition were an object, there would be less risk of arriving a day too late, since mutual explanations would be avoided, and whatever approved itself to the single judgement would at once be carried into effect, whereas previously the generals had done everything in obedience to the opinion of the majority.
At Harmene, the army stopped for five days; and now that they seemed so close to Greece, the question of how to get home without being empty-handed became more urgent in their minds than before. They decided to appoint a single general, since one person could manage the troops better, day or night, than when leadership was shared. If secrecy was needed, it would be easier to keep things under wraps, and if speed was a concern, there would be less chance of arriving a day late, since they could avoid back-and-forth discussions. Whatever one person decided would be put into action right away, while before, the generals had acted based on the majority's opinion.
With these ideas working in their minds, they turned to Xenophon, and the officers came to him and told him that this was how the soldiers viewed matters; and each of them, displaying a warmth of kindly feeling, pressed him to accept the office. Xenophon partly would have liked to do so, in the belief that by so doing he would win to himself a higher repute in the esteem of his friends, and that his name would be reported to the city written large; and by some stroke of fortune he might even be the discoverer of some blessing to the army collectively.
With these thoughts in mind, they approached Xenophon, and the officers informed him of how the soldiers felt about the situation. Each of them, showing genuine warmth, urged him to take on the role. Xenophon was somewhat inclined to accept, believing that by doing so, he would gain greater respect from his friends, and his name would be widely recognized in the city; he also hoped that by some twist of fate, he might bring some benefit to the entire army.
These and the like considerations elated him; he had a strong desire to hold the supreme command. But then again, as he turned the matter over, the conviction deepened in his mind that the issue of the future is to every man uncertain; and hence there was the risk of perhaps losing such reputation has he had already acquired. He was in sore straights, and, not knowing how to decide, it seemed best to him to lay the matter before heaven. Accordingly, he led two victims to the altar and made sacrifice to Zeus the King, for it was he and no other who had been named by the oracle at Delphi, and his belief was that the vision which he had beheld when he first essayed to undertake the joint administration of the army was sent to him by that god. He also recalled to mind a circumstance which befell him still earlier, when setting out from Ephesus to associate himself with Cyrus (6);—how an eagle screamed on his right hand from the east, and still remained perched, and the soothsayer who was escorting him said that it was a great and royal omen (7); indicating glory and yet suffering; for the punier race of birds only attack the eagle when seated. "Yet," added he, "it bodes not gain in money; for the eagle seizes his food, not when seated, but on the wing."
These and similar thoughts excited him; he really wanted to be in charge. But as he thought it over, he became increasingly convinced that the future is uncertain for everyone, and there was a risk of losing the reputation he had already built. He was in a tough spot, and not knowing how to choose, he decided it was best to turn to the divine for guidance. So, he took two offerings to the altar and made a sacrifice to Zeus the King, as it was he who had been mentioned by the oracle at Delphi. He believed that the vision he had when he first tried to share command of the army was sent to him by that god. He also recalled something that happened to him earlier when he left Ephesus to join Cyrus—how an eagle had screeched on his right side from the east and perched there, and the soothsayer who was with him said it was a great and royal omen, indicating glory but also suffering; since smaller birds only attack the eagle while it is sitting. "However," he added, "it does not promise wealth; the eagle grabs its food not while sitting, but on the wing."
(6) Cf. "Cyrop." II. i. 1; an eagle appears to Cyrus on the frontiers of Persia, when about to join his uncle Cyaxares, king of Media, on his expedition against the Assyrian. (7) It is important to note that the Greek word {oionos}, a solitary or lone-flying bird, also means an omen. "It was a mighty bird and a mighty omen."
(6) See "Cyrop." II. i. 1; an eagle shows up for Cyrus on the borders of Persia, right before he joins his uncle Cyaxares, the king of Media, for his campaign against the Assyrians. (7) It's worth mentioning that the Greek word {oionos}, which refers to a solitary or lone-flying bird, also signifies an omen. "It was a powerful bird and a powerful omen."
Thus Xenophon sacrificed, and the god as plainly as might be gave him a sign, neither to demand the generalship, nor, if chosen, to accept the office. And that was how the matter stood when the army met, and the proposal to elect a single leader was unanimous. After this resolution was passed, they proposed Xenophon for election, and when it seemed quite evident that they would elect him, if he put the question to the vote, he got up and spoke as follows:—
Thus, Xenophon made a sacrifice, and the god clearly signaled to him, not to seek the position of general, nor to accept it if offered. That was the situation when the army gathered, and the decision to elect a single leader was unanimous. After this resolution passed, they nominated Xenophon for election, and when it became obvious they would choose him if he called for a vote, he stood up and spoke as follows:—
"Sirs, I am but mortal, and must needs be happy to be honoured by you. I thank you, and am grateful, and my prayer is that the gods may grant me to be an instrument of blessing to you. Still, when I consider it closer, thus, in the presence of a Lacedaemonian, to be preferred by you as general, seems to me but ill conducive either to your interests or to mine, since you will the less readily obtain from them hereafter anything you may need, while for myself I look upon acceptance as even somewhat dangerous. Do I not see and know with what persistence these Lacedaemonians prosecuted the war till finally they forced our State to acknowledge the leadership of Lacedaemon? This confession once extorted from their antagonists, they ceased warring at once, and the siege of the city was at an end. If, with these facts before my eyes, I seem to be doing all I can to neutralise their high self-esteem, I cannot escape the reflection that personally I may be taught wisdom by a painful process. But with your own idea that under a single general there will be less factiousness than when there were many, be assured that in choosing some other than me you will not find me factious. I hold that whosoever sets up factious opposition to his leader factiously opposes his own safety. While if you determine to choose me, I should not be surprised were that choice to entail upon you and me the resentment of other people."
"Sirs, I'm just a mortal, and I’m truly honored by your recognition. I appreciate it and hope the gods allow me to be a source of help for you. However, when I think about it, being chosen by you as general in front of a Lacedaemonian doesn’t seem to benefit either of us. You might find it harder to get what you need from them later on, and I see accepting this role as somewhat risky for myself. Aren't we all aware of how determined the Lacedaemonians were in the war until they made our State recognize their leadership? Once they got that acknowledgment from their opponents, they immediately stopped fighting, and the siege of the city ended. Given these facts, while I’m trying to reduce their arrogance, I can’t help but think that I might end up learning a hard lesson. Still, regarding your idea that having a single general will create less division than having many, if you choose someone else, know that I won’t oppose you. I believe that anyone who causes dissension against their leader is actually jeopardizing their own safety. However, if you decide to pick me, I wouldn’t be surprised if that decision leads to resentment from others."
After those remarks on Xenophon's part, many more got up, one after another, insisting on the propriety of his undertaking the command. One of them, Agasias the Stymphalian, said: It was really ridiculous, if things had come to this pass that the Lacedeamonians are to fly into a rage because a number of friends have met together to dinner, and omitted to choose a Lacedaemonian to sit at the head of the table. "Really, if that is how matters stand," said he, "I do not see what right we have to be officers even, we who are only Arcadians." That sally brought down the plaudits of the assembly; and Xenophon, seeing that something more was needed, stepped forward again and spoke, "Pardon, sirs," he said, "let me make a clean breast of it. I swear to you by all the gods and goddesses; verily and indeed, I no sooner perceived your purpose, than I consulted the victims, whether it was better for you to entrust this leadership to me, and for me to undertake it, or the reverse. And the gods vouchsafed a sign to me so plain that even a common man might understand it, and perceive that from such sovereignty I must needs hold myself aloof."
After those comments from Xenophon, many others stood up, one after another, insisting that he should take charge. One of them, Agasias from Stymphalus, said: "It's really absurd that the Spartans would get upset just because a group of friends had dinner together and didn’t choose a Spartan to sit at the head of the table. Honestly, if that’s the case, I don’t see what right we have to be officers at all, since we’re just Arcadians." That remark earned him applause from the crowd; and seeing that more was needed, Xenophon stepped forward again and said, "Excuse me, gentlemen, let me be completely honest. I swear to you by all the gods and goddesses, as soon as I recognized your intention, I consulted the sacrificial offerings to see whether it would be better for you to give this leadership to me and for me to take it on, or the other way around. The gods provided a sign so clear that even an ordinary person could understand it, showing that I should stay away from such authority."
Under these circumstances they chose Cheirisophus, who, after his election, stepped forward and said: "Nay, sirs, be well assured of this, that had you chosen some one else, I for my part should not have set up factious opposition. As to Xenophon, I believe you have done him a good turn by not appointing him; for even now Dexippus has gone some way in traducing him to Anaxibius, as far as it lay in his power to do so, and that, in spite of my attempts to silence him. What he said was that he believed Xenophon would rather share the command of Clearchus's army with Timasion, a Dardanian, than with himself, a Laconian. But," continued Cheirisophus, "since your choice has fallen upon me, I will make it my endeavour to do you all the good in my power; so make your preparations to weigh anchor to-morrow; wind and weather permitting, we will voyage to Heraclea; every one must endeavour, therefore, to put in at that port; and for the rest we will consult, when we are come thither."
Given the situation, they chose Cheirisophus, who, after being elected, stepped up and said: "Gentlemen, rest assured that if you had picked someone else, I wouldn’t have put up any resistance. Regarding Xenophon, I think you made a good decision by not choosing him; even now, Dexippus has been trying to slander him to Anaxibius, as far as he could, despite my efforts to shut him down. He claimed that Xenophon would prefer to share the command of Clearchus's army with Timasion, a Dardanian, rather than with him, a Laconian. But," Cheirisophus continued, "since you’ve selected me, I will do my best to serve you all. So get ready to set sail tomorrow; wind and weather permitting, we will head to Heraclea. Everyone should aim to dock at that port, and we'll discuss the rest when we get there."
II
The next day they weighed anchor and set sail from Harmene with a fair breeze, two days' voyage along the coast. (As they coasted along they came in sight of Jason's beach (1), where, as the story says, the ship Argo came to moorings; and then the mouths of the rivers, first the Thermodon, then the Iris, then the Halys, and next to it the Parthenius.) Coasting past (the latter), they reached Heraclea (2), a Hellenic city and a colony of the Megarians, situated in the territory of the Mariandynians. So they came to anchorage off the Acherusian Chersonese, where Heracles (3) is said to have descended to bring up the dog Cerberus, at a point where they still show the marks of his descent, a deep cleft more than two furlongs down. Here the Heracleots sent the Hellenes, as gifts of hospitality, three thousand measures of barley and two thousand jars of wine, twenty beeves and one hundred sheep. Through the flat country here flows the Lycus river, as it is called, about two hundred feet in breadth.
The next day, they raised the anchor and set sail from Harmene with a good breeze, planning a two-day journey along the coast. As they sailed, they spotted Jason's beach, where, according to the story, the ship Argo docked. They also saw the mouths of several rivers: first the Thermodon, then the Iris, followed by the Halys, and next the Parthenius. After passing the last one, they arrived at Heraclea, a Greek city and colony of the Megarians, located in the territory of the Mariandynians. They anchored off the Acherusian Chersonese, where it is said that Heracles descended to retrieve the dog Cerberus, at a place where you can still see the marks of his descent, a deep cleft more than two furlongs down. Here, the Heracleots welcomed the Greeks with gifts of hospitality: three thousand measures of barley, two thousand jars of wine, twenty cattle, and one hundred sheep. The Lycus river flows through the flat countryside here, about two hundred feet wide.
(1) I have left this passage in the text, although it involves, at first sight, a topographical error on the part of whoever wrote it, and Hug and other commentators regard it as spurious. Jason's beach (the modern Yasoun Bouroun) and the three first-named rivers lie between Cotyora and Sinope. Possibly the author, or one of his editors, somewhat loosely inserted a recapitulatory note concerning the scenery of this coasting voyage at this point. "By the way, I ought to have told you that as they coasted along," etc. (2) One of the most powerful of commercial cities, distinguished as Pontica (whence, in the middle ages, Penteraklia), now Eregli. It was one of the older Greek settlements, and, like Kalchedon (to give that town its proper name), a Megaro-Doric colony. See Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv. 62. (3) According to another version of the legend Heracles went down to bring up Cerberus, not here, but at Taenarum.
(1) I’ve kept this passage in the text, even though it seems to contain a geographical mistake by the author, and Hug and other scholars consider it to be fake. Jason's beach (the present-day Yasoun Bouroun) and the first three rivers are located between Cotyora and Sinope. It’s possible that the author, or one of his editors, added a summary note about the scenery of this coastal journey somewhat carelessly at this point. "By the way, I should’ve mentioned that as they traveled along the coast," etc. (2) One of the most influential commercial cities, known as Pontica (from which, in the Middle Ages, came Penteraklia), now Eregli. It was one of the older Greek settlements and, like Kalchedon (to use its proper name), was a Megaro-Doric colony. See Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv. 62. (3) According to another version of the legend, Heracles went down to retrieve Cerberus, not here, but at Taenarum.
The soldiers held a meeting, and took counsel about the remainder of the journey: should they make their exit from the Pontus by sea or by land? and Lycon the Achaean got up and said: "I am astonished, sirs, that the generals do not endeavour to provide us more efficiently with provisions. These gifts of hospitality will not afford three days' victuals for the army; nor do I see from what region we are to provide ourselves as we march. My proposal, therefore, is to demand of the Heracleots at least three thousand cyzicenes." Another speaker suggested, "not less than ten thousand. Let us at once, before we break up this meeting, send ambassadors to the city and ascertain their answer to the demand and take counsel accordingly." Thereupon they proceeded to put up as ambassadors, first and foremost Cheirisophus, as he had been chosen general-in-chief; others also named Xenophon.
The soldiers held a meeting to discuss the rest of their journey: should they leave the Pontus by sea or land? Lycon the Achaean stood up and said, "I’m amazed, gentlemen, that the generals aren’t trying harder to provide us with supplies. These gifts of hospitality won’t last us three days, and I have no idea where we’ll get more food as we move forward. So, I propose we ask the Heracleots for at least three thousand cyzicenes." Someone else suggested, "No less than ten thousand. Let's send ambassadors to the city right away before we end this meeting, find out their response to our request, and plan accordingly." They decided to appoint ambassadors, starting with Cheirisophus, who had been chosen as the main general; others also named Xenophon.
But both Cheirisophus and Xenophon stoutly declined, maintaining both alike that they could not compel a Hellenic city, actually friendly, to give anything which they did not spontaneously offer. So, since these two appeared to be backward, the soldiers sent Lycon the Achaean, Callimachus the Parrhasian, and Agasias the Stymphalian. These three went and announced the resolutions passed by the army. Lycon, it was said, even went so far as to threaten certain consequences in case they refused to comply. The Heracleots said they would deliberate; and, without more ado, they got together their goods and chattels from their farms and fields outside, and dismantled the market outside and transferred it within, after which the gates were closed, and arms appeared at the battlements of the walls.
But both Cheirisophus and Xenophon firmly refused, insisting that they couldn't force a Hellenic city, which was actually friendly, to give anything that it didn't willingly offer. Since these two seemed hesitant, the soldiers sent Lycon the Achaean, Callimachus the Parrhasian, and Agasias the Stymphalian. The three of them went to announce the army's resolutions. It was said that Lycon even threatened certain consequences if they refused to comply. The Heracleots said they would think it over; without further delay, they gathered their belongings from their farms and fields outside, took down the market from outside and moved it inside. After that, the gates were closed, and weapons appeared on the battlements of the walls.
At that check, the authors of these tumultuary measures fell to accusing the generals, as if they had marred the proceeding; and the Arcadians and Archaeans banded together, chiefly under the auspices of the two ringleaders, Callimachus the Parrhasian and Lycon the Achaean. The language they held was to this effect: It was outrageous that a single Athenian and a Lacedaemonian, who had not contributed a soldier to the expedition, should rule Peloponnesians; scandalous that they themselves should bear the toils whilst others pocketed the spoils, and that too though the preservation of the army was due to themselves; for, as every one must admit, to the Arcadians and Achaeans the credit of that achievement was due, and the rest of the army went for nothing (which was indeed so far true that the Arcadians and Achaeans did form numerically the larger half of the whole army). What then did common sense suggest? Why, that they, the Arcadians and Achaeans, should make common cause, choose generals for themselves independently, continue the march, and try somewhat to better their condition. This proposal was carried. All the Arcadians and Achaeans who chanced to be with Cheirisophus left him and Xenophon, setting up for themselves and choosing ten generals of their own. These ten, it was decreed, were to put into effect such measures as approved themselves to the majority. Thus the absolute authority vested in Cheirisophus was terminated there and then, within less than a week of his appointment.
At that moment, the authors of these disruptive measures began blaming the generals, as if they had ruined the process; and the Arcadians and Achaeans united, mainly under the leadership of the two instigators, Callimachus the Parrhasian and Lycon the Achaean. They expressed their concerns like this: It was outrageous that a single Athenian and a Lacedaemonian, who hadn’t sent a single soldier to the campaign, should command the Peloponnesians; it was scandalous that they should endure the hardships while others reaped the rewards, especially since the survival of the army was thanks to them; because, as everyone must agree, the credit for that success belonged to the Arcadians and Achaeans, and the rest of the army contributed very little (which was indeed true since the Arcadians and Achaeans made up the larger half of the army). So, what made sense? Well, it was that the Arcadians and Achaeans should team up, select their own generals, continue the march, and work to improve their situation. This proposal was accepted. All the Arcadians and Achaeans who were with Cheirisophus left him and Xenophon, establishing their own group and electing ten generals of their own. It was decided that these ten would implement measures that had the support of the majority. Thus, Cheirisophus's complete authority came to an end right then and there, less than a week after he had been appointed.
Xenophon, however was minded to prosecute the journey in their company, thinking that this would be a safer plan than for each to start on his own account. But Neon threw in his weight in favour of separate action. "Every one for himself," he said, for he had heard from Cheirisophus that Cleander, the Spartan governor-general at Byzantium, talked of coming to Calpe Haven with some war vessels. Neon's advice was due to his desire to secure a passage home in these war vessels for themselves and their soldiers, without allowing any one else to share in their good-fortune. As for Cheirisophus, he was at once so out of heart at the turn things had taken, and soured with the whole army, that he left it to his subordinate, Neon, to do just what he liked. Xenophon, on his side, would still have been glad to be quit of the expedition and sail home; but on offering sacrifice to Heracles the Leader, and seeking advice, whether it were better and more desirable to continue the march in charge of the soldiers who had remained faithful, or to take his departure, the god indicated to him by the victims that he should adopt the former course.
Xenophon, however, wanted to continue the journey with the group, believing it was a safer choice than going off individually. But Neon advocated for splitting up. "Every man for himself," he said, since he had heard from Cheirisophus that Cleander, the Spartan governor in Byzantium, was planning to come to Calpe Haven with some warships. Neon's suggestion stemmed from his desire to secure a ride home on those warships for himself and their soldiers, without letting anyone else benefit from their luck. As for Cheirisophus, he was so discouraged by the situation and frustrated with the entire army that he left it to his subordinate, Neon, to decide what to do. Xenophon, for his part, would have preferred to end the expedition and head home; however, after offering a sacrifice to Heracles the Leader and seeking guidance on whether it would be better and more desirable to continue leading the loyal soldiers or to leave, the god indicated through the sacrifices that he should choose the former option.
In this way the army was now split up into three divisions (4). First, the Arcadians and Achaeans, over four thousand five hundred men, all heavy infantry. Secondly, Cheirisophus and his men, viz. one thousand four hundred heavy infantry and the seven hundred peltasts, or Clearchus's Thracians. Thirdly, Xenophon's division of one thousand seven hundred heavy infantry, and three hundred peltasts; but then he alone had the cavalry—about forty troopers.
In this way, the army was divided into three divisions (4). First, the Arcadians and Achaeans, totaling over four thousand five hundred men, all heavy infantry. Second, Cheirisophus and his men, which included one thousand four hundred heavy infantry and seven hundred peltasts, or Clearchus's Thracians. Third, Xenophon's division consisting of one thousand seven hundred heavy infantry and three hundred peltasts; plus, he was the only one with cavalry—about forty soldiers.
(4) The total now amounted to 8640 and over.
(4) The total now came to 8640 and more.
The Arcadians, who had bargained with the Heracleots and got some vessels from them, were the first to set sail; they hoped, by pouncing suddenly on the Bithynians, to make as large a haul as possible. With that object they disembarked at Calpe Haven (5), pretty nearly at the middle point in Thrace. Cheirisophus setting off straight from Heraclea, commenced a land march through the country; but having entered into Thrace, he preferred to cling to the seaboard, health and strength failing him. Xenophon, lastly, took vessels, and disembarking on the confines of Thrace and the Heracleotid, pushed forward through the heart of the country (6).
The Arcadians, who had negotiated with the Heracleots and received some ships from them, were the first to set off. They aimed to catch the Bithynians off guard and make as big a capture as possible. To achieve this, they landed at Calpe Haven (5), roughly in the middle of Thrace. Cheirisophus, starting directly from Heraclea, began a land march through the region; however, once he entered Thrace, he chose to stay close to the coast due to declining health and strength. Finally, Xenophon took to the ships, landing at the border of Thrace and the Heracleotid, and then moved inland through the heart of the region (6).
(5) The Haven of Calpe = Kirpe Liman or Karpe in the modern maps. The name is interesting as being also the ancient name of the rock fortress of Gibraltar. (6) Some MSS. here read, "In the prior chapter will be found a description of the manner in which the absolute command of Cheirisophus was abruptly terminated and the army of the Hellenes broken up. The sequel will show how each of these divisions fared." The passage is probably one of those commentators' notes, with which we are now familiar.
(5) The Haven of Calpe = Kirpe Liman or Karpe on modern maps. The name is interesting because it was also the ancient name for the rock fortress of Gibraltar. (6) Some manuscripts here say, "In the previous chapter, you will find a description of how Cheirisophus’s absolute command came to an abrupt end and how the Hellenic army was disbanded. The following will reveal how each of these divisions turned out." This passage is likely one of those commentary notes we are now used to seeing.
III
The Arcadians, disembarking under cover of night at Calpe Haven, marched against the nearest villages about thirty furlongs from the sea; and as soon as it was light, each of the ten generals led his company to attack one village, or if the village were large, a couple of companies advanced under their combined generals. They further agreed upon a certain knoll, where they were all eventually to assemble. So sudden was their attack that they seized a number of captives and enclosed a multitude of small cattle. But the Thracians who escaped began to collect again; for being light-armed troops they had slipped in large numbers through the hands of the heavy infantry; and now that they were got together they first attacked the company of the Arcadian general, Smicres, who had done his work and was retiring to the appointed meeting-place, driving along a large train of captives and cattle. For a good while the Hellenes maintained a running fight (1); but at the passage of a gorge the enemy routed them, slaying Smicres himself and those with him to a man. The fate of another company under command of Hegesander, another of the ten, was nearly as bad; only eight men escaped, Hegesander being one of them. The remaining captains eventually met, some with somewhat to show for their pains, others empty-handed.
The Arcadians, landing at Calpe Haven under the cover of night, marched towards the nearest villages about thirty furlongs from the sea. As soon as it got light, each of the ten generals led his group to attack one village, or if the village was large, a couple of groups moved in together under their combined generals. They also agreed on a specific knoll where they would all eventually gather. Their attack was so sudden that they captured several people and rounded up many small animals. However, the Thracians who managed to escape regrouped; being lightly armed, they had slipped past the heavy infantry in large numbers. Now that they were assembled, they first targeted the group of the Arcadian general, Smicres, who was heading back to the designated meeting point with a large crowd of captives and cattle. For a while, the Greeks engaged in a running battle; but at the passage of a gorge, the enemy defeated them, killing Smicres and all who were with him. The fate of another group led by Hegesander, one of the ten, was nearly as tragic; only eight men survived, Hegesander being one of them. The remaining captains eventually gathered, some with something to show for their efforts, while others returned empty-handed.
(1) Lit. "marched and fought," as did the forlorn hope under Sir C. Wilson making its way from Abu Klea to the Nile in Jan. 1885.
(1) Literally "marched and fought," just like the desperate group led by Sir C. Wilson traveling from Abu Klea to the Nile in January 1885.
The Thracians, having achieved this success, kept up a continual shouting and clatter of conversation to one another during the night; but with day-dawn they marshalled themselves right round the knoll on which the Hellenes were encamped—both cavalry in large numbers and light-armed troops—while every minute the stream of new-comers grew greater. Then they commenced an attack on the heavy infantry in all security, for the Hellenes had not a single bowman, javelin-man, or mounted trooper amongst them; while the enemy rushed forward on foot or galloped up on horseback and let fly their javelins. It was vain to attempt to retaliate, so lightly did they spring back and escape; and ever the attack renewed itself from every point, so that on one side man after man was wounded, on the other not a soul was touched; the result being that they could not stir from their position, and the Thracians ended by cutting them off even from their water. In their despair they began to parley about a truce, and finally various concessions were made and terms agreed to between them; but the Thracians would not hear of giving hostages in answer to the demand of the Hellenes; at that point the matter rested. So fared it with the Arcadians.
The Thracians, after achieving this success, kept up a constant noise and chatter among themselves through the night; but at dawn, they gathered around the hill where the Greeks were camped—both a large number of cavalry and light infantry—while the stream of newcomers kept increasing. Then they started attacking the heavy infantry with confidence, since the Greeks had no archers, javelin throwers, or mounted troops among them; meanwhile, the enemy pressed forward on foot or rode in on horseback, throwing their javelins. It was pointless to try to fight back, as they quickly sprang away to avoid capture; and the assault kept coming from every direction, resulting in many injuries on one side while the other remained unscathed. Consequently, the Greeks couldn't move from their position, and the Thracians eventually cut them off even from their water supply. In their desperation, they started negotiating for a truce, and ultimately several concessions were made and terms agreed upon; however, the Thracians refused to consider giving hostages as requested by the Greeks; and that was where the matter stood. Such was the situation with the Arcadians.
As to Cheirisophus, that general prosecuted his march along the seaboard, and without check reached Calpe Haven. Xenophon advanced through the heart of the country; and his cavalry pushing on in front, came upon some old men pursuing their road somewither, who were brought to him, and in answer to his question, whether they had caught sight of another Hellenic army anywhere, told him all that had already taken place, adding that at present they were being besieged upon a knoll with all the Thracians in close circle round them. Thereupon he kept the old men under strict guard to serve as guides in case of need; next, having appointed outposts, he called a meeting of the soldiers, and addressed them: "Soldiers, some of the Arcadians are dead and the rest are being besieged upon a certain knoll. Now my own belief is, that if they are to perish, with their deaths the seal is set to our own fate: since we must reckon with an enemy at once numerous and emboldened. Clearly our best course is to hasten to their rescue, if haply we may find them still alive, and do battle by their side rather than suffer isolation, confronting danger single-handed.
As for Cheirisophus, that general continued his march along the coast and reached Calpe Haven without any obstacles. Xenophon moved through the interior of the country, and his cavalry, advancing ahead, encountered some old men who were on their way somewhere. They were brought to him, and when he asked if they had seen another Greek army, they told him everything that had happened so far, adding that currently, they were being besieged on a hill with all the Thracians surrounding them. He then kept the old men under close guard to serve as guides if needed. After setting up outposts, he called a meeting of the soldiers and addressed them: "Soldiers, some of the Arcadians are dead, and the rest are trapped on a certain hill. I believe that if they are to perish, their deaths will seal our own fate since we have to deal with an enemy that is both numerous and emboldened. Clearly, our best option is to hurry to their rescue, hoping we might still find them alive, and fight alongside them rather than face danger alone."
"Let us then at once push forward as far as may seem opportune till supper-time, and then encamp. As long as we are marching, let Timasion, with the cavalry, gallop on in front, but without losing sight of us; and let him examine all closely in front, so that nothing may escape our observation." (At the same time too, he sent out some nimble fellows of the light-armed troops to the flanks and to the high tops, who were to give a signal if they espied anything anywhere; ordering them to burn everything inflammable which lay in their path.) "As for ourselves," he continued, "we need not look to find cover in any direction; for it is a long step back to Heraclea and a long leap across to Chrysopolis, and the enemy is at the door. The shortest road is to Calpe Haven, where we suppose Cheirisophus, if safe, to be; but then, when we get there, at Calpe Haven there are no vessels for us to sail away in; and if we stop here, we have not provisions for a single day. Suppose the beleaguered Arcadians left to their fate, we shall find it but a sorry alternative to run the gauntlet with Cheirisophus's detachment alone; better to save them if we can, and with united forces work out our deliverance in common. But if so, we must set out with minds prepared, since to-day either a glorious death awaits us or the achievement of a deed of noblest emprise in the rescue of so many Hellene lives. Maybe it is God who leads us thus, God who chooses to humble the proud boaster, boasting as though he were exceedingly wise, but for us, the beginning of whose every act is by heaven's grace, that same God reserves a higher grade of honour. One duty I would recall to you, to apply your minds to the execution of the orders with promptitude."
"Let’s move forward as far as we can until dinner, and then set up camp. While we’re marching, Timasion and the cavalry should ride ahead but stay in sight of us, checking everything closely so we don’t miss anything." (At the same time, he sent some agile light troops to the sides and high ground to signal if they saw anything; he instructed them to burn anything flammable in their path.) "As for us," he continued, "we shouldn’t expect to find shelter in any direction; it’s a long way back to Heraclea and a big jump over to Chrysopolis, plus the enemy is closing in. The quickest route is to Calpe Haven, where we hope Cheirisophus is safe; but when we get there, there are no ships for us to escape on, and if we stay here, we won’t have supplies for even a day. If we abandon the surrounded Arcadians, it won’t be a good option to face danger with just Cheirisophus’s group; it’s better to save them if we can and work together for our survival. But if we do that, we need to be prepared, because today could mean a glorious death or the chance to do something truly honorable by saving so many Greek lives. Maybe it’s God guiding us this way, choosing to humble the proud who think they are wise, while for us, who start every action with divine grace, that same God has a higher honor in store. One thing I want to remind you of is to focus on executing the orders quickly."
With these words he led the way. The cavalry, scattering as far in advance as was prudent, wherever they set foot, set fire. The peltasts moving parallel on the high ground were similarly employed, burning everything combustible they could discover. While the main army, wherever they came upon anything which had accidentally escaped, completed the work, so that the whole country looked as if it were ablaze; and the army might easily pass for a larger one. When the hour had come, they turned aside to a knoll and took up quarters; and there they espied the enemy's watch-fires. He was about forty furlongs distant. On their side also they kindled as many watch-fires as possible; but as soon as they had dined the order was passed to quench all the fires. So during the night they posted guards and slept. But at daybreak they offered prayers to the gods, and drawing up in order of battle, began marching with what speed they might. Timasion and the cavalry, who had the guides with them, and were moving on briskly in front, found themselves without knowing it at the very knoll upon which the Hellenes had been beleaguered. But no army could they discover, whether of friend or foe; only some starveling old women and men, with a few sheep and oxen which had been left behind. This news they reported to Xenophon and the main body. At first the marvel was what had happened; but ere long they found out by inquiries from the folk who had been left behind, that the Thracians had set off immediately after sundown, and were gone; the Hellenes had waited till morning before they made off, but in what direction, they could not say.
With that, he led the way. The cavalry, spreading out as far ahead as they could safely go, started fires wherever they went. The light infantry on the high ground did the same, burning everything flammable they could find. Meanwhile, the main army finished off anything that had somehow been missed, making the whole area look like it was on fire; this made the army seem larger than it actually was. When the time came, they moved to a small hill and set up camp; from there, they spotted the enemy's campfires about forty furlongs away. They also lit as many campfires as they could, but after dinner, they were ordered to put them out. So, they posted guards and got some sleep. At daybreak, they prayed to the gods, lined up for battle, and started marching as quickly as they could. Timasion and the cavalry, who had the guides with them and were moving ahead quickly, unknowingly arrived at the very hill where the Greeks had been trapped. But they couldn't find any army, friend or foe; just some starving old men and women, along with a few sheep and oxen that had been left behind. They reported this back to Xenophon and the main group. At first, they were puzzled about what had happened, but soon they learned from the locals that the Thracians had left right after sunset, while the Greeks had waited until morning to leave, but they couldn’t tell in which direction they had gone.
On hearing this, Xenophon's troops first breakfasted, and then getting their kit together began their march, desiring to unite with the rest at Calpe's Haven without loss of time. As they continued their march, they came across the track of the Arcadians and Achaeans along the road to Calpe, and both divisions arriving eventually at the same place, were overjoyed to see one another again, and they embraced each other like brothers. Then the Arcadians inquired of Xenophon's officers—why they had quenched the watch-fires? "At first," said they, "when we lost sight of your watch-fires, we expected you to attack the enemy in the night; and the enemy, so at least we imagined, must have been afraid of that and so set off. The time at any rate at which they set off would correspond. But when the requisite time had elapsed and you did not come, we concluded that you must have learnt what was happening to us, and in terror had made a bolt for it to the seaboard. We resolved not to be left behind by you; and that is how we also came to march hither."
Upon hearing this, Xenophon's troops had breakfast and then packed their gear to start marching, eager to join the others at Calpe's Haven without wasting any time. As they marched on, they found the trail of the Arcadians and Achaeans along the road to Calpe, and when both groups finally reached the same spot, they were thrilled to see each other again and embraced like brothers. The Arcadians then asked Xenophon's officers why they had put out the watch-fires. "At first," they replied, "when we lost sight of your watch-fires, we thought you would attack the enemy at night, and we assumed the enemy must have been scared of that and left. The timing of their departure would match that. But when enough time had passed and you didn’t arrive, we figured you must have learned what was happening to us and, in fear, hurried off to the coast. We decided we wouldn't be left behind by you, and that's why we also came this way."
IV
During this day they contented themselves with bivouacking there on the beach at the harbour. The place which goes by the name of Calpe Haven is in Asiatic Thrace, the name given to a region extending from the mouth of the Euxine all the way to Heraclea, which lies on the right hand as you sail into the Euxine. It is a long day's voyage for a war-ship, using her three banks of oars, from Byzantium to Heraclea, and between these two there is not a single Hellenic or friendly city, but only these Bithynian Thracians, who have a bad reputation for the savagery with which they treat any Hellenes cast ashore by shipwreck or otherwise thrown into their power.
During this day, they were satisfied to camp out on the beach at the harbor. The spot known as Calpe Haven is located in Asiatic Thrace, a region that stretches from the mouth of the Euxine all the way to Heraclea, which is on the right side as you sail into the Euxine. It takes a full day's voyage for a warship, using its three rows of oars, to travel from Byzantium to Heraclea, and between these two places, there's not a single Hellenic or friendly city, just these Bithynian Thracians, who have a bad reputation for their brutality towards any Hellenes who happen to wash ashore due to shipwrecks or any other misfortune.
Now the haven of Calpe lies exactly midway, halving the voyage between Byzantium and Heraclea. It is a long promontory running out into the sea; the seaward portion being a rocky precipice, at no point less than twenty fathoms high; but on the landward side there is a neck about four hundred feet wide; and the space inside the neck is capable of accommodating ten thousand inhabitants, and there is a haven immediately under the crag with a beach facing the west. Then there is a copious spring of fresh water flowing on the very marge of the sea commanded by the stronghold. Again, there is plenty of wood of various sorts; but most plentiful of all, fine shipbuilding timber down to the very edge of the sea. The upland stretches into the heart of the country for twenty furlongs at least. It is good loamy soil, free from stones. For a still greater distance the seaboard is thickly grown with large timber trees of every description. The surrounding country is beautiful and spacious, containing numerous well populated villages. The soil produces barley and wheat, and pulse of all sorts, millet and sesame, figs in ample supply, with numerous vines producing sweet wines, and indeed everything else except olives. Such is the character of the country.
Now the haven of Calpe is situated right in the middle, splitting the journey between Byzantium and Heraclea. It’s a long promontory extending into the sea; the part facing the ocean is a rocky cliff, at least twenty fathoms high at any point. On the landward side, there’s a neck about four hundred feet wide, and the area inside this neck can hold ten thousand residents, with a harbor right under the cliff and a beach facing west. There’s also a plentiful spring of fresh water flowing right by the sea, overlooked by the fortress. Furthermore, there’s an abundance of various types of wood, especially high-quality timber for shipbuilding, reaching all the way to the water's edge. The upland extends into the heart of the country for at least twenty furlongs. The soil is rich and loamy, free from stones. For an even greater distance, the coastline is thickly covered with large trees of all kinds. The surrounding countryside is beautiful and spacious, filled with many well-populated villages. The land yields barley and wheat, a variety of pulses, millet, and sesame, abundant figs, and numerous vines that produce sweet wines, and practically everything else except olives. That sums up the character of the country.
The tents were pitched on the seaward-facing beach, the soldiers being altogether averse to camping on ground which might so easily be converted into a city. Indeed, their arrival at the place at all seemed very like the crafty design of some persons who were minded to form a city. The aversion was not unnatural, since the majority of the soldiers had not left their homes on so long a voyage from scantiness or subsistence, but attracted by the fame of Cyrus's virtues; some of them bringing followers, while others had expended money on the expedition. And amongst them was a third set who had run away from fathers and mothers; while a different class had left children behind, hoping to return to them with money or other gains. Other people with Cyrus won great success, they were told (1); why should it not be so with them? Being persons then of this description, the one longing of their hearts was to reach Hellas safely.
The tents were set up on the beach facing the sea, as the soldiers were completely against camping on land that could easily become a city. In fact, their arrival at this spot seemed like the clever plan of some people looking to establish a city. This aversion was understandable, since most of the soldiers hadn’t left their homes on such a long journey out of necessity, but rather drawn by the reputation of Cyrus's character; some had brought followers with them, while others had spent money on the trip. Among them were those who had run away from their parents, as well as others who had left children behind, hoping to return with money or other benefits. They had heard stories of others achieving great success with Cyrus (1); so why shouldn’t it be the same for them? Being this kind of people, their one desire was to get back to Hellas safely.
(1) I.e. "his society was itself a passport to good fortune."
(1) I.e. "his social circle was a ticket to success."
It was on the day after their meeting that Xenophon sacrificed as a preliminary to a military expedition; for it was needful to march out in search of provisions, besides which he designed burying the dead. As soon as the victims proved favourable they all set out, the Arcadians following with the rest. The majority of the dead, who had lain already five days, they buried just where they had fallen, in groups; to remove their bodies now would have been impossible. Some few, who lay off the roads, they got together and buried with what splendour they could, considering the means in their power. Others they could not find, and for these they erected a great cenotaph (2), and covered it with wreaths. When it was all done, they returned home to camp. At that time they supped, and went to rest.
It was the day after their meeting when Xenophon made a sacrifice as a prelude to a military expedition; they needed to head out to find provisions, and he also planned to bury the dead. Once the sacrifices were favorable, everyone set out, with the Arcadians following along. They buried most of the dead, who had been lying there for five days, right where they had fallen, in groups; moving their bodies now would have been impossible. A few, who were off the roads, they gathered and buried with as much dignity as they could, given their resources. Others were missing, so they built a large cenotaph and adorned it with wreaths. When everything was completed, they returned to camp. At that time, they had dinner and went to sleep.
(2) "Cenotaph", i.e. "an empty tomb." The word is interesting as occurring only in Xenophon, until we come to the writers of the common dialect. Compare "hyuscyamus," hogbean, our henbane, which we also owe to Xenophon. "Oecon." i. 13, see Sauppe, "Lexil. Xen." s.vv.
(2) "Cenotaph," meaning "an empty tomb." This word is interesting because it only appears in Xenophon until we get to the writers of the common dialect. Compare "hyoscyamus," hogbean, which is our henbane, a term we also attribute to Xenophon. "Oecon." i. 13, see Sauppe, "Lexil. Xen." s.vv.
Next day there was a general meeting of the soldiers, collected chiefly by Agasias the Stymphalian, a captain, and Hieronymus, an Eleian, also a captain, and other seniors of the Arcadians; and they passed a resolution that, for the future, whoever revived the idea of breaking up the army should be punished by death. And the army, it was decided, would now resume its old position under the command of its former generals. Though Cheirisophus, indeed, had already died under medical treatment for fever (3); and Neon the Asinaean had taken his place.
The next day, there was a meeting of the soldiers, mainly organized by Agasias the Stymphalian, a captain, and Hieronymus, an Eleian, who was also a captain, along with other senior members of the Arcadians. They passed a resolution that anyone who brought up the idea of disbanding the army in the future would face the death penalty. It was decided that the army would return to its previous position under the command of its former generals. However, Cheirisophus had already died from medical treatment for a fever (3), and Neon the Asinaean had taken his place.
(3) This I take to be the meaning of the words, which are necessarily ambiguous, since {pharmakon}, "a drug," also means "poison." Did Cheirisophus conceivably die of fever brought on by some poisonous draught? or did he take poison whilst suffering from fever? or did he die under treatment?
(3) I believe this is the meaning of the words, which are necessarily unclear, since {pharmakon}, "a drug," also means "poison." Did Cheirisophus possibly die from a fever caused by some toxic drink? Or did he take poison while suffering from fever? Or did he die while receiving treatment?
After these resolutions Xenophon got up and said: "Soldiers, the journey must now, I presume, be conducted on foot; indeed, this is clear, since we have no vessels; and we are driven to commence it at once, for we have no provisions if we stop. We then," he continued, "will sacrifice, and you must prepare yourselves to fight now, if ever, for the spirit of the enemy has revived."
After these decisions, Xenophon stood up and said, "Soldiers, we must now travel on foot; it's obvious since we have no boats. We need to start right away because we won't have any food if we delay. So, we will make sacrifices, and you need to get ready to fight now, more than ever, because the enemy's spirit has come back."
Thereupon the generals sacrificed, in the presence of the Arcadian seer, Arexion; for Silanus the Ambraciot had chartered a vessel at Heraclea and made his escape ere this. Sacrificing with a view to departure, the victims proved unfavourable to them. Accordingly they waited that day. Certain people were bold enough to say that Xenophon, out of his desire to colonise the place, had persuaded the seer to say that the victims were unfavourable to departure. Consequently he proclaimed by herald next morning that any one who liked should be present at the sacrifice; or if he were a seer he was bidden to be present and help to inspect the victims. Then he sacrificed, and there were numbers present; but though the sacrifice on the question of departure was repeated as many as three times, the victims were persistently unfavourable. Thereat the soldiers were in high dudgeon, for the provisions they had brought with them had reached the lowest ebb, and there was no market to be had.
Then the generals offered sacrifices in front of the Arcadian seer, Arexion; meanwhile, Silanus the Ambraciot had hired a ship at Heraclea and escaped by this time. They were sacrificing with the intention of leaving, but the victims turned out to be unfavorable. So, they decided to wait that day. Some people boldly said that Xenophon, wanting to establish a colony there, had convinced the seer to declare that the victims were unfavorable for departure. As a result, he announced the next morning by herald that anyone who wanted could attend the sacrifice; and if someone was a seer, they were invited to help inspect the victims. They performed the sacrifice, and many people attended; however, even though the question of departure was asked in the sacrifice three times, the victims remained consistently unfavorable. This frustrated the soldiers since the supplies they had brought were running critically low, and there was no market available.
Consequently there was another meeting, and Xenophon spoke again: "Men," said he, "the victims are, as you may see for yourselves, not yet favourable to the march; but meanwhile, I can see for myself that you are in need of provisions; accordingly we must narrow the sacrifice to the particular point." Some one got up and said: "Naturally enough the victims are unfavourable, for, as I learnt from some one on a vessel which arrived here yesterday by accident, Cleander, the governor at Byzantium, intends coming here with ships and men-of-war." Thereat they were all in favour of stopping; but they must needs go out for provisions, and with this object he again sacrificed three times, and the victims remained adverse. Things had now reached such a pass that the men actually came to Xenophon's tent to proclaim that they had no provisions. His sole answer was that he would not lead them out till the victims were favourable.
As a result, there was another meeting, and Xenophon spoke again: "Guys," he said, "the sacrifices, as you can see for yourselves, aren't favorable for the march yet; but I can see that you need supplies. So we need to focus the sacrifice on that specific issue." Someone stood up and said, "It's not surprising that the sacrifices are unfavorable, because I heard from someone on a ship that got here yesterday by chance that Cleander, the governor in Byzantium, plans to come here with ships and warships." Everyone then agreed to hold off, but they needed to go out for supplies, and for that reason, he made three more sacrifices, which still turned out negative. It had gotten to the point where men actually came to Xenophon's tent to tell him they had no supplies. His only response was that he wouldn’t lead them out until the sacrifices were favorable.
So again the next day he sacrificed; and nearly the whole army, so strong was the general anxiety, flocked round the victims; and now the very victims themselves failed. So the generals, instead of leading out the army, called the men together. Xenophon, as was incumbent on him, spoke: "It is quite possible that the enemy are collected in a body, and we shall have to fight. If we were to leave our baggage in the strong place" (pointing overhead) "and sally forth prepared for battle, the victims might favour us." But the soldiers, on hearing this proposal, cried out, "No need to take us inside that place; better sacrifice with all speed." Now sheep there were none any longer. So they purchased oxen from under a wagon and sacrificed; and Xenophon begged Cleanor the Arcadian to superintend the sacrifice on his behalf, in case there might be some change now. But even so there was no improvement.
So the next day he made sacrifices again, and almost the entire army, feeling very anxious, gathered around the offerings. But the sacrifices didn’t turn out well this time either. Instead of leading the army into battle, the generals called the men together. Xenophon, as was his duty, spoke up: “It’s possible the enemy is gathered together, and we’ll have to fight. If we leave our supplies in that strong place” (pointing above) “and go out ready for battle, the sacrifices might go well for us.” But when the soldiers heard this suggestion, they shouted, “No need to take us into that place; let’s sacrifice as quickly as possible.” There were no sheep left, so they bought oxen from under a wagon and made sacrifices. Xenophon asked Cleanor the Arcadian to oversee the sacrifice for him, in case things changed. But even then, there was no improvement.
Now Neon was general in place of Cheirisophus, and seeing the men suffering so cruelly from want, he was willing to do them a good turn. So he got hold of some Heracleot or other who said he knew of villages close by from which they could get provisions, and proclaimed by herald: "If any one liked to come out and get provisions, be it known that he, Neon, would be their leader." So out came the men with spears, and wine skins and sacks and other vessels—two thousand strong in all. But when they had reached the villages and began to scatter for the purpose of foraging, Pharnabazus's cavalry were the first to fall upon them. They had come to the aid of the Bithynians, wishing, if possible, in conjunction with the latter, to hinder the Hellenes from entering Phrygia. These troopers killed no less than five hundred of the men; the rest fled for the lives up into the hill country.
Now Neon was in charge instead of Cheirisophus, and seeing the men suffering so badly from hunger, he wanted to help them out. He found some Heracleot who claimed to know of nearby villages where they could get supplies, and he announced: "If anyone wants to come out and gather provisions, know that I, Neon, will lead them." So, two thousand men came out with spears, wine skins, sacks, and other containers. But when they reached the villages and started to spread out to gather food, Pharnabazus's cavalry attacked them first. They had come to assist the Bithynians, hoping to prevent the Greeks from entering Phrygia. These soldiers killed at least five hundred men; the rest fled for their lives up into the hills.
News of the catastrophe was presently brought into camp by one of those who had escaped, and Xenophon, seeing that the victims had not been favourable on that day, took a wagon bullock, in the absence of other sacrificial beasts, offered it up, and started for the rescue, he and the rest under thirty years of age to the last man. Thus they picked up the remnant of Neon's party and returned to camp. It was now about sunset; and the Hellenes in deep despondency were making their evening meal, when all of a sudden, through bush and brake, a party of Bithynians fell upon the pickets, cutting down some and chasing the rest into camp. In the midst of screams and shouts the Hellenes ran to their arms, one and all; yet to pursue or move the camp in the night seemed hardly safe, for the ground was thickly grown with bush; all they could do was to strengthen the outposts and keep watch under arms the livelong night.
News of the disaster quickly reached the camp from one of the survivors. Seeing that the victims hadn’t been favorable that day, Xenophon took a wagon bull and, since there were no other animals for sacrifice, offered it up and set out for the rescue, along with all the men under thirty. They gathered what was left of Neon’s group and returned to camp. It was around sunset, and the Hellenes, in deep despair, were preparing their evening meal when suddenly, out of the brush, a group of Bithynians attacked the pickets, killing some and driving the rest back to camp. Amid screams and chaos, all the Hellenes rushed to grab their weapons; however, chasing the enemy or moving the camp at night didn’t seem safe, as the ground was heavily overgrown. All they could do was to reinforce the outposts and stay alert with their weapons throughout the night.
V
And so they spent the night, but with day-dawn the generals led the way into the natural fastness, and the others picked up their arms and baggage and followed the lead. Before the breakfast-hour arrived, they had fenced off with a ditch the only side on which lay ingress into the place, and had palisaded off the whole, leaving only three gates. Anon a ship from Heraclea arrived bringing barleymeal, victim animals, and wine.
And so they spent the night, but at dawn the generals took the lead into the natural stronghold, and the others gathered their weapons and belongings and followed. Before breakfast arrived, they had dug a ditch to secure the only entrance to the place and had built a fence around the entire area, leaving only three gates. Soon, a ship from Heraclea arrived with supplies of barley flour, livestock for sacrifice, and wine.
Xenophon was up betimes, and made the usual offering before starting on an expedition, and at the first victim the sacrifice was favourable. Just as the sacrifice ended, the seer, Arexion the Parrhasian, caught sight of an eagle, which boded well, and bade Xenophon lead on. So they crossed the trench and grounded arms. Then proclamation was made by herald for the soldiers to breakfast and start on an expedition under arms; the mob of sutlers and the captured slaves would be left in camp. Accordingly the mass of the troops set out. Neon alone remained; for it seemed best to leave that general and his men to guard the contents of the camp. But when the officers and soldiers had left them in the lurch, they were so ashamed to stop in camp while the rest marched out, that they too set out, leaving only those above five-and-forty years of age.
Xenophon was up early and made the usual offering before starting an expedition, and the first sacrifice was a good omen. Just as the sacrifice ended, the seer, Arexion the Parrhasian, spotted an eagle, which was a positive sign, and told Xenophon to lead the way. So they crossed the trench and laid down their arms. Then the herald announced that the soldiers could have breakfast and prepare for the expedition in full gear; the crowd of sutlers and captured slaves would stay in camp. As a result, the bulk of the troops set out. Only Neon stayed behind; it seemed best to leave that general and his men to guard the camp. But when the officers and soldiers had left them behind, they felt so embarrassed to remain in camp while the others marched out that they also set off, leaving only those older than forty-five.
These then stayed, while the rest set out on the march. Before they had gone two miles, they stumbled upon dead bodies, and when they had brought up the rear of the column in a line with the first bodies to be seen, they began digging graves and burying all included in the column from end to end. After burying the first batch, they advanced, and again bringing the rear even with the first unburied bodies which appeared, they buried in the same way all which the line of troops included. Finally, reaching the road that led out of the villages where the bodies lay thick together, they collected them and laid them in a common grave.
These then stayed behind, while the others started marching. Before they'd gone two miles, they came across dead bodies, and once they caught up with the column in line with the first bodies they saw, they began digging graves and burying everyone in the column from one end to the other. After burying the first group, they moved forward, again aligning the rear with the first unburied bodies they found, and buried all the ones that were in the line of troops. Finally, upon reaching the road that led out of the villages where the bodies were piled up, they gathered them and laid them in a common grave.
It was now about midday, when pushing forward the troops up to the villages without entering them, they proceeded to seize provisions, laying hands on everything they could set eyes on under cover of their lines; when suddenly they caught sight of the enemy cresting certain hillocks in front of them, duly marshalled in line—a large body of cavalry and infantry. It was Spithridates and Rhathines, sent by Pharnabazus with their force at their backs. As soon as the enemy caught sight of the Hellenes, they stood still, about two miles distant. Then Arexion the seer sacrificed, and at the first essay the victims were favourable. Whereupon Xenophon addressed the other generals: "I would advise, sirs, that we should detach one or more flying columns to support our main attack, so that in case of need at any point we may have reserves in readiness to assist our main body, and the enemy, in the confusion of battle, may find himself attacking the unbroken lines of troops not hitherto engaged." These views approved themselves to all. "Do you then," said he, "lead on the vanguard straight at the enemy. Do not let us stand parleying here, now that we have caught sight of him and he of us. I will detach the hindmost companies in the way we have decided upon and follow you." After that they quietly advanced, and he, withdrawing the rear-rank companies in three brigades consisting of a couple of hundred men apiece, commissioned the first on the right to follow the main body at the distance of a hundred feet. Samolas the Achaean was in command of this brigade. The duty of the second, under the command of Pyrrhias the Arcadian, was to follow in the centre. The last was posted on the left, with Phrasias, an Athenian, in command. As they advanced, the vanguard reached a large and difficult woody glen, and halted, not knowing whether the obstacle needed to be crossed or not. They passed down the word for the generals and officers to come forward to the front. Xenophon, wondering what it was that stopped the march, and presently hearing the above order passed along the ranks, rode up with all speed. As soon as they were met, Sophaenetus, as the eldest general, stated his opinion that the question, whether a gully of that kind ought to be crossed or not, was not worth discussing. Xenophon, with some ardour, retorted: "You know, sirs, I have not been in the habit hitherto of introducing you to danger which you might avoid. It is not your reputation for courage surely that is at stake, but your safe return home. But now the matter stands thus: It is impossible to retire from this point without a battle; if we do not advance against the enemy ourselves, he will follow us as soon as we have turned our backs and attack us. Consider, then; is it better to go and meet the foe with arms advanced, or with arms reversed to watch him as he assails us on our rear? You know this at any rate, that to retire before an enemy has nothing glorious about it, whereas attack engenders courage even in a coward. For my part, I would rather at any time attack with half my men than retreat with twice the number. As to these fellows, if we attack them, I am sure you do not really expect them to await us; though, if we retreat, we know for certain they will be emboldened to pursue us. Nay, if the result of crossing is to place a difficult gully behind us when we are on the point of engaging, surely that is an advantage worth seizing. At least, if it were left to me, I would choose that everything should appear smooth and passable to the enemy, which may invite retreat; but for ourselves we may bless the ground which teaches us that except in victory we have no deliverance. It astonishes me that any one should deem this particular gully a whit more terrible than any of the other barriers which we have successfully passed. How impassable was the plain, had we failed to conquer their cavalry! how insurmountable the mountains already traversed by us, with all their peltasts in hot pursuit at our heels! Nay, when we have safely reached the sea, the Pontus will present a somewhat formidable gully, when we have neither vessels to convey us away nor corn to keep us alive whilst we stop. But we shall no sooner be there than we must be off again to get provisions. Surely it is better to fight to-day after a good breakfast than to-morrow on an empty stomach. Sirs, the offerings are favourable to us, the omens are propitious, the victims more than promising; let us attack the enemy! Now that they have had a good look at us, these fellows must not be allowed to enjoy their dinners or choose a camp at their own sweet will."
It was around midday when the troops moved up to the villages without actually entering them, seizing provisions and taking anything they could find under the cover of their lines. Suddenly, they spotted the enemy lining up on the hills in front of them—a large force of cavalry and infantry. It was Spithridates and Rhathines, sent by Pharnabazus with their troops behind them. As soon as the enemy noticed the Hellenes, they halted about two miles away. Then Arexion the seer made a sacrifice, and the first attempt with the victims was favorable. Following that, Xenophon addressed the other generals: "I suggest that we send out one or more quick-strike units to support our main attack, so that if needed at any point, we have reserves ready to assist our main force, and the enemy, in the chaos of battle, might find themselves attacking our unbroken lines of troops that haven't yet engaged." Everyone agreed with this plan. "So," he said, "you lead the vanguard straight at the enemy. We shouldn't waste time talking now that we've spotted them, and they've seen us. I will send back the rear companies as we discussed and follow you." After that, they moved forward quietly, and he withdrew the rear companies into three brigades of about two hundred men each, instructing the first on the right to follow the main body at a distance of a hundred feet. Samolas the Achaean led this brigade. The second, under the command of Pyrrhias the Arcadian, was to follow in the center. The last was on the left, led by Phrasias, an Athenian. As they advanced, the vanguard encountered a large and difficult wooded valley and paused, unsure whether to cross it or not. They sent word for the generals and officers to come to the front. Xenophon, puzzled about what halted the march, quickly rode up upon hearing the order passed along the ranks. Once they met, Sophaenetus, the oldest general, expressed his opinion that the question of whether to cross a gully like that wasn't worth discussing. Xenophon responded passionately: "You know, gentlemen, I haven't led you into danger that you might avoid it. It's not your bravery that's at stake, but your safe return home. The situation is this: we can't retreat from this point without a fight; if we don’t advance against the enemy, they will follow us as soon as we turn our backs and attack. Consider this: is it better to meet the enemy ready for battle, or to face him while watching our backs? At least we know it’s not glorious to retreat before an enemy, while attacking can inspire even the timid. Personally, I would rather attack with half my men than retreat with double. As for these guys, if we engage them, I’m sure you don’t really think they will just wait for us; but if we retreat, we know they’ll be empowered to pursue us. Besides, if crossing this gully puts a difficult obstacle behind us just as we’re about to engage, that’s an advantage worth taking. If it were up to me, I’d prefer everything to seem easy and tempting for the enemy which might encourage them to retreat; but for us, we should cherish the reality that we have no escape except through victory. It surprises me that anyone thinks this gully is more daunting than any of the other obstacles we've gotten through. How challenging would the plain have been if we hadn’t conquered their cavalry? How impossible were the mountains we’ve already crossed, with all their missile troops hot on our heels? And once we reach the sea, the Pontus will seem like a daunting gully when we have no ships to take us away or food to keep us alive while we wait. Yet, as soon as we’re there, we’ll have to move again to get supplies. Surely it's better to fight today after a solid breakfast than tomorrow on an empty stomach. Gentlemen, the offerings are in our favor, the signs are good, and the victims are more than promising; let’s attack the enemy! Now that they’ve had a good look at us, we can’t let them sit back and enjoy their meals or set up camp at their convenience."
After that the officers bade him lead on. None gainsaid, and he led the way. His orders were to cross the gully, where each man chanced to find himself. By this method, as it seemed to him, the troops would more quickly mass themselves on the far side than was possible, if they defiled along (1) the bridge which spanned the gully. But once across he passed along the line and addressed the troops: "Sirs, call to mind what by help of the gods you have already done. Bethink you of the battles you have won at close quarters with the foe; of the fate which awaits those who flee before their foes. Forget not that we stand at the very doors of Hellas. Follow in the steps of Heracles, our guide, and cheer each the other onwards by name. Sweet were it surely by some brave and noble word or deed, spoken or done this day, to leave the memory of oneself in the hearts of those one loves."
After that, the officers told him to lead the way. No one objected, and he took the lead. His orders were to cross the gully, wherever each man happened to be. He believed that this way, the troops would gather more quickly on the other side than if they went across the bridge that spanned the gully. But once they were across, he walked along the line and spoke to the troops: "Gentlemen, remember what you have achieved with the help of the gods. Think of the battles you've won in close combat with the enemy, and consider the fate that awaits those who flee. Don't forget that we are right at the gates of Hellas. Follow in the footsteps of Heracles, our guide, and encourage each other by name. It would surely be wonderful to leave a memory of ourselves in the hearts of our loved ones with a brave and noble word or deed today."
(1) Lit. "had they wound off thread by thread"; the metaphor is from unwinding a ball of wool.
(1) Literally, "had they unwound thread by thread"; the metaphor comes from unwinding a ball of yarn.
These words were spoken as he rode past, and simultaneously he began leading on the troops in battle line; and, placing the peltasts on either flank of the main body, they moved against the enemy. Along the line the order had sped "to keep their spears at rest on the right shoulder until the bugle signal; then lower them for the charge, slow march, and even pace, no one to quicken into a run." Lastly, the watchword was passed, "Zeus the Saviour, Heracles our Guide." The enemy waited their approach, confident in the excellence of his position; but as they drew closer the Hellene light troops, with a loud alala! without waiting for the order, dashed against the foe. The latter, on their side, came forward eagerly to meet the charge, both the cavalry and the mass of the Bithynians; and these turned the peltasts. But when with counter-wave the phalanx of the heavy infantry rapidly advancing, faced them, and at the same time the bugle sounded, and the battle hymn rose from all lips, and after this a loud cheer rose, and at the same instant they couched their spears;—at this conjuncture the enemy no longer welcomed them, but fled. Timasion with his cavalry followed close, and, considering their scant numbers, they did great execution. It was the left wing of the enemy, in a line with which the Hellene cavalry were posted, that was so speedily scattered. But the right, which was not so hotly pursued, collected upon a knoll; and when the Hellenes saw them standing firm, it seemed the easiest and least dangerous course to go against them at once. Raising the battle hymn, they straightway fell upon them, but the others did not await their coming. Thereupon the peltasts gave chase until the right of the enemy was in its turn scattered, though with slight loss in killed; for the enemy's cavalry was numerous and threatening.
These words were said as he rode by, and at the same time, he began leading the troops into battle formation; he positioned the light infantry on either side of the main body, and they advanced towards the enemy. Across the line, the order was quickly communicated "to keep their spears resting on the right shoulder until the bugle sounded; then lower them for the charge, marching slowly and steadily, with no one rushing ahead." Finally, the watchword was shared, "Zeus the Saviour, Heracles our Guide." The enemy awaited their advance, confident in their strong position; but as they got closer, the Greek light troops, with a loud battle cry, rushed at the foe without waiting for the command. The enemy eagerly came forward to meet the charge, both the cavalry and the main force of the Bithynians; this caused the light infantry to turn back. But then, as the heavy infantry phalanx swiftly advanced against them, the bugle sounded, and the battle hymn was raised by all, followed by a loud cheer as they lowered their spears. In that moment, the enemy no longer welcomed them but fled. Timasion, with his cavalry, closely pursued them, and despite their small numbers, they caused significant damage. The left flank of the enemy, aligned with the Greek cavalry, was quickly scattered. However, the right flank, which wasn't pursued as vigorously, regrouped on a small hill; and when the Greeks saw them standing firm, it seemed the safest option to attack them immediately. Raising the battle hymn, they charged in, but the others did not wait for their approach. The light infantry then chased them down until the right flank of the enemy was also scattered, though with minimal losses; the enemy's cavalry was numerous and posed a real threat.
But when the Hellenes saw the cavalry of Pharnabazus still standing in compact order, and the Bithynian horsemen massing together as if to join it, and like spectators gazing down from a knoll at the occurrences below; though weary, they determined to attack the enemy as best they could, and not suffer him to recover breath with reviving courage. So they formed in compact line and advanced. Thereupon the hostile cavalry turned and fled down the steep as swiftly as if they had been pursued by cavalry. In fact they sought the shelter of a gully, the existence of which was unknown to the Hellenes. The latter accordingly turned aside too soon and gave up the chase, for it was too late. Returning to the point where the first encounter took place they erected a trophy, and went back to the sea about sunset. It was something like seven miles to camp.
But when the Greeks saw Pharnabazus's cavalry still arranged in tight formation, and the Bithynian horsemen gathering as if to join them, like onlookers watching from a hill at what was happening below; even though they were exhausted, they decided to attack the enemy as best they could, not letting them catch their breath and regain their strength. So they lined up and moved forward. At that point, the enemy cavalry turned and fled down the steep slope as quickly as if they were being chased. They were actually looking for shelter in a gully that the Greeks didn’t know about. The Greeks ended up turning away too soon and gave up the chase, since it was too late. They returned to the spot where the first battle happened, set up a trophy, and headed back to the sea around sunset. It was about seven miles back to camp.
VI
After this the enemy confined themselves to their own concerns, and removed their households and property as far away as possible. The Hellenes, on their side, were still awaiting the arrival of Cleander with the ships of war and transports, which ought to be there soon. So each day they went out with the baggage animals and slaves and fearlessly brought in wheat and barley, wine and vegetables, millet and figs; since the district produced all good things, the olive alone excepted. When the army stayed in camp to rest, pillaging parties were allowed to go out, and those who went out appropriated the spoils; but when the whole army went out, if any one went off apart and seized anything, it was voted to be public property. Ere long there was an ample abundance of supplies of all sorts, for marketables arrived from Hellenic cities on all sides, and marts were established. Mariners coasting by, and hearing that a city was being founded and that there was a harbour, were glad to put in. Even the hostile tribes dwelling in the neighbourhood presently began to send envoys to Xenophon. It was he who was forming the place into a city, as they understood, and they would be glad to learn on what terms they might secure his friendship. He made a point of introducing these visitors to the soldiers.
After this, the enemy focused on their own issues and moved their families and possessions as far away as possible. Meanwhile, the Greeks were still waiting for Cleander to arrive with the warships and transport ships, which should be there soon. Each day, they sent out pack animals and slaves without fear to gather wheat, barley, wine, vegetables, millet, and figs; the area produced all kinds of good things, except for olives. When the army stayed in camp to rest, they allowed raiding parties to go out, and those who went out took the spoils; but when the entire army went out, anything taken apart from the group was considered public property. Soon, there was a plentiful supply of all kinds of goods, as merchants from Greek cities arrived from all directions, and markets were established. Sailors passing by, upon hearing that a city was being founded and that there was a harbor, were happy to stop by. Even the enemy tribes living nearby started sending envoys to Xenophon. He was the one shaping the place into a city, as they understood, and they were eager to learn how they could gain his friendship. He made a point of introducing these visitors to the soldiers.
Meanwhile Cleander arrived with two ships of war, but not a single transport. At the moment of his arrival, as it happened, the army had taken the field, and a separate party had gone off on a pillaging expedition into the hills and had captured a number of small cattle. In thir apprehension of being deprived of them, these same people spoke to Dexippus (this was the same man who had made off from Trapezus with the fifty-oared galley), and urged him to save their sheep for them. "Take some for yourself," said they, "and give the rest back to us." So, without more ado, he drove off the soldiers standing near, who kept repeating that the spoil was public property. Then off he went to Cleander. "Here is an attempt," said he, "at robbery." Cleander bade him to bring up the culprit to him. Dexippus seized on some one, and was for haling him to the Spartan governor. Just then Agasias came across him and rescued the man, who was a member of his company; and the rest of the soldiers present set to work to stone Dexippus, calling him "traitor." Things looked so ill that a number of the crew of the ships of war took fright and fled to the sea, and with the rest Cleander himself. Xenophon and the other generals tried to hold the men back, assuring Cleander that the affair signified nothing at all, and that the origin of it was a decree pased by the army. That was to blame, if anything. But Cleander, goaded by Dexippus, and personally annoyed at the fright which he had experienced, threatened to sail away and publish an interdict against them, forbidding any city to receive them, as being public enemies. For at this date the Lacedaemonians held sway over the whole Hellenic world.
Meanwhile, Cleander arrived with two warships, but not a single transport vessel. At the time he got there, the army had gone into the field, and a separate group had set off on a pillaging trip into the hills, capturing a number of small livestock. Fearing they might lose these animals, the same people turned to Dexippus (the same guy who had escaped from Trapezus on the fifty-oared galley) and urged him to save their sheep. "Take some for yourself," they said, "and give the rest back to us." So, without hesitation, he drove away the soldiers nearby, who kept insisting that the loot was public property. Then he went to Cleander. "This is an attempt at robbery," he said. Cleander told him to bring the culprit to him. Dexippus grabbed someone and was about to drag him to the Spartan governor when Agasias showed up and rescued the guy, who was part of his unit. The remaining soldiers then started to stone Dexippus, accusing him of being a "traitor." Things looked so bad that several crew members from the warships got scared and fled to the sea, along with Cleander himself. Xenophon and the other generals tried to stop the men, assuring Cleander that the incident didn't mean much, and that the cause was a decree passed by the army. That was to blame, if anything. But Cleander, urged on by Dexippus and personally annoyed by the scare he had experienced, threatened to set sail and issue an order banning any city from taking them in, labeling them public enemies. At that time, the Lacedaemonians had control over the entire Hellenic world.
Thereat the affair began to wear an ugly look, and the Hellenes begged and implored Cleander to reconsider his intention. He replied that he would be as good as his word, and that nothing should stop him, unless the man who set the example of stoning, with the other who rescued the prisoner, were given up to him. Now, one of the two whose persons were thus demanded—Agasias—had been a friend to Xenophon throughout; and that was just why Dexippus was all the more anxious to accuse him. In their perplexity the generals summoned a full meeting of the soldiers, and some speakers were disposed to make very light of Cleander and set him at naught. But Xenophon took a more serious view of the matter; he rose and addressed the meeting thus: "Soldiers, I cannot say that I feel disposed to make light of this business, if Cleander be allowed to go away, as he threatens to do, in his present temper towards us. There are Hellenic cities close by; but then the Lacedaemonians are the lords of Hellas, and they can, any one of them, carry out whatever they like in the cities. If then the first thing this Lacedaemonian does is to close the gates of Byzantium, and next to pass an order to the other governors, city by city, not to receive us because we are a set of lawless ruffians disloyal to the Lacedaemonians; and if, further, this report of us should reach the ears of their admiral, Anaxibius, to stay or to sail away will alike be difficult. Remember, the Lacedaemonians at the present time are lords alike on land and on sea. For the sake then of a single man, or for two men's sake, it is not right that the rest of us should be debarred from Hellas; but whatever they enjoin we must obey. Do not the cities which gave us birth yield them obedience also? For my own part, inasmuch as Dexippus, I believe, keeps telling Cleander that Agasias would never have done this had not I, Xenophon, bidden him, I absolve you of all complicity, and Agasias too, if Agasias himself states that I am in any way a prime mover in this matter. If I have set the fashion of stone-throwing or any other sort of violence I condemn myself—I say that I deserve the extreme penalty, and I will submit to undergo it. I further say that if any one else is accused, that man is bound to surrender himself to Cleander for judgement, for by this means you will be absolved entirely from the accusation. But as the matter now stands, it is cruel that just when we were aspiring to win praise and honour throughout Hellas, we are destined to sink below the level of the rest of the world, banned from the Hellenic cities whose common name we boast."
The situation started to look bad, and the Greeks pleaded with Cleander to change his mind. He responded that he would stick to his word, and nothing would stop him unless the person who started the stoning and the one who saved the prisoner were handed over to him. One of the two demanded—Agasias—had been a friend of Xenophon, which made Dexippus even more determined to accuse him. In their confusion, the generals called a full meeting of the soldiers, and some speakers were inclined to dismiss Cleander and treat him with contempt. But Xenophon viewed the issue more seriously; he stood up and addressed the gathering: "Soldiers, I cannot take this lightly if Cleander goes away, as he threatens, in his current mood toward us. There are Greek cities nearby; however, the Lacedaemonians are in charge of Greece, and they can do whatever they want in those cities. If this Lacedaemonian first closes the gates of Byzantium and then tells the other governors, city by city, not to let us in because we’re a bunch of lawless troublemakers disloyal to the Lacedaemonians, it will be tough for us whether we stay or try to leave. Remember, the Lacedaemonians currently dominate both land and sea. For the sake of one or two people, it’s not right for the rest of us to be shut out of Greece; we have to follow whatever they instruct us. Don’t the cities where we originated also obey them? As for me, since Dexippus keeps saying to Cleander that Agasias wouldn’t have done this unless I, Xenophon, had instructed him, I absolve you of any involvement, and also Agasias, if Agasias himself claims that I played any major role in this. If I initiated the stone-throwing or any other acts of violence, I hold myself accountable—I say I deserve the harshest punishment, and I’m willing to accept it. I also say that if anyone else is accused, that person must willingly surrender to Cleander for judgment, so this way you will all be completely cleared of the accusations. But as things stand now, it’s cruel that just when we were aiming to gain recognition and honor throughout Greece, we are set to fall below everyone else, banned from the Greek cities whose shared name we claim."
After him Agasias got up, and said, "I swear to you, sirs, by the gods and goddesses, verily and indeed, neither Xenophon nor any one else among you bade me rescue the man. I saw an honest man—one of my own company—being taken up by Dexippus, the man who betrayed you, as you know full well. That I could not endure; I rescued him, I admit the fact. Do not you deliver me up. I will surrender myself, as Xenophon suggests, to Cleander to pass what verdict on me he thinks right. Do not, for the sake of such a matter, make foes of the Lacedaemonians; rather God grant that (1) each of you may safely reach the goal of his desire. Only do you choose from among yourselves and send with me to Cleander those who, in case of any omission on my part, may by their words and acts supply what is lacking." Thereupon the army granted him to choose for himself whom he would have go with him and to go; and he at once chose the generals. After this they all set off to Cleander—Agasias and the generals and the man who had been rescued by Agasias—and the generals spoke as follows: "The army has sent us to you, Cleander, and this is their bidding: 'If you have fault to find with all, they say, you ought to pass sentence on all, and do with them what seems best; or if the charge is against one man or two, or possibly several, what they expect of these people is to surrender themselves to you for judgement.' Accordingly, if you lay anything to the charge of us generals, here we stand at your bar. Or do you impute the fault to some one not here? tell us whom. Short of flying in the face of our authority, there is no one who will absent himself."
After him, Agasias stood up and said, "I swear to you, gentlemen, by the gods and goddesses, honestly, neither Xenophon nor anyone else here asked me to rescue the man. I saw an honest guy—one of my own crew—being picked up by Dexippus, the guy who betrayed you, as you all know very well. I couldn't stand by and watch; I rescued him, I admit that. Please don’t turn me in. I will hand myself over, like Xenophon suggests, to Cleander to receive whatever judgment he thinks is fair. Don't make enemies of the Lacedaemonians over something like this; rather, may each of you reach your desired goal safely. Just choose from among yourselves and send with me to Cleander those who can speak and act in case I miss something." Then the army allowed him to pick whoever he wanted to go with him, and he immediately chose the generals. After this, they all went to Cleander—Agasias, the generals, and the man Agasias had rescued—and the generals said: "The army has sent us to you, Cleander, with this message: 'If you have issues with all of us, they say, you should pass judgment on all and do what you think is best; or if the charge is against one person, two, or even a few, what they want is for these individuals to surrender themselves to you for judgment.' So, if you have anything to charge against us generals, here we are at your service. Or if you think someone else is at fault, let us know who. Unless someone is outright defying our authority, no one will stay away."
(1) Reading with the best MSS., {sozoisthe}. Agasias ends his sentence with a prayer. Al. {sozesthe}, "act so that each," etc.
(1) Reading with the best manuscripts, {sozoisthe}. Agasias wraps up his sentence with a prayer. Al. {sozesthe}, "act in a way that each," etc.
At this point Agasias stepped forward and said: "It was I, Cleander, who rescued the man before you yonder from Dexippus, when the latter was carrying him off, and it was I who gave the order to strike Dexippus. My plea is that I know the prisoner to be an honest man. As to Dexippus, I know that he was chosen by the army to command a fifty-oared galley, which we had obtained by request from the men of Trapezus for the express purpose of collecting vessels to carry us safely home. But this same Dexippus betrayed his fellow-soldiers, with whom he had been delivered from so many perils, and made off into hiding like a runaway slave, whereby we have robbed the Trapezuntines of their frigate, and must needs appear as knaves in their eyes for this man's sake. As to ourselves, as far as he could, he has ruined us; for, like the rest of us, he had heard how all but impossible it was for us to retreat by foot across the rivers and to reach Hellas in safety. That is the stamp of man whom I robbed of his prey. Now, had it been you yourself who carried him off, or one of your emissaries, or indeed any one short of a runaway from ourselves, be sure that I should have acted far otherwise. Be assured that if you put me to death at this time you are sacrificing a good, honest man for the sake of a coward and a scamp."
At this point, Agasias stepped forward and said, "It was me, Cleander, who rescued the guy over there from Dexippus when he was trying to take him away. I also ordered Dexippus to be attacked. I'm asking you to consider that I know the prisoner is an honest man. As for Dexippus, he was picked by the army to lead a fifty-oared galley that we got from the people of Trapezus specifically to help us gather ships to safely return home. But this same Dexippus betrayed his fellow soldiers, who had saved him from so many dangers, and ran off like a coward. Because of him, we’ve stolen the Trapezuntines’ ship, and now we look like criminals in their eyes because of this man. As for ourselves, he's nearly ruined us; he knew as well as the rest of us how almost impossible it was to get back home on foot and cross the rivers safely. That’s the kind of man I took down. Now, if it had been you or one of your messengers, or anyone other than a coward from our side, I would have acted differently. Just know that if you execute me now, you’re sacrificing a good, honest man for the sake of a coward and a scoundrel."
When he had listened to these remarks, Cleander replied that if such had been the conduct of Dexippus, he could not congratulate him. "But still," he added, turning to the generals, "were Dexippus ever so great a scamp he ought not to suffer violence; but in the language of your own demand he was entitled to a fair trial, and so to obtain his deserts. What I have to say at present therefore is: leave your friend here and go your way, and when I give the order be present at the trial. I have no further charge against the army or any one, since the prisoner himself admits that he rescued the man." Then the man who had been rescued said: "In behalf of myself, Cleander, if possibly you think that I was being taken up for some misdeed, it is not so; I neither struck nor shot; I merely said, 'The sheep are public property;' for it was a resolution of the soldiers that whenever the army went out as a body any booty privately obtained was to be public property. That was all I said, and thereupon yonder fellow seized me and began dragging me off. He wanted to stop our mouths, so that he might have a share of the things himself, and keep the rest for these buccaneers, contrary to the ordinance." In answer to that Cleander said: "Very well, if that is your disposition you can stay behind too, and we will take your case into consideration also."
After hearing these comments, Cleander replied that if this was how Dexippus acted, he couldn't congratulate him. "But still," he said, looking at the generals, "even if Dexippus is a real scoundrel, he shouldn't be subjected to violence; according to your own rules, he deserved a fair trial and the chance to defend himself. So here’s what I'm suggesting: leave your friend here and go on your way, and when I call for it, be present at the trial. I don't have any other accusations against the army or anyone else, since the prisoner himself admits that he saved the man." Then the man who had been rescued said: "For my part, Cleander, if you think I was being taken in for some wrongdoing, you're mistaken; I neither hit nor shot anyone; I just said, 'The sheep belong to everyone;' because it was a rule put in place by the soldiers that when the army went out together, any loot collected privately would become public property. That's all I said, and then that guy over there grabbed me and started dragging me away. He wanted to silence us so he could claim a share for himself and keep the rest for these pirates, going against the rules." In response, Cleander said: "Alright, if that's your attitude, you can stay back too, and we'll consider your case as well."
Thereupon Cleander and his party proceeded to breakfast; but Xenophon collected the army in assembly, and advised their sending a deputation to Cleander to intercede in behalf of the men. Accordingly it was resolved to send some generals and officers with Dracontius the Spartan, and of the rest those who seemed best fitted to go. The deputation was to request Cleander by all means to release the two men. Accordingly Xenophon came and addressed him thus: "Cleander, you have the men; the army has bowed to you and assented to do what you wished with respect to these two members of their body and themselves in general. But now they beg and pray you to give up these two men, and not to put them to death. Many a good service have these two wrought for our army in past days. Let them but obtain this from you, and in return the army promises that, if you will put yourself at their head and the gracious gods approve, they will show you how orderly they are, how apt to obey their general, and, with heaven's help, to face their foes unflinchingly. They make this further request to you, that you will present yourself and take command of them and make trial of them. 'Test us ourselves,' they say, 'and test Dexippus, what each of us is like, and afterwards assign to each his due.'" When Cleander heard these things, he answered: "Nay, by the twin gods, I will answer you quickly enough. Here I make you a present of the two men, and I will as you say present myself, and then, if the gods vouchsafe, I will put myself at your head and lead you into Hellas. Very different is your language from the tale I used to hear concerning you from certain people, that you wanted to withdraw the army from allegiance to the Lacedaemonians."
Then Cleander and his group went to breakfast; meanwhile, Xenophon gathered the army for a meeting and suggested they send a delegation to Cleander to plead on behalf of the men. It was decided to send several generals and officers, including Dracontius the Spartan, along with others who were best suited for the task. The delegation was to ask Cleander to release the two men. So, Xenophon approached him and said, "Cleander, you have the men; the army has submitted to you and agreed to let you handle these two men however you wish. But now they plead with you to free these two men and not put them to death. These two have served our army well in the past. If you grant this, the army promises that, if you will lead them and the gods are willing, they will demonstrate their obedience and courage against their enemies. They also ask that you present yourself, take command, and test them. 'Judge us for yourselves,' they say, 'and see what we are capable of, then reward each of us accordingly.'" When Cleander heard this, he replied, "No need to worry, I will respond right away. Here, I give you the two men, and I will do as you ask and present myself. If the gods permit it, I will take charge and lead you into Hellas. Your words are quite different from what I've heard from others about you wanting to withdraw the army's loyalty from the Lacedaemonians."
After this the deputation thanked him and retired, taking with them the two men; then Cleander sacrificed as a preliminary to marching and consorted friendlily with Xenophon, and the two struck up an alliance. When the Spartan saw with what good discipline the men carried out their orders, he was still more anxious to become their leader. However, in spite of sacrifices repeated on three successive days, the victims steadily remained unfavourable. So he summoned the generals and said to them: "The victims smile not on me, they suffer me not to lead you home; but be not out of heart at that. To you it is given, as it would appear, to bring your men safe home. Forwards then, and for our part, whenever you come yonder, we will bestow on you as warm a welcome as we may."
After this, the delegation thanked him and left, taking the two men with them. Then Cleander made sacrifices as a preliminary to marching and got along well with Xenophon, leading to a partnership between the two. When the Spartan saw how well the men followed their orders, he became even more eager to be their leader. However, despite making sacrifices for three consecutive days, the omens remained unfavorable. So, he called the generals together and said, "The omens aren’t in my favor; they don’t allow me to lead you home. But don’t lose hope because it seems you are meant to bring your troops back safely. So let’s move forward, and whenever you return to this place, we will give you as warm a welcome as we can."
Then the soldiers resolved to make him a present of the public cattle, which he accepted, but again gave back to them. So he sailed away; but the soldiers made division of the corn which they had collected and of the other captured property, and commenced their homeward march through the territory of the Bithynians.
Then the soldiers decided to give him some of the public cattle, which he accepted but then returned to them. So he set sail; however, the soldiers divided the corn they had gathered along with the other captured goods and started their journey home through the land of the Bithynians.
At first they confined themselves to the main road; but not chancing upon anything whereby they might reach a friendly territory with something in their pockets for themselves, they resolved to turn sharp round, and marched for one day and night in the opposite direction. By this proceeding they captured many slaves and much small cattle; and on the sixth day reached Chrysopolis in Chalcedonia (2). Here they halted seven days while they disposed of their booty by sale.
At first, they stuck to the main road, but since they didn’t find anything that would get them to a friendly area with something for themselves, they decided to turn around quickly and marched for a whole day and night in the opposite direction. By doing this, they captured a lot of slaves and some small livestock; and on the sixth day, they reached Chrysopolis in Chalcedonia (2). They stayed there for seven days to sell their loot.
(2) The name should be written "Calchedonia." The false form drove out the more correct, probably through a mispronunciation, based on a wrong derivation, at some date long ago. The sites of Chrysopolis and Calchedon correspond respectively to the modern Scutari and Kadikoi.
(2) The name should be written "Calchedonia." The incorrect version replaced the more correct one, likely due to mispronunciation stemming from a mistaken derivation at some point in the past. The locations of Chrysopolis and Calchedon correspond to the modern Scutari and Kadikoi, respectively.
BOOK VII
(In the earlier portion of the narrative will be found a detailed history of the fortunes of the Hellenes during their march up country with Cyrus down to the date of the battle; and, subsequently to his death, until they reached the Euxine; as also of all their doings in their efforts to escape from the Euxine, partly by land marches and partly under sail by sea, until they found themselves outside the mouth of the Black Sea (south of the Bosphorus) at Chrysopolis in Asia.)
(In the earlier part of the story, there is a detailed account of the Hellenes’ experiences during their journey inland with Cyrus up to the date of the battle; and after his death, until they reached the Euxine; along with everything they did as they tried to escape from the Euxine, partly by marching over land and partly by sailing on the sea, until they found themselves outside the mouth of the Black Sea (south of the Bosphorus) at Chrysopolis in Asia.)
I
At this point Pharnabazus, who was afraid that the army might undertake a campaign against his satrapy, sent to Anaxibius, the Spartan high admiral, who chanced to be in Byzantium, and begged him to convey the army out of Asia, undertaking to comply with his wishes in every respect. Anaxibius accordingly sent to summon the generals and officers to Byzantium, and promised that the soldiers should not lack pay for service, if they crossed the strait. The officers said that they would deliberate and return an answer. Xenophon individually informed them that he was about to quit the army at once, and was only anxious to set sail. Anaxibius pressed him not to be in so great a hurry: "Cross over with the rest," he said, "and then it will be time enough to think about quitting the army." This the other undertook to do.
At this point, Pharnabazus, worried that the army might launch a campaign against his territory, reached out to Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, who happened to be in Byzantium. He asked him to help get the army out of Asia, promising to meet all his requests. Anaxibius then called the generals and officers to Byzantium and assured them that the soldiers would be paid for their service if they crossed the strait. The officers said they would discuss it and give a response later. Xenophon told them he planned to leave the army immediately and only wanted to set sail. Anaxibius urged him not to rush: "Join the others in crossing over first," he said, "and then you can think about leaving the army." Xenophon agreed to do that.
Now Seuthes the Thracian sent Medosades and begged Xenophon to use his influence to get the army across. "Tell Xenophon, if he will do his best for me in this matter, he will not regret it." Xenophon answered: "The army is in any case going to cross; so that, as far as that is concerned, Seuthes is under no obligation to me or to any one else; but as soon as it is once across, I personally shall be quit of it. Let Seuthes, therefore, as far as he may deem consistent with prudence, apply to those who are going to remain and will have a voice in affairs."
Now Seuthes the Thracian sent Medosades and asked Xenophon to help get the army across. "Tell Xenophon that if he does his best for me in this matter, he won't regret it." Xenophon replied: "The army is going to cross anyway; so as far as that goes, Seuthes doesn't owe me or anyone anything. But once it's across, I'll be done with it. So let Seuthes, to the extent he thinks is wise, reach out to those who are staying and will have a say in things."
After this the whole body of troops crossed to Byzantium. But Anaxibius, instead of proceeding to give pay, made proclamation that, "The soldiers were to take up their arms and baggage and go forth," as if all he wished were to ascertain their numbers and bid them god-speed at the same moment. The soldiers were not well pleased at that, because they had no money to furnish themselves with provisions for the march; and they sluggishly set about getting their baggage together. Xenophon meanwhile, being on terms of intimacy with the governor, Cleander, came to pay his host a final visit, and bid him adieu, being on the point of setting sail. But the other protested; "Do not do so, or else," said he, "you will be blamed, for even now certain people are disposed to hold you to account because the army is so slow in getting under weigh." The other answered, "Nay, I am not to blame for that. It is the men themselves, who are in want of provisions; that is why they are out of heart at their exodus." "All the same," he replied, "I advise you to go out, as if you intended to march with them, and when you are well outside, it will be time enough to take yourself off." "Well then," said Xenophon, "we will go and arrange all this with Anaxibius." They went and stated the case to the admiral, who insisted that they must do as he had said, and march out, bag and baggage, by the quickest road; and as an appendix to the former edict, he added, "Any one absenting himself from the review and the muster will have himself to blame for the consequences." This was peremptory. So out marched, the generals first, and then the rest; and now, with the exception of here a man and there, they were all outside; it was a "clean sweep"; and Eteonicus stood posted near the gates, ready to close them, as soon as the men were fairly out, and to thrust in the bolt pin.
After this, the whole troop moved to Byzantium. But Anaxibius, instead of providing pay, announced that "the soldiers should gather their arms and supplies and leave," as if all he wanted was to count them and wish them good luck at the same time. The soldiers weren't happy about this because they had no money to buy food for the journey, so they sluggishly began to gather their things. Meanwhile, Xenophon, being on friendly terms with the governor, Cleander, went to say his final goodbyes as he was about to set sail. But Cleander urged him, "Don't do that, or you'll be blamed, because some people already want to hold you responsible for the army being so slow to get moving." Xenophon replied, "No, that's not my fault. It's the men who are short on supplies; that's why they're discouraged about leaving." "Still," Cleander said, "I recommend you go out as if you're going to march with them, and once you're far enough away, you can leave." "Alright then," said Xenophon, "we'll go discuss this with Anaxibius." They approached the admiral, who insisted they must follow his orders and march out quickly, taking everything with them; and as an addition to the earlier announcement, he stated, "Anyone who misses the review and muster will only have themselves to blame for what happens next." This was a firm order. So, the generals marched out first, followed by the others, and soon, with just a few exceptions, everyone was outside; it was a "clean sweep," and Eteonicus stood by the gates, ready to close them once the men were clear and to secure the bolt pin.
Then Anaxibius summoned the generals and captains, and addressed them: "Provisions you had better get from the Thracian villages; you will find plenty of barley, wheat, and other necessaries in them; and when you have got them, off with you to the Chersonese, where Cyniscus will take you into his service." Some of the soldiers overheard what was said, or possibly one of the officers was the medium of communication; however it was, the news was handed on to the army. As to the generals, their immediate concern was to try and gain some information as to Seuthes: "Was he hostile or friendly? also, would they have to march through the Sacred mountain (1), or round about through the middle of Thrace?"
Then Anaxibius called the generals and captains together and said: "You should get supplies from the Thracian villages; you’ll find plenty of barley, wheat, and other essentials there. Once you have those, head over to the Chersonese, where Cyniscus will take you into his service." Some of the soldiers overheard this, or perhaps one of the officers relayed the message; whatever the case, the news spread throughout the army. As for the generals, their main priority was to gather information about Seuthes: "Is he an enemy or an ally? Also, will we have to march through the Sacred mountain (1), or take a longer route through central Thrace?"
(1) So the mountain-range is named which runs parallel to the Propontis (Sea of Marmora) from lat. 41 degrees N. circa to lat. 40 degrees 30'; from Bisanthe (Rhodosto) to the neck of the Chersonese (Gallipoli).
(1) So the mountain range is named that runs parallel to the Propontis (Sea of Marmora) from about 41 degrees N to around 40 degrees 30'; from Bisanthe (Rhodosto) to the neck of the Chersonese (Gallipoli).
While they were discussing these points, the soldiers snatched up their arms and made a rush full speed at the gates, with the intention of getting inside the fortification again. But Eteonicus and his men, seeing the heavy infantry coming up at a run promptly closed the gates and thrust in the bolt pin. Then the soldiers fell to battering the gates, exclaiming that it was iniquitous to thrust them forth in this fashion into the jaws of their enemies. "If you do not of your own accord open the gates," they cried, "we will split them in half"; and another set rushed down to the sea, and so along the break-water and over the wall into the city; while a third set, consisting of those few who were still inside, having never left the city, seeing the affair at the gates, severed the bars with axes and flung the portals wide open; and the rest came pouring in.
While they were talking about these issues, the soldiers grabbed their weapons and charged at the gates, determined to get back inside the fort. But Eteonicus and his men, noticing the heavy infantry rushing towards them, quickly shut the gates and secured them. The soldiers began to pound on the gates, shouting that it was unfair to push them out into the hands of their enemies. "If you don’t open the gates on your own," they yelled, "we’ll break them down!" Meanwhile, another group raced down to the sea, running along the breakwater and scaling the wall into the city; and a third group, made up of those few who had never left the city, saw what was happening at the gates, chopped the bars with axes, and swung the doors wide open, allowing the others to rush in.
Xenophon, seeing what was happening, was seized with alarm lest the army betake itself to pillage, and ills incurable be wrought to the city, to himself, and to the soldiers. Then he set off, and, plunging into the throng, was swept through the gates with the crowd. The Byzantines no sooner saw the soldiers forcibly rushing in than they left the open square, and fled, some to the shipping, others to their homes, while those already indoors came racing out, and some fell to dragging down their ships of war, hoping possibly to be safe on board these; while there was not a soul who doubted but that the city was taken, and that they were all undone. Eteonicus made a swift retreat to the citadel. Anaxibius ran down to the sea, and, getting on board a fisherman's smack, sailed round to the acropolis, and at once sent off to fetch over the garrison troops from Chalcedon, since those already in the acropolis seemed hardly sufficient to keep the men in check.
Xenophon, noticing what was happening, felt a surge of panic that the army would start looting, causing irreparable damage to the city, to himself, and to the soldiers. He then took off, and, diving into the crowd, was swept through the gates with them. As soon as the Byzantines saw the soldiers rushing in, they abandoned the open square and fled—some to the ships, others to their homes—while those already inside came rushing out, with some starting to drag down their warships, hoping to find safety on board. Everyone believed the city was lost and that they were all doomed. Eteonicus quickly retreated to the citadel. Anaxibius ran to the sea and climbed aboard a fisherman's boat, sailing around to the acropolis, and immediately sent for reinforcements from Chalcedon, since the troops already in the acropolis seemed barely enough to control the situation.
The soldiers, catching sight of Xenophon, threw themselves upon him, crying: "Now, Xenophon, is the time to prove yourself a man. You have got a city, you have got triremes, you have got money, you have got men; to-day, if you only chose, you can do us a good turn, and we will make you a great man." He replied: "Nay, I like what you say, and I will do it all; but if that is what you have set your hearts on, fall into rank and take up position at once." This he said, wishing to quiet them, and so passed the order along the lines himself, while bidding the rest to do the same: "Take up position; stand easy." But the men themselves, by a species of self-marshalling, fell into rank, and were soon formed, the heavy infantry eight deep, while the light infantry had run up to cover either wing. The Thracian Square, as it is called, is a fine site for manouvering, being bare of buildings and level. As soon as the arms were stacked and the men's tempers cooled, Xenophon called a general meeting of the soldiers, and made the following speech:—
The soldiers, seeing Xenophon, rushed over to him, shouting: "Now, Xenophon, it’s time to prove yourself! You have a city, you have triremes, you have money, you have men; today, if you want, you can do us a huge favor, and we'll make you a great man." He replied, "No, I appreciate what you’re saying, and I’ll do it all; but if that’s what you’re aiming for, fall into line and take your positions right away." He said this to calm them down, and he passed the order along the lines himself, urging the others to do the same: "Take your positions; stand easy." But the soldiers, organizing themselves, fell into line and were quickly formed, with the heavy infantry standing eight deep while the light infantry ran to cover either side. The Thracian Square, as it’s called, is an excellent place for maneuvering, as it’s open and flat. Once the weapons were stacked and the men’s tempers settled, Xenophon called a general meeting of the soldiers and made the following speech:—
"Soldiers, I am not surprised at your wrath, or that you deem it monstrous treatment so to be cheated; but consider what will be the consequences if we gratify our indignation, and in return for such deception, avenge ourselves on the Lacedaemonians here present, and plunder an innocent city. We shall be declared enemies of the Lacedaemonians and their allies; and what sort of war that will be, we need not go far to conjecture. I take it, you have not forgotten some quite recent occurrences. We Athenians entered into war against the Lacedaemonians and their allies with a fleet consisting of not less than three hundred line-of-battle ships, including those in dock as well as those afloat. We had vast treasures stored up in the city, and a yearly income which, derived from home or foreign sources, amounted to no less than a thousand talents. Our empire included all the islands, and we were possessed of numerous cities both in Asia and in Europe. Amongst others, this very Byzantium, where we are now, was ours; and yet in the end we were vanquished, as you all very well know.
"Soldiers, I understand your anger and that you think it's outrageous to be deceived like this; however, think about what will happen if we let our anger take control. If we retaliate against the Lacedaemonians here and loot an innocent city, we will be declared enemies of the Lacedaemonians and their allies. We can easily imagine what kind of war that would lead to. You surely remember some recent events. We Athenians went to war against the Lacedaemonians and their allies with a fleet of at least three hundred battle ships, including those in the docks and those at sea. We had enormous wealth stored in the city, and our annual income, from both local and foreign sources, was at least a thousand talents. Our empire encompassed all the islands, and we controlled many cities in both Asia and Europe. Among them was this very Byzantium, where we are now, and yet in the end, we were defeated, as you all know very well."
"What, must we anticipate, will now be our fate? The Lacedaemonians have not only their old allies, but the Athenians and those who were at that time allies of Athens are added to them. Tissaphernes and all the rest of the Asiatics on the seaboard are our foes, not to speak of our arch-enemy, the king himself, up yonder, whom we came to deprive of his empire, and to kill, if possible. I ask then, with all these banded together against us, is there any one so insensate as to imagine that we can survive the contest? For heaven's sake, let us not go mad or loosely throw away our lives in war with our own native cities—nay, our own friends, our kith and our kin; for in one or other of the cities they are all included. Every city will march against us, and not unjustly, if, after refusing to hold one single barbarian city by right of conquest, we seize the first Hellenic city that we come to and make it a ruinous heap. For my part, my prayer is that before I see such things wrought by you, I, at any rate, may lie ten thousand fathoms under ground! My counsel to you, as Hellenes, is to try and obtain your just rights, through obedience to those who stand at the head of Hellas; and if so be that you fail in those demands, why, being more sinned against than sinning, need we rob ourselves of Hellas too? At present, I propose that we should send to Anaxibius and tell him that we have made an entrance into the city, not meditating violence, but merely to discover if he and his will show us any good; for if so, it is well; but of otherwise, at least we will let him see that he does not shut the door upon us as dupes and fools. We know the meaning of discipline; we turn our backs and go."
"What should we expect our fate to be now? The Spartans not only have their old allies, but they've also got the Athenians and those who were allied with Athens at that time on their side. Tissaphernes and all the other Asiatics along the coast are our enemies, not to mention our main enemy, the king himself up there, whom we intended to dethrone and perhaps even kill. So I ask you, with all these forces united against us, who could be foolish enough to think we can win this fight? For heaven's sake, let's not go crazy or recklessly throw our lives away fighting against our own cities—our own friends, our own family; because they are all part of one city or another. Every city will march against us, and not without reason, if after refusing to hold even one single barbarian city through conquest, we then go and turn the first Greek city we encounter into ruins. Personally, I pray that before I witness such actions from you, I may instead lie ten thousand fathoms underground! My advice to you, as Greeks, is to seek your rightful claims by cooperating with those leading Greece; and if you happen to fail in those requests, then why should we also deprive ourselves of Greece when we are already more wronged than wronging? Right now, I suggest that we send a message to Anaxibius, informing him that we've entered the city not looking for violence, but just to see if he and his people will show us any goodwill; if so, great; if not, we will at least show him that he can't shut us out as naive fools. We understand the importance of discipline; we will turn our backs and leave."
This resolution was passed, and they sent Hieronymus an Eleian, with two others, Eurylochus an Arcadian and Philesius an Achaean, to deliver the message. So these set off on their errand. But while the soldiers were still seated in conclave, Coeratadas, of Thebes, arrived. He was a Theban not in exile, but with a taste for generalship, who made it his business to see if any city or nation were in need of his services. Thus, on the present occasion, he presented himself, and begged to state that he was ready to put himself at their head, and lead them into the Delta of Thrace (2), as it is called, where they would find themselves in a land of plenty; but until they got there, he would provide them with meat and drink enough and to spare. While they were still listening to this tale, the return message from Anaxibius came. His answer was: "The discipline, they had spoken of, was not a thing they would regret; indeed he would report their behaviour to the authorities at home; and for himself, he would take advice and do the best he could for them."
This resolution was passed, and they sent Hieronymus from Elis, along with two others, Eurylochus from Arcadia and Philesius from Achaea, to deliver the message. So they set off on their mission. But while the soldiers were still gathered in discussion, Coeratadas from Thebes arrived. He was a Theban not in exile, but someone with a flair for leadership, who made it his business to see if any city or nation needed his services. So, on this occasion, he stepped forward and offered to lead them into the Delta of Thrace (2), as it's called, where they would find a land of plenty; but until they got there, he would provide them with enough food and drink. While they were still listening to this story, they received a return message from Anaxibius. His response was: "The discipline they mentioned was not something they would regret; indeed, he would report their behavior to the authorities back home; and as for himself, he would take advice and do his best for them."
(2) The exact locality, so called, is not known; doubtless it lay somewhere between Byzantium and Salmydessus, possibly at Declus (mod. Derkos); or possibly the narrow portion of Thrace between the Euxine, Bosphorus, and Propontis went by this name. See note in Pretor ad. loc., and "Dict. Geog." "Thracia."
(2) The specific location, often referred to as such, is not known; it likely existed somewhere between Byzantium and Salmydessus, possibly at Declus (modern Derkos); or it could be that the narrow area of Thrace between the Black Sea, Bosphorus, and Sea of Marmara was called by this name. See the note in Pretor ad. loc., and "Dict. Geog." "Thracia."
Thereupon the soldiers accepted Coeratadas as their general, and retired without the walls. Their new general undertook to present himself to the troops next day with sacrificial beasts and a soothsayer, with eatables also and drinkables for the army. Now, as soon as they were gone out, Anaxibius closed the gates and issued a proclamation to the effect that "any of the soldiers caught inside should be knocked down to the hammer and sold at once." Next day, Coeratadas arrived with the victims and the soothsayer. A string of twenty bearers bearing barleymeal followed at his heels, succeeded by other twenty carrying wine, and three laden with a supply of olives, and two others carrying, the one about as much garlic as a single man could lift, and the other a similar load of onions. These various supplies he set down, apparently for distribution, and began to sacrifice.
Then the soldiers accepted Coeratadas as their general and left the city walls. Their new general promised to show up with sacrificial animals and a soothsayer the next day, along with food and drinks for the army. As soon as they were gone, Anaxibius shut the gates and announced that "any soldiers caught inside would be knocked down and sold immediately." The next day, Coeratadas arrived with the animals and the soothsayer. A line of twenty bearers carrying barley meal followed him, followed by another twenty with wine, and three loaded with olives, along with two more carrying, one an amount of garlic a single person could lift and the other a similar load of onions. He set down these various supplies, seemingly for distribution, and began to perform the sacrifices.
Now Xenophon sent to Cleander, begging him to arrange matters so that he might be allowed to enter the walls, with a view to starting from Byzantium on his homeward voyage. Cleander came, and this is what he said: "I have come; but I was barely able to arrange what you want. Anaxibius insisted: 'It was not convenient that Xenophon should be inside while the soldiers are close to the walls without; the Byzantines at sixes and sevens moreover; and no love lost between the one party of them and the other.' Still, he ended by bidding you to come inside, if you were really minded to leave the town by sea with himself." Accordingly Xenophon bade the soldiers good-bye, and returned with Cleander within the walls.
Now Xenophon sent a message to Cleander, asking him to help arrange things so that he could be allowed to enter the city, aiming to start his journey home from Byzantium. Cleander arrived and said, "I’ve come, but I barely managed to arrange what you asked. Anaxibius insisted that it wasn’t safe for you to be inside while the soldiers were close to the walls outside, especially with the Byzantines in such disarray and not getting along with each other. However, he eventually said you could come inside if you really wanted to leave the town by sea with him." So, Xenophon said goodbye to the soldiers and went back inside the walls with Cleander.
To return to Coeratadas. The first day he failed to get favourable signs at the sacrifice, and never a dole of rations did he make to the soldiers. On the second day the victims were standing ready near the altar, and so was Coeratadas, with chaplet crowned, all ready to sacrifice, when up comes Timasion the Dardanian, with Neon the Asinaean, and Cleanor of Orchomenus, forbidding Coeratadas to sacrifice: "He must understand there was an end to his generalship, unless he gave them provisions." The other bade them measure out the supplies, "Pray, dole them out." But when he found that he had a good deal short of a single day's provisions for each man, he picked up his paraphernalia of sacrifice and withdrew. As to being general, he would have nothing more to say to it.
To go back to Coeratadas. On the first day, he didn’t receive any positive signs from the sacrifice, and he didn’t distribute any rations to the soldiers. On the second day, the sacrificial victims were prepared at the altar, and so was Coeratadas, wearing a crown made of leaves, all set to sacrifice, when Timasion the Dardanian showed up along with Neon the Asinaean and Cleanor of Orchomenus, telling Coeratadas he couldn’t proceed with the sacrifice: "He needs to realize that his time as general is over unless he provides them with food." Coeratadas told them to measure out the supplies, "Please, hand them out." But when he realized he was short on food for each man for even a single day, he packed up his sacrificial items and left. As for being general, he wanted nothing more to do with it.
II
Now these five were left—Neon the Asinaean, Phryniscus the Achaean, Philesius the Achaean, Xanthicles the Achaean, Timasion the Dardanian—at the head of the army, and they pushed on to some villages of the Thracians facing Byzantium, and there encamped. Now the generals could not agree. Cleanor and Phryniscus wished to march to join Seuthes, who had worked upon their feelings by presenting one with a horse and the other with a woman to wife. But Neon's object was to come to the Chersonese: "When we are under the wing of the Lacedaemonians," he thought, "I shall step to the front and command the whole army."
Now these five were left—Neon the Asinaean, Phryniscus the Achaean, Philesius the Achaean, Xanthicles the Achaean, Timasion the Dardanian—at the front of the army, and they moved on to some Thracian villages facing Byzantium, where they set up camp. The generals couldn’t agree. Cleanor and Phryniscus wanted to march to join Seuthes, who had influenced them by giving one a horse and the other a wife. But Neon's goal was to reach the Chersonese: "Once we are under the protection of the Lacedaemonians," he thought, "I will step up and lead the entire army."
Timasion's one ambition was to cross back again into Asia, hoping to be reinstated at home and end his exile. The soldiers shared the wishes of the last general. But, as time dragged on, many of the men sold their arms at different places and set sail as best they could; others (actually gave away their arms, some here, some there, and (1)) became absorbed in the cities. One man rejoiced. This was Anaxibius, to whom the break-up of the army was a blessing. "That is the way," he said to himself, "I can best gratify Pharnabazus."
Timasion's only goal was to return to Asia, hoping to be reinstated at home and end his exile. The soldiers shared the hopes of their last general. But, as time dragged on, many of the men sold their weapons in various places and set sail as best they could; others actually gave away their weapons—some here, some there—and ended up getting lost in the cities. One man was happy about this. That was Anaxibius, for whom the disbanding of the army was a blessing. "This is the way," he thought to himself, "I can best please Pharnabazus."
(1) The MSS. give the words so rendered—{oi de kai (didontes ta opla kata tous khorous)}, which some critics emend {diadidontes}, others bracket as suspected, others expunge.
(1) The manuscripts provide the words rendered as —{oi de kai (didontes ta opla kata tous khorous)}, which some critics correct to {diadidontes}, others question by bracketing, and others remove completely.
But Anaxibius, while prosecuting his voyage from Byzantium, was met at Cyzicus by Aristarchus, the new governor, who was to succeed Cleander at Byzantium; and report said that a new admiral, Polus, if he had not actually arrived, would presently reach the Hellespont and relieve Anaxibius. The latter sent a parting injunction to Aristarchus to be sure and sell all the Cyreian soldiers he could lay hands on still lingering in Byzantium; for Cleander had not sold a single man of them; on the contrary, he had made it his business to tend the sick and wounded, pitying them, and insisting on their being received in the houses. Aristarchus changed all that, and was no sooner arrived in Byzantium than he sold no less than four hundred of them. Meanwhile Anaxibius, on his coasting voyage, reached Parium, and, according to the terms of their agreement, he sent to Pharnabazus. But the latter, learning that Aristarchus was the new governor at Byzantim, and that Anixibius had ceased to be admiral, turned upon him a cold shoulder, and set out concocting the same measures concerning the Cyreian army with Aristarchus, as he had lately been at work upon with Anaxibius.
But Anaxibius, while continuing his journey from Byzantium, was met at Cyzicus by Aristarchus, the new governor who was to take over from Cleander at Byzantium. There were reports that a new admiral, Polus, if he hadn't already arrived, would soon reach the Hellespont and take over from Anaxibius. The latter gave Aristarchus a parting instruction to make sure he sold all the Cyreian soldiers still hanging around in Byzantium, since Cleander hadn't sold a single one of them. Instead, Cleander had focused on caring for the sick and wounded, showing them sympathy, and insisting they be taken in by local households. Aristarchus changed all that—no sooner had he arrived in Byzantium than he sold off no less than four hundred of them. In the meantime, Anaxibius, on his coastal journey, reached Parium and, following their agreement, sent a message to Pharnabazus. But Pharnabazus, finding out that Aristarchus was the new governor at Byzantium and that Anaxibius was no longer the admiral, turned his back on him and started making similar plans regarding the Cyreian army with Aristarchus, just as he had recently done with Anaxibius.
Anaxibius thereupon summoned Xenophon and bade him, by every manner of means, sail to the army with the utmost speed, and keep it together. "He was to collect the scattered fragments and march them down to Perinthus, and thence convey them across to Asia without loss of time." And herewith he put a thirty-oared galley at his service, and gave him a letter of authority and an officer to accompany him, with an order to the Perinthians "to escort Xenophon without delay on horseback to the army." So it was that Xenophon sailed across and eventually reached the army. The soldiers gave him a joyous welcome, and would have been only too glad to cross from Thrace into Asia under his leadership.
Anaxibius then called for Xenophon and instructed him, by all means possible, to sail to the army as quickly as he could and keep it united. "He was to gather the scattered troops and march them down to Perinthus, and then get them across to Asia without wasting any time." With this, he provided him with a thirty-oared galley, gave him a letter of authority, and assigned an officer to accompany him, along with an order to the Perinthians "to escort Xenophon immediately on horseback to the army." So, Xenophon sailed over and eventually reached the army. The soldiers welcomed him joyfully and would have eagerly crossed from Thrace into Asia under his command.
But Seuthes, hearing that Xenophon had arrived, sent Medosades again, by sea to meet him, and begged him to bring the army to him; and whatever he thought would make his speech persuasive, he was ready to promise him. But the other replied, that none of these things were open to him to do; and with this answer Medosades departed, and the Hellenes proceeded to Perinthus. Here on arrival Neon withdrew his troops and encamped apart, having about eight hundred men; while the remainder of the army lay in one place under the walls of Perinthus.
But Seuthes, hearing that Xenophon had arrived, sent Medosades again, by sea to meet him, and asked him to bring the army to him; and whatever he thought would make his speech convincing, he was ready to promise him. But the other replied that none of these things were possible for him to do; and with that answer, Medosades left, and the Greeks moved on to Perinthus. Upon arrival, Neon pulled his troops back and camped separately, having about eight hundred men; while the rest of the army stayed in one location under the walls of Perinthus.
After this, Xenophon set himself to find vessels, so as to lose no time in crossing. But in the interval Aristarchus, the governor from Byzantium, arrived with a couple of war-ships, being moved to do so by Pharnabazus. To make doubly sure, he first forbade the skippers and shipmasters to carry the troops across, and then he visited the camp and informed the soldiers that their passage into Asia was forbidden. Xenophon replied that he was acting under the orders of Anaxibius, who had sent him thither for this express purpose; to which Aristarchus retorted, "For the matter of that, Anaxibius is no longer admiral, and I am governor in this quarter; if I catch any of you at sea, I will sink you." With these remarks he retired within the walls of Perinthus.
After this, Xenophon started looking for ships so he wouldn’t waste any time crossing over. But during this time, Aristarchus, the governor from Byzantium, showed up with a couple of warships, prompted by Pharnabazus. To make sure everything was in order, he first prohibited the captains and shipmasters from taking the troops across, and then he visited the camp to tell the soldiers that their passage into Asia was not allowed. Xenophon responded that he was following the orders of Anaxibius, who had sent him specifically for this purpose; to which Aristarchus fired back, "As for that, Anaxibius is no longer the admiral, and I’m in charge here; if I catch any of you at sea, I’ll sink you." With that, he went back inside the walls of Perinthus.
Next day, he sent for the generals and officers of the army. They had already reached the fortification walls, when some one brought word to Xenophon that if he set foot inside, he would be seized, and either meet some ill fate there or more likely be delivered up to Pharnabazus. On hearing this Xenophon sent forward the rest of the party, but for himself pleaded that there was a sacrifice which he wished to offer. In this way he contrived to turn back and consult the victims, "Would the gods allow him to try and bring the army over to Seuthes?" On the one hand it was plain that the idea of crossing over to Asia in the face of this man with his ships of war, who meant to bar the passage, was too dangerous. Nor did he altogether like the notion of being blocked up in the Chersonese with an army in dire need of everything; where, besides being at the beck and call of the governor of the place, they would be debarred from the necessities of life.
The next day, he called for the generals and officers of the army. They had already reached the fortification walls when someone informed Xenophon that if he entered, he would be captured and likely meet a terrible fate or be handed over to Pharnabazus. After hearing this, Xenophon sent the rest of the group ahead but claimed he needed to make a sacrifice. This way, he managed to turn back and consult the victims, asking, "Would the gods allow him to try and bring the army over to Seuthes?" On one hand, it was clear that the idea of crossing over to Asia with this man and his warships blocking the way was too risky. He also wasn't keen on the idea of being trapped in the Chersonese with an army in desperate need of supplies, where they would be at the mercy of the local governor and cut off from the essentials of life.
While Xenophon was thus employed, the generals and officers came back with a message from Aristarchus, who had told them they might retire for the present, but in the afternoon he would expect them. The former suspicions of a plot had now ripened to a certainty. Xenophon meantime had ascertained that the victims were favourable to his project. He personally, and the army as a whole, might with safety proceed to Seuthes, they seemed to say. Accordingly, he took with him Polycrates, the Athenian captain, and from each of the generals, not including Neon, some one man whom they could in each case trust, and in the night they set off to visit the army of Seuthes, sixty furlongs distant.
While Xenophon was busy, the generals and officers returned with a message from Aristarchus, who said they could take a break for now but should expect to meet him in the afternoon. Their earlier doubts about a conspiracy had turned into certainty. Meanwhile, Xenophon had found out that the potential allies were supportive of his plan. They seemed to indicate that both he and the entire army could safely move toward Seuthes. So, he brought along Polycrates, the Athenian captain, and one trusted person from each general, except for Neon, and at night they set off to visit Seuthes' army, which was sixty furlongs away.
As they approached, they came upon some deserted watch-fires, and their first impression was that Seuthes had shifted his position; but presently perceiving a confused sound (the voices of Seuthes' people signalling to one another), the explanation dawned on him: Seuthes kept his watch-fires kindled in front of, instead of behind, his night pickets, in order that the outposts, being in the dark, might escape notice, their numbers and position thus being a mystery; whilst any party approaching from the outside, so far from escaping notice, would, through the glare of the fire, stand out conspicuously. Perceiving how matters stood, Xenophon sent forward his interpreter, who was one of the party, and bade him inform Seuthes that Xenophon was there and craved conference with him. The others asked if he were an Athenian from the army yonder, and no sooner had the interpreter replied, "Yes, the same," than up they leapt and galloped off; and in less time than it takes to tell a couple of hundred peltasts had come up who seized and carried off Xenophon and those with him and brought them to Seuthes. The latter was in a tower right well guarded, and there were horses round it in a circle, standing all ready bitted and bridled; for his alarm was so great that he gave his horses their provender during the day (2), and during the nights he kept watch and ward with the brutes thus bitted and bridled. It was stated in explanation that in old days an ancestor of his, named Teres, had been in this very country with a large army, several of whom he had lost at the hands of the native inhabitants, besides being robbed of his baggage train. The inhabitants of the country are Thynians, and they are reputed to be far the most warlike set of fighters—especially at night.
As they got closer, they came across some abandoned watchfires, and their first thought was that Seuthes had changed his location. But soon they heard a mix of sounds (the voices of Seuthes' people signaling to each other), and the reason became clear: Seuthes kept his watchfires lit in front of, rather than behind, his night sentries so that the outposts, shrouded in darkness, would go unnoticed, keeping their numbers and positions a secret. On the other hand, any party approaching from outside would be conspicuous in the light of the fire. Realizing what was happening, Xenophon sent his interpreter, who was part of their group, ahead to inform Seuthes that Xenophon was there and wanted to meet with him. The others asked if he was an Athenian from the army nearby, and as soon as the interpreter confirmed, "Yes, that's right," they jumped up and raced off. In short order, a couple of hundred peltasts arrived, seized Xenophon and his companions, and brought them to Seuthes. Seuthes was in a well-guarded tower, with horses arranged in a circle around it, all ready with bits and bridles. He was so alarmed that he fed his horses during the day and kept watch with them at night. It was explained that a distant ancestor of his, named Teres, had once been in this same land with a large army, many of whom he lost to the local inhabitants, and he was also robbed of his baggage train. The people of this region are Thynians, known for being the most formidable fighters, especially at night.
(2) I.e. "instead of letting them graze."
(2) I.e. "rather than allowing them to graze."
When they drew near, Seuthes bade Xenophon enter, and bring with him any two he might choose. As soon as they were inside, they first greeted one another warmly, and then, according to the Thracian custom, pledged themselves in bowls of wine. There was further present at the elbow of Seuthes, Medosades, who on all occasions acted as his ambassador-in-chief. Xenophon took the initiative and spoke as follows: "You have sent to me, Seuthes, once and again. On the first occasion you sent Medosades yonder, to Chalcedon, and you begged me to use my influence in favour of the army crossing over from Asia. You promised me, in return for this conduct on my part, various kindnesses; at least that is what Medosades stated"; and before proceeding further he turned to Medosades and asked, "Is not that so?" The other assented. "Again, on a second occasion, the same Medosades came when I had crossed over from Parium to rejoin the army; and he promised me that if I would bring you the army, you would in various respects treat me as a friend and brother. He said especially with regard to certain seaboard places of which you are the owner and lord, that you were minded to make me a present of them." At this point he again questioned Medosades, "Whether the words attributed to him were exact?" and Medosades once more fully assented. "Come now," proceeded Xenophon, "recount what answer I made you, and first at Chalcedon." "You answered that the army was, in any case, about to cross over to Byzantium; and as far as that went, there was no need to pay you or any one else anything; and for yourself, you added, that once across you were minded to leave the army, which thing came to pass even as you said." "Well! what did I say," he asked, "at your next visit, when you came to me in Selybria?" "You said that the proposal was impossible; you were all going to Perinthus to cross into Asia." "Good," said Xenophon, "and in spite of it all, at the present moment, here I am myself, and Phryniscus, one of my colleagues, and Polycrates yonder, a captain; and outside, to represent the other generals (all except Neon the Laconian), the trustiest men they could find to send. So that if you wish to give these transactions the seal of still greater security, you have nothing to do but to summon them also; and do you, Polycrates, go and say from me, that I bid them leave their arms outside, and you can leave your own sword outside before you enter with them on your return."
As they approached, Seuthes invited Xenophon in and told him to bring along any two people he wanted. Once they were inside, they greeted each other warmly and, following Thracian tradition, shared a toast with wine. Sitting next to Seuthes was Medosades, who always acted as his chief ambassador. Taking the lead, Xenophon said: "You’ve sent for me, Seuthes, multiple times. The first time, you sent Medosades over there to Chalcedon and asked me to help the army crossing from Asia. You promised me several favors in return for my support; that’s what Medosades told me." He then turned to Medosades and asked, "Is that right?" Medosades confirmed it. "Then, on a second occasion, the same Medosades came to me after I crossed from Parium to rejoin the army, saying that if I brought you the army, you would treat me like a friend and brother in many ways. He specifically mentioned some coastal territories you own and said you intended to gift them to me." At this, he asked Medosades again, "Were those words he said accurate?" Medosades agreed fully again. "Now, let's go over what I replied to you, starting from Chalcedon." "You said that the army was definitely going to cross to Byzantium, so there was no need to pay you or anyone else anything; and you mentioned that once you crossed, you planned to leave the army, which indeed happened," Medosades replied. "And what did I say during your next visit when you came to me in Selybria?" Xenophon asked. "You said it wasn’t possible; you were all heading to Perinthus to cross into Asia," Medosades responded. "Right," said Xenophon. "Yet here I am now, along with Phryniscus, one of my colleagues, and Polycrates over there, a captain; and outside, we have the most reliable men available to represent the other generals (except for Neon the Laconian). If you want to make these arrangements even more secure, all you need to do is call them in as well; and you, Polycrates, go tell them that I request they leave their weapons outside, and you can also leave your sword outside before you enter with them on your way back."
When Seuthes had heard so far, he interposed: "I should never mistrust an Athenian, for we are relatives already (3), I know; and the best of friends, I believe, we shall be." After that, as soon as the right men entered, Xenophon first questioned Seuthes as to what use he intended to make of the army, and he replied as follows: "Maesades was my father; his sway extended over the Melanditae, the Thynians, and the Tranipsae. Then the affairs of the Odrysians took a bad turn, and my father was driven out of this country, and later on died himself of sickness, leaving me to be brought up as an orphan at the court of Medocus, the present king. But I, when I had grown to man's estate, could not endure to live with my eyes fixed on another's board. So I seated myself on the seat by him as a suppliant, and begged him to give me as many men as he could spare, that I might wreak what mischief I could on those who had driven us forth from our land; that thus I might cease to live in dependence upon another's board, like a dog watching his master's hand. In answer to my petition, he gave me the men and the horses which you will see at break of day, and nowadays I live with these, pillaging my own ancestral land. But if you would join me, I think, with the help of heaven, we might easily recover my empire. That is what I want of you." "Well then," said Xenophon, "supposing we came, what should you be able to give us? the soldiers, the officers, and the generals? Tell us that these witnesses may report your answer." And he promised to give "to the common soldiers a cyzicene (4), to a captain twice as much, and to a general four times as much, with as much land as ever they liked, some yoke of oxen, and a fortified place upon the seaboard." "But now supposing," said Xenophon, "we fail of success, in spite of our endeavours; suppose any intimidation on the part of the Lacedaemonians should arise; will you receive into your country any of us who may seek to find a refuge with you?" He answered: "Nay, not only so, but I shall look upon you as my brothers, entitled to share my seat, and the joint possessors of all the wealth which we may be able to acquire. And to you yourself, O Xenophon! I will give my daughter, and if you have a daughter, I will buy her in Thracian fashion; and I will give you Bisanthe as a dwelling-place, which is the fairest of all my possessions on the seaboard (5)."
When Seuthes had heard this, he interrupted: “I should never distrust an Athenian, since we’re already related, and I believe we’ll be the best of friends.” After that, once the right people came in, Xenophon first asked Seuthes what he planned to do with the army, and he replied: “Maesades was my father; he ruled over the Melanditae, the Thynians, and the Tranipsae. Then the situation for the Odrysians turned bad, my father was forced out of this land, and eventually he died from illness, leaving me to grow up as an orphan at the court of Medocus, the current king. But when I became an adult, I couldn’t stand living under someone else’s roof. So I sat down with him as a supplicant and asked him to give me as many men as he could spare, so I could take revenge on those who had driven us out of our land; I just wanted to stop living off someone else’s table, like a dog watching its master's hand. In response to my request, he provided me with the men and horses you’ll see at dawn, and nowadays I live with these, plundering my own ancestral land. But if you would join me, I believe that with divine help, we could easily reclaim my empire. That’s what I need from you.” “Well then,” said Xenophon, “if we come, what will you offer us? What about the soldiers, the officers, and the generals? Tell us so these witnesses can report your answer.” He promised to give “the common soldiers a cyzicene, to a captain double that, and to a general four times as much, along with as much land as they want, a yoke of oxen, and a fort on the coast.” “But now, suppose,” said Xenophon, “we fail despite our efforts; if any threat from the Lacedaemonians emerges, will you take in any of us who seek refuge with you?” He answered: “Not only that, but I will consider you my brothers, entitled to share my seat, and co-owners of all the wealth we can acquire. And to you, O Xenophon, I will give my daughter, and if you have a daughter, I’ll buy her in the Thracian way; and I will give you Bisanthe as a home, which is the finest of all my possessions on the coast.”
(3) Tradition said that the Thracians and Athenians were connected, through the marriage of a former prince Tereus (or Teres) with Procne, the daughter of Pandion. This old story, discredited by Thucydides, ii. 29, is referred to in Arist. "Birds," 368 foll. The Birds are about to charge the two Athenian intruders, when Epops, king of the Birds, formerly Tereus, king of Thrace, but long ago transformed into a hoopoe, intercedes in behalf of two men, {tes emes gunaikos onte suggene kai phuleta}, "who are of my lady's tribe and kin." As a matter of history, the Athenians had in the year B.C. 431 made alliance with Sitalces, king of the Odrysians (the son of Teres, the first founder of their empire), and made his son, Sadocus, an Athenian citizen. Cf. Thuc. ib.; Arist. Acharnians, 141 foll. (4) A cyzicene monthly is to be understood. (5) Bisanthe, one of the Ionic colonies founded by Samos, with the Thracian name Rhaedestus (now Rodosto), strongly placed so as to command the entrance into the Sacred mountain.
(3) Tradition says that the Thracians and Athenians were linked through the marriage of an earlier prince, Tereus (or Teres), with Procne, the daughter of Pandion. This old tale, dismissed by Thucydides, ii. 29, is mentioned in Aristotle's "Birds," 368 and onwards. The Birds are about to attack the two Athenian intruders when Epops, the king of the Birds, who was once Tereus, king of Thrace, but has long been turned into a hoopoe, intervenes on behalf of two men, {tes emes gunaikos onte suggene kai phuleta}, "who are of my lady's tribe and kin." In reality, the Athenians had formed an alliance in 431 B.C. with Sitalces, the king of the Odrysians (the son of Teres, the first founder of their empire) and made his son, Sadocus, an Athenian citizen. Cf. Thuc. ib.; Arist. Acharnians, 141 and onwards. (4) A Cyzicene monthly is to be understood. (5) Bisanthe, one of the Ionic colonies established by Samos, with the Thracian name Rhaedestus (now Rodosto), was strategically positioned to oversee the entrance into the Sacred mountain.
III
After listening to these proposals, they gave and accepted pledges of good faith; and so the deputation rode off. Before day they were back again in camp, and severally rendered a report to those who sent them. At dawn Aristarchus again summoned the generals and officers, but the latter resolved to have done with the visit to Aristarchus, and to summon a meeting of the army. In full conclave the soldiers met, with the exception of Neon's men, who remained about ten furlongs off. When they were met together Xenophon rose, and made the following announcement: "Men, Aristarchus with his ships of war hinders us from sailing where we fain would go; it is not even safe to set foot on board a vessel. But if he hinders us here, he hastens us there. 'Be off to the Chersonese,' says he, 'force a passage through the Sacred mountain.' If we master it and succeed in getting to that place, he has something in store for us. He promises that he will not sell you any more, as he did at Byzantium; you shall not be cheated again; you shall have pay; he will no longer, as now, suffer you to remain in want of provisions. That is his proposal. But Seuthes says that if you will go to him he will treat you well. What you have now to consider is, whether you will stay to debate this question, or leave its settlement till we have gone up into a land of provisions. If you ask me my opinion, it is this: Since here we have neither money to buy, nor leave to take without money what we need, why should we not go up into these villages where the right to help ourselves is conferred by might? There, unhampered by the want of bare necessaries, you can listen to what this man and the other wants of you and choose whichever sounds best. Let those," he added, "who agree to this, hold up their hands." They all held them up. "Retire then," said he, "and get your kit together, and at the word of command, follow your leader."
After hearing the proposals, they made and accepted promises of good faith, and then the delegation rode off. They returned to camp before dawn and reported back to those who sent them. At daybreak, Aristarchus called the generals and officers together again, but the officers decided they were done visiting Aristarchus and called a meeting with the army. The soldiers met in full, except for Neon's men, who stayed about ten furlongs away. Once gathered, Xenophon stood up and said: "Men, Aristarchus and his warships are preventing us from sailing where we want to go; it’s not even safe to board a ship. But if he stops us here, he’s pushing us toward the Chersonese, saying, ‘Get through the Sacred mountain.’ If we can take it and reach that area, he has something planned for us. He promises not to sell you off again, like he did in Byzantium; you won’t be cheated again; you will get paid; he won’t let you go without food as he does now. That’s his proposal. However, Seuthes says he will treat you well if you go to him. What you need to think about now is whether you want to stay and debate this issue, or wait to settle it until we’re in a land with provisions. If you want my opinion, here it is: Since we have no money to buy supplies, nor permission to take what we need without paying, why not go to those villages where we can help ourselves by force? There, free from the struggle for basic needs, you can listen to what each man wants from you and pick the best option. Now, those who agree with this, raise your hands.” They all raised their hands. “Alright then,” he said, “pack up your gear, and at my command, follow your leader.”
After this, Xenophon put himself at the head and the rest followed. Neon, indeed, and other agents from Aristarchus tried to turn them from their purpose, but to their persuasions they turned a deaf ear. They had not advanced much more than three miles, when Seuthes met them; and Xenophon, seeing him, bade him ride up. He wished to tell him what they felt to be conducive to their interests, and in the presence of as many witnesses as possible. As soon as he had approached, Xenophon said: "We are going where the troops will have enough to live upon; when we are there, we will listen to you and to the emissaries of the Laconian, and choose between you both whatever seems best. If then you will lead us where provisions are to be got in plenty, we shall feel indebted to you for your hospitality." And Seuthes answered: "For the matter of that, I know many villages, close-packed and stocked with all kinds of provisions, just far enough off to give you a good appetite for your breakfasts." "Lead on then!" said Xenophon. When they had reached the villages in the afternoon, the soldiers met, and Seuthes made the following speech: "My request to you, sirs, is that you will take the field with me, and my promise to you is that I will give every man of you a cyzicene, and to the officers and generals at the customary rate; besides this I will honour those who show special merit. Food and drink you shall get as now for yourselves from the country; but whatever is captured, I shall claim to have myself, so that by distribution of it I may provide you with pay. Let them flee, let them creep into hiding-places, we shall be able to pursue after them, we will track them out; or if they resist, along with you we will endeavour to subdue them to our hands." Xenophon inquired: "And how far from the sea shall you expect the army to follow you?" "Nowhere more than seven days' journey," he answered, "and in many places less."
After this, Xenophon took the lead and everyone else followed. Neon and some others sent by Aristarchus tried to change their minds, but they ignored their pleas. They had only traveled about three miles when Seuthes approached them; seeing him, Xenophon asked him to come closer. He wanted to explain what they believed was in their best interest, and he wanted as many witnesses as possible. Once Seuthes was near, Xenophon said: "We're heading to a place where the troops will have enough to eat; once we arrive, we’ll listen to you and the representatives from the Laconians and choose what seems best. If you can take us to a place with plenty of provisions, we’ll appreciate your hospitality." Seuthes replied: "Actually, I know many villages packed with all kinds of supplies, just far enough away to work up an appetite for breakfast." "Lead on then!" said Xenophon. When they arrived at the villages in the afternoon, the soldiers gathered, and Seuthes gave the following speech: "I ask you, gentlemen, to join me in the field, and I promise that each of you will receive a cyzicene, and the officers and generals will be paid at the usual rates; in addition, I will reward those who demonstrate exceptional merit. You will continue to get food and drink from the land as you do now, but anything captured will be mine, so I can provide you with pay through its distribution. Let them flee, let them hide—we will be able to chase them down and find them. If they resist, we will work together to defeat them." Xenophon asked: "And how far from the sea do you expect the army to follow you?" "No more than a seven-day journey," he answered, "and in many places it's less."
After this, permission was given for all who wished to speak, and many spoke, but ever to one and the same tune: "What Seuthes said, was very right. It was winter, and for a man to sail home, even if he had the will to do so, was impossible. On the other hand, to continue long in a friendly country, where they must depend upon what they could purchase, was equally beyond their power. If they were to wear away time and support life in a hostile country, it was safer to do so with Seuthes than by themselves, not to speak of all these good things; but if they were going to get pay into the bargain, that indeed was a godsend." To complete the proceedings, Xenophon said: "If any one opposes the measure, let him state his views; if not, let the officer put the proposition to the vote." No one opposed; they put it to the vote, and the resolution was carried; and without loss of time, he informed Seuthes that they would take the field with him.
After this, everyone who wanted to speak was allowed to, and many did, but they all said the same thing: "What Seuthes said was absolutely right. It’s winter, and even if someone wanted to sail home, it’s impossible. On the flip side, staying too long in a friendly country where they depend on what they can buy isn’t an option either. If they had to pass the time and survive in a hostile country, it’s safer to do so with Seuthes than on their own, not to mention all the good things available; and if they could get paid too, that would be a huge bonus." To wrap up the discussion, Xenophon said, "If anyone disagrees with this plan, speak up; if not, let the officer call for a vote." No one opposed it; they called for a vote, and the proposal passed. Without wasting any time, he let Seuthes know that they would join him in the field.
After this the troops messed in their separate divisions, but the generals and officers were invited by Seuthes to dinner at a neighbouring village which was in his possession. When they were at the doors, and on the point of stepping in to dinner, they were met by a certain Heracleides, of Maronea (1). He came up to each guest, addressing himself particularly to those who, as he conjectured, ought to be able to make a present to Seuthes. He addressed himself first to some Parians who were there to arrange a friendship with Medocus, the king of the Odrysians, and were bearers of presents to the king and to his wife. Heracleides reminded them: "Medocus is up country twelve days' journey from the sea; but Seuthes, now that he has got this army, will be lord on the sea-coast; as your neighbour, then, he is the man to do you good or do you ill. If you are wise, you will give him whatever he askes of you. On the whole, it will be laid out at better interest than if you have it to Medocus, who lives so far off." That was his mode of persuasion in their case. Next he came to Timasion the Dardanian, who, some one had told him, was the happy possessor of certain goblets and oriental carpets. What he said to him was: "It is customary when people are invited to dinner by Seuthes for the guests to make him a present; now if he should become a great person in these parts, he will be able to restore you to your native land, or to make you a rich man here." Such were the solicitations which he applied to each man in turn whom he accosted. Presently he came to Xenophon and said: "You are at once a citizen of no mean city, and with Seuthes also your own name is very great. Maybe you expect to obtain a fort or two in this country, just as others of your countrymen have done (2), and territory. It is only right and proper therefore that you should honour Seuthes in the most magnificent style. Be sure, I give this advice out of pure friendliness, for I know that the greater the gift that you are ready to bestow on him, the better the treatment you will receive at his hands." Xenophon, on hearing this, was in a sad dilemma, for he had brought with him, when he crossed from Parium, nothing but one boy and just enough to pay his travelling expenses.
After that, the troops settled into their separate divisions, but Seuthes invited the generals and officers to dinner at a nearby village he controlled. As they reached the entrance and were about to step inside for dinner, they were approached by a man named Heracleides from Maronea. He went up to each guest, particularly addressing those he thought might be able to give a gift to Seuthes. He first spoke to some Parians who were there to establish a friendship with Medocus, the king of the Odrysians, and who were carrying gifts for the king and his wife. Heracleides reminded them, “Medocus is twelve days' journey from the sea; but Seuthes, now that he has this army, will be in charge along the coast. As your neighbor, he can either help or hinder you. If you're smart, you’ll give him whatever he asks for. Overall, it will be a better investment than what you’d hand over to Medocus, who is so far away.” That was how he tried to persuade them. Next, he approached Timasion the Dardanian, who someone had told him owned some fancy goblets and exotic carpets. He told him, “It’s customary for guests invited to dinner by Seuthes to bring a gift; if he becomes a significant player around here, he might help you return to your homeland or make you wealthy here.” Those were the kinds of requests he made to each person he spoke to. Soon he came to Xenophon and said, “You’re a citizen of an important city, and your name carries weight with Seuthes as well. Maybe you think you’ll get a fort or two in this land, like some of your fellow countrymen have, and some territory too. It’s only fair that you honor Seuthes with a splendid gift. I assure you, I’m giving this advice out of genuine goodwill; the more generous you are to him, the better treatment you’ll receive from him.” Hearing this, Xenophon felt troubled because he had come from Parium with only a boy and just enough money for his travel expenses.
(1) A Greek colony in Thrace. Among Asiatico-Ionian colonies were Abdera, founded by Teos, and Maroneia, celebrated for its wine, founded by Chios about 540 B.C.—Kiepert, "Man. Anct. Geog." viii. 182. (2) Notably Alcibiades, who possessed two or three such fortresses.
(1) A Greek colony in Thrace. Among the Asiatico-Ionian colonies were Abdera, founded by Teos, and Maroneia, famous for its wine, founded by Chios around 540 B.C.—Kiepert, "Man. Anct. Geog." viii. 182. (2) Notably Alcibiades, who owned two or three of these fortresses.
As soon as the company, consisting of the most powerful Thracians there present, with the generals and captains of the Hellenes, and any embassy from a state which might be there, had arrived, they were seated in a circle, and the dinner was served. Thereupon three-legged stools were brought in and placed in front of the assembled guests. They were laden with pieces of meat, piled up, and there were huge leavened-loaves fastened on to the pieces of meat with long skewers. The tables, as a rule, were set beside the guests at intervals. That was the custom; and Seuthes set the fashion of the performance. He took up the loaves which lay by his side and broke them into little pieces, and then threw the fragments here to one and there to another as seemed to him good; and so with the meat likewise, leaving for himself the merest taste. Then the rest fell to following the fashion set them, those that is who had tables placed beside them.
As soon as the group, made up of the most powerful Thracians present, along with the generals and captains of the Hellenes, and any diplomats from nearby states, arrived, they sat in a circle, and dinner was served. Then, three-legged stools were brought in and placed in front of the guests. These were loaded with pieces of meat, stacked high, and there were large leavened loaves secured to the meat with long skewers. Typically, the tables were arranged beside the guests at intervals. That was the custom, and Seuthes set the standard for the occasion. He picked up the loaves next to him, broke them into small pieces, and tossed the bits around to the guests as he saw fit; he did the same with the meat, leaving only a small portion for himself. The others followed his lead, especially those who had tables beside them.
Now there was an Arcadian, Arystas by name, a huge eater; he soon got tired of throwing the pieces about, and seized a good three-quarters loaf in his two hands, placed some pieces of meat upon his knees, and proceeded to discuss his dinner. Then beakers of wine were brought round, and every one partook in turn; but when the cupbearer came to Arystas and handed him the bowl, he looked up, and seeing that Xenophon had done eating: "Give it him," quoth he, "he is more at leisure. I have something better to do at present." Seuthes, hearing a remark, asked the cupbearer what was said, and the cupbearer, who knew how to talk Greek, explained. Then followed a peal of laughter.
There was a guy from Arcadia named Arystas, who was a big eater. He quickly got tired of tossing the food around, so he grabbed a large loaf with both hands, set some pieces of meat on his knees, and started enjoying his dinner. Then they brought around some wine, and everyone took a turn pouring it. But when the cupbearer got to Arystas and handed him the bowl, he looked up and saw that Xenophon had finished eating. "Give it to him," he said, "he has more time. I’ve got something better to do right now." Seuthes, hearing this, asked the cupbearer what was said, and the cupbearer, who could speak Greek, explained. This led to a burst of laughter.
When the drinking had advanced somewhat, in came a Thracian with a white horse, who snatched the brimming bowl and said: "Here's a health to thee, O Seuthes! Let me present thee with this horse. Mounted on him, thou shalt capture whom thou choosest to pursue, or retiring from battle, thou shalt not dread the foe." He was followed by one who brought in a boy, and presented him in proper style with "Here's a health to thee, O Seuthes!" A third had "clothes for his wife." Timasion, the Dardanian, pledged Seuthes, and presented a silver bowl (3) and a carpet worth ten minae. Gnesippus, an Athenian, got up and said: "It was a good old custom, and a fine one too, that those who had, should give to the king for honour's sake, but to those who had not, the king should give; whereby, my lord," he added, "I too may one day have the wherewithal to give thee gifts and honour." Xenophon the while was racking his brains what he was to do; he was not the happier because he was seated in the seat next Seuthes as a mark of honour; and Heracleides bade the cupbearer hand him the bowl. The wine had perhaps a little mounted to his head; he rose, and manfully seized the cup, and spoke: "I also, Seuthes, have to present you with myself and these my dear comrades to be your trusty friends, and not one of them against his will. They are more ready, one and all, still more than I, to be your friends. Here they are; they ask nothing from you in return, rather they are forward to labour in your behalf; it will be their pleasure to bear the brunt of battle in voluntary service. With them, God willing, you will gain vast territory; you will recover what was once your forefathers'; you will win for yourself new lands; and not lands only, but horses many, and of men a multitude, and many a fair dame besides. You will not need to seize upon them in robber fashion; it is your friends here who, of their own accord, shall take and bring them to you, they shall lay them at your feet as gifts." Up got Seuthes and drained with him the cup, and with him sprinkled the last drops fraternally (4).
When the drinking had progressed a bit, a Thracian entered with a white horse. He grabbed the full cup and said, "Here’s to you, Seuthes! Let me give you this horse. Once you’re mounted, you can catch whoever you want to pursue, or if you decide to withdraw from battle, you won’t fear your enemies." Following him was another who brought in a boy and presented him properly with "Here’s to you, Seuthes!" A third person had "clothes for his wife." Timasion, from Dardania, pledged to Seuthes and presented a silver bowl and a carpet worth ten minae. Gnesippus, an Athenian, stood up and said, "It was a great old tradition, and a noble one too, that those who had should give to the king for honor’s sake, while the king should give to those who had not; thus, my lord," he added, "maybe one day I will also have the means to give you gifts and honor." Meanwhile, Xenophon was trying to figure out what to do; he didn't feel any happier just because he was sitting next to Seuthes in a place of honor. Heracleides told the cupbearer to give him the bowl. Perhaps the wine had gone to his head a little; he stood up, confidently took the cup, and said: "I also have something to present to you, Seuthes — myself and my dear comrades, who are here to be your loyal friends, and none of them is unwilling. They are all even more eager than I to be your friends. Here they are; they don’t ask for anything in return; rather, they are ready to work for you; they’d be glad to face the dangers of battle in voluntary service. With their help, God willing, you’ll acquire vast territories; you’ll reclaim what belonged to your ancestors; you’ll earn new lands, not just lands but many horses, a multitude of men, and many beautiful women besides. You won’t need to take them by force; it’s your friends here who will willingly gather them and bring them to you, offering them at your feet as gifts." Seuthes stood up and drank from the cup with him, sharing the last drops in a friendly toast.
(3) Or rather "saucer" ({phiale}). (4) For the Thracian custom, vide Suidas, s.v. {kataskedazein}.
(3) Or rather "saucer" ({phiale}). (4) For the Thracian custom, see Suidas, s.v. {kataskedazein}.
At this stage entered musicians blowing upon horns such as they use for signal calls, and trumpeting on trumpets, made of raw oxhide, tunes and airs, like the music of the double-octave harp (5). Seuthes himself got up and shouted, trolling forth a war song; then he sprang from his place and leapt about as though he would guard himself against a missile, in right nimble style. Then came in a set of clowns and jesters.
At this point, musicians came in, playing horns similar to those used for signaling, and blowing trumpets made from raw oxhide, creating tunes reminiscent of the sound of a double-octave harp (5). Seuthes stood up and shouted out a war song; then he jumped up and danced around as if trying to dodge a missile, in a very lively manner. After that, a group of clowns and jesters entered.
(5) Or, "magadis." This is said to have been one of the most perfect instruments. It comprised two full octaves, the left hand playing the same notes as the right an octave lower. Guhl and Koner, p. 203, Engl. transl. See also "Dict. Antiq." "Musica"; and Arist. "Polit." xix. 18, {Dia ti e dia pason sumphonia adetai mone; magasizousi gar tauten, allen de oudemian}, i.e. "since no interval except the octave ({dia pason}) could be 'magidised' (the effect of any other is well known to be intolerable), therefore no other interval was employed at all."
(5) Or, "magadis." This is said to have been one of the most perfect instruments. It had two full octaves, with the left hand playing the same notes as the right an octave lower. Guhl and Koner, p. 203, Engl. transl. See also "Dict. Antiq." "Musica"; and Arist. "Polit." xix. 18, {Dia ti e dia pason sumphonia adetai mone; magasizousi gar tauten, allen de oudemian}, meaning "since no interval except the octave ({dia pason}) could be 'magidised' (the effect of any other is well known to be intolerable), therefore no other interval was used at all."
But when the sun began to set, the Hellenes rose from their seats. It was time, they said, to place the night sentinels and to pass the watchword; further, they begged of Seuthes to issue an order that none of the Thracians were to enter the Hellenic camp at night, "since between your Thracian foes and our Thracian friends there might be some confusion." As they sallied forth, Seuthes rose to accompany them, like the soberest of men. When they were outside, he summoned the generals apart and said: "Sirs, our enemies are not aware as yet of our alliance. If, therefore, we attack them before they take precautions not to be caught, or are prepared to repel assault, we shall make a fine haul of captives and other stock." The generals fully approved of these views, and bade him lead on. He answered: "Prepare and wait; as soon as the right time comes I will be with you. I shall pick up the peltasts and yourselves, and with the help of the gods, I will lead on." "But consider one point," urged Xenophon; "if we are to march by night, is not the Hellenic fashion best? When marching in the daytime that part of the army leads the van which seems best suited to the nature of the country to be traversed—heavy or light infantry, or cavalry; but by night our rule is that the slowest arm should take the lead. Thus we avoid the risk of being pulled to pieces: and it is not so easy for a man to give his neighbour the slip without intending, whereas the scattered fragments of an army are apt to fall foul of one another, and to cause damage or incur it in sheer ignorance." To this Seuthes replied: "You reason well, and I will adopt your custom. I will furnish you with guides chosen from the oldest experts of the country, and I will myself follow with the cavalry in the rear; it will not take me long, if need be, to present myself at the front." Then, for kinship's sake, they chose "Athenaia (6)" as their watchword. With this, they turned and sought repose.
But when the sun started to set, the Greeks got up from their seats. It was time, they said, to set the night sentinels and pass the watchword; additionally, they asked Seuthes to give the order that no Thracians were to enter the Greek camp at night, "because there might be some confusion between your Thracian enemies and our Thracian friends." As they went out, Seuthes stood up to join them, like the most serious of men. Once outside, he called the generals aside and said: "Gentlemen, our enemies don't yet know about our alliance. So, if we attack them before they take steps to protect themselves or get ready to defend against an assault, we'll capture a good number of prisoners and other assets." The generals fully agreed with this plan and told him to lead the way. He replied: "Get ready and wait; as soon as the moment is right, I will be with you. I’ll gather the light infantry and you all, and with the help of the gods, I’ll lead us forward." "But think about one thing," Xenophon urged; "if we're marching at night, isn’t the Greek way better? When marching during the day, the part of the army that is best suited to the terrain—heavy or light infantry, or cavalry—leads the way; but at night, we follow the rule that the slowest unit should take the lead. This way, we avoid the risk of getting torn apart. It’s not so easy for someone to accidentally lose sight of their neighbor, while scattered parts of an army can easily collide with each other, causing damage or harm just out of ignorance." To this, Seuthes replied: "You make a good point, and I’ll adopt your practice. I’ll provide you with guides selected from the most experienced locals, and I'll personally follow with the cavalry at the back; it won't take me long, if needed, to move to the front." Then, out of kinship, they chose "Athenaia (6)" as their watchword. With that, they turned and sought rest.
(6) "Our Lady of Athens."
"Our Lady of Athens."
It was about midnight when Seuthes presented himself with his cavalry troopers armed with corselets, and his light infantry under arms. As soon as he had handed over to them the promised guides, the heavy infantry took the van, followed by the light troops in the centre, while the cavalry brought up the rear. At daybreak Seuthes rode up to the front. He complimented them on their method: so often had he himself, while marching by night with a mere handful of men, been separated with his cavalry from his infantry. "But now," said he, "we find ourselves at dawn of day all happily together, just as we ought to be. Do you wait for me here," he proceeded, "and recruit yourselves. I will take a look round and rejoin you." So saying he took a certain path over hill and rode off. As soon as he had reached deep snow, he looked to see whether there were footprints of human beings leading forward or in the opposite direction; and having satisfied himself that the road was untrodden, back he came, exclaiming: "God willing, sirs, it will be all right; we shall fall on the fellows, before they know where they are. I will lead on with the cavalry; so that if we catch sight of any one, he shall not escape and give warning to the enemy. Do you follow, and if you are left behind, keep to the trail of the horses. Once on the other side of the mountains, we shall find ourselves in numerous thriving villages."
It was around midnight when Seuthes showed up with his cavalry troops, all equipped with armor, and his light infantry ready for action. After handing over the promised guides to them, the heavy infantry led the way, followed by the light troops in the middle, while the cavalry brought up the rear. At daybreak, Seuthes rode up to the front. He praised them for their approach, noting how often he had found himself separated from his infantry while marching at night with just a few men. "But now," he said, "we're all together at dawn, just as we should be. You all stay here and refresh yourselves while I scout around and will rejoin you." With that, he took a path over the hill and rode off. Once he reached deep snow, he checked for any footprints leading ahead or back and confirmed the path was untouched. Returning, he exclaimed, "God willing, gentlemen, this will work out; we’ll catch them before they know what hit them. I'll lead with the cavalry so that if we spot anyone, they won’t be able to escape and warn the enemy. Follow me, and if you get behind, stick to the horse tracks. Once we’re over the mountains, we’ll find many prosperous villages."
By the middle of the day he had already gained the top of the pass and looked down upon the villages below. Back he came riding to the heavy infantry and said: "I will at once send off the cavalry into the plain below, and the peltasts too, to attack the villages. Do you follow with what speed you may, so that in case of resistance you may lend us your aid." Hearing this, Xenophon dismounted, and the other asked: "Why do you dismount just when speed is the thing we want?" The other answered: "But you do not want me alone, I am sure. The hoplites will run all the quicker and more cheerily if I lead them on foot."
By midday, he had reached the top of the pass and looked down at the villages below. He rode back to the heavy infantry and said, "I'll send the cavalry down to the plain right away, along with the peltasts, to attack the villages. You follow as quickly as you can so that if there's any resistance, you can help us." Hearing this, Xenophon got off his horse, and the other asked, "Why are you getting off just when we need to move quickly?" He replied, "But you don’t just need me. The hoplites will run faster and with more energy if I lead them on foot."
Thereupon Seuthes went off, and Timasion with him, taking the Hellene squadron of something like forty troopers. Then Xenophon passed the order: the active young fellows up to thirty years of age from the different companies to the front; and off with these he went himself, bowling along (7); while Cleanor led the other Hellenes. When they had reached the villages, Seuthes, with about thirty troopers, rode up, exclaiming: "Well, Xenophon, this is just what you said! the fellows are caught, but now look here. My cavalry have gone off unsupported; they are scattered in pursuit, one here, one there, and upon my word, I am more than half afraid the enemy will collect somewhere and do them a mischief. Some of us must remain in the villages, for they are swarming with human beings." "Well then," said Xenophon, "I will seize the heights with the men I have with me, and do you bid Cleanor extend his line along the level beside the villages." When they had done so, there were enclosed—of captives for the slave market, one thousand; of cattle, two thousand; and of other small cattle, ten thousand. For the time being they took up quarters there.
Then Seuthes left, and Timasion went with him, taking the Greek squadron of about forty soldiers. Xenophon then ordered the active young men up to thirty years old from the various companies to the front; he set off himself, moving quickly, while Cleanor led the other Greeks. When they reached the villages, Seuthes, with around thirty soldiers, rode up and exclaimed, "Well, Xenophon, this is exactly what you said! The guys are trapped, but listen. My cavalry has gone off alone; they’re scattered, chasing after them, one here and one there, and honestly, I’m really worried the enemy will regroup and harm them. Some of us need to stay in the villages since they’re filled with people." "Alright then," said Xenophon, "I will take the high ground with the men I have, and you should tell Cleanor to extend his line along the flat ground next to the villages." Once they did that, they rounded up—1,000 captives for the slave market, 2,000 cattle, and 10,000 smaller animals. For the time being, they set up camp there.
(7) {etropkhaze}, a favourite word with our author. Herodotus uses it; so does Aristot.; so also Polybius; but the Atticists condemn it, except of course in poetry.
(7) {etropkhaze}, a favorite word of our author. Herodotus uses it; so does Aristotle; so does Polybius; but the Atticists criticize it, except of course in poetry.
IV
But the next day Seuthes burnt the villages to the ground; he left not a single house, being minded to inspire terror in the rest of his enemies, and to show them what they also were to expect, if they refused obedience; and so he went back again. As to the booty, he sent off Heracliedes to Perinthus to dispose of it, with a view to future pay for the soldiers. But for himself he encamped with the Hellenes in the lowland country of the Thynians, the natives leaving the flats and betaking themselves in flight to the uplands.
But the next day, Seuthes burned the villages to the ground; he left not a single house standing, intending to strike fear into the rest of his enemies and to show them what awaited them if they refused to obey. Then he returned again. As for the spoils, he sent Heraclides to Perinthus to sell them, aiming to secure future pay for the soldiers. Meanwhile, he set up camp with the Hellenes in the lowland area of the Thynians, while the locals abandoned the flats and fled to the uplands.
There was deep snow, and cold so intense that the water brought in for dinner and the wine within the jars froze; and many of the Hellenes had their noses and ears frost-bitten. Now they came to understand why the Thracians wear fox-skin caps on their heads and about their ears; and why, on the same principle, they are frocked not only about the chest and bust but so as to cover the loins and thighs as well; and why on horseback they envelop themselves in long shawls which reach down to the feet, instead of the ordinary short rider's cloak. Seuthes sent off some of the prisoners to the hills with a message to say that if they did not come down to their homes, and live quietly and obey him, he would burn down their villages and their corn, and leave them to perish with hunger. Thereupon down they came, women and children and the older men; the younger men preferred to quarter themselves in the villages on the skirts of the hills. On discovering this, Seuthes bade Xenophon take the youngest of the heavy infantry and join him on an expedition. They rose in the night, and by daybreak had reached the villages; but the majority of the inhabitants made good their escape, for the hills were close at hand. Those whom he did catch, Seuthes unsparingly shot down.
There was deep snow and intense cold, so much so that the water brought in for dinner and the wine in the jars froze; and many of the Greeks had their noses and ears frostbitten. They started to understand why the Thracians wear fox-skin caps to protect their heads and ears; and why, on the same logic, they dress not just to cover their chests but also their loins and thighs; and why, when riding, they wrap themselves in long shawls that reach down to their feet instead of the usual short riding cloaks. Seuthes sent some of the prisoners up into the hills with a message saying that if they didn’t come back to their homes, live peacefully, and obey him, he would burn their villages and crops, leaving them to starve. As a result, down came the women, children, and older men; the younger men preferred to stay in the villages at the foot of the hills. When Seuthes realized this, he asked Xenophon to take the youngest of the heavy infantry and join him on an expedition. They set off at night and by dawn had reached the villages, but most of the inhabitants managed to escape since the hills were so close. Those he did catch, Seuthes shot down without mercy.
Now there was a certain Olynthian, named Episthenes; he was a great lover of boys, and seeing a handsome lad, just in the bloom of youth, and carrying a light shield, about to be slain, he ran up to Xenophon and supplicated him to rescue the fair youth. Xenophon went to Seuthes and begged him not to put the boy to death. He explained to him the disposition of Episthenes; how he had once enrolled a company, the only qualification required being that of personal beauty; and with these handsome young men at his side there were none so brave as he. Seuthes put the question, "Would you like to die on his behalf, Episthenes?" whereat the other stretched out his neck, and said, "Strike, if the boy bids you, and will thank his preserver." Seuthes, turning to the boy, asked, "Shall I smite him instead of you?" The boy shook his head, imploring him to slay neither the one nor the other, whereupon Episthenes caught the lad in his arms, exclaiming, "It is time you did battle with me, Seuthes, for my boy; never will I yield him up," and Seuthes laughed: "what must be must," and so consented.
Now there was a guy from Olynthos named Episthenes; he was really into young boys. Seeing a handsome young man, just coming into his youth and carrying a light shield, about to be killed, he ran up to Xenophon and begged him to save the beautiful youth. Xenophon went to Seuthes and pleaded with him not to execute the boy. He explained Episthenes' feelings, mentioning how he had once gathered a group where the only requirement for joining was personal beauty; and with those good-looking young men beside him, there was no one braver than he. Seuthes asked, "Would you be willing to die for him, Episthenes?" To which Episthenes stretched out his neck and said, "Strike, if the boy asks you, and he will thank his rescuer." Seuthes then turned to the boy and asked, "Should I kill him instead of you?" The boy shook his head, urging him not to kill either one of them, at which point Episthenes grabbed the boy in his arms, exclaiming, "It's time you faced me, Seuthes, for my boy; I will never give him up." Seuthes laughed and said, "What has to happen will happen," and agreed.
In these villages he decided that they must bivouac, so that the men on the mountains might be still further deprived of subsistence. Stealthily descending he himself found quarters in the plain; while Xenophon with his picked troops encamped in the highest village on the skirts of the hills,; and the rest of the Hellenes hard by, among the highland Thracians (1), as they are called.
In these villages, he decided they should set up camp so that the men in the mountains would be even more cut off from resources. He quietly moved down to the plain to find a place to stay, while Xenophon and his elite troops set up camp in the highest village on the hills; the other Hellenes were nearby, among the highland Thracians (1), as they are known.
(1) Cf. "Highlanders."
See "Highlanders."
After this, not many days had idly slipt away before the Thracians from the mountains came down and wished to arrange with Seuthes for terms of truce and hostages. Simultaneously came Xenophon and informed Seuthes that they were camped in bad quarters, with the enemy next door; "it would be pleasanter too," he added, "to bivouac in a strong position in the open, than under cover on the edge of destruction." The other bade him take heart and pointed to some of their hostages, as much as to say "Look there!" Parties also from the mountaineers came down and pleaded with Xenophon himself, to help arrange a truce for them. This he agreed to do, bidding them to pluck up heart, and assuring them that they would meet with no mischief, if they yielded obedience to Seuthes. All their parleying, however, was, as it turned out, merely to get a closer inspection of things. This happened in the day, and in the following night the Thynians descended from the hill country and made an attack. In each case, the guide was the master of the house attacked; otherwise it would have taxed their powers to discover the houses in the dark, which, for the sake of their flocks and herds, were palisaded all round with great stockades. As soon as they had reached the doors of any particular house, the attack began, some hurling in their spears, others belabouring with their clubs, which they carried, it was said, for the purpose of knocking off the lance points from the shaft. Others were busy setting the place on fire; and they kept calling Xenophon by name: "Come out, Xenophon, and die like a man, or we will roast you alive inside."
Not long after, the Thracians from the mountains came down and wanted to negotiate a truce and exchange hostages with Seuthes. At the same time, Xenophon arrived to inform Seuthes that they were camped in a bad area, with the enemy nearby; he added, “It would also be nicer to camp in a strong position out in the open rather than hiding on the edge of danger.” Seuthes encouraged him, pointing to some of their hostages, as if to say, “Look at that!” Groups from the mountain people also came down and asked Xenophon himself to help set up a truce for them. He agreed, encouraging them and assuring them that no harm would come their way if they obeyed Seuthes. However, all their talks were just a way to get a closer look at the situation. This happened during the day, and later that night, the Thynians came down from the hills and launched an attack. In each case, the guide was the owner of the house being attacked; otherwise, it would have been hard for them to find the houses in the dark, which were surrounded by tall stockades to protect their livestock. As soon as they reached the doors of any specific house, the attack began, with some throwing their spears and others striking with clubs they carried, supposedly to knock the spear points off. Others were busy setting the place on fire, and they kept shouting for Xenophon: “Come out, Xenophon, and face us like a man, or we’ll roast you alive inside."
By this time too the flames were making their appearance through the roof, and Xenophon and his followers were within, with their coats of mail on, and big shields, swords, and helmets. Then Silanus, a Macistian (2), a youth of some eighteen years, signalled on the trumpet; and in an instant, out they all leapt with their drawn swords, and the inmates of other quarters as well. The Thracians took to their heels, according to their custom, swinging their light shields round their backs. As they leapt over the stockade some were captured, hanging on the top with their shields caught in the palings; others missed the way out, and so were slain; and the Hellenes chased them hotly, till they were outside the village.
By this point, flames were already breaking through the roof, and Xenophon and his followers were inside, wearing their body armor and carrying large shields, swords, and helmets. Then Silanus, a young man from Macistia, who was about eighteen, signaled with a trumpet. In an instant, they all jumped out with their swords drawn, along with the people from other sections. The Thracians ran away as was their habit, swinging their light shields around to their backs. As they leaped over the stockade, some were caught, hanging on top with their shields stuck in the barriers; others took the wrong path and were killed. The Hellenes pursued them fiercely until they were outside the village.
(2) "Of Macistus," a town in the Triphylia near Scillus.
(2) "Of Macistus," a town in Triphylia near Scillus.
A party of Thynians turned back, and as the men ran past in bold relief against a blazing house, they let fly a volley of javelins, out of the darkness into the glare, and wounded two captains, Hieronymus, an Euodean (3), and Theogenes, a Locrian. No one was killed, only the clothes and baggage of some of the men were consumed in the flames. Presently up came Seuthes to the rescue with seven troopers, the first to hand, and his Thracian trumpeteer by his side. Seeing that something had happened, he hastened to the rescue, and ever the while his bugler wound his horn, which music added terror to the foe. Arrived at length, he greeted them with outstretched hand, exclaiming, "I thought to find you all dead men."
A group of Thynians pulled back, and as the men dashed past, silhouetted against a burning house, they launched a barrage of javelins from the darkness into the bright light, injuring two leaders, Hieronymus, an Euodean, and Theogenes, a Locrian. No one was killed, but some of the soldiers’ clothes and gear were lost to the flames. Soon, Seuthes arrived with seven soldiers, along with his Thracian bugler beside him. Noticing something was wrong, he rushed to the rescue while his bugler played, which added to the fear for the enemy. Once he arrived, he reached out his hand in greeting, saying, "I thought I would find you all dead."
(3) If this is the same man as Hieronymus of Elis, who has been mentioned two or three times already, possibly the word {Euodea} points to some town or district of Elis; or perhaps the text is corrupt.
(3) If this is the same man as Hieronymus of Elis, who has been mentioned a couple of times already, it’s possible that the word {Euodea} refers to some town or area in Elis; or maybe the text is just messed up.
After that, Xenophon begged him to hand over the hostages to himself, and if so disposed, to join him on an expedition to the hills, or if not, to let him go alone. Accordingly the next day Seuthes delivered up the hostages. They were men already advanced in years, but the pick of the mountaineers, as they themselves gave out. Not merely did Seuthes do this, but he came himself, with his force at his back (and by this time he had treble his former force, for many of the Odrysians, hearing of his proceedings, came down to join in the campaign); and the Thynians, espying from the mountains the vast array of heavy infantry and light infantry and cavalry, rank upon rank, came down and supplicated him to make terms. "They were ready," they professed, "to do all that he demanded; let him take pledges of their good faith." So Seuthes summoned Xenophon and explained their proposals, adding that he should make no terms with them, if Xenophon wished to punish them for their night attack. The latter replied: "For my part, I should think their punishment is great enough already, if they are to be slaves instead of free men; still," he added, "I advise you for the future to take as hostages those who are most capable of doing mischief, and to let the old men abide in peace at home." So to a man they gave in their adhesion in that quarter of the country.
After that, Xenophon asked him to hand over the hostages to him, and if he was willing, to join him on a mission to the hills, or if not, to let him go by himself. The next day, Seuthes delivered the hostages. They were older men, but they claimed to be the best of the mountaineers. Not only did Seuthes do this, but he also came himself with his troops behind him (by this time, his forces had tripled, as many of the Odrysians, hearing about what he was doing, came down to join the campaign); and the Thynians, seeing from the mountains the huge number of heavy infantry, light infantry, and cavalry lined up, came down and pleaded with him to make an agreement. "They were ready," they claimed, "to do everything he asked; let him take guarantees of their good faith." So Seuthes called Xenophon and explained their proposals, adding that he should not make any agreements with them if Xenophon wanted to punish them for their nighttime attack. Xenophon replied, "I think their punishment is already severe enough if they are to be slaves instead of free men; still," he added, "I suggest that in the future you take as hostages those who are most capable of causing trouble, and let the old men stay peacefully at home." So, everyone in that part of the country agreed to this.
V
Crossing over in the direction of the Thracians above Byzantium, they reached the Delta, as it is called. Here they were no longer in the territory of the Maesades, but in the country of Teres the Odrysian (an ancient worthy (1)). Here Heracleides met them with the proceeds of the spoil, and Seuthes picked out three pairs of mules (there were only three, the other teams being oxen); then he summoned Xenophon and bade him take them, and divide the rest between the generals and officers, to which Xenophon replied that for himself, he was content to receive his share another time, but added: "Make a present of these to my friends here, the generals who have served with me, and to the officers." So of the pairs of mules Timasion the Dardanian received one, Cleanor the Orchomenian one, and Phryniscus the Achaean one. The teams of oxen were divided among the officers. Then Seuthes proceeded to remit pay due for the month already passed, but all he could give was the equivalent of twenty days. Heracleides insisted that this was all he had got by his trafficking. Whereupon Xenophon with some warmth exclaimed: "Upon my word, Heracleides, I do not think you care for Seuthes' interest as you should. If you did, you have been at pains to bring back the full amount of the pay, even if you had had to raise a loan to do so, and, if by no other means, by selling the coat off your own back." (1) See above re previous Teres. The words "an ancient worthy" may possibly be an editor's or commentator's note.
Crossing over towards the Thracians above Byzantium, they reached the Delta, as it’s called. Here, they were no longer in the land of the Maesades, but in the territory of Teres the Odrysian. Here, Heracleides met them with the spoils, and Seuthes picked out three pairs of mules (there were only three, the other teams being oxen); then he called for Xenophon and told him to take them and divide the rest between the generals and officers. Xenophon replied that he was fine with taking his share another time but added, “Please give these to my friends here, the generals who have served with me, and to the officers.” So, Timasion the Dardanian received one pair, Cleanor the Orchomenian received one, and Phryniscus the Achaean got one. The teams of oxen were divided among the officers. Then Seuthes went on to pay the due wages for the month that had passed, but all he could give was the equivalent of twenty days. Heracleides insisted that this was all he had gotten from his trading. Thereupon, Xenophon exclaimed a bit heatedly, “Honestly, Heracleides, I don’t think you care for Seuthes’ interests as you should. If you did, you would have made an effort to bring back the full amount of the pay, even if you had to borrow money to do so, or, if no other way, by selling the coat off your own back.” (1) See above re previous Teres. The words "an ancient worthy" may possibly be an editor's or commentator's note.
What he said annoyed Heracleides, who was afraid of being ousted from the friendship of Seuthes, and from that day forward he did his best to calumniate Xenophon before Seuthes. The soldiers, on their side, laid the blame of course on Xenophon: "Where was their pay?" and Seuthes was vexed with him for persistently demanding it for them. Up to this date he had frequently referred to what he would do when he got to the seaboard again; how he intended to hand over to him Bisanthe, Ganos, and Neontichos (2). But from this time forward he never mentioned one of them again. The slanderous tongue of Heracleides had whispered him:—it was not safe to hand over fortified towns to a man with a force at his back.
What he said annoyed Heracleides, who was worried about losing Seuthes's friendship, so from that day on, he tried his best to slander Xenophon in front of Seuthes. The soldiers, of course, blamed Xenophon: "Where's our pay?" and Seuthes was frustrated with him for continually asking for it on their behalf. Until that point, he had often talked about what he would do once he got to the coast; how he planned to hand over Bisanthe, Ganos, and Neontichos to him. But from then on, he never mentioned any of them again. Heracleides's gossip had suggested to him that it wasn't safe to hand over fortified towns to someone with a military force behind him.
(2) For Bisanthe see above. Ganos, a little lower down the coast, with Neontichos once belonged to Alcibiades, if we may believe Cornelius Nepos, "Alc." vii. 4, and Plutarch, "Alc." c. 36. See above.
(2) For Bisanthe, see above. Ganos, a bit further down the coast, along with Neontichos, once belonged to Alcibiades, if we can trust Cornelius Nepos, "Alc." vii. 4, and Plutarch, "Alc." c. 36. See above.
Consequently Xenophon fell to considering what he ought to do as regards marching any further up the country; and Heracleides introduced the other generals to Seuthes, urging them to say that they were quite as well able to lead the army as Xenophon, and promising them that within a day or two they should have full pay for two months, and he again implored them to continue the campaign with Seuthes. To which Timasion replied that for his part he would continue no campaign without Xenophon; not even if they were to give him pay for five months; and what Timasion said, Phryniscus and Cleanor repeated; the views of all three coincided.
As a result, Xenophon began to think about what he should do regarding marching any further into the country. Heracleides introduced the other generals to Seuthes, encouraging them to claim they could lead the army just as well as Xenophon could, and promised that within a day or two they would receive full pay for two months. He again urged them to continue the campaign with Seuthes. In response, Timasion stated that he wouldn't participate in any campaign without Xenophon, not even if they offered him five months' pay. Phryniscus and Cleanor echoed Timasion’s sentiment; all three of them shared the same opinion.
Seuthes fell to upbraiding Heracleides in round terms. "Why had he not invited Xenophon with the others?" and presently they invited him, but by himself alone. He, perceiving the knavery of Heracleides, and that his object was to calumniate him with the other generals, presented himself; but at the same time he took care to bring all the generals and the officers. After their joint consent had been secured, they continued the campaign. Keeping the Pontus on their right, they passed through the millet-eating (3) Thracians, as they are called, and reached Salmydessus. This is a point at which many trading vessels bound for the Black Sea run aground and are wrecked, owing to a sort of marshy ledge or sandbank which runs out for a considerable distance into the sea (4). The Thracians, who dwell in these parts, have set up pillars as boundary marks, and each set of them has the pillage of its own flotsom and jetsom; for in old days, before they set up these landmarks, the wreckers, it is said, used freely to fall foul of and slay one another. Here was a rich treasure trove, of beds and boxes numberless, with a mass of written books, and all the various things which mariners carry in their wooden chests. Having reduced this district, they turned round and went back again. By this time the army of Seuthes had grown to be considerably larger than the Hellenic army; for on the one hand, the Odrysians flocked down in still larger numbers, and on the other, the tribes which gave in their adhesion from time to time were amalgamated with his armament. They got into quarters on the flat country above Selybria at about three miles (5) distance from the sea. As to pay, not a penny was as yet forthcoming, and the soldiers were cruelly disaffected to Xenophon, whilst Seuthes, on his side, was no longer so friendlily disposed. If Xenophon ever wished to come face to face with him, want of leisure or some other difficulty always seemed to present itself.
Seuthes started criticizing Heracleides directly. "Why didn't you invite Xenophon like the others?" They ended up inviting him, but only him. He realized that Heracleides was trying to use this to turn the other generals against him, so he decided to show up, but made sure to bring all the generals and officers along. Once he had everyone’s approval, they went on with the campaign. Keeping the Black Sea on their right, they moved through the millet-eating Thracians and reached Salmydessus. This area is known for many trading ships heading to the Black Sea running aground and getting wrecked due to a marshy ledge or sandbank extending far into the sea. The local Thracians have set up pillars as boundary markers, and each group claims the treasures of their own salvage; it’s said that in the past, before these markers were established, wreckers would often fight and kill each other over the spoils. Here, they found a treasure trove filled with countless beds and boxes, a ton of written books, and all the various items that sailors keep in their wooden chests. After taking control of this area, they turned back. By this point, Seuthes's army had grown significantly larger than the Greek army; more Odrysians kept joining, and other tribes that allied with him had merged into his forces. They settled in the flat lands above Selybria, about three miles from the sea. As for pay, there was still nothing to be had, and the soldiers were deeply unhappy with Xenophon, while Seuthes was no longer as friendly as before. Whenever Xenophon tried to meet with him, it seemed that a lack of time or some other issue always got in the way.
(3) Or, "the Melinophagi." (4) See, for a description of this savage coast, Aesch. "Prom." vinc. 726, etc.—
(3) Or, "the Melinophagi." (4) For a description of this wild coast, see Aesch. "Prom." vinc. 726, etc.—
"{trakheia pontou Salmudesia gnathos ekhthroxenos nautaisi, metruia neon.}"
"{trakheia pontou Salmudesia gnathos ekhthroxenos nautaisi, metruia neon.}"
"The rugged Salmudesian jaw of the Black Sea, Inhospitable to sailors, stepmother of ships."
"The harsh Salmudesian coast of the Black Sea, unwelcoming to sailors, a stepmother to ships."
But the poet is at fault in his geography, since he connects "the Salmydesian jaw" with the Thermodon.
But the poet is mistaken in his geography, as he links "the Salmydesian jaw" to the Thermodon.
(5) Lit. "thirty stades." Selybria is about fourty-four miles from Byzantium, two-thirds of the way to Perinthus.
(5) Lit. "thirty stades." Selybria is about forty-four miles from Byzantium, two-thirds of the way to Perinthus.
VI
At this date, when nearly two months had already passed, an embassy arrived. These were two agents from Thibron—Charminus, a Lacedaemonian, and Polynicus. They were sent to say that the Lacedaemonians had resolved to open a campaign against Tissaphernes, and that Thibron, who had set sail to conduct the war, was anxious to avail himself of the troops. He could guarantee that each soldier should receive a daric a month as pay, the officers double pay, and the generals quadruple. The Lacedaemonian emissaries had no sooner arrived than Heracleides, having learnt that they had come in search of the Hellenic troops, goes off himself to Seuthes and says: "The best thing that could have happened; the Lacedaemonians want these troops and you have done with them, so that if you hand over the troops to them, you will do the Lacedaemonians a good turn and will cease to be bothered for pay any more. The country will be quit of them once and for ever."
At this time, nearly two months had passed when an embassy arrived. It consisted of two agents from Thibron—Charminus, a Spartan, and Polynicus. They were sent to announce that the Spartans had decided to launch a campaign against Tissaphernes, and that Thibron, who had set sail to lead the war, was eager to use the troops. He promised that each soldier would receive a daric per month as pay, officers would get double pay, and generals would receive quadruple. As soon as the Spartan emissaries arrived, Heracleides, having learned they were there for the Greek troops, went to Seuthes and said: "This is the best news; the Spartans want these troops and you’re done with them, so if you hand the troops over to them, you’ll be doing the Spartans a favor and won’t have to worry about pay anymore. The country will be rid of them for good."
On hearing this Seuthes bade him introduce the emissaries. As soon as they had stated that the object of their coming was to treat for the Hellenic troops, he replied that he would willingly give them up, that his one desire was to be the friend and ally of Lacedaemon. So he invited them to partake of hospitality, and entertained them magnificently; but he did not invite Xenophon, nor indeed any of the other generals. Presently the Lacedaemonians asked: "What sort of man is Xenophon?" and Seuthes answered: "Not a bad fellow in most respects; but he is too much the soldiers' friend; and that is why it goes ill with him." They asked: "Does he play the popular leader?" and Heracleides answered: "Exactly so." "Well then," said they, "he will oppose our taking away the troops, will he not?" "To be sure he will," said Heracleides; "but you have only to call a meeting of the whole body, and promise them pay, and little further heed will they pay to him; they will run off with you." "How then are we to get them collected?" they asked. "Early to-morrow," said Heracleides, "we will bring you to them; and I know," he added once more, "as soon as they set eyes on you, they will flock to you with alacrity." Thus the day ended.
Upon hearing this, Seuthes asked him to bring in the emissaries. As soon as they explained that their purpose was to discuss the Hellenic troops, he replied that he would gladly release them, as his only wish was to be a friend and ally of Lacedaemon. He invited them to enjoy his hospitality and treated them lavishly; however, he did not invite Xenophon or any of the other generals. Soon, the Lacedaemonians asked, "What kind of person is Xenophon?" Seuthes answered, "He's not a bad guy overall, but he’s too much of a friend to the soldiers, and that’s why he’s struggling." They inquired, "Does he act like a popular leader?" and Heracleides replied, "Exactly." "Well then," they said, "he will oppose our plan to take the troops away, won’t he?" "Definitely," said Heracleides; "but all you need to do is call a meeting of the entire group and promise them pay, and they won’t pay much attention to him; they’ll come with you." "How are we supposed to gather them?" they asked. "Tomorrow morning," said Heracleides, "we will take you to them; and I know," he added again, "as soon as they see you, they will flock to you eagerly." Thus, the day came to an end.
The next day Seuthes and Heracleides brought the two Laconian agents to the army, and the troops were collected, and the agents made a statement as follows: "The Lacedaemonians have resolved on war with Tissaphernes, who did you so much wrong. By going with us therefore you will punish your enemy, and each of you will get a daric a month, the officers twice that sum, and the generals quadruple." The soldiers lent willing ears, and up jumped one of the Arcadians at once, to find fault with Xenophon. Seuthes also was hard by, wishing to know what was going to happen. He stood within ear shot, and his interpreter by his side; not but what he could understand most of what was said in Greek himself. At this point the Arcadian spoke: "For the matter of that, Lacedaemonians, we should have been by your sides long ago, if Xenophon had not persuaded us and brought us hither. We have never ceased campaigning, night and day, the dismal winter through, but he reaps the fruit of our toils. Seuthes has enriched him privately, but deprives us of our honest earnings; so that, standing here as I do to address you first, all I can say is, that if I might see the fellow stoned to death as a penalty for all the long dance he has led us, I should feel I had got my pay in full, and no longer grudge the pains we have undergone." The speaker was followed by another and then another in the same strain; and after that Xenophon made the following speech:—
The next day, Seuthes and Heracleides brought the two Laconian agents to the army, and the soldiers gathered around. The agents announced, "The Lacedaemonians have chosen to go to war with Tissaphernes, who has wronged you. By joining us, you will get back at your enemy, and each of you will earn a daric a month, the officers will get twice that, and the generals will earn four times that amount." The soldiers listened eagerly, and one of the Arcadians quickly stood up to criticize Xenophon. Seuthes was nearby, wanting to know what was happening. He stood close enough to hear, with his interpreter beside him; he could understand most of the Greek spoken. At that point, the Arcadian said, "Honestly, Lacedaemonians, we would have been by your side a long time ago if Xenophon hadn’t convinced us to come here. We’ve been in the field nonstop, day and night, through this miserable winter, while he has benefited from our hard work. Seuthes has enriched him personally but keeps us from our fair earnings; so, as I stand here speaking to you first, all I can say is that if I could see that guy stoned to death for the endless nonsense he’s put us through, I would feel fully compensated and wouldn’t complain about the hardships we’ve faced." The speaker was followed by another, and then another, expressing similar sentiments; and after that, Xenophon delivered the following speech:—
"True is the old adage; there is nothing which mortal man may not expect to see. Here am I being accused by you to-day, just where my conscience tells me that I have displayed the greatest zeal on your behalf. Was I not actually on my road home when I turned back? Not, God knows, because I learned that you were in luck's way, but because I heard that you were in sore straits, and I wished to help you, if in any way I could. I returned, and Seuthes yonder sent me messenger after messenger, and made me promise upon promise, if only I could persuade you to come to him. Yet, as you yourselves will bear me witness, I was not to be diverted. Instead of setting my hand to do that, I simply led you to a point from which, with least loss of time, I thought you could cross into Asia. This I believed was the best thing for you, and you I knew desired it.
"True is the old saying; there’s nothing that a mortal man shouldn’t expect to see. Here I am being accused by you today, right where my conscience tells me I’ve shown the most dedication to you. Wasn't I actually on my way home when I turned back? Not, as God knows, because I found out you were in good fortune, but because I heard you were in serious trouble, and I wanted to help in any way I could. I came back, and Seuthes over there sent me messenger after messenger and made me promise all sorts of things, just to persuade you to see him. Yet, as you all can confirm, I wouldn’t be swayed. Instead of getting involved with that, I simply guided you to a place where, with the least delay, I thought you could cross into Asia. I believed that was the best thing for you, and I knew that’s what you wanted."
"But when Aristarchus came with his ships of war and hindered our passage across, you will hardly quarrel with me for the step I then took in calling you together that we might advisedly consider our best course. Having heard both sides—first Aristarchus, who ordered you to march to the Chersonese, then Seuthes, who pleaded with you to undertake a campaign with himself—you all proposed to go with Seuthes; and you all gave your votes to that effect. What wrong did I commit in bringing you, whither you were eager to go? If, indeed, since the time when Seuthes began to tell lies and cheat us about the pay, I have supported him in this, you may justly find fault with me and hate me. But if I, who at first was most of all his friend, to-day am more than any one else at variance with him, how can I, who have chosen you and rejected Seuthes, in fairness be blamed by you for the very thing which has been the ground of quarrel between him and me? But you will tell me, perhaps, that I get from Seuthes what is by right yours, and that I deal subtly by you? But is it not clear that, if Seuthes has paid me anything, he has at any rate not done so with the intention of losing by what he gives me, whilst he is still your debtor? If he gave to me, he gave in order that, by a small gift to me, he might escape a larger payment to yourselves. But if that is what you really think has happened, you can render this whole scheme of ours null and void in an instant by exacting from him the money which is your due. It is clear, Seuthes will demand back from me whatever I have got from him, and he will have all the more right to do so, if I have failed to secure for him what he bargained for when I took his gifts. But indeed, I am far removed from enjoying what is yours, and I swear to you by all the gods and goddesses that I have not taken even what Seuthes promised me in private. He is present himself and listening, and he is aware in his own heart whether I swear falsely. And what will surprise you the more, I can swear besides, that I have not received even what the other generals have received, no, nor yet what some of the officers have received. But how so? why have I managed my affairs no better? I thought, sirs, the more I helped him to bear his poverty at the time, the more I should make him my friend in the day of his power. Whereas, it is just when I see the star of his good fortune rising, that I have come to divine the secret of his character.
"But when Aristarchus came with his warships and blocked our way, you can't really blame me for calling you together to discuss our best options. After hearing both sides—first Aristarchus, who told you to march to the Chersonese, and then Seuthes, who urged you to campaign with him—you all decided to go with Seuthes and voted accordingly. What wrong did I do by bringing you where you wanted to go? If, since Seuthes started lying and cheating us about the pay, I have continued to support him, then you can rightly find fault with me and hate me. But if I, who was originally one of his biggest supporters, am now more opposed to him than anyone else, how can I be blamed by you for the very thing that has caused a rift between us? You might say that I'm getting what rightfully belongs to you from Seuthes and that I'm being deceitful. But isn’t it obvious that if Seuthes has given me anything, he didn't do it intending to lose money while remaining in debt to you? If he gave to me, it was to make a small payment to me to avoid a larger debt to you. If that's what you really believe, you can instantly nullify our whole plan by demanding the money he owes you. Clearly, Seuthes will want back whatever he has given me, and he'll have even more reason to do so if I haven't secured what he expected when I accepted his gifts. But I can assure you, I am far from enjoying what belongs to you, and I swear to you by all the gods and goddesses that I haven't taken even what Seuthes promised me privately. He is here, listening, and he knows in his own heart whether I'm lying. And what might surprise you even more, I can also swear that I haven't received even what the other generals have gotten, nor what some of the officers have received. But why is that? Why haven't I managed my affairs better? I thought, gentlemen, that the more I helped him through his tough times, the more he would become my ally when he was successful. Instead, just when I see his fortunes rising, I've started to understand the true nature of his character."
"Some one may say, are you not ashamed to be so taken in like a fool? Yes, I should be ashamed, if it had been an open enemy who had so deceived me. But, to my mind, when friend cheats friend, a deeper stain attaches to the perpetrator than to the victim of deceit. Whatever precaution a man may take against his friend, that we took in full. We certainly gave him no pretext for refusing to pay us what he promised. We were perfectly upright in our dealings with him. We did not dawdle over his affairs, nor did we shrink from any work to which he challenged us.
"Some might ask, aren't you embarrassed to be fooled like this? Yes, I would be embarrassed if it had been an open enemy who deceived me. But for me, when a friend betrays another friend, the one who did the deceiving carries a heavier burden than the person who was deceived. No matter what precautions a person takes with their friend, we did everything we could. We certainly gave him no reason to refuse to pay what he promised. We were completely honest in our dealings with him. We didn’t drag our feet over his matters, nor did we shy away from any work he asked us to do."
"But you will say, I ought to have taken security of him at the time, so that had he fostered the wish, he might have lacked the ability to deceive. To meet that retort, I must beg you to listen to certain things, which I should never have said in his presence, except for your utter want of feeling towards me, or your extraordinary ingratitude. Try and recall the posture of your affairs, when I extricated you and brought you to Seuthes. Do you not recollect how at Perinthus Aristarchus shut the gates in your faces each time you offered to approach the town, and how you were driven to camp outside under the canopy of heaven? It was midwinter; you were thrown upon the resources of a market wherein few were the articles offered for sale, and scanty the wherewithal to purchase them. Yet stay in Thrace you must, for there were ships of war riding at anchor in the bay, ready to hinder your passage across; and what did that stay imply? It meant being in a hostile country, confronted by countless cavalry, legions of light infantry. And what had we? A heavy infantry force certainly, with which we could have dashed at villages in a body possibly, and seized a modicum of food at most; but as to pursuing the enemy with such a force as ours, or capturing men or cattle, the thing was out of the question; for when I rejoined you your original cavalry and light infantry divisions had disappeared. In such sore straits you lay!
"But you might argue that I should have secured him back then, so that if he had harbored any ill intentions, he wouldn't have been able to deceive us. In response to that, I need you to hear some things I would never have said in his presence, except for your complete lack of empathy toward me, or your incredible ingratitude. Try to remember the state of your affairs when I rescued you and brought you to Seuthes. Do you not recall how at Perinthus Aristarchus locked the gates every time you tried to enter the city, forcing you to camp outside under the open sky? It was midwinter; you were relying on a market with very few goods available and hardly any money to buy them. Yet you had to stay in Thrace, with warships anchored in the bay ready to block your crossing. What did that stay mean? It meant being in a hostile land, surrounded by countless cavalry and legions of light infantry. And what did we have? Sure, we had a heavy infantry force that could have attacked villages and seized a little food, at best; but pursuing the enemy with a force like ours or capturing men and livestock was impossible because when I rejoined you, your original cavalry and light infantry divisions had vanished. You were in such dire straits!"
"Supposing that, without making any demands for pay whatever, I had merely won for you the alliance of Seuthes—whose cavalry and light infantry were just what you needed—would you not have thought that I had planned very well for you? I presume, it was through your partnership with him and his that you were able to find such complete stores of corn in the villages, when the Thracians were driven to take to their heels in such hot haste, and you had so large a share of captives and cattle. Why! from the day on which his cavalry force was attached to us, we never set eyes on a single foeman in the field, though up to that date the enemy with his cavalry and his light infantry used undauntedly to hang on our heels, and effectually prevented us from scattering in small bodies and reaping a rich harvest of provisions. But if he who partly gave you this security has failed to pay in full the wages due to you therefrom, is not that a terrible misfortune? So monstrous indeed that you think I ought not to go forth alive (1).
"Imagine if I had won you the alliance of Seuthes—whose cavalry and light infantry were exactly what you needed—without asking for any payment at all. Wouldn’t you consider that a smart plan on my part? I assume it was thanks to your partnership with him and his forces that you were able to find such ample supplies of corn in the villages when the Thracians fled in a panic, and you ended up with so many captives and livestock. From the day his cavalry joined us, we never saw a single enemy on the battlefield, even though before that the enemy, with their cavalry and light infantry, relentlessly pursued us and effectively stopped us from spreading out and gathering a lot of supplies. But if the person who helped provide you with this security hasn’t fully paid you what you’re owed, isn’t that a terrible misfortune? So awful, in fact, that you believe I should not survive this."
(1) I.e. the fate of a scape-goat is too good for me.
(1) In other words, the fate of a scapegoat is too good for me.
"But let me ask you, in what condition do you turn your backs on this land to-day? Have you not wintered here in the lap of plenty? Whatever you have got from Seuthes has been surplus gain. Your enemies have had to meet the bill of your expenses, whilst you led a merry round of existence, in which you have not once set eyes on the dead body of a comrade or lost one living man. Again, if you have achieved any, (or rather many) noble deeds against the Asiatic barbarian, you have them safe. And in addition to these to-day you have won for yourselves a second glory. You undertook a campaign against the European Thracians, and have mastered them. What I say then is, that these very matters which you make a ground of quarrel against myself, are rather blessings for which you ought to show gratitude to heaven.
"But let me ask you, what condition are you leaving this land in today? Haven’t you spent the winter here surrounded by abundance? Everything you got from Seuthes has been extra gain. Your enemies have footed the bill for your expenses, while you enjoyed a carefree life, without once seeing a comrade’s dead body or losing a single man. And if you’ve accomplished any, or even many, noble deeds against the Asian barbarians, you still have those achievements. Plus, today you’ve won a second honor for yourselves. You took on a campaign against the European Thracians and defeated them. So what I’m saying is, the very things you’re using as reasons to quarrel with me are actually blessings for which you should be thanking the heavens."
"Thus far I have confined myself to your side of the matter. Bear with me, I beg you, while we examine mine. When I first essayed to part with you and journey homewards, I was doubly blest. From your lips I had won some praise, and, thanks to you, I had obtained glory from the rest of Hellas. I was trusted by the Lacedaemonians; else would they not have sent me back to you. Whereas to-day I turn to go, calumniated before the Lacedaemonians by yourselves, detested in your behalf by Seuthes, whom I meant so to benefit, by help of you, that I should find in him a refuge for myself and for my children, if children I might have, in after time. And you the while, for whose sake I have incurred so much hate, the hate of people far superior to me in strength, you, for whom I have not yet ceased to devise all the good I can, entertain such sentiments about me. Why? I am no renegade or runaway slave, you have got hold of. If you carry out what you say, be sure you will have done to death a man who has passed many a vigil in watching over you; who has shared with you many a toil and run many a risk in turn and out of turn; who, thanks to the gracious gods! has by your side set up full many a trophy over the barbarian; who, lastly, has strained every nerve in his body to protect you against yourselves. And so it is, that to-day you can move freely, where you choose, by sea or by land, and no one can say you nay; and you, on whom this large liberty dawns, who are sailing to a long desired goal, who are sought after by the greatest of military powers, who have pay in prospect, and for leaders these Lacedaemonians, our acknowledged chiefs: now is the appointed time, you think, to put me to a speedy death. But in the days of our difficulties it was very different, O ye men of marvellous memory! No! in those days you called me 'father!' and you promised you would bear me ever in mind, 'your benefactor.' Not so, however, not so ungracious are those who have come to you to-day; nor, if I mistake not, have you bettered yourselves in their eyes by your treatment of me."
So far, I’ve focused on your side of things. Please, bear with me while we look at my perspective. When I first tried to leave you and head home, I felt incredibly fortunate. I had received some praise from you, and thanks to you, I had earned respect from the rest of Greece. The Spartans trusted me; otherwise, they wouldn't have sent me back to you. But now, as I leave, I find myself slandered by you in front of the Spartans, despised on your behalf by Seuthes, whom I intended to assist so that I could find a safe haven for myself and my future children, if I were to have any. And you, for whom I have faced so much hatred, the hatred of those much stronger than me, you, for whom I constantly seek ways to do good, feel this way about me. Why? I am not a traitor or a runaway slave that you’ve caught. If you follow through on what you say, you will have killed a man who has watched over you through many sleepless nights; who has shared countless hardships and faced many dangers for you; who, thanks to the gracious gods, has set up many trophies beside you against our enemies; and who has done everything he could to protect you from yourselves. Because of this, you can now move freely wherever you want, by sea or land, and no one can stop you; and you, who have this newfound freedom, sailing toward a long-awaited goal, being sought after by major military powers, with pay in sight and the Spartans as your recognized leaders: now is when you believe it's the right moment to hasten my death. But back in our tough times, it was completely different, oh, you men with excellent memories! No! Back then, you called me ‘father!’ and promised to always remember me, ‘your benefactor.’ Not at all, however, are the people who have come to you today so gracious; nor, if I’m not mistaken, have you improved your standing in their eyes with how you’ve treated me.
With these words he paused, and Charminus the Lacedaemonian got up and said: "Nay, by the Twins, you are wrong, surely, in your anger against this man; I myself can bear testimony in his favour. When Polynicus and I asked Seuthes, what sort of a man he was? Seuthes answered:—he had but one fault to find with him, that he was too much the soldiers' friend, which also was the cause why things went wrong with him, whether as regards us Lacedaemonians or himself, Seuthes."
With these words, he paused, and Charminus the Spartan stood up and said: "No way, you're definitely wrong to be angry at this guy; I can vouch for him. When Polynicus and I asked Seuthes what kind of person he was, Seuthes replied that he only had one issue with him—he was too friendly with the soldiers. That, in fact, was why things went wrong for him, whether it concerned us Spartans or himself, Seuthes."
Upon that Eurylochus of Lusia, an Arcadian, got up and said (addressing the two Lacedaemonians), "Yes, sirs; and what strikes me is that you cannot begin your generalship of us better than by exacting from Seuthes our pay. Whether he like it or no, let him pay in full; and do not take us away before."
Upon that, Eurylochus of Lusia, an Arcadian, stood up and said (addressing the two Lacedaemonians), "Yes, gentlemen; what I find surprising is that you can't start leading us any better than by demanding our payment from Seuthes. Whether he likes it or not, he should pay us in full; and don't take us away before that."
Polycrates the Athenian, who was put forward by Xenophon, said: "If my eyes do not deceive me, sirs, there stands Heracleides, yonder, the man who received the property won by our toil, who took and sold it, and never gave back either to Seuthes or to us the proceeds of the sale, but kept the money to himself, like the thief he is. If we are wise, we will lay hold of him, for he is no Thracian, but a Hellene; and against Hellenes is the wrong he has committed."
Polycrates the Athenian, who was suggested by Xenophon, said: "If I'm not mistaken, gentlemen, over there stands Heracleides, the guy who took the property we earned through our hard work, sold it, and never returned a single penny to Seuthes or us. He kept the money for himself, just like a thief. If we're smart, we should grab him, because he isn't a Thracian; he's a Greek, and his actions have wronged fellow Greeks."
When Heracleides heard these words, he was in great consternation; so he came to Seuthes and said: "If we are wise we will get away from here out of reach of these fellows." So they mounted their horses and were gone in a trice, galloping to their own camp. Subsequently Seuthes sent Abrozelmes, his private interpreter, to Xenophon, begging him to stay behind with one thousand heavy troops; and engaging duly to deliver to him the places on the seaboard, and the other things which he had promised; and then, as a great secret, he told him, that he had heard from Polynicus that if he once got into the clutches of the Lacedaemonians, Thibron was certain to put him to death. Similar messages kept coming to Xenophon by letter or otherwise from several quarters, warning him that he was calumniated, and had best be on his guard. Hearing which, he took two victims and sacrificed to Zeus the King: "Whether it were better and happier to stay with Seuthes on the terms proposed, or depart with the army?" The answer he received was, "Depart."
When Heracleides heard this, he became very worried, so he approached Seuthes and said, "If we're smart, we need to get out of here, away from these guys." They quickly got on their horses and took off, racing back to their camp. Later, Seuthes sent Abrozelmes, his personal interpreter, to Xenophon, asking him to stay behind with a thousand heavy troops and promising to give him the coastal territories and everything else he had promised. Then, in a confidential manner, he told Xenophon that he had heard from Polynicus that if he fell into the hands of the Lacedaemonians, Thibron would definitely have him killed. Similar warnings kept reaching Xenophon through letters and other means, advising him that he was being slandered and should be cautious. After hearing this, he took two sacrificial animals and offered them to Zeus the King, asking whether it would be better and safer to stay with Seuthes under the proposed terms or to leave with the army. The response he got was, "Leave."
VII
After this, Seuthes removed his camp to some considerable distance; and the Hellenes took up their quarters in some villages, selecting those in which they could best supply their commissariat, on the road to the sea. Now these particular villages had been given by Seuthes to Medosades. Accordingly, when the latter saw his property in the villages being expended by the Hellenes, he was not over well pleased; and taking with him an Odrysian, a powerful person amongst those who had come down from the interior, and about thirty mounted troopers, he came and challenged Xenophon to come forth from the Hellenic host. He, taking some of the officers and others of a character to be relied upon, came forward. Then Medosades, addressing Xenophon, said: "You are doing wrong to pillage our villages; we give you fair warning—I, in behalf of Seuthes, and this man by my side, who comes from Medocus, the king up country—to begone out of the land. If you refuse, understand, we have no notion of handing it over to you; but if you injure our country we will retaliate upon you as foes."
After this, Seuthes moved his camp to a considerable distance, and the Greeks set up their quarters in nearby villages, choosing those that would best serve their supplies on the way to the sea. These specific villages had been given by Seuthes to Medosades. So, when he saw the Greeks using his villages, he wasn't very pleased. He took a powerful Odrysian along with about thirty mounted soldiers and approached Xenophon, challenging him to come out from the Greek camp. Xenophon, bringing some trusted officers and others, stepped forward. Medosades then told Xenophon, “You’re making a mistake by plundering our villages. We’re warning you—I, on behalf of Seuthes, and this man beside me, who comes from King Medocus in the interior—to leave our land. If you refuse, know that we have no intention of giving it to you; but if you harm our country, we will retaliate against you as enemies.”
Xenophon, hearing what they had to say, replied: "Such language addressed to us by you, of all people, is hard to answer. Yet for the sake of the young man with you, I will attempt to do so, that at least he may learn how different your nature is from ours. We," he continued, "before we were your friends, had the free run of this country, moving this way or that, as it took our fancy, pillaging and burning just as we chose; and you yourself, Medosades, whenever you came to us on an embassy, camped with us, without apprehension of any foe. As a tribe collectively you scarcely approached the country at all, or if you found yourselves in it, you bivouacked with your horses bitted and bridled, as being in the territory of your superiors. Presently you made friends with us, and, thanks to us, by God's help you have won this country, out of which to-day you seek to drive us; a country which we held by our own strength and gave to you. No hostile force, as you well know, was capable of expelling us. It might have been expected of you personally to speed us on our way with some gift, in return for the good we did you. Not so; even though our backs are turned to go, we are too slow in our movements for you. You will not suffer us to take up quarters even, if you can help it, and these words arouse no shame in you, either before the gods, or this Odrysian, in whose eyes to-day you are man of means, though until you cultivated our friendship you lived a robber's life, as you have told us. However, why do you address yourself to me? I am no longer in command. Our generals are the Lacedaemonians, to whom you and yours delivered the army for withdrawal; and that, without even inviting me to attend, you most marvellous of men, so that if I lost their favour when I brought you the troops, I might now win their gratitude by restoring them."
Xenophon, after hearing what they had to say, responded: "It's tough to respond to such claims coming from you, of all people. But for the sake of the young man with you, I'll try. At least he can learn how different you are from us. We," he went on, "before we were your allies, roamed freely across this land, moving wherever we pleased, taking what we wanted and burning as we chose; and you, Medosades, whenever you came to us on a diplomatic mission, camped with us without fear of any enemy. As a group, you hardly approached this territory at all, and if you did find yourselves in it, you camped with your horses saddled and bridled, seeing yourselves in the land of your betters. Eventually, you befriended us, and by our help, with God's grace, you've taken this land, and now you seek to drive us out; a land that we held through our own strength and gave to you. No enemy force, as you know well, could have driven us out. You might have expected to send us off with some gift in gratitude for the good we did for you. Instead, even as we turn to leave, we’re too slow for you. You won’t even let us find shelter if you can avoid it, and none of this seems to bother you, whether in the eyes of the gods or this Odrysian, who sees you today as someone of means, despite the fact that, until you gained our friendship, you lived like a thief, as you’ve admitted. But why are you speaking to me? I'm no longer in charge. Our commanders are the Lacedaemonians, to whom you and yours surrendered the army for withdrawal, and you didn’t even bother to invite me along; you remarkable man, so that if I lost their favor when I brought the troops to you, I might now regain their gratitude by bringing them back."
As soon as the Odrysian had heard this statement, he exclaimed: "For my part, Medosades, I sink under the earth for very shame at what I hear. If I had known the truth before, I would never have accompanied you. As it is, I return at once. Never would King Medocus applaud me, if I drove forth his benefactors." With these words, he mounted his horse and rode away, and with him the rest of his horsemen, except four or five. But Medosades, still vexed by the pillaging of the country, urged Xenophon to summon the two Lacedaemonians; and he, taking the pick of his men, came to Charminus and Polynicus and informed them that they were summoned by Medosades; probably they, like himself, would be warned to leave the country; "if so," he added, "you will be able to recover the pay which is owing to the army. You can say to them, that the army has requested you to assist in exacting their pay from Seuthes, whether he like it or not; that they have promised, as soon as they get this, cheerfully to follow you; that the demand seems to you to be only just, and that you have accordingly promised not to leave, until the soldiers have got their dues." The Lacedaemonians accepted the suggestion: they would apply these arguments and others the most forcible they could hit upon; and with the proper representatives of the army, they immediately set off.
As soon as the Odrysian heard this statement, he exclaimed, "Honestly, Medosades, I'm so ashamed by what I hear that I just want to disappear into the ground. If I had known the truth earlier, I would never have joined you. As it is, I'm leaving right now. King Medocus would never approve of me if I pushed out his supporters." With that, he got on his horse and rode away, followed by most of his horsemen, except for four or five. But Medosades, still frustrated by the looting of the countryside, urged Xenophon to call in the two Lacedaemonians. Taking the best of his men, he went to Charminus and Polynicus and informed them they were summoned by Medosades; they would likely be warned to leave the country just like he was. "If that's the case," he added, "you should be able to recover the pay that's owed to the army. Tell them that the army has asked you to help collect their pay from Seuthes, whether he likes it or not; they promised to follow you willingly as soon as they get this, reasoning that this demand is fair, and so you promised not to leave until the soldiers receive what they are owed." The Lacedaemonians agreed to this plan: they would use these arguments and any other strong points they could come up with, and with the proper representatives of the army, they set off immediately.
On their arrival Charminus spoke: "If you have anything to say to us, Medosades, say it; but if not, we have something to say to you." And Medosades submissively made answer: "I say," said he, "and Seuthes says the same: we think we have a right to ask that those who have become our friends should not be ill-treated by you; whatever ill you do to them you really do to us, for they are a part of us." "Good!" replied the Lacedaemonians, "and we intend to go away as soon as those who won for you the people and the territory in question have got their pay. Failing that, we are coming without further delay to assist them and to punish certain others who have broken their oaths and done them wrong. If it should turn out that you come under this head, when we come to exact justice, we shall begin with you." Xenophon added: "Would you prefer, Medosades, to leave it to these people themselves, in whose country we are (your friends, since this is the designation you prefer), to decide by ballot, which of the two should leave the country, you or we?" To that proposal he shook his head, but he trusted the two Laconians might be induced to go to Seuthes about the pay, adding, "Seuthes, I am sure, will lend a willing ear;" or if they could not go, then he prayed them to send Xenophon with himself, promising to lend the latter all the aid in his power, and finally he begged them not to burn the villages. Accordingly they sent Xenophon, and with him a serviceable staff. Being arrived, he addressed Seuthes thus:—
Upon their arrival, Charminus said, "If you have anything to tell us, Medosades, say it; if not, we have something to say to you." Medosades replied submissively, "I have something to say, and Seuthes agrees: we believe we have the right to ask that those who have become our friends shouldn't be mistreated by you; whatever harm you do to them, you do to us, since they are part of us." The Lacedaemonians responded, "Good! We plan to leave as soon as those who secured the people and the territory get paid. If that doesn't happen, we'll come without delay to assist them and to punish others who have broken their oaths and wronged them. If it turns out that you fall into that category, we will start with you when we seek justice." Xenophon then asked, "Would you prefer, Medosades, to let these people, in whose country we are (your friends, since that's what you prefer to call them), decide by vote who should leave the country, you or us?" Medosades shook his head at that suggestion but hoped the two Laconians might be persuaded to approach Seuthes about the payment, saying, "I’m sure Seuthes will listen;" or if they couldn’t go, he requested that they send Xenophon with him, promising to offer all the help he could, and finally he asked them not to burn the villages. So, they sent Xenophon, along with a reliable staff. Upon arriving, he addressed Seuthes as follows:—
"Seuthes, I am here to advance no claims, but to show you, if I can, how unjust it was on your part to be angered with me because I zealously demanded of you on behalf of the soldiers what you promised them. According to my belief, it was no less to your interest to deliver it up, than it was to theirs to receive it. I cannot forget that, next to the gods, it was they who raised you up to a conspicuous eminence, when they made you king of large territory and many men, a position in which you cannot escape notice, whether you do good or do evil. For a man so circumstanced, I regarded it as a great thing that he should avoid the suspicion even of ungrateful parting with his benefactors. It was a great thing, I thought, that you should be well spoken of by six thousand human beings; but the greatest thing of all, that you should in no wise discredit the sincerity of your own word. For what of the man who cannot be trusted? I see that the words of his mouth are but vain words, powerless, and unhonoured; but with him who is seen to regard truth, the case is otherwise. He can achieve by his words what another achieves by force. If he seeks to bring the foolish to their senses—his very frown, I perceive, has a more sobering effect than the chastisement inflicted by another. Or in negotiations the very promises of such an one are of equal weight with the gifts of another.
"Seuthes, I'm not here to make any demands, but to show you how unfair it was for you to be upset with me for passionately asking you, on behalf of the soldiers, for what you promised them. I believe it was just as much in your interest to fulfill that promise as it was in theirs to receive it. I can’t forget that, next to the gods, it was the soldiers who elevated you to a prominent position when they made you king over a large territory and many people—a role where you can’t avoid scrutiny, whether you do good or bad. For someone in your position, I think it’s really important to avoid the suspicion of being ungrateful to those who helped you. It's significant to be well-regarded by six thousand people; but even more importantly, you should never undermine the trustworthiness of your own word. Because what about someone who can’t be trusted? I see that their words are empty, ineffective, and disregarded; but for someone who values truth, it's different. They can achieve with their words what another person might only achieve through force. If they try to make the foolish wiser—just their frown has more of a sobering effect than punishment from others. In negotiations, the promises of such a person carry just as much weight as the gifts from someone else."
"Try and recall to mind in your own case, what advance of money you made to us to purchase our alliance. You know you did not advance one penny. It was simply confidence in the sincerity of your word which incited all these men to assist you in your campaign, and so to acquire for you an empire, worth many times more than thirty talents, which is all they now claim to receive. Here then, first of all, goes the credit which won for you your kingdom, sold for so mean a sum. Let me remind you of the great importance which you then attached to the acquisition of your present conquests. I am certain that to achieve what stands achieved to-day, you would willingly have foregone the gain of fifty times that paltry sum. To me it seems that to lose your present fortune were a more serious loss than never to have won it; since surely it is harder to be poor after being rich than never to have tasted wealth at all, and more painful to sink to the level of a subject, being a king, then never to have worn a crown.
"Think back to your own situation and remember what money you spent to gain our alliance. You know you didn’t spend a single penny. It was only the trust in your word that motivated all these people to support you in your campaign, helping you acquire an empire worth far more than thirty talents, which is all they now say they deserve. So, here’s the first credit that secured your kingdom, sold for such a small amount. Let me remind you how crucial you thought it was to gain your current conquests. I’m sure that to achieve what you have today, you would have willingly given up the chance to gain fifty times that insignificant amount. To me, it seems that losing your current fortune would be a bigger loss than never having it at all; after all, it’s surely harder to be poor after having been rich than to never have known wealth, and more painful to fall to the status of a subject when you’ve been a king than to have never worn a crown."
"You cannot forget that your present vassals were not persuaded to become your subjects out of love for you, but by sheer force; and but for some restraining dread they would endeavour to be free again to-morrow. And how do you propose to stimulate their sense of awe, and keep them in good behaviour towards you? Shall they see our soldiers so disposed towards you that a word on your part would suffice to keep them now, or if necessary would bring them back again to-morrow? while others hearing from us a hundred stories in your praise, hasten to present themselves at your desire? Or will you drive them to conclude adversely, that through mistrust of what has happened now, no second set of soldiers will come to help you, for even these troops of ours are more their friends than yours? And indeed it was not because they fell short of us in numbers that they became your subjects, but from lack of proper leaders. There is a danger, therefore, now lest they should choose as their protectors some of us who regard ourselves as wronged by you, or even better men than us—the Lacedaemonians themselves; supposing our soldiers undertake to serve with more enthusiasm, if the debt you owe to them be first exacted; and the Lacedaemonians, who need their services, consent to this request. It is plain, at any rate, that the Thracians, now prostrate at your feet, would display far more enthusiasm in attacking, than in assisting you; for your mastery means their slavery, and your defeat their liberty.
You can't forget that your current vassals didn't choose to serve you out of love, but because of sheer force; if it weren't for some fear holding them back, they'd try to break free again tomorrow. How do you plan to inspire their respect and keep them behaving well towards you? Will they see our soldiers so loyal to you that just a word from you would keep them in line now, or if needed, bring them back tomorrow? Meanwhile, others hear a hundred stories from us praising you and rush to come at your request? Or will you make them think, due to current distrust, that a second group of soldiers won't come to help you, since even these troops of ours are more aligned with them than with you? It's clear they didn't become your subjects because we outnumbered them, but rather due to a lack of effective leaders. There’s a risk now that they might choose as their protectors some of us who feel wronged by you, or even better leaders—the Lacedaemonians themselves; suppose our soldiers decide to serve with more zeal if you first pay back what you owe them, and the Lacedaemonians, who need their services, agree to this. It's obvious that the Thracians, now at your feet, would be much more eager to attack than to help you; for your power means their oppression, and your defeat means their freedom.
"Again, the country is now yours, and from this time forward you have to make provision for what is yours; and how will you best secure it an immunity from ill? Either these soldiers receive their dues and go, leaving a legacy of peace behind, or they stay and occupy an enemy's country, whilst you endeavour, by aid of a still larger army, to open a new campaign and turn them out; and your new troops will also need provisions. Or again, which will be the greater drain on your purse? to pay off your present debt, or, with that still owing, to bid for more troops, and of a better quality?
"Once again, the country is now yours, and from this point on, you need to take care of what belongs to you; how can you best protect it from harm? Either these soldiers get paid and leave, leaving a legacy of peace behind, or they stay and occupy an enemy's territory while you try, with an even larger army, to start a new campaign and push them out; plus, your new troops will need supplies too. Or, which will cost you more? Paying off your current debt, or trying to recruit more troops while still in debt, and hoping for better quality ones?"
"Heracleides, as he used to prove to me, finds the sum excessive. But surely it is a far less serious thing for you to take and pay it back to-day than it would have been to pay the tithe of it, before we came to you; since the limit between less and more is no fixed number, but depends on the relative capacity of payer and recipient, and your yearly income now is larger than the whole property which you possessed in earlier days.
"Heracleides, as he often showed me, thinks the amount is too much. But it’s definitely less of a big deal for you to take it and pay it back today than it would have been to pay a part of it back before we approached you; since the line between less and more isn’t a specific number, but depends on what the payer and recipient can handle, and your yearly income now is greater than all the property you used to own."
"Well, Seuthes, for myself these remarks are the expression of friendly forethought for a friend. They are expressed in the double hope that you may show yourself worthy of the good things which the gods have given you, and that my reputation may not be ruined with the army. For I must assure you that to-day, if I wished to injure a foe, I could not do so with this army. Nor again, if I wished to come and help you, should I be competent to the task; such is the disposition of the troops towards me. And yet I call you to witness, along with the gods who know, that never have I received anything from you on account of the soldiers. Never to this day have I, to my private gain, asked for what was theirs, nor even claimed the promises which were made to myself; and I swear to you, not even had you proposed to pay me my dues, would I have accepted them, unless the soldiers also had been going to receive theirs too; how could I? How shameful it would have been in me, so to have secured my own interests, whilst I disregarded the disastrous state of theirs, I being so honoured by them. Of course to the mind of Heracleides this is all silly talk; since the one great object is to keep money by whatever means. That is not my tenet, Seuthes. I believe that no fairer or brighter jewel can be given to a man, and most of all a prince, than the threefold grace of valour, justice, and generosity. He that possesses these is rich in the multitude of friends which surround him; rich also in the desire of others to be included in their number. While he prospers, he is surrounded by those who will rejoice with him in his joy; or if misfortune overtake him, he has no lack of sympathisers to give him help. However, if you have failed to learn from my deeds that I was, heart and soul, your friend; if my words are powerless to reveal the fact to-day, I would at least direct your attention to what the soldiers said; you were standing by and heard what those who sought to blame me said. They accused me to the Lacedaemonians, and the point of their indictment was that I set greater store by yourself than by the Lacedaemonians; but, as regards themselves, the charge was that I took more pains to secure the success of your interests than their own. They suggested that I had actually taken gifts from you. Was it, do you suppose, because they detected some ill-will in me towards you that they made the allegation? Was it not rather, that they had noticed my abundant zeal on your behalf?
"Well, Seuthes, these comments are just my way of showing concern for a friend. I hope that you’ll prove yourself worthy of the good things the gods have given you, and that my reputation won't suffer with the army. I have to tell you that today, if I wanted to hurt an enemy, I couldn't do it with this army. And again, if I wanted to come help you, I wouldn't be able to; that's how the troops see me. But I want you to know, along with the gods who are aware, that I've never received anything from you on behalf of the soldiers. Not once have I asked for what was theirs for my own benefit, nor have I claimed the promises made to me; I swear, even if you offered to pay what you owe me, I wouldn’t accept it unless the soldiers were going to get what’s theirs too; how could I? It would be shameful for me to secure my own interests while ignoring the terrible situation they’re in, especially since they hold me in such high regard. Of course Heracleides would think this is nonsense; he's only interested in keeping money by any means. But that's not my belief, Seuthes. I think the greatest gift a man, especially a prince, can have is the combination of bravery, justice, and generosity. A person with these qualities is surrounded by friends and attracts others who want to join that group. When he’s thriving, he’s celebrated by those who share in his happiness; if he falls on hard times, he has plenty of supporters ready to help. However, if my actions haven't shown you that I was fully your friend, and if my words can’t convince you today, at least consider what the soldiers said; you were there and heard the accusations they made against me. They complained to the Lacedaemonians, claiming I valued you more than them; they also stated I worked harder for your success than for their own. They suggested I had even taken gifts from you. Do you think they accused me because they sensed any negativity from me towards you? Isn’t it more likely that they noticed how passionately I supported you?"
"All men believe, I think, that a fund of kindly feeling is due to him from whom we accept gifts. But what is your behaviour? Before I had ministered to you in any way, or done you a single service, you welcomed me kindly with your eyes, your voice, your hospitality, and you could not sate yourself with promises of all the fine things that were to follow. But having once achieved your object, and become the great man you now are, as great indeed as I could make you, you can stand by and see me degraded among my own soldiers! Well, time will teach you—that I fully believe—to pay whatever seems to you right, and even without the lessons of that teacher you will hardly care to see whose who have spent themselves in benefiting you, become your accusers. Only, when you do pay your debt, I beg of you to use your best endeavour to right me with the soldiers. Leave me at least where you found me; that is all I ask."
"Most people believe that a sense of gratitude is owed to those from whom we receive gifts. But look at how you've acted. Before I had done anything for you or offered any help, you welcomed me warmly with your eyes, your voice, and your hospitality, and you couldn't stop making promises about all the great things that were to come. But now that you've achieved your goals and become the important person you are today—thanks to my efforts—you can just stand by and watch me be humiliated among my own troops! Well, I believe time will teach you to repay what you owe, and even without that lesson, you wouldn’t want to see those who have dedicated themselves to helping you turn into your critics. Just, when you do pay your debt, I ask that you try your best to restore my standing with the soldiers. At the very least, leave me in the same position you found me; that's all I ask."
After listening to this appeal, Seuthes called down curses on him, whose fault it was, that the debt had not long ago been paid, and, if the general suspicion was correct, this was Heracleides. "For myself," said Seuthes, "I never had any idea of robbing you of your just dues. I will repay." Then Xenophon rejoined: "Since you are minded to pay, I only ask that you will do so through me, and will not suffer me on your account to hold a different position in the army from what I held when we joined you." He replied: "As far as that goes, so far from holding a less honoured position among your own men on my account, if you will stay with me, keeping only a thousand heavy infantry, I will deliver to you the fortified places and everything I promised." The other answered: "On these terms I may not accept them, only let us go free." "Nay, but I know," said Seuthes, "that it is safer for you to bide with me than to go away." Then Xenophon again: "For your forethought I thank you, but I may not stay. Somewhere I may rise to honour, and that, be sure, shall redound to your gain also." Thereupon Seuthes spoke: "Of silver I have but little; that little, however, I give to you, one talent; but of beeves I can give you six hundred head, and of sheep four thousand, and of slaves six score. These take, and the hostages besides, who wronged you, and begone." Xenophon laughed and said: "But supposing these all together do not amount to the pay; for whom is the talent, shall I say? It is a little dangerous for myself, is it not? I think I had better be on the look-out for stones when I return. You heard the threats?"
After hearing this appeal, Seuthes cursed the person responsible for the debt not being paid long ago, and if the general suspicion was right, that was Heracleides. "As for me," Seuthes said, "I never intended to cheat you out of what you're owed. I will pay you back." Xenophon responded, "Since you're willing to pay, I only ask that you do it through me and that I don't have to hold a different position in the army than I did when we joined you." Seuthes replied, "As far as that goes, I won’t let you have a lesser rank among your own men because of me. If you stay with me, keeping only a thousand heavy infantry, I’ll give you the fortified places and everything I promised." Xenophon answered, "I can’t accept those terms; just let us go free." "But I know," Seuthes said, "that it’s safer for you to stay with me than to leave." Xenophon replied again, "I appreciate your concern, but I can't stay. Somewhere I might gain honor, and that will benefit you too." Then Seuthes said, "I have very little silver; however, I will give you what I have, one talent. I can give you six hundred cattle, four thousand sheep, and sixty slaves. Take these, along with the hostages who wronged you, and leave." Xenophon laughed and said, "But what if all this together doesn’t equal the pay? For whom is the talent, may I ask? It’s a bit risky for me, don’t you think? I’d better watch out for stones when I return. Did you hear the threats?"
So for the moment he stayed there, but the next day Seuthes gave up to them what he had promised, and sent an escort to drive the cattle. The soldiers at first maintained that Xenophon had gone to take up his abode with Seuthes, and to receive what he had been promised; so when they saw him they were pleased, and ran to meet him. And Xenophon, seeing Charminus and Polynicus, said: "Thanks to your intervention, this much has been saved for the army. My duty is to deliver this fraction over to your keeping; do you divide and distribute it to the soldiers." Accordingly they took the property and appointed official vendors of the booty, and in the end incurred considerable blame. Xenophon held aloof. In fact it was no secret that he was making his preparations to return home, for as yet the vote of banishment had not been passed at Athens (1). But the authorities in the camp came to him and begged him not to go away until he had conducted the army to its destination, and handed it over to Thibron.
So for the moment he stayed there, but the next day Seuthes gave them what he had promised and sent a team to drive the cattle. At first, the soldiers thought that Xenophon had gone to live with Seuthes and claim what he was owed; so when they saw him, they were happy and ran to greet him. And Xenophon, seeing Charminus and Polynicus, said: "Thanks to your help, this much has been saved for the army. It's my responsibility to hand this portion over to you; please divide and distribute it to the soldiers." So they took the property and appointed official vendors for the loot, but in the end, they faced a lot of criticism. Xenophon kept his distance. It was no secret that he was preparing to go home since the vote for his banishment hadn’t been passed in Athens yet (1). But the camp leaders came to him and urged him not to leave until he had led the army to its destination and handed it over to Thibron.
(1) I.e. "at this moment the vote of banishment had not been passed which would prevent his return to Athens." The natural inference from these words is, I think, that the vote of banishment was presently passed, at any rate considerably earlier than the battle of Coronea in B.C. 394, five years and a half afterwards.
(1) I.e. "at this moment the vote for banishment hadn’t been passed which would prevent his return to Athens." The natural conclusion from these words is, I think, that the vote for banishment was passed soon after, definitely before the battle of Coronea in B.C. 394, which happened five and a half years later.
VIII
From this place they sailed across to Lampsacus, and here Xenophon was met by Eucleides the soothsayer, a Phliasian, the son of Cleagoras, who painted "the dreams (1)" in the Lycium. Eucleides congratulated Xenophon upon his safe return, and asked him how much gold he had got? and Xenophon had to confess: "Upon my word, I shall have barely enough to get home, unless I sell my horse, and what I have about my person." The other could not credit the statement. Now when the Lampsacenes sent gifts of hospitality to Xenophon, and he was sacrificing to Apollo, he requested the presence of Eucleides; and the latter, seeing the victims, said: "Now I believe what you said about having no money. But I am certain," he continued, "if it were ever to come, there is an obstacle in the way. If nothing else, you are that obstacle yourself." Xenophon admitted the force of that remark. Then the other: "Zeus Meilichios (2) is an obstacle to you, I am sure," adding in another tone of voice, "have you tried sacrificing to that god, as I was wont to sacrifice and offer whole burnt offerings for you at home?" Xenophon replied that since he had been abroad, he had not sacrificed to that god. Accordingly Eucleides counselled him to sacrifice in the old customary way: he was sure that his fortune would improve. The next day Xenophon went on to Ophrynium and sacrificed, offering a holocaust of swine, after the custom of his family, and the signs which he obtained were favourable. That very day Bion and Nausicleides arrived laden with gifts for the army. These two were hospitably entertained by Xenophon, and were kind enough to repurchase the horse he had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics; suspecting that he had parted with it out of need, and hearing that he was fond of the beast they restored it to him, refusing to be remunerated.
From this place, they sailed over to Lampsacus, where Xenophon was greeted by Eucleides the soothsayer, a Phliasian and the son of Cleagoras, who painted "the dreams (1)" in the Lycium. Eucleides congratulated Xenophon on his safe return and asked him how much gold he had. Xenophon had to admit, "Honestly, I'll have barely enough to get home unless I sell my horse and what I have on me." The other couldn't believe this. When the Lampsacenes sent gifts of hospitality to Xenophon and he was sacrificing to Apollo, he asked for Eucleides to be present. Seeing the victims, Eucleides said, "Now I believe what you said about having no money. But I'm sure," he continued, "if it ever comes, there's an obstacle in the way. If nothing else, you are that obstacle yourself." Xenophon agreed with that remark. Then Eucleides said, "Zeus Meilichios (2) is certainly an obstacle for you," adding in a different tone, "Have you tried sacrificing to that god, as I used to do for you back home?" Xenophon replied that since he’d been away, he had not sacrificed to that god. So Eucleides advised him to sacrifice in the old traditional way, assuring him that his fortune would improve. The next day, Xenophon went to Ophrynium and sacrificed, offering a whole hog, as was customary in his family, and the signs he received were favorable. That same day, Bion and Nausicleides arrived loaded with gifts for the army. These two were warmly welcomed by Xenophon and kindly repurchased the horse he had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics, suspecting he had to sell it out of necessity and knowing he was fond of the horse, they returned it to him without expecting any payment.
(1) Reading {ta enupnia}, or if {ta entoikhia} with Hug and others, translate "the wall-paintings" or the "frescoes." Others think that a writing, not a painting, is referred to. (2) Zeus Meilichios, or the gentle one. See Thuc. i. 126. The festival of the Diasia at Athens was in honour of that god, or rather of Zeus under that aspect. Cf. Arist. "Clouds," 408.
(1) Reading {ta enupnia}, or if {ta entoikhia} with Hug and others, translates to "the wall-paintings" or "the frescoes." Some believe that it refers to a writing instead of a painting. (2) Zeus Meilichios, or the gentle one. See Thuc. i. 126. The festival of the Diasia in Athens was dedicated to that god, or more accurately, to Zeus in that form. Cf. Arist. "Clouds," 408.
From that place they marched through the Troad, and, crossing Mount Ida, arrived at Antandrus, and then pushed along the seaboard of Mysia to the plain of Thebe (3). Thence they made their way through Adramytium and Certonus (4) by Atarneus, coming into the plain of the Caicus, and so reached Pergamus in Mysia.
From there, they marched through the Troad, crossed Mount Ida, arrived at Antandrus, and then continued along the coast of Mysia to the plain of Thebe (3). From there, they traveled through Adramytium and Certonus (4) by Atarneus, entering the plain of the Caicus, and eventually reached Pergamus in Mysia.
(3) Thebe, a famous ancient town in Mysia, at the southern foot of Mt. Placius, which is often mentioned in Homer ("Il." i. 366, vi. 397, xxii. 479, ii. 691). See "Dict. Geog." s.v. The name {Thebes pedion} preserves the site. Cf. above {Kaustrou pedion}, and such modern names as "the Campagna" or "Piano di Sorrento." (4) The site of Certonus is not ascertained. Some critics have conjectured that the name should be Cytonium, a place between Mysia and Lydia; and Hug, who reads {Kutoniou}, omits {odeusantes par 'Atanea}, "they made their way by Atarneus," as a gloss.
(3) Thebe, a well-known ancient town in Mysia, located at the southern base of Mt. Placius, is frequently referenced in Homer's work ("Il." i. 366, vi. 397, xxii. 479, ii. 691). See "Dict. Geog." s.v. The name {Thebes pedion} keeps the location alive. Compare with {Kaustrou pedion} and modern names like "the Campagna" or "Piano di Sorrento." (4) The exact location of Certonus is unknown. Some scholars speculate that the name should be Cytonium, a site nestled between Mysia and Lydia; and Hug, who interprets {Kutoniou}, excludes {odeusantes par 'Atanea}, "they made their way by Atarneus," as a gloss.
Here Xenophon was hospitably entertained at the house of Hellas, the wife of Gongylus the Eretrian (5), the mother of Gorgion and Gongylus. From her he learnt that Asidates, a Persian notable, was in the plain. "If you take thirty men and go by night, you will take him prisoner," she said, "wife, children, money, and all; of money he has a store;" and to show them the way to these treasures, she sent her own cousin and Daphnagoras, whom she set great store by. So then Xenophon, with these two to assist, did sacrifice; and Basias, an Eleian, the soothsayer in attendance, said that the victims were as promising as could be, and the great man would be an easy prey. Accordingly, after dinner he set off, taking with him the officers who had been his staunchest friends and confidants throughout; as he wished to do them a good turn. A number of others came thrusting themselves on their company, to the number of six hundred, but the officers repelled them: "They had no notion of sharing their portion of the spoil," they said, "just as though the property lay already at their feet."
Here, Xenophon was warmly welcomed at the home of Hellas, the wife of Gongylus the Eretrian (5), and the mother of Gorgion and Gongylus. She informed him that a notable Persian named Asidates was in the plain. "If you take thirty men and go at night, you'll capture him," she said, "along with his wife, children, and money; he has plenty of it," and to guide them to these treasures, she sent her own cousin and Daphnagoras, whom she valued highly. So, Xenophon, with these two to help, performed a sacrifice; and Basias, an Eleian soothsayer present, said the victims were very favorable and that the notable man would be an easy target. After dinner, he set off, taking with him the officers who had been his loyal friends and confidants all along, as he wanted to do them a favor. Several others pushed to join them, totaling six hundred, but the officers turned them away: "They had no intention of sharing their share of the spoils," they said, "as if the property was already theirs."
(5) Cf. Thuc. i. 128; also "Hell." III. i. 6.
(5) Cf. Thuc. i. 128; also "Hell." III. i. 6.
About midnight they arrived. The slaves occupying the precincts of the tower, with the mass of goods and chattles, slipped through their fingers, their sole anxiety being to capture Asidates and his belongings. So they brought their batteries to bear, but failing to take the tower by assault (since it was high and solid, and well supplied with ramparts, besides having a large body of warlike defenders), they endeavoured to undermine it. The wall was eight clay bricks thick, but by daybreak the passage was effected and the wall undermined. At the first gleam of light through the aperture, one of the defendants inside, with a large ox-spit, smote right through the thigh of the man nearest the hole, and the rest discharged their arrows so hotly that it was dangerous to come anywhere near the passage; and what with their shouting and kindling of beacon fires, a relief party at length arrived, consisting of Itabelius at the head of his force, and a body of Assyrian heavy infantry from Comania, and some Hyrcanian cavalry (6), the latter also being mercenaries of the king. There were eighty of them, and another detachment of light troops, about eight hundred, and more from Parthenium, and more again from Apollonia and the neighbouring places, also cavalry.
About midnight, they arrived. The slaves in the tower’s area, along with the pile of goods and belongings, slipped away, primarily focused on capturing Asidates and his possessions. They set up their equipment to attack, but unable to storm the tower (since it was tall, solid, well-fortified, and defended by a large group of armed guards), they tried to dig underneath it. The wall was eight bricks thick, but by dawn, they managed to breach it. As the first light shone through the opening, one of the defenders inside used a large spit and struck the thigh of the nearest man to the hole, while the others fired arrows so fiercely that it became risky to approach the breach. With their shouting and the lighting of signal fires, a rescue party finally showed up, led by Itabelius and his troops, along with a contingent of Assyrian heavy infantry from Comania and some Hyrcanian cavalry (6), who were also mercenaries for the king. There were eighty of them, plus another group of about eight hundred light troops from Parthenium, as well as more from Apollonia and nearby areas, including more cavalry.
(6) The Hyrcanian cavalry play an important part in the "Cyropaedeia." They are the Scirites of the Assyrian army who came over to Cyrus after the first battle. Their country is the fertile land touching the south-eastern corner of the Caspian. Cf. "Cyrop." IV. ii. 8, where the author (or an editor) appends a note on the present status of the Hyrcanians.
(6) The Hyrcanian cavalry play a significant role in the "Cyropaedeia." They are the Scirites of the Assyrian army who joined Cyrus after the initial battle. Their territory is the rich land that borders the southeastern corner of the Caspian Sea. See "Cyrop." IV. ii. 8, where the author (or an editor) adds a note about the current situation of the Hyrcanians.
It was now high time to consider how they were to beat a retreat. So seizing all the cattle and sheep to be had, with the slaves, they put them within a hollow square and proceed to drive them off. Not that they had a thought to give to the spoils now, but for precaution's sake and for fear lest if they left the goods and chattels behind and made off, the retreat would rapidly degenerate into a stampede, the enemy growing bolder as the troops lost heart. For the present then they retired as if they meant to do battle for the spoils. As soon as Gongylus espied how few the Hellenes were and how large the attacking party, out he came himself, in spite of his mother, with his private force, wishing to share in the action. Another too joined in the rescue—Procles, from Halisarna and Teuthrania, a descendant of Damaratus. By this time Xenophon and his men were being sore pressed by the arrows and slingstones, though they marched in a curve so as to keep their shields facing the missiles, and even so, barely crossed the river Carcasus, nearly half of them wounded. Here it was that Agasias the Stymphalian, the captain, received his wound, while keeping up a steady unflagging fight against the enemy from beginning to end. And so they reached home in safety with about two hundred captives, and sheep enough for sacrifices.
It was time to figure out how they were going to retreat. So, they gathered all the cattle and sheep they could find, along with the slaves, and formed them into a hollow square as they started to drive them off. They weren't thinking about the spoils right now, but out of caution and the fear that if they left the goods behind and ran, the retreat would quickly turn into a panic, with the enemy becoming more aggressive as the troops lost confidence. For now, they retreated as if they intended to fight for the loot. Once Gongylus saw how few the Hellenes were compared to the large attacking party, he joined the fight himself, despite his mother’s objections, wanting to participate. Another person who joined in the rescue was Procles from Halisarna and Teuthrania, a descendant of Damaratus. By this time, Xenophon and his men were under heavy fire from arrows and slingstones, even though they marched in a curve to keep their shields facing the projectiles, and still, nearly half of them were wounded as they barely crossed the river Carcasus. It was here that Agasias the Stymphalian, the captain, got injured while maintaining a steady and relentless fight against the enemy from start to finish. In the end, they made it home safely with about two hundred captives and enough sheep for sacrifices.
The next day Xenophon sacrificed and led out the whole army under the cover of night, intending to pierce far into the heart of Lydia with a view to lulling to sleep the enemy's alarm at his proxmity, and so in fact to put him off his guard. But Asidates, hearing that Xenophon had again sacrificed with the intention of another attack, and was approaching with his whole army, left his tower and took up quarters in some villages lying under the town of Parthenium. Here Xenophon's party fell in with him, and took him prisoner, with his wife, his children, his horses, and all that he had; and so the promise of the earlier victims was literally fulfilled. After that they returned again to Pergamus, and here Xenophon might well thank God with a warm heart, for the Laconians, the officers, the other generals, and the soldiers as a body united to give him the pick of horses and cattle teams, and the rest; so that he was now in a position himself to do another a good turn.
The next day, Xenophon offered sacrifices and led the entire army out under the cover of night, planning to march deep into Lydia to calm any fears the enemy had about his closeness and catch them off guard. However, Asidates, hearing that Xenophon had once again sacrificed and was coming with his whole army, abandoned his tower and settled in some villages near the town of Parthenium. There, Xenophon’s group encountered him and captured him, along with his wife, children, horses, and everything he owned; thus, the promise made during the earlier sacrifices was truly fulfilled. Afterward, they returned to Pergamus, and Xenophon had plenty of reasons to thank God with a grateful heart, as the Laconians, the officers, the other generals, and the soldiers collectively presented him with the best horses, cattle teams, and other spoils, enabling him to help someone else in turn.
Meanwhile Thibron arrived and received the troops which he incorporated with the rest of his Hellenic forces, and so proceeded to prosecute a war against Tissaphernes and Pharnabazus (7).
Meanwhile, Thibron arrived and took command of the troops, integrating them with his other Greek forces, and then moved forward to carry out a war against Tissaphernes and Pharnabazus (7).
(7) The MSS. add: "The following is a list of the governors of the several territories of the king which were traversed by us during the expedition: Artimas, governor of Lydia; Artacamas, of Phrygia; Mithridates, of Lycaonia and Cappadocia; Syennesis, of Cilicia; Dernes, of Phoenicia and Arabia; Belesys, of Syria and Assyria; Rhoparas, of Babylon; Arbacus, of Media; Tiribazus, of the Phasians and Hesperites. Then some independent tribes—the Carduchians or Kurds, and Chalybes, and Chaldaeans, and Macrones, and Colchians, and Mossynoecians, and Coetians, and Tibarenians. Then Corylas, the governor of Paphlagonia; Pharnabazus, of the Bithynians; Seuthes, of the European Thracians. The entire journey, ascent and descent, consisted of two hundred and fifteen stages = one thousand one hundred and fifty-five parasangs = thirty-four thousand six hundred and fifty stades. Computed in time, the length of ascent and descent together amounted to one year and three months." The annotator apparently computes the distance from Ephesus to Cotyora.
(7) The manuscripts add: "Here’s a list of the governors of the various territories of the king that we traveled through during the expedition: Artimas, governor of Lydia; Artacamas, of Phrygia; Mithridates, of Lycaonia and Cappadocia; Syennesis, of Cilicia; Dernes, of Phoenicia and Arabia; Belesys, of Syria and Assyria; Rhoparas, of Babylon; Arbacus, of Media; Tiribazus, of the Phasians and Hesperites. Then there were some independent tribes—the Carduchians or Kurds, Chalybes, Chaldaeans, Macrones, Colchians, Mossynoecians, Coetians, and Tibarenians. Next was Corylas, the governor of Paphlagonia; Pharnabazus, of the Bithynians; Seuthes, of the European Thracians. The entire journey, up and down, totaled two hundred and fifteen stages = one thousand one hundred and fifty-five parasangs = thirty-four thousand six hundred and fifty stades. When calculated in time, the total length of the ascent and descent was one year and three months." The annotator likely calculates the distance from Ephesus to Cotyora.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!